Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2011

Registration No. 333-175309

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   6282   45-2609100

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

(585) 325-6880

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Richard B. Yates

Chief Legal Officer

Manning & Napier, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

(585) 325-6880

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Harold Levine

Irwin A. Kishner

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

(212) 592-1400

 

Raymond B. Check

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

(212) 225-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a small reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   þ  (Do not check if a smaller reporting  company)   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered

   Proposed maximum aggregate
offering price (1)(2)
     Amount of
registration fee (3)
 

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share

   $ 250,000,000       $ 29,025   

 

(1) Includes              additional shares of Class A common stock which the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any.

 

(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated September 23, 2011

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is Manning & Napier, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling              shares of our Class A common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MN.”

Upon completion of this offering, William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder, will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Share

    

Total

 

Public offering price

   $         $     

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of the Class A common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2011.

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2011.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     17   

Forward Looking Statements

     37   

Our Structure And Reorganization

     38   

Use Of Proceeds

     51   

Dividend Policy

     52   

Capitalization

     53   

Dilution

     54   

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Information

     55   

Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial And Other Data

     62   

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

     65   

Business

     90   

Regulatory Environment And Compliance

     102   

Management

     105   

Executive Compensation

     111   

Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions

     124   

Principal Stockholders

     126   

Description Of Capital Stock

     127   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     130   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For U.S. And Non-U.S. Holders Of Our Class A Common Stock

     132   

Underwriting

     136   

Legal Matters

     142   

Experts

     142   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     142   

Index To Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to give you any other information, and take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock.

 

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus:

 

   

“Manning & Napier,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refers to Manning & Napier, Inc. and, unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Manning & Napier Group, and predecessors, including the Manning & Napier Companies;

 

   

“Manning & Napier Group” refers to Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries and predecessors;

 

   

“M&N Group Holdings” refers to M&N Group Holdings, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

   

“Manning & Napier Companies” refers to, collectively, Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., or MNA, Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, or AAC, Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., or MNAO, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, or MNCC, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc., or MNBD, Manning & Napier Information Services, LLC, or MNIS, Exeter Advisors, Inc., or EAI, and Perspective Partners LLC, or PPI, each as in effect prior to the reorganization transactions;

 

   

“Manning & Napier Associates” refers to Manning & Napier Associates, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of New York and an affiliate of Manning & Napier.

 

   

“this offering” refers to the offering of our Class A common stock offered hereby;

 

   

“collective investment trusts” refers to the pools of retirement plan assets maintained by a bank or trust company that we manage;

 

   

“portfolios” refers to the separate accounts in which we manage our clients’ investments and the mutual funds, collective investment trusts or other pooled investment vehicles for which we are investment adviser or sub-advisor;

 

   

“management services” refers to the investment management services we provide to clients who engage us to manage their investments; and

 

   

“client” and “clients” refer to investors who access our management services.

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to certain publicly available market and industry data and forecasts related thereto. We obtained this information and these statistics from publicly available sources, which we have supplemented where necessary with our own internal estimates. We use these sources and estimates and believe them to be reliable, but we cannot give you any assurance that any of the projected results will be achieved.

None of the information in this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part constitutes either an offer or a solicitation to buy or sell any of our products, nor is any such information a recommendation for any of our products or management services.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully together with our combined consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before you decide to invest in our Class A common stock. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and other sections of this prospectus.

Overview

We are an independent investment management firm that provides a broad range of investment solutions through separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. Founded in 1970, we offer equity and fixed income portfolios as well as a range of blended asset portfolios, such as life cycle funds, that use a mix of stocks and bonds. As illustrated in the chart below, since 1999, we have achieved strong growth in discretionary assets under management, or AUM. From December 31, 1999 through June 30, 2011, our AUM has increased from $6.9 billion to $44.6 billion, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17.6% during a period that included two significant bear markets. Our growth in AUM resulted in an increase in our revenues from $50.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 to $255.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

LOGO

 

Note: Reflects our AUM over the periods indicated. Data as of December 31 of each respective year, unless otherwise indicated.

We employ a disciplined investment process that seeks to avoid areas of speculation and invest in what we view as under-valued market segments, under the principle that today’s market prices drive future potential investment returns. Initially, this approach helped us build a strong client base of high net worth individuals and middle market institutions, and we maintain these relationships in many targeted geographic regions. This foundation allowed us to expand our business to serve the needs of larger institutions, investment consultants and other intermediaries, which has been a strong driver of recent growth.

We have focused on building an internal organization of specialists to provide additional consultative services beyond investment management, which we believe helps us build close relationships with our clients through multiple service touch points and a solutions-oriented approach. Taken together with strong investment performance across portfolios, our consultative, total-solutions approach has allowed us to achieve a significantly lower-than-industry average annual separate account cancellation rate through difficult market environments. According to Cerulli Associates, the average annual industry redemption rate, or cancellation rate, for separate accounts was 23.3% for the period 2002 through 2010 and 24.9% over the last five years ending December 31,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

2010, as compared to our average annual cancellation rates of 3.9% and 3.6%, respectively, during such periods. We have experienced net positive cash flows in both our separate accounts and our mutual funds for each of the last four years and thus far in 2011.

Our research process is analyst- and team-driven. Our mutual funds have earned a number of industry accolades, including a finalist ranking for Morningstar’s international manager of the decade and multiple Lipper awards. As of June 30, 2011, 15 of the 17 funds eligible for Morningstar ratings, representing 88% of our total mutual fund AUM, are rated four or five stars by Morningstar. From January 1, 2000 through June 30, 2011, a period of time that included two significant bear markets, many of our mutual funds and similarly managed separate account portfolios experienced strong cumulative returns well in excess of the returns earned by broad equity market indexes.

LOGO

 

Note: Represents cumulative returns for the mutual funds set forth above from January 1, 2000 to June 30, 2011. Percentages in parentheses represent mutual fund equity range.

We have separate account portfolios that are managed under similar investment objectives as the mutual funds illustrated above.

We offer our investment management capabilities primarily through direct sales to high net worth individuals and institutions, as well as through third-party intermediaries, including national brokerage firm advisors, independent financial advisors, and institutional investment consultants. Our AUM as of June 30, 2011 by investment vehicle, portfolios and distribution channel were as follows:

 

LOGO

As of June 30, 2011, we had 433 employees, including William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder, and the 47 other employee-owners, most of whom are based in Fairport, New York. Immediately

 

 

2


Table of Contents

following the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds, these employee-owners will collectively indirectly own approximately     % of Manning & Napier Group, through which we conduct all of our business. Our culture of employee ownership strongly aligns our interests with those of our clients’ by delivering strong investment performance and solutions.

Industry Trends

We believe the following key market trends will continue to drive the growth of our business and increase the value of our service offerings:

Increased Focus on Management of Employee Benefit Plans . Rapidly rising healthcare costs are eroding the ability of many employees to fund adequate retirement savings and employers are increasingly concerned with the financial hurdles their employees face. According to Deloitte Consulting LLP, approximately 75% of employers surveyed indicate that they plan to make or have already made changes to the design of their health and welfare plans to address these concerns. At the same time, employees increasingly are looking for customized advice. We believe employers will be increasingly interested in working with providers that can take a holistic view of benefit plan design and can help solve problems with both retirement benefit plans and health benefit plans.

Growth of Defined Contribution Plans and Enhanced Role for Life Cycle Funds . We believe the large and growing retirement savings industry increasingly requires investment advice and retirement help for employees. As a result of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and subsequent U.S. Department of Labor guidelines, plan sponsors are now actively seeking automatic retirement savings solutions for their employees. We expect auto-enrollment will be a driver of even greater participant balances in the future and life cycle funds, and target date funds in particular, will continue to see increased demand as more plan sponsors use such funds as the default option within their plans. Cerulli Associates estimates assets in life cycle funds will increase by 40% per year from 2009 through 2015. We believe life cycle and target date fund providers with a documented track record of proven results will garner increasing assets in this space, especially when bundled with broad employee education services.

Focus on Intergenerational Planning . A 2011 U.S. Trust survey of Americans with at least $3 million in investments indicates that nearly 40% do not have a comprehensive estate plan and more than 27% have never discussed intergenerational wealth transfer with their financial advisor. We anticipate significant opportunities for investment managers that can position themselves as trusted advisors to high net worth investors.

Heightened Interest in Risk Management . Following the credit crisis and global bear market in 2008 and early 2009, investors and financial advisors have become increasingly interested in absolute return strategies, or strategies that seek positive returns over full market cycles. A 2010 survey of financial advisors and brokers by Putnam Investments states that 59% of advisors were likely to recommend absolute return strategies to their clients. We believe our active and unconstrained investment approach within our blended asset class portfolios is well suited to meet the demand for absolute return strategies using traditional asset classes and is likely to be less expensive than alternative investment-based strategies with similar absolute return goals.

Demand for Non-U.S. Investments . With more than 50% of the global market capitalization represented by non-U.S. companies, U.S. investors are increasingly looking to diversify their assets through non-U.S. investments. We believe U.S. investors are under-allocated in global equities relative to global benchmarks, particularly in the defined contribution channel, with only 7% of defined contribution assets invested in non-U.S. equities. We believe investors will strive to select managers with experience and proven results to meet their more diversified and global investing requirements as well as those with the flexibility to allocate assets to and within foreign markets, among both developed and emerging countries.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Team-Based Investment Approach . We rely on a team-based investment approach and a robust investment process that has resulted in consistent returns over time that are well in excess of market benchmarks. Our investment team consists of 42 “bottom-up” equity research analysts with global industry responsibilities and 29 “top-down” economists, statistical analysts and fixed income analysts. Investment decisions are overseen by our Senior Research Group, which is a team of ten senior analysts who manage our portfolios. We believe this team approach, rather than relying on traditional individual portfolio managers, has provided and will continue to provide consistency to our investment process and results over the long-term.

Track Record of Consistent Investment Excellence through Multiple Market Cycles . We have a track record of superior long-term investment returns across our key portfolios relative to our competitors and the relevant benchmarks. Fifteen of our 17 mutual funds, representing more than $16 billion in AUM, have a Morningstar rating of 4 or 5 stars. Lipper Fund Awards 2010 named Manning & Napier’s World Opportunities Series as the “Best International Multi-Cap Core Fund over 10 years” and their 2011 Fund Awards named our International Series as the “Best International Multi-Cap Core Fund” over three years. Our track record of consistent outperformance is instrumental in attracting and retaining clients as well as in maintaining good relationships with consultants who recommend our services.

High Client Retention through a Solutions-Oriented Approach . Our average annual separate account cancellation rate was 3.6% over the last five years ending December 31, 2010, as compared to an industry rate of 24.9% according to Cerulli Associates. For many of our clients, we provide an array of services to help them identify their funding and investment requirements and then design solutions that are specific to the client’s needs. We believe our long history of providing consultative services to complement our investment process has allowed us to form stronger relationships with our clients and has helped to reduce turnover during challenging market environments.

Strong Record of Net New Business Generation . Our AUM and revenue has grown consistently over the period from December 31, 1999 to June 30, 2011 despite two bear markets. We have experienced positive net cash flows every quarter since the last stock market peak in the fourth quarter of 2007. Our contraction in AUM during the 2008-2009 market downturn was relatively mild primarily due to continued strong new business flows driven by our absolute return orientation and our low client cancellation rate. Our strong organic growth has allowed us to maintain positive revenue momentum during periods of sustained market declines and establish a solid base to build on during periods of economic expansion.

Culture of Product Innovation . We have a company-wide culture of product innovation that is designed to anticipate the needs of the clients we serve. For example, we developed our first life cycle mutual fund in 1993, when there were only seven life cycle funds listed on Morningstar. More recently, we launched technology driven products and services to assist both employers and employees with their health and wealth planning. Given our culture of innovation, we believe that we are well-positioned to take advantage of new opportunities in the ever-changing marketplace.

Diversified Client Base through Multiple Channels . We distribute our products and services through direct sales as well as by leveraged distribution through financial intermediaries, platforms and investment consultants. Overall, our client base is well-diversified across both individual and institutional client types, with our largest direct client relationship representing only 1.3% of our total AUM as of June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, the largest relationship we have with a financial intermediary represents 4.8% of our total AUM and the mutual fund platform representing the largest portion of our fund assets represents an additional 5.8% of our total AUM. This broad distribution has made our business less susceptible to losses from any one client or channel and has contributed to the stability of our earnings.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Experienced Management Team and Investment Professionals . In 2003, William Manning turned over management responsibilities to our current executive management team. This team has, on average, 22 years of experience with our company and an average of 28 years of experience in the asset management industry. Patrick Cunningham has been with us since 1992 and was named our chief executive officer in June 2010, and the majority of the members of our Senior Research Group started their investment careers with us. These long-standing tenures illustrate the continuity and commitment of our team that we believe will be important to our success in the future.

Our Strategy

Our strategy for continued success is focused on the following:

Expand our Direct Channel . Our high-touch direct distribution channel has allowed us to build strong relationships with our clients over time. We plan to expand our direct sales presence geographically, filling in new regions along the east coast and expanding farther west. Our direct channel will remain focused on identifying geographic regions within which our representatives form key relationships with centers of influence, business owners and other referral networks.

Broaden our Intermediary Channel . We are focused on the attractive 401(k) marketplace, which is characterized by positive cash flows and low cancellation rates. In addition to building relationships directly with plan sponsors, we are focusing our wholesale staff on identifying advisors and other financial intermediaries that work primarily with defined contribution plans. We expect significant future growth opportunities within this channel as we begin to target national brokerage firm advisors, retirement plan advisors and other intermediaries that work with small- to mid-sized 401(k) plans.

Focus on the Convergence of Health and Wealth Benefits . Our strong relationship with employers positions us well for the opportunities provided by the convergence of health and wealth benefits in employer decision making. We are focused on providing consultative services to employers to address these key concerns through unique plan design alternatives and technology-based tools to help employers and advisors effectively reach large numbers of employees with tailored retirement and health plan guidance. We will continue to develop and potentially acquire products and services to help employers best address these key issues regarding retirement and health benefit plans.

Develop New Products in Response to Market Opportunities . The on-going development of products and consultative services in response to current and prospective client needs has been a source of significant growth. We remain committed to understanding the key areas of concern for various client types and developing solutions to meet these needs. Continued product and service development will likely require building additional resources and areas of expertise, and we are continuing to add resources where solving key problems can strengthen our relationships with clients.

Summary Risk Factors

An investment in our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, among others, the following:

 

   

Our revenues are dependent on the market value and composition of our AUM, all of which are subject to fluctuation due to factors outside of our control.

 

   

The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

   

We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

We may be required to reduce the fees we charge, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.

 

   

Several of our portfolios involve investing principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange, tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.

 

   

Control of a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock by William Manning, and ownership of     % of Manning & Napier Group’s ownership interests by our existing owners, including William Manning, may give rise to conflicts of interest; failure to properly address these or other conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, business and results of operations.

 

   

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, William Manning and our other employee-owners will indirectly own interests in Manning & Napier Group, and they will have the right to cause M&N Group Holdings to exchange such interests for cash or an aggregate of                  shares of our Class A common stock; future sales of such shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could lower our stock price.

The foregoing is not a comprehensive list of the risks and uncertainties we face. Investors should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including information under “Risk Factors,” prior to making an investment in our Class A common stock.

Structure and Reorganization

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering.

LOGO

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

(1) Represents Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

 

(2) Each S-Corp and Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees.

 

(3) Manning & Napier Associates, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by B. Reuben Auspitz.

 

(4) In connection with the reorganization transactions, M&N Group Holdings granted Class B units to Richard Goldberg for strategic consulting services Mr. Goldberg has performed and will perform for the Manning & Napier Companies. The Class B units of M&N Group Holdings granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions will vest upon the consummation of this offering. William Manning will not have any rights as a member under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings until such time, including, without limitation, rights with respect to voting, allocations and distributions thereunder.

 

(5) At the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer in September 2011.

 

(6) Represents (i) the newly formed limited liability companies which will have assets contributed by Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Exeter Advisors, Inc. and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., and (ii) Perspective Partners LLC, Manning & Napier Information Services, LLC, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. and Exeter Trust Company.

Reorganization Transactions

We will enter into a series of transactions to reorganize our capital structure prior to this offering. We refer throughout this prospectus to the transactions described below as the reorganization transactions or the reorganization.

Revisions to our Organizational Structure. Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we were a group of privately-held, affiliated companies comprising the Manning & Napier Companies. Five of these companies were majority owned by William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees, and two of these companies were majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by B. Reuben Auspitz, our Vice-Chairman. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions.”

Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-derived amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as a non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Capital Stock. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We will issue shares of Class A common stock to the public pursuant to this offering and, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will issue 1,000 shares of our Class B common stock to William Manning. Each share of Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share. The

 

 

7


Table of Contents

holder of our Class B common stock will have a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Equity Ownership Interests . In connection with the reorganization transactions, additional ownership interests in M&N Group Holdings will be granted to William Manning pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings, as part of the overall agreement among William Manning and the other owners of the Manning & Napier Companies to consummate the reorganization. In addition, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will adopt new vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers other than William Manning. Such individuals will be entitled to

15% of their pre-reorganization ownership interests upon the consummation of this offering, and an additional

5% of such ownership interests will vest as of each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the consummation of this offering, provided such individuals are employed by us as of such date (employment-based vesting). The remaining ownership interests will be subject to performance-based vesting on or after each of the first, second and third anniversaries of this offering (subject to an initial two-year lockup period and other selling restrictions), to be determined by a vesting committee of MNA (performance-based vesting). Such new vesting terms will not result in dilution to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. As a result of such vesting requirements, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges which will be fully realized by the end of 2014. We will also recognize an additional one-time non-cash compensation charge in 2011 related to the additional ownership interests that will be granted to William Manning.

Notwithstanding these vesting requirements, in the event William Manning sells any portion of his interests in the Manning & Napier Companies following the consummation of this offering, each of our other employee-owners will have the right to sell a pro rata amount of such individuals’ indirect ownership interest in Manning & Napier Group, and if any individual does not at such time have fully vested ownership interests sufficient to allow such participation, an amount of their ownership interests will vest to the extent necessary to allow them to participate in the pro rata sale. In addition, the aggregate sales in any calendar year by our employees, other than William Manning, of their respective interests will be limited to a number of shares equal to 1.5% (or such higher percentage as determined by the board of directors of MNA in its sole discretion) of the number of shares that would be outstanding immediately after this offering if M&N Group Holdings and MNCC exchanged 100% of their respective units for shares of our Class A common stock. The 1.5% limit would be equal to                  shares of our Class A common stock per year, or     % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering. This 1.5% limit will not apply to ownership interests entitled to vest as a result of sales by William Manning as described above. Upon William Manning’s death and the dissolution of MNA, this 1.5% limit will be increased to allow our employees to pay any income taxes resulting from such dissolution.

See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Equity Ownership Interests.”

Exchange Agreement. Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will enter into an exchange agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the direct holders of all of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group that are not held by us at the time of this offering, which in the aggregate is equivalent to     % of our Class A common stock on a fully diluted as-exchanged basis.

Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the exchange agreement:

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings that are attributable to the interests of William Manning in M&N Group Holdings, commencing on the first anniversary of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange up to 15% of such units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or     % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

offering) per year on behalf of William Manning; provided, that with respect to the exchanges permitted as of the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, the 15% limit will be reduced by the              units attributable to his interests that will be purchased by us from M&N Group Holdings with proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings that are attributable to the interests of the other holders of M&N Group Holdings, all of whom are our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning:

 

  -  

commencing on the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange up to 5% of such Class A units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or         % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering) on behalf of such holders; and

 

  -  

commencing on the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange the remaining Class A units, subject to the vesting requirements and selling restrictions as set forth above;

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by MNCC attributable to the interests of William Manning in MNCC, commencing on the second anniversary of this offering, MNCC may exchange up to 15% of such units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or         % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering) per year on behalf of William Manning; and

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by MNCC attributable to the interests of the other members of MNCC, all of whom are our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning, commencing on the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, MNCC may exchange such Class A units, subject to the vesting requirements and selling restrictions as set forth above, on behalf of such holders.

For any Class A units or Class B units of Manning & Napier Group, which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as units, exchanged following the consummation of this offering, we will (i) pay an amount of cash equal to the number of units exchanged multiplied by the value of one share of our Class A common stock, or, at our election, (ii) issue shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject, in each case, to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions. As we receive units of Manning & Napier Group that are exchanged, our ownership of Manning & Napier Group will increase.

In addition, we intend to award equity-based incentives to certain employees pursuant to the Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan, or the 2011 Plan, to align their interests with our stockholders. The 2011 Plan will provide for the grant of units of Manning & Napier Group as well as the grant of certain stock-based awards based on our Class A common stock. From time to time following the consummation of this offering, the holders of units of Manning & Napier Group granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan or otherwise, if any, shall become parties to the exchange agreement. Following the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering and the satisfaction of any vesting conditions set forth in the applicable agreements granting such holders such units or as otherwise determined by the compensation committee, such holders may exchange up to 25% of such units on each anniversary of the consummation of this offering for (i) an amount of cash equal to the number of units exchanged multiplied by the value of one share of our Class A common stock, or, at our election, (ii) shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject, in each case, to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions. As we receive units of Manning & Napier Group that are exchanged, our ownership of Manning & Napier Group will increase.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Exchange Agreement” and “Executive Compensation—2011 Equity Compensation Plan.”

Tax Receivable Agreement. Simultaneously with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the other holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, under which we will be required to pay to the holders of such Class A units 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that we actually realize, or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, in periods after this offering as a result of any step-up in tax basis in Manning & Napier Group’s assets resulting from (i) our purchase of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, (ii) our purchases or exchanges of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, respectively, for cash or shares of our Class A common stock and (iii) payments under the tax receivable agreement, including any tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of such agreement.

There is a possibility that not all of the 85% of the applicable cash savings will be paid to the selling or exchanging holder of Class A units at the time described above. If we determine that all or a portion of such applicable tax savings is in doubt, we will pay to the holders of such Class A units the amount attributable to the portion of the applicable tax savings that we determine is not in doubt and pay the remainder at such time as we reasonably determine the actual tax savings or that the amount is no longer in doubt.

See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Our Principal Stockholder

Upon and after the consummation of this offering, William Manning will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. Accordingly, William Manning will have the ability to approve or disapprove certain transactions and matters, including material corporate transactions.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated on June 22, 2011 under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive office is located at 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450, and our telephone number at that office is (585) 325-6880. The website address of our operating company is www.manning-napier.com. This website and information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website are not part of this prospectus.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

             shares of Class A common stock.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares of Class A common stock. If all units of Manning & Napier Group, other than those held by us, were exchanged for shares of our Class A common stock immediately after the reorganization,              shares of Class A common stock would be outstanding immediately after this offering.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares of Class B common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $             million.

 

  We intend to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group, which in turn expects to use such net proceeds for general corporate purposes and strategic growth opportunities, including potential acquisitions. Approximately one business day following the consummation of this offering, we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering, or approximately $             million, to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings, which in turn expects to transfer such net proceeds to its members. William Manning, our current employees, including certain of our executive officers, and Richard Goldberg, directly and indirectly, collectively own 100% of the outstanding membership interests of M&N Group Holdings. The transfer of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for Class A units of Manning & Napier Group will be a capital contribution pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group. The transfer of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group by M&N Group Holdings to us in exchange for the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be a permitted transfer under such amended and restated limited liability company agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” on page 17 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Voting rights

One vote per share of Class A common stock. The holder of our Class B common stock will control a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends will depend on distributions from Manning & Napier Group. We intend to cause Manning & Napier Group to make distributions to us with available cash generated from its subsidiaries’ operations in an amount sufficient to cover any dividends we may pay. If Manning & Napier Group makes such distributions, M&N Group Holdings, MNCC and any other holders of its units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions on a pro rata basis.

 

  The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. In determining the amount of any future dividends, our board of directors will take into account:

 

   

the financial results of Manning & Napier Group;

 

   

our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements, including any debt servicing;

 

   

our capital requirements and the capital requirements of our subsidiaries, including Manning & Napier Group;

 

   

contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by Manning & Napier Group to us, including the obligation of Manning & Napier Group to make tax distributions to its unitholders, including us;

 

   

general economic and business conditions; and

 

   

any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

  Following this offering, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends. We expect that our first dividend will be paid in the              quarter of             and will be approximately $             per share of our Class A common stock. However, there is no assurance that sufficient cash will be available to pay any such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing symbol

“MN”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes              shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the exchange of units of Manning & Napier Group held by or that may be granted to M&N Group Holdings, MNCC or any other holders of units of Manning & Napier Group.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes and reflects:

 

   

an initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their right to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares to cover overallotments, if any.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth summary selected historical combined consolidated financial data of the Manning & Napier Companies as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the summary selected combined consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies’ audited combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the summary selected combined consolidated statement of financial condition as of June 30, 2011 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies’ unaudited combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our audited combined consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our combined consolidated statements of income and financial condition for the periods and as of the dates presented therein. Our results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full fiscal year.

The following table also presents the summary selected unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial data of Manning & Napier, to give effect to all of the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Information,” including the reorganization transactions and this offering. You should read the following summary selected historical combined consolidated financial data of the Manning & Napier Companies and the unaudited pro forma financial information of Manning & Napier together with “Our Structure and Reorganization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
    Manning & Napier Companies     Manning & Napier, Inc.  
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
    Pro Forma
Year

Ended
December 31,
    Pro Forma
Six
Months
Ended
June 30,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011     2010     2011  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in millions, except per share data)  

Statements of income data:

             

Operating revenues

             

Investment management services revenues

  $ 145.6      $ 162.7      $ 255.5      $ 118.8      $ 163.8      $                   $                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

    145.6        162.7        255.5        118.8        163.8       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

             

Compensation and related costs

    46.3        55.6        78.4        35.4        49.9           (1)         (1) 

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

    13.1        19.9        36.8        17.1        24.4       

Other operating costs

    20.7        22.3        25.3        12.0        15.9       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    80.1        97.8        140.5        64.5        90.2       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

    65.5        64.9        115.0        54.3        73.6       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (loss)

             

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption (2)

    (6.7     (10.0     (61.2     (34.1     (30.9    

Interest expense

    (0.1     —          (0.1     —          —         

Interest and dividend income

    0.6        0.1        0.1        —          —         

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

    0.1        (0.2     —          —          (0.2    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income (loss)

    (6.1     (10.1     (61.2     (34.1     (31.1    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    59.4        54.8        53.8        20.2        42.5       

Provision for income taxes

    0.4        0.4        0.7        0.4        0.5       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 59.0      $ 54.4      $ 53.1      $ 19.8      $ 42.0      $        $     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

             
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Manning & Napier, Inc.

             
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data:

             

Net income per share

             

Weighted average shares used in basic and diluted net income per share

             

 

  (1) In connection with the reorganization transactions, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will modify the vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning. Such individuals will be entitled to 15% of their ownership interests upon the consummation of this offering, and 15% of their ownership interests over the subsequent three years. The remaining ownership interests will be subject to performance-based vesting over such three year period (subject to an initial two-year lockup period and other selling restrictions), to be determined by a vesting committee of MNA. Such new vesting terms will not result in dilution to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. As a result of such vesting requirements, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through 2014. In addition, at the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015.

 

  (2) Within interest expense, we have recognized expenses related to a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligations.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
    Manning & Napier
Companies
    Manning &
Napier, Inc.
 
    As of
December 31,
    As of
June 30,
    Pro Forma as of
June 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2011  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in millions)  

Statements of financial condition data:

       

Total assets

  $ 53.4      $ 68.3      $ 80.5      $                

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption (1)

    109.1        170.3        198.2     

Total liabilities

    136.7        212.1        249.4     

 

  (1) Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer in our financial statements reflect non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

 

    Manning & Napier Companies     Manning & Napier, Inc.  
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Pro Forma
Year  Ended
December 31,
    Pro Forma Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011     2010     2011  
    (in millions, except per share data)  

Selected unaudited operating data:

             

Assets under management (1)

  $ 16,231.4      $ 28,271.3      $ 38,841.7      $ 29,812.4      $ 44,623.1      $                   $                

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    66.7        65.8        116.4        55.0        73.9       

Economic net income (2)

             

Economic net income per share (2)

             

Net client cash flows (3)

    3,099.7        6,698.9        6,464.5        3,458.9        3,763.7       

Market appreciation (depreciation) (4)

    (5,664.0     5,341.0        4,105.9        (1,917.8     2,017.7       

 

(1) Reflects the amount of money we managed for our clients as of the last day of the period.

 

(2) Our management uses non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. See page 16 of this prospectus for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures. Our non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify such measures.

 

(3) Reflects the amount of money our clients placed with us for management, and withdrew from our management, during the period, excluding appreciation (depreciation) due to market performance and fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

(4) Represents the appreciation (depreciation) of the value of our AUM during the period due to market performance and fluctuations in exchange rates, as well as income, such as dividends, earned on AUM.

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA, economic income and economic net income as financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. Adjusted EBITDA, economic income and economic net income are not presented in accordance with GAAP. Economic income excludes from income before provision for income taxes:

 

   

the non-cash interest expense associated with the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption; and

 

   

the reorganization-related share-based compensation, which results in non-cash compensation expense reported over the vesting period.

Historically, Adjusted EBITDA has included adjustments for provision for income taxes, interest income and expense and depreciation and amortization. On a pro forma basis, Adjusted EBITDA also includes an adjustment for reorganization-related share based compensation. Economic net income assumes that all of our economic income would be subject to federal, state and local income tax.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
    Manning & Napier Companies   Manning & Napier, Inc.
    Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended
June  30,
  Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
  Pro Forma
Six  Months
Ended
June 30,
  Pro Forma
Amounts
Per Share
December 31,
  Pro Forma
Amounts
Per Share
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
    2008   2009   2010   2010   2011   2010   2011   2010   2011
                (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    (dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures:

                                   

Net income

    $ 59.0       $ 54.4       $ 53.1       $ 19.8       $ 42.0       $                    $                    $                    $               

Provision for income taxes

      0.4         0.4         0.7         0.4         0.5                  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

      59.4         54.8         53.8         20.2         42.5                  

Reorganization-related share-based compensation(1)

                                   

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption(2)

      6.7         10.0         61.2         34.1         30.9                  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Economic income(3)

      66.1         64.8         115.0         54.3         73.4                  

Interest expense

      0.1         —           0.1         —           —                    

Interest income

      (0.6 )       (0.1 )       (0.1 )       —           —                    

Depreciation and amortization

      1.1         1.1         1.4         0.7         0.5                  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

      66.7         65.8         116.4         55.0         73.9                  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Economic income

      66.1         64.8         115.0         54.3         73.4                  

Pro forma provision for income taxes

                                   
                       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Economic net income

                                   
                       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in basic and diluted net income per share

                                   

Operating revenue

    $ 145.6       $ 162.7       $ 255.5       $ 118.8       $ 163.8                  

Net income margin percentage

      40.5 %       33.4 %       20.8 %       16.7 %       25.6 %                

Economic income margin percentage

      45.4 %       39.8 %       45.0 %       45.7 %       44.8 %                

Adjusted EBITDA margin percentage

      45.8 %       40.4 %       45.6 %       46.3 %       45.1 %                

Economic net income margin percentage

                                   

 

(1) In connection with the reorganization transactions, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will modify the vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning. Such individuals will be entitled to 15% of their ownership interests upon the consummation of this offering, and 15% of their ownership interests over the subsequent three years. The remaining ownership interests will be subject to performance-based vesting over such three year period (subject to an initial two-year lockup period and other selling restrictions), to be determined by a vesting committee of MNA. Such new vesting terms will not result in dilution to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. As a result of such vesting requirements, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through 2014. In addition, at the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015.
(2) Within interest expense, we have recognized expenses related to a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.
(3) The executives and other shareholders of the Manning & Napier Companies set forth below were allocated economic income for the periods indicated based on their pro rata ownership of the Manning & Napier Companies as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (unaudited)  
     (in millions)  

William Manning

   $ 44.1       $ 42.7       $ 76.2       $ 36.0       $ 48.5   

Patrick Cunningham

     1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

Jeffrey S. Coons

     1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

B. Reuben Auspitz

     4.9         4.7         8.3         4.0         5.3   

Charles H. Stamey

     1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

Beth H. Galusha

     0.3         0.3         0.6         0.3         0.4   

Other shareholders

     12.6         13.2         23.0         10.7         15.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Economic income

   $ 66.1       $ 64.8       $ 115.0       $ 54.3       $ 73.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If any of the following risks develops into an actual event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business

Our revenues are dependent on the market value and composition of our AUM, all of which are subject to fluctuation due to factors outside of our control.

We derive the majority of our revenue from investment management fees, typically calculated as a percentage of the market value of our AUM. As a result, our revenues are dependent on the value and composition of our AUM, all of which are subject to fluctuation due to many factors, including:

 

   

Declines in prices of securities in our portfolios. The prices of the securities held in the portfolios we manage may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, declining stock or commodities markets, a general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. The U.S. and global financial markets experienced extreme disruption in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009 and continue to be subject to an unusual amount of uncertainty and instability. Current conditions affecting the global financial markets include persistently high unemployment rates in the United States, continued weakness in many real estate markets, increased austerity measures by several European governments, regional turmoil in the Middle East, growing debt loads for many national and other governments and uncertainty about the consequences of governments discontinuing fiscal stimulus measures. Such factors could cause an unusual degree of volatility and price declines for securities in the portfolios we manage.

 

   

Redemptions and other withdrawals. Our investors generally may withdraw their funds at any time, on very short notice and without any significant penalty. A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from investment advisory agreements that are terminable by clients upon short notice or no notice and investors in the mutual funds we advise can redeem their investments in those funds at any time without prior notice. Our growth in AUM in recent years has included new clients and portfolios that may not have the same client retention characteristics as we have experienced in the past. In addition, in a declining stock market, the pace of redemptions could accelerate.

 

   

Investment performance. If our portfolios perform poorly as compared with our competitors or applicable third-party benchmarks, or the rankings of mutual funds we manage decline, we may lose existing AUM and have difficulty attracting new assets.

 

   

Declines in fixed income markets . For fixed income investments, the value of our AUM may decline as a result of changes in interest rates, available liquidity in the markets in which a security trades, an issuer’s actual or perceived creditworthiness, or an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations.

If any of these factors cause a decline in our AUM, it would result in lower investment management fees . If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have an adverse effect on our business.

We depend on the skills and expertise of qualified investment professionals and our success depends on our ability to retain key employees, including members of our senior management team. Our investment professionals possess substantial experience in investing and have been primarily responsible for the historically strong investment performance we have achieved . We particularly depend on our Senior Research Group, which is a team of ten senior analysts who manage our portfolios, and our executive management team, which is a group of five individuals led by Patrick Cunningham, our chief executive officer. The loss of any of these key individuals could limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy and could have an adverse effect on our business .

Any of our investment or management professionals may resign at any time, subject to various covenants not to compete with us. In addition, employee-owners are subject to additional covenants not to compete. We do not carry any key man insurance on any employees at this time.

Competition for qualified investment, management, marketing and client service professionals is intense and we may fail to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel in the future . Our ability to attract and retain these personnel will depend heavily on the amount and structure of compensation and opportunities for equity ownership we offer . In connection with our transition to a public company, we intend to implement a compensation structure that uses a combination of cash and equity-based incentives as appropriate. We intend for overall compensation levels to remain commensurate with amounts paid to our named executive officers and other key employees in the past. However, our compensation may not be effective to recruit and retain the personnel we need, especially if our equity-based compensation does not return significant value to employees. Any cost-reduction initiative or adjustments or reductions to compensation could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel . In addition, changes to our management structure, corporate culture and corporate governance arrangements, including the changes associated with, and resulting from, our reorganization and this offering, could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from investment advisory and sub-advisor agreements, all of which are terminable by clients upon short notice or no notice and without any significant penalty. Our investment management agreements with mutual funds, as required by law, are generally terminable by the funds’ board of directors or a vote of the majority of the funds’ outstanding voting securities on not more than 60 days’ written notice. After an initial term, each fund’s investment management agreement must be approved and renewed annually by such fund’s board, including by its independent members. In addition, all of our separate account clients and some of the pooled investment vehicles, including mutual funds, that we sub-advise have the ability to re-allocate all or any portion of the assets that we manage away from us at any time with little or no notice. These investment management agreements and mutual fund and collective investment trust client relationships may be terminated or not renewed for any number of reasons. The decrease in revenues that could result from the termination of a material client relationship or group of client relationships could have an adverse effect on our business.

We may be required to reduce the fees we charge, or our fees may decline due to changes in our AUM composition, which could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.

Our current fee structure may be subject to downward pressure due to a variety of factors, including a trend in recent years toward lower fees in the investment management industry. We may be required to reduce fees with respect to both the separate accounts we manage and the mutual funds we advise. In addition, we may charge lower fees to attract future new business as compared to our existing business, which may result in us having to reduce our fees with respect to our existing business accordingly. The investment management

 

18


Table of Contents

agreements pursuant to which we advise mutual funds are terminable on short notice and, after an initial term, are subject to an annual process of review and renewal by the funds’ boards. As part of that annual review process, the fund board considers, among other things, the level of compensation that the fund has been paying us for our services, and that process may result in the renegotiation of our fee structure or increase our obligations, thus increasing the cost of our performance. Further, in recent periods our average fee rate has been declining due to higher average separately managed account sizes triggered by market appreciation and new separately managed account clients. Any fee reductions on existing or future new business could have an adverse effect on our profit margins and results of operations.

Several of our portfolios involve investing principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange risk, and tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.

As of June 30, 2011, approximately 38% of our AUM across all of our portfolios was invested in securities of non-U.S. companies . Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively affect the returns of our clients who are invested in these strategies . In addition, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies is likely to result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar value of our AUM, which, in turn, could result in lower revenue since we report our financial results in U.S. dollars.

Investments in non-U.S. issuers may also be affected by tax positions taken in countries or regions in which we are invested as well as political, social and economic uncertainty, particularly as a result of the recent decline in global economic conditions. Declining tax revenues may cause governments to assert their ability to tax the local gains and/or income of foreign investors (including our clients), which could adversely affect clients’ interests in investing outside their home markets. Many financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial markets and, as a result, those markets may have limited liquidity and higher price volatility and lack established regulations . Liquidity may also be adversely affected by political or economic events, government policies, social or civil unrest within a particular country, and our ability to dispose of an investment may also be adversely affected if we increase the size of our investments in smaller non-U.S. issuers. Non-U.S. legal and regulatory environments, including financial accounting standards and practices, may also be different, and there may be less publicly available information about such companies. These risks could adversely affect the performance of our strategies that are invested in securities of non-U.S. issuers and may be particularly acute in the emerging or less developed markets in which we invest.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenues from our Core Non-U.S. Equity portfolios.

As of June 30, 2011, approximately 33% of our AUM were invested in our Core Non-U.S. Equity portfolios. As a result, a substantial portion of our operating results depends upon the performance of our Core Non-U.S. Equity portfolios, and our ability to retain client assets in such portfolios. If a significant portion of the investors in our Core Non-U.S. Equity portfolios decide to withdraw their investments or terminate their investment management agreements for any reason, including poor investment performance or adverse market conditions, our revenues from these portfolios would decline, which could have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

The investment performance and/or the growth of our AUM may be constrained if appropriate investment opportunities are not available or if we close certain of our portfolios.

Our ability to deliver strong investment performance depends in large part on our ability to identify appropriate investment opportunities in which to invest client assets. If we are unable to identify sufficient appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new client assets on a timely basis, our investment performance could be adversely affected. The risk that sufficient appropriate investment opportunities may be unavailable is influenced by a number of factors, including general market conditions, and is likely to increase as and if our AUM increases, particularly if these increases occur very rapidly.

If we determine that sufficient investment opportunities are not available for some or all of our portfolios, or we believe that in order to remain competitive or continue to produce attractive returns from some

 

19


Table of Contents

or all of our portfolios we should limit the growth of those strategies, as we have done in the past, we may choose to limit the growth of the portfolio by limiting the rate at which we accept additional client assets for management under the portfolio, closing the portfolio to all or substantially all new investors or otherwise taking action to limit the flow of assets into the portfolio. If we misjudge the point at which it would be optimal to limit access to or close a portfolio, the investment performance of the portfolio could be negatively impacted. In addition, if we close access to a portfolio, we may offer a new portfolio to our clients, but we cannot guarantee that such new portfolio will attract clients or perform in a manner consistent with the closed portfolio. Limiting access to or closing a portfolio, while designed to enable us to remain competitive or continue to produce attractive returns, may be seen by some investors in our Class A common stock solely as a loss of revenue growth opportunities in the short-term, which could lead to a decrease in the value of our Class A common stock and a loss on your investment.

The significant growth we have experienced over the past nine years has been and may continue to be difficult to sustain, and we may have difficulty managing our growth effectively.

Our AUM have increased from $6.4 billion as of December 31, 2002 to $44.6 billion as of June 30, 2011. The rapid growth in our AUM represents a significant rate of growth that has been and may continue to be difficult to sustain. In particular, as the absolute amount of our AUM increases, it will be more difficult to maintain levels of growth similar to those we have experienced in the past. The future growth of our business will depend on, among other things:

 

   

our ability to retain key investment professionals;

 

   

our ability to attract investment professionals as necessary;

 

   

our ability to devote sufficient resources to maintaining existing portfolios and to selectively develop new portfolios;

 

   

our success in achieving superior investment performance from our portfolios;

 

   

our ability to maintain and extend our distribution capabilities;

 

   

our ability to deal with changing market conditions;

 

   

our ability to maintain adequate financial and business controls; and

 

   

our ability to comply with new legal and regulatory requirements arising in response to both the increased sophistication of the investment management industry and the significant market and economic events of the last few years.

Unless our growth results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs associated with this growth, our future profitability will be adversely affected. In addition, failure to successfully diversify into new asset classes may adversely affect our growth strategy and our future profitability.

Our portfolios may not obtain attractive returns under certain market conditions or at all.

The goal of our investment process is to provide competitive absolute returns over full market cycles. Accordingly, our portfolios may not perform well as compared to benchmarks or other investment managers’ strategies during certain periods of time or under certain market conditions, including periods of market uncertainty and volatility similar to what we have experienced in recent months. Short-term underperformance may negatively affect our ability to retain clients and attract new clients. We are likely to be most out of favor when the markets are running on price momentum and market prices become disconnected from underlying investment fundamentals, as was the case during the late 1990s as the technology market and mega cap stocks fueled the broad market upward. During and shortly following such

 

20


Table of Contents

periods of relative under performance, we are likely to see our highest levels of client turnover, even if our absolute returns are positive. Loss of client assets and the failure to attract new clients could adversely affect our revenues and growth.

The historical returns of our existing portfolios may not be indicative of their future results or of the portfolios we may develop in the future .

We have presented the historical returns of our existing portfolios under “Business—Our Competitive Strengths—Track Record of Consistent Investment Excellence through Multiple Market Cycles.” The historical returns of our portfolios and the ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds that we advise have received in the past should not be considered indicative of the future results of these portfolios or of any other portfolios that we may develop in the future. The investment performance we achieve for our clients varies over time and the variance can be wide. The ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds we advise have received are typically revised monthly. The historical performance and ratings and rankings included in this prospectus are as of June 30, 2011 and for periods then ended except where otherwise stated. The performance we have achieved and the ratings and rankings received at subsequent dates and for subsequent periods may be higher or lower and the difference could be material. Our portfolios’ returns have benefited during some periods from investment opportunities and positive economic and market conditions. In other periods, such as in 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, general economic and market conditions have negatively affected our portfolios’ returns. These negative conditions may occur again, and in the future we may not be able to identify and invest in profitable investment opportunities within our current or future portfolios.

We depend on third-party distribution sources to market our portfolios and access our client base.

Our ability to attract additional assets to manage is dependent on our access to third-party intermediaries. We gain access to mutual fund investors and some retail and institutional clients through third parties, including mutual fund platforms and financial intermediaries. As of June 30, 2011, the largest relationship we have with a third party represents 4.8% of our total AUM and the mutual fund platform representing the largest portion of our fund assets represents an additional 5.8% of our total AUM. We compensate most of the intermediaries through which we gain access to investors in our mutual funds by paying fees, most of which are based on a percentage of assets invested in our mutual funds through that intermediary and with respect to which that intermediary provides services. These distribution sources and client bases may not continue to be accessible to us on terms we consider commercially reasonable, or at all. Limiting or the total absence of such access could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Many of these consultants review and evaluate our products and our firm from time to time. Poor reviews or evaluations of a particular product, portfolio or us as an investment management firm may result in client withdrawals or may impair our ability to attract new assets through these intermediaries. In addition, the recent economic downturn and consolidation in the broker-dealer industry may lead to reduced distribution access and increases in fees we are required to pay to intermediaries. If such increased fees should be required, refusal to pay them could restrict our access to those client bases while paying them could adversely affect our profitability.

Our efforts to establish new portfolios or new products or services may be unsuccessful and could negatively impact our results of operations and our reputation.

As part of our growth strategy, we may seek to take advantage of opportunities to develop new portfolios consistent with our philosophy of managing portfolios to meet our clients’ objectives and using a team investment approach. The costs associated with establishing a new portfolio initially likely will exceed the revenues that the portfolio generates. If any such new portfolio performs poorly or fails to attract sufficient assets to manage, our results of operations could be negatively impacted. Further, a new portfolio’s poor performance may negatively impact our reputation and the reputation of our other portfolios within the investment community. In addition, we have developed and may seek from time to time to develop new products and services to take advantage of opportunities involving technology, insurance, participant and plan sponsor

 

21


Table of Contents

education and other products beyond investment management. The development of these products and services could involve investment of financial and management resources and may not be successful in developing client relationships, which could have an adverse effect on our business. The cost to develop these products initially will likely exceed the revenue they generate. If establishing new portfolios or offering new products or services requires hiring new personnel, to the extent we are unable to recruit and retain sufficient personnel, we may not be successful in further diversifying our portfolios, client assets and business, which could have an adverse effect on our business and future prospects.

Our failure to comply with investment guidelines set by our clients, including the boards of mutual funds, and limitations imposed by applicable law, could result in damage awards against us and a loss of our AUM, either of which could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations or financial condition.

When clients retain us to manage assets on their behalf, they generally specify certain guidelines regarding investment allocation that we are required to follow in managing their portfolios. In addition, the boards of mutual funds we manage generally establish similar guidelines regarding the investment of assets in those funds. We are also required to invest the mutual funds’ assets in accordance with limitations under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act, and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Other clients, such as plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, or non-U.S. funds, require us to invest their assets in accordance with applicable law. Our failure to comply with any of these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to clients or investors in our products which, depending on the circumstances, could result in our obligation to make clients whole for such losses. If we believed that the circumstances did not justify a reimbursement, or clients believed the reimbursement we offered was insufficient, clients could seek to recover damages from us, withdraw assets from our products or terminate their investment management agreement with us. Any of these events could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

A change of control of our company could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements.

Under the 1940 Act, each of the investment advisory agreements for Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registered mutual funds that our affiliate, MNA, advises automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined under the 1940 Act. If such an assignment were to occur, MNA could continue to act as adviser to any such fund only if that fund’s board of directors and stockholders approved a new investment advisory agreement, except in the case of certain of the funds that we sub-advise for which only board approval would be necessary. In addition, under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisors Act, each of the investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts we manage may not be assigned without the consent of the client. An assignment may occur under the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act if, among other things, MNA undergoes a change of control. In certain other cases, the investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts we manage require the consent of the client for any assignment. If such an assignment occurs, we cannot be certain that MNA will be able to obtain the necessary approvals from the boards and stockholders of the mutual funds that it advises or the necessary consents from separate account clients.

Operational risks may disrupt our business, result in losses or limit our growth.

We are heavily dependent on the capacity and reliability of the communications, information and technology systems supporting our operations, whether developed, owned and operated by us or by third parties. Operational risks such as trading or operational errors or interruption of our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems, whether caused by fire, natural disaster or pandemic, power or telecommunications failure, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could result in a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, and thus adversely affect our business. Some types of operational risks, including, for example, trading errors, may be increased in periods of increased volatility, which can magnify the cost of an error. Although we have back-up systems in place, our back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate, and the fact that we operate our business out of multiple physical locations may make such failures and interruptions difficult to

 

22


Table of Contents

address on a timely and adequate basis. As and if our client base, number of portfolios and/or physical locations increase, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure may become increasingly challenging, which could constrain our ability to expand our business. Any upgrades or expansions to our operations or technology to accommodate increased volumes of transactions or otherwise may require significant expenditures and may increase the probability that we will suffer system degradations and failures. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in executing any such upgrades or expansions, we may instead have to hire additional employees, which could increase operational risk due to human error. We also depend on our headquarters in Fairport, New York, where a majority of our employees, administration and technology resources are located, for the continued operation of our business. Any significant disruption to our headquarters could have an adverse effect on our business.

We depend on third-party service providers for services that are important to our business, and an interruption or cessation of such services by any such service providers could have an adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a number of service providers, including custodial and clearing firms, and vendors of communications and networking products and services. We cannot assure you that any of these providers will be able to continue to provide these services in an efficient manner or that they will be able to adequately expand their services to meet our needs. An interruption or malfunction in or the cessation of an important service by any third-party and our inability to make alternative arrangements in a timely manner, or at all, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Employee misconduct could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

We operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our clients are of critical importance. Accordingly, if any of our employees engage in illegal or suspicious activities or other misconduct, we could be subject to regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial condition, client relationships and ability to attract new clients. For example, our business often requires that we deal with confidential information. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose this information, even if inadvertently, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial condition and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not always be effective. In addition, the SEC recently has increased its scrutiny of the use of non-public information obtained from corporate insiders by professional investors. Misconduct by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could result in an adverse effect on our reputation and our business.

Improper disclosure of personal data could result in liability and harm our reputation.

We and our service providers store and process personal client information. It is possible that the security controls, training and other processes over personal data may not prevent the improper disclosure of client information. Such disclosure could harm our reputation as well and subject us to liability, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.

Failure to properly address conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, business and results of operations.

As we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and we have implemented procedures and controls that we believe are reasonably designed to address these issues. However, appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest, we could face reputational damage, litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, business and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and control our exposure to operational, legal and reputational risks. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design or implementation, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information or otherwise. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. Additionally, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our clients, and sanctions or fines from regulators. Our techniques for managing risks in client portfolios may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, or against all types of risk, including risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate.

The cost of insuring our business is substantial and may increase.

Our insurance costs are substantial and can fluctuate significantly from year to year. In addition, certain insurance coverage may not be available or may only be available at prohibitive costs. As we renew our insurance policies, we may be subject to additional costs resulting from rising premiums, the assumption of higher deductibles or co-insurance liability and, to the extent certain of our mutual funds purchase separate director and officer or errors and omissions liability coverage, an increased risk of insurance companies disputing responsibility for joint claims. In addition, we intend to obtain additional liability insurance for our directors and officers in connection with this offering. Higher insurance costs and incurred deductibles, as with any expense, would reduce our net income.

We may elect to pursue growth in the United States and abroad through acquisitions or joint ventures, which would expose us to risks inherent in assimilating new operations, expanding into new jurisdictions, and making non-controlling minority investments in other entities .

In order to maintain and enhance our competitive position, we may review and pursue acquisition and joint venture opportunities. We cannot assure we will identify and consummate any such transactions on acceptable terms or have sufficient resources to accomplish such a strategy. In addition, any strategic transaction can involve a number of risks, including:

 

   

additional demands on our staff;

 

   

unanticipated problems regarding integration of investor account and investment security recordkeeping, operating facilities and technologies, and new employees;

 

   

adverse effects in the event acquired intangible assets or goodwill become impaired;

 

   

the existence of liabilities or contingencies not disclosed to or otherwise known by us prior to closing such a transaction; and

 

   

dilution to our public stockholders if we issue shares of our Class A common stock, or units of Manning & Napier Group with exchange rights, in connection with future acquisitions.

Risks Related to our Industry

We are subject to extensive regulation.

We are subject to extensive regulation for our investment management business and operations, including regulation by the SEC under the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, by the U.S. Department of Labor under ERISA, and by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. The U.S. mutual funds we advise are registered with and regulated by the SEC as investment companies under the 1940 Act. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on investment advisers including record keeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The 1940 Act imposes similar obligations, as well as additional detailed operational requirements, on registered investment companies, which

 

24


Table of Contents

must be adhered to by their investment advisers. The U.S. mutual funds that we advise and our broker-dealer subsidiary are each subject to the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which requires them to know certain information about their clients and to monitor their transactions for suspicious financial activities, including money laundering. The U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, has issued regulations requiring that we refrain from doing business, or allow our clients to do business through us, in certain countries or with certain organizations or individuals on a list maintained by the U.S. government. In addition, Manning & Napier Benefits, LLC is a registered insurance broker with the New York State Insurance Department and, as such, is subject to various insurance and health-related rules and regulations.

Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of our registration as an investment adviser. Even if a sanction imposed against us or our personnel is small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity arising from the imposition of sanctions against us by regulators could harm our reputation, result in withdrawal by our clients from our products and impede our ability to retain clients and develop new client relationships, which may reduce our revenues.

We face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined or be prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect customers and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Accordingly, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements.

The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change, and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight could adversely affect our business.

The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. We believe that significant regulatory changes in our industry are likely to continue on a scale that exceeds the historical pace of regulatory change, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more punitive regulation. For example, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank, was enacted. Dodd-Frank introduces considerable changes to financial industry regulation, which could impact our business in significant ways. These new laws and regulations can be expected to place greater compliance and administrative burdens on us, which likely will increase our expenses without increasing our revenues. However, many of Dodd-Frank’s provisions require the adoption of regulations by various federal agencies and departments and it is difficult to predict all of the effects Dodd-Frank may have on us until final rules have been adopted.

New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients could adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. There have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our shareholders. Further, adverse results of regulatory investigations of mutual fund, investment advisory and financial services firms could tarnish the reputation of the financial services industry generally and mutual funds and investment advisers more specifically, causing investors to avoid further fund investments or redeem their account balances. Redemptions would decrease our AUM, which would reduce our advisory revenues and net income.

In addition, recently there has been intense public and regulatory interest in 401(k) plan fees and expenses. Lawsuits have been brought against plan sponsors and service providers charging that they breached

 

25


Table of Contents

their fiduciary duties related to such fees and expenses, and the U.S. Department of Labor has imposed substantial additional fee disclosure requirements. These developments may adversely affect our business.

Further, as a result of the recent economic downturn, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our business. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could make compliance more difficult and expensive and affect the manner in which we conduct business.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, investment management fee rates, continuity of investment professionals and client relationships, the quality of services provided to clients, corporate positioning and business reputation, continuity of selling arrangements with intermediaries and differentiated products. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

 

   

a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

 

   

potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

 

   

the recent trend toward consolidation in the investment management industry, and the securities business in general, has served to increase the size and strength of a number of our competitors;

 

   

some investors may prefer to invest with an investment manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded asset manager may focus on the manager’s own growth to the detriment of investment performance for clients;

 

   

some competitors may invest according to different investment styles or in alternative asset classes that the markets may perceive as more attractive than the portfolios we offer;

 

   

some competitors may operate in a different regulatory environment than we do, which may give them certain competitive advantages in the investment products and portfolio structures that they offer;

 

   

other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative asset managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

 

   

some competitors charge lower fees for their investment services than we do.

If we are unable to compete effectively, our revenues could be reduced and our business could be adversely affected.

The investment management industry faces substantial litigation risks, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.

We depend to a large extent on our network of relationships and on our reputation to attract and retain client assets. If a client is not satisfied with our services, its dissatisfaction may be more damaging to our

 

26


Table of Contents

business than client dissatisfaction would be to other types of businesses. We make investment decisions on behalf of our clients that could result in substantial losses to them. If our clients suffer significant losses, or are otherwise dissatisfied with our services, we could be subject to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of contract, unjust enrichment and/or fraud. These risks are often difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time, even after an action has been commenced. We may incur significant legal expenses in defending against litigation whether or not we engaged in conduct as a result of which we might be subject to legal liability. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.

Catastrophic and unpredictable events could have an adverse effect on our business.

A terrorist attack, war, power failure, cyber-attack, natural disaster or other catastrophic or unpredictable event could adversely affect our future revenues, expenses and earnings by:

 

   

decreasing investment valuations in, and returns on, the assets that we manage;

 

   

causing disruptions in national or global economies that decrease investor confidence and make investment products generally less attractive;

 

   

interrupting our normal business operations;

 

   

sustaining employee casualties, including loss of our key members of our senior management team or our investment team;

 

   

requiring substantial expenditures and expenses to repair, replace and restore normal business operations; and

 

   

reducing investor confidence.

We have a disaster recovery plan to address certain contingencies, but we cannot be assured that this plan will be sufficient in responding or ameliorating the effects of all disaster scenarios. If our employees or vendors we rely upon for support in a catastrophic event are unable to respond adequately or in a timely manner, we may lose clients resulting in a decrease in AUM which may have an adverse effect on revenues and net income.

Risks Related to Our Structure and the Reorganization

Control of a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock by William Manning, and ownership of     % of Manning & Napier Group’s ownership interests by our existing owners, including William Manning, may give rise to conflicts of interest; failure to properly address these or other conflicts of interests could harm our reputation, business and results of operations.

Immediately after the consummation of this offering, William Manning will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock. Accordingly, William Manning, acting alone, will have the ability to approve or disapprove substantially all transactions and other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including those relating to the tax receivable agreement, the exchange agreement and other material corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation, dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, the issuance or redemption of certain additional equity interests, and the election of directors. These voting and class approval rights may enable William Manning to consummate transactions that may not be in the best interests of holders of our Class A common stock or, conversely, prevent the consummation of transactions that may be in the best interests of

 

27


Table of Contents

holders of our Class A common stock. In addition, although he will have voting control of Manning & Napier, all of William Manning’s economic interests in us will be in the form of his indirect interests in Manning & Napier Group, the payments he may receive from Manning & Napier under the tax receivable agreement, and the proceeds he may receive as a result of M&N Group Holdings and MNCC exchanging the interests attributable to him in Manning & Napier Group for cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock and, in the case of exchanges for shares of our Class A common stock, from selling such Class A common stock. As a result, William Manning’s economic interests may conflict with the interests of Manning & Napier and its public stockholders.

Immediately after the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering, our existing owners, including William Manning, will indirectly hold, through their ownership of M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, approximately     % of the ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group which, as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, is our sole source of revenue. M&N Group Holdings and MNCC are entities controlled by William Manning, who, through his ownership of M&N Group Holdings and MNCC will, immediately following the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering, indirectly own a total of     % of the ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group. All of the other owners of interests in M&N Group Holdings and MNCC are current employees of ours, including our executive officers. Further, such employees have the right to cause M&N Group Holdings and MNCC to exchange their indirect interests in Manning & Napier Group for cash or shares of our Class A common stock. If they exercise this right in sufficient amounts, receive shares of our Class A common stock and do not resell such shares, it is possible that after the cancellation of our Class B common stock (as described under “Description of Capital Stock–Class B Common Stock”), these employees may control us. The interests of these existing owners may conflict with our interests and the interests of the holders of our Class A common stock. Decisions of our existing owners with respect to Manning & Napier Group, including those relating to the tax receivable agreement, the exchange agreement and the structuring of future transactions, may take into consideration these existing owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us or the holders of our Class A common stock.

In addition, as we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we may have conflicts between our interests, those of the holders of our Class A common stock and those of our clients and fund investors. The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and we have implemented procedures and controls that we believe are reasonably designed to address these issues. However, appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest, we could face reputational damage, litigation or regulatory proceedings or penalties, any of which may adversely affect our results of operations.

We will recognize substantial non-cash compensation expense through 2014, which is likely to cause our net income to be negative for 2011 and 2012.

In connection with the reorganization transactions, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will adopt new vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning. As a result, we will be required to recognize substantial non-cash compensation expense in each year through 2014. Further, additional ownership interests in M&N Group Holdings will be granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings, as part of the overall agreement among William Manning and the other owners of the Manning & Napier Companies to consummate the reorganization. As a result, we will be required to recognize a one-time non-cash compensation expense equal to approximately $             million in 2011. In addition, at the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015. These expenses will significantly reduce our reported GAAP net income for 2011-2014, and it is likely that our net income for 2011 and 2012 will be negative as a result. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Agreement with Employee Minority Shareholders.”

 

28


Table of Contents

Because we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules, our board of directors is not required to consist of a majority of independent directors, and you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. William Manning will have a controlling influence over our board, and the interests of William Manning may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

Because William Manning will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, listing requirements. As such, we are permitted to, and may, opt out of the corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by the NYSE. As a result, our board of directors and compensation committee may have more directors who do not meet the independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply. In particular, so long as we are a “controlled company,” we will be exempt from the NYSE rule that requires that a board be comprised of a majority of “independent directors.” Further, William Manning will have a controlling influence over our board, as William Manning will have sufficient voting power to elect the entire board, and our certificate of incorporation permits stockholders to remove directors at any time with or without cause. In addition, although we have established a nominating and corporate governance committee, we may opt out of the NYSE’s requirement that such committee contain independent directors. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, and circumstances may occur in which the interests of William Manning could conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

Our ability to pay regular dividends to our stockholders is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and may be limited by our structure and applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Following completion of this offering, we intend to declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock as described in “Dividend Policy.” However, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, change the amount or frequency of dividends or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely. In addition, because of our structure, we will be dependent upon the ability of our subsidiaries to generate earnings and cash flows and distribute them to us so that we may pay dividends to our stockholders. We expect to cause Manning & Napier Group to make distributions to its members, including us, in an amount sufficient for us to pay dividends. However, its ability to make such distributions will be subject to its and its subsidiaries’ operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, which may limit the amount of funds available for distribution, and its compliance with covenants and financial ratios related to any indebtedness it has or may incur in the future. As a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our Class A common stock. Any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

We will depend on distributions from Manning & Napier Group to pay taxes and expenses, including payments under the tax receivable agreement, but Manning & Napier Group’s ability to make such distributions will be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we intend to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group, and we intend to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds, or approximately $             million, to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings. Accordingly, upon the consummation of this offering, we will have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group and will have no independent means of generating revenue. Manning & Napier Group will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of its units, including us. Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of Manning & Napier Group. Under

 

29


Table of Contents

the terms of its amended and restated limited liability company operating agreement, Manning & Napier Group will be obligated to make tax distributions to holders of its units, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, including expenses under the tax receivable agreement, which we expect will be significant. We intend, as its managing member, to cause Manning & Napier Group to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including any payments due under the tax receivable agreement. However, Manning & Napier Group’s ability to make such distributions will be subject to various limitations and restrictions including, but not limited to, restrictions on distributions that would violate any contract or agreement to which Manning & Napier Group is then a party or any applicable law or that would have the effect of rendering Manning & Napier Group insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

We will be required to pay holders of units of Manning & Napier Group for certain tax benefits we may claim as a result of the tax basis step up we realize in connection with the future purchases or exchanges of those units for shares of our Class A common stock, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

Our existing owners will indirectly hold a substantial majority of the ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group after the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering. Any future purchases or exchanges of their units of Manning & Napier Group for cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock are expected to produce favorable tax attributes for us. When we acquire such units from existing holders, both the existing basis and the anticipated basis adjustments are likely to increase, for tax purposes, depreciation and amortization deductions allocable to us from Manning & Napier Group and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. This increase in tax basis may also decrease gain, or increase loss, on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent the increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

Simultaneously with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the other holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, pursuant to which we will be required to pay to such holder of such Class A units 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that we actually realize, or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, in periods after this offering as a result of any step-up in tax basis in Manning & Napier Group’s assets resulting from (i) our purchase of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, (ii) our purchases or exchanges of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, respectively, for cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock and (iii) payments under the tax receivable agreement, including any tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of such agreement.

We expect that the payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, that the purchase or exchange of Class A units would result in depreciable or amortizable basis and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with the purchase or exchange of all of the Class A units held by M&N Group Holdings and MNCC would aggregate approximately $             over a 15-year period based on an assumed price of $             per share of our Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the holders of such Class A units 85% of such amount, or $            , over the same 15-year period. The actual amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us and tax receivable agreement payments by us will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock and the prevailing tax rates at the time of purchase or exchange and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. In general, increases in the market value of our shares or in prevailing tax

 

30


Table of Contents

rates will increase the amounts we pay under the tax receivable agreement. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of exchanges by the holders of units of Manning & Napier Group, the number of units purchased or exchanged, or the price of our Class A common stock, as the case may be, at the time of the purchase or exchange;

 

   

the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable; and

 

   

the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreement constituting imputed interest and whether the purchases or exchanges result in depreciable or amortizable basis.

There is a possibility that not all of the 85% of the applicable cash savings will be paid to the selling or exchanging holder of Class A units at the time described above. If we determine that all or a portion of such applicable tax savings is in doubt, we will pay to the holders of such Class A units the amount attributable to the portion of the applicable tax savings that we determine is not in doubt and pay the remainder at such time as we determine the actual tax savings or that the amount is no longer in doubt.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement, if any, will be made pro rata among all tax receivable agreement holders entitled to payments on an annual basis to the extent we have sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization charges. The availability of sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization expense will not be determined until such time as the financial results for the year in question are known and tax estimates prepared, which typically occurs within 90 days after the end of the applicable taxable year.

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to holders of Manning & Napier Group units may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our, or our successor’s, obligations under the tax receivable agreement with respect to all Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, whether or not such units have been purchased or exchanged before or after such transaction, would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement. If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an assumed price of $             per share of our Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we estimate that we would be required to pay $             in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

31


Table of Contents

If we were deemed an investment company under the 1940 Act as a result of our ownership of Manning & Napier Group, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have an adverse effect on our business.

We do not believe that we are an “investment company” under the 1940 Act. Because we, as the sole managing member of Manning & Napier Group, control the management of and operate Manning & Napier Group, we believe that our interest in Manning & Napier Group is not an “investment security” as such term is used in the 1940 Act. If we were to cease participation in the management of Manning & Napier Group or not be deemed to control Manning & Napier Group, our interest in Manning & Napier Group could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the 1940 Act. A person may be an “investment company” if it owns investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items). Upon the consummation of this offering, our sole asset will be our equity investment in Manning & Napier Group. A determination that such investment is an investment security could cause us to be deemed an investment company under the 1940 Act and to become subject to the registration and other requirements of the 1940 Act. In addition, we do not believe that we are an investment company under Section 3(b)(1) of the 1940 Act because we are not primarily engaged in a business that causes us to fall within the definition of “investment company.” The 1940 Act and the rules thereunder contain detailed prescriptions for the organization and operations of investment companies. Among other things, the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder limit or prohibit transactions with affiliates, impose limitations on the issuance of debt and equity securities, prohibit the issuance of stock options, and impose certain governance requirements. We and Manning & Napier Group intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we nevertheless were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop, to provide you with adequate liquidity.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock and we cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on the national securities exchange on which we list, or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Accordingly, you may not be able to resell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering and you may suffer a loss on your investment.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, and your investment in our Class A common stock could suffer a decline in value.

The stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our Class A common stock. If the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

 

32


Table of Contents

Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock, or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock, include:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

failure to meet the market’s earnings expectations;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the investment management industry, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock after this offering;

 

   

departures of any members of our senior management team or additions or departures of other key personnel;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

actual or anticipated poor performance in one or more of the portfolios we offer;

 

   

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations, or differing interpretations thereof, affecting our business, or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters;

 

   

adverse publicity about the investment management industry generally, or particular scandals, specifically;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

   

consummation by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

   

actions by stockholders;

 

   

exchange of units of Manning & Napier Group for shares of our Class A common stock or the expectation that such conversions or exchanges may occur; and

 

   

general market and economic conditions.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, William Manning and our other employee-owners will indirectly own interests in M&N Group Holdings and directly own interests in MNCC, and they will have the right to cause M&N Group Holdings and MNCC to exchange such interests for cash or an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock; future sales of such shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could lower our stock price.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock available for sale after completion of this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also may make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling equity securities in the future, at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

After the consummation of this offering, we will have              shares of Class A common stock outstanding. Of our outstanding shares,                     , or     %, will be restricted from immediate resale under the “lock-up” agreements between us and all of our directors, officers and stockholders and the underwriters described in the section entitled “Underwriting” herein, but may be sold into the market after those “lock-up” restrictions expire, in certain limited circumstances as set forth in the “lock-up” agreements, or if they are waived by Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, in its discretion. The outstanding shares subject to the

 

33


Table of Contents

“lock-up” restrictions will generally become available for sale following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume limitations and manner-of-sale requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement that we will enter into with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the direct holders of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group that are not owned by us at the time of this offering, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein and as described elsewhere in this prospectus, M&N Group Holdings and MNCC will be entitled to exchange such units for an aggregate of up to             shares of our Class A common stock, subject to customary adjustments, on behalf of William Manning and our other employee-members that are indirect members of M&N Group Holdings and MNCC. In addition, the holders of any units of Manning & Napier Group issued subsequent to this offering will also become parties to the exchange agreement and, pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement, we may also purchase or exchange such units for shares of our Class A common stock. We will also enter into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which the shares of Class A common stock issued upon such exchanges will be eligible for resale, subject to certain limitations set forth therein. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock may have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued in connection with an acquisition, or the perception that such sales or distributions could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

The disparity in the voting rights among the classes of our capital stock may have a potential adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock.

Each share of our Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally, while the holder of our Class B common stock will control a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of all stockholders. The difference in voting rights could adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock if, for example, investors view, or any potential future purchaser of our company views, the superior voting rights of the Class B common stock to have value or to delay or deter a change of control.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution and may experience additional dilution in the future, including as a result of the issuance of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with future acquisitions.

We expect that the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering, as well as after giving effect to the potential exchange of all outstanding units of Manning & Napier Group for shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $             (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $             per share of our Class A common stock.

In addition, we may issue shares of our Class A common stock or units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with future acquisitions or grants under the 2011 Plan. If we grant exchange rights with respect to the issuance of the units of Manning & Napier Group that allow its holder to exchange such units for shares of our Class A common stock, you will incur dilution in the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock that you own at such time.

Manning & Napier Group will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds it receives from us from this offering and may not use them in a manner in which our stockholders would consider appropriate.

We intend to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier

 

34


Table of Contents

Group, which in turn expects to use such net proceeds for general corporate purposes and strategic growth opportunities, including potential acquisitions. Manning & Napier intends to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds, or approximately $             million, to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings, which in turn expects to transfer such net proceeds to its members. The transfer of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to Manning & Napier Group will be a capital contribution pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group in exchange for Class A units of Manning & Napier Group. The transfer of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group by M&N Group Holdings to us in exchange for the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be a permitted transfer under such amended and restated limited liability company agreement.

Manning & Napier Group has not yet determined the amount of the net proceeds it receives that will be used for any specific purpose. Its management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described under the heading “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which management of Manning & Napier Group chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. The failure by such management to apply these funds effectively could have an adverse effect on our business. Pending their use, Manning & Napier Group may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Fulfilling our public company financial reporting and other regulatory obligations will be expensive and time consuming, may strain our resources and if we fail to comply with such obligations, our business, operating results and stock price could be adversely affected.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to implement specific corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley, and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of the national securities exchange on which we list.

In accordance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, our management will be required to conduct an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and include a report on these internal controls in the annual reports on Form 10-K we will file with the SEC. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm provide an opinion regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls. We expect that after the consummation of this offering, we will become an accelerated or large accelerated filer, and accordingly our annual reports, beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, must also contain a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

In order to achieve timely compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, we have begun a process to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to comply with Section 404 have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, significant costs, the commitment of time and operational resources and the diversion of management’s attention. If our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, market perception of our financial condition and the trading price of our stock may be adversely affected and customer perception of our business may suffer.

Further, the Exchange Act will require us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Compliance with these requirements will place significant additional demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we will be required to hire additional accounting, tax, finance and legal staff with the requisite technical knowledge.

 

35


Table of Contents

As a public company we will also need to enhance our investor relations, legal and corporate communications functions. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law will contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult. These provisions:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of our Class A common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent and instead require all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

establish a dual class structure of our voting stock, granting the holder of our Class B common stock majority voting rights.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit the holders of our Class A common stock.

Any issuance of preferred stock could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock, which could depress the price of our Class A common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Class A common stock at a premium over the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

36


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “estimates,” “will,” “should,” “intends,” “plans” or “anticipates” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy. Readers are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and may involve significant risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may vary materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors.

Prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by those cautionary statements. Any forward-looking statements which we make in this prospectus speak only as of the dates of such statements, and we undertake no obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our anticipated future results of operations and operating cash flows;

 

   

our business plans and investment policies;

 

   

our competitive position and the effects of competition on our business;

 

   

potential growth opportunities available to us;

 

   

the recruitment and retention of our employees;

 

   

our expected levels of compensation for our employees and the effect of compensation on our ability to attract and retain employees;

 

   

our potential operating performance, achievements, efficiency and cost reduction efforts;

 

   

our expected tax rate;

 

   

our intention to pay dividends;

 

   

our expectation with respect to the economy, capital markets, the market for asset management services and other industry trends;

 

   

the benefits to our business resulting from the effects of the reorganization; and

 

   

the impact of future legislation and regulation, and changes in existing legislation and regulation, on our business.

 

37


Table of Contents

OUR STRUCTURE AND REORGANIZATION

Structure Prior to the Reorganization Transactions

Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we were a group of privately-held, affiliated companies comprising the Manning & Napier Companies. Five of these companies, Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc., Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., were majority owned by William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees. Two of these companies, Manning & Napier Information Services, LLC and Perspective Partners LLC, through Manning & Napier Associates, LLC, were majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by B. Reuben Auspitz, our Vice-Chairman.

The following diagram depicts our organizational structure prior to the reorganization transactions.

LOGO

 

(1) Represents Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.
(2) Exeter Advisors, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation.

Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-derived amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as a non-cash interest expense in our financial statements. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and we will no longer reflect non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation in our financial statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

38


Table of Contents

Reorganization Transactions and Post-IPO Structure

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we entered into a series of transactions to reorganize our capital structure, as described and depicted below.

Step One : Each of MNA, AAC, EAI and MNAO contributed all of its assets and liabilities to a corresponding newly formed limited liability company subsidiary in exchange for 100% of the equity interests of such new subsidiary and the shareholders of MNBD contributed 100% of the outstanding common stock of MNBD to MNCC.

LOGO

Step Two : EAI contributed 100% of its new subsidiary’s equity interests to AAC, its parent. Each of MNA, AAC and MNAO then contributed 100% of its new subsidiary’s equity interests and, in the case of AAC, 100% of the equity interests contributed from EAI to M&N Group Holdings, in exchange for an aggregate of                     Class A units of M&N Group Holdings. In addition, William Manning was granted Class B units of M&N Group Holdings pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings as part of the overall agreement among William Manning and the other owners of the Manning & Napier Companies to consummate the reorganization and this offering. The Class B units of M&N Group Holdings granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions will vest upon the consummation of this offering. William Manning will not have any rights as a member under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings until such Class B units vest, including, without limitation, rights with respect to voting, allocations and distributions thereunder.

LOGO

 

(1) Represents Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

 

(2) Each S-Corp and Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees.

 

(3) In connection with the reorganization transactions, M&N Group Holdings granted Class B units to Richard Goldberg for strategic consulting services Mr. Goldberg has and will perform for the Manning & Napier Companies.

 

39


Table of Contents
(4) The newly formed limited liability companies will hold assets contributed by Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Exeter Advisors, Inc. and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

Step Three : Immediately following such contributions, (i) M&N Group Holdings contributed 100% of its equity interests in such new subsidiaries to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, (ii) MNCC contributed all of its assets and liabilities, including 100% of its equity interests in Exeter Trust Company and MNBD, to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group and (iii) Manning & Napier, Inc. contributed $             to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group.

LOGO

 

(1) Represents Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.
(2) Each S-Corp and Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees.
(3) In connection with the reorganization transactions, M&N Group Holdings granted Class B units to Richard Goldberg for strategic consulting services Mr. Goldberg has and will perform for the Manning & Napier Companies. The Class B units of M&N Group Holdings granted to William Manning will vest upon the consummation of this offering. William Manning will not have any rights as a member under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings until such Class B units vest, including, without limitation, rights with respect to voting, allocations and distributions thereunder.
(4) Represents the newly formed limited liability companies, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. and Exeter Trust Company.

Step Four : Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, (i) Manning & Napier Associates will contribute 100% of its equity interests in MNIS and PPI to M&N Group Holdings in exchange for              Class A units of M&N Holdings, and immediately following such contribution M&N Group Holdings will contribute 100% of its equity interests in MNIS and PPI to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, and (ii) Exeter Advisors, Inc. will be dissolved. In addition, we will issue shares of our Class B common stock to William Manning pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

40


Table of Contents

We will use approximately $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group and approximately $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings. The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering.

LOGO

 

(1) Represents Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

 

(2) Each S-Corp and Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by 47 of our employees.

 

(3) Manning & Napier Associates, LLC is majority owned by William Manning, with a minority interest held by B. Reuben Auspitz.

 

(4) In connection with the reorganization transactions, M&N Group Holdings granted Class B units to Richard Goldberg for strategic consulting services Mr. Goldberg has and will perform for the Manning & Napier Companies. The Class B units of M&N Group Holdings granted to William Manning will vest upon the consummation of this offering, and William Manning will have full rights as a member under the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings at such time.

 

(5) At the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer in September 2011.

 

(6) Represents (i) the newly formed limited liability companies which will hold assets contributed by Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Exeter Advisors, Inc. and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., and (ii) Perspective Partners LLC, Manning & Napier Information Services, LLC, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. and Exeter Trust Company. As a result of the reorganization transactions, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc., which until such time was a sub-chapter “S” corporation for tax purposes, became a sub-chapter “C” corporation for tax purposes and is accordingly subject to corporate-level taxation on its earnings.

 

41


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier, Inc.

We were incorporated in Delaware on June 22, 2011. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We will maintain two classes of common stock in order to separate a portion of the voting rights of Manning & Napier, Inc.’s common stock from economic ownership of Manning & Napier, Inc. for up to six years following this offering. Accordingly, the holder of our Class B common stock will retain control of a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our common stock will have the terms described below and, in more detail, under “Description of Capital Stock.”

Class A Common Stock

We will issue shares of Class A common stock to the public pursuant to this offering. Each share of Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote and economic rights in us, including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation.

Class B Common Stock

Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will issue 1,000 shares of our Class B common stock to William Manning. The holder of our Class B common stock will control a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, but William Manning will not have any economic rights in us by virtue of his ownership of Class B common stock, whether rights to dividends, distributions or otherwise upon liquidation.

Manning & Napier Group, LLC

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will conduct all of our business activities through our principal operating subsidiary, Manning & Napier Group, and its subsidiaries. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group will be amended and restated to reclassify the limited liability company interests held by the members as Class A units and authorize the issuance of Class B units. The Class B units will be issued to persons as incentive compensation from time to time for no consideration or de minimis consideration, as such interests are intended to constitute “profits interests.” The amended and restated limited liability company agreement will appoint Manning & Napier, Inc. as its sole managing member. In connection with the reorganization transactions, any of our remaining retained earnings will be distributed to our employee-owners prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Holders of Class A units and Class B units will have certain voting rights as described under “—Offering Transactions—Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Manning & Napier Group—Voting.” Net profits and net losses and distributions of profits of Manning & Napier Group generally will be allocated and made to its members pro rata in accordance with the number of units of Manning & Napier Group they hold. Distributions to members upon a liquidation of Manning & Napier Group will be made to its members pro rata in proportion to their capital account balances, subject to the claims of creditors and the rights of all members to their proportionate shares of undistributed profits. The balance of each member’s capital account as a percentage of the aggregate capital account balances of all members will generally correspond to that member’s respective percentage interest in the profits of Manning & Napier Group.

Upon the consummation of this offering, Manning & Napier intends to use all of the net proceeds it receives from this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group and M&N Group Holdings. The distribution of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to Manning & Napier Group will be a capital contribution pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group in exchange for Class A units of Manning & Napier Group. The transfer of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group by M&N Group Holdings to us in exchange for the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be a permitted transfer under such amended and

 

42


Table of Contents

restated limited liability company agreement. As a result of the reorganization transactions described above, the consummation of this offering and the application of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom to purchase Class A units:

 

   

we will hold             Class A units, representing approximately     %, of Manning & Napier Group, or              Class A units, representing approximately     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

we will be the sole managing member of Manning & Napier Group and, as such, we will solely and exclusively manage the business, property and affairs of Manning & Napier Group;

 

   

M&N Group Holdings will hold             Class A units, representing approximately         %, of Manning & Napier Group, or             Class A units, representing approximately     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

MNCC will hold              Class A units, representing approximately     % of Manning & Napier Group, or              Class A units, representing approximately     %, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

through their ownership of our Class A common stock, public stockholders will collectively have approximately     % of the voting power in Manning & Napier, or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, William Manning will hold a majority of the combined voting power in Manning & Napier; and

 

   

through his indirect ownership of Class A and Class B units of M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, William Manning will indirectly hold approximately     % of the interests in Manning & Napier Group.

Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the exchange agreement and described elsewhere in this prospectus, the holders of units of Manning & Napier Group will have the right to exchange such units for either cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions, to be determined by us in our sole discretion. As such unitholders exchange their units, we will receive a number of units, as applicable, of Manning & Napier Group either equal to the number of shares of our Class A common stock that they receive or in consideration of the cash purchase price. See “—Offering Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Under the terms of its amended and restated limited liability company agreement, Manning & Napier Group will be obligated to distribute to us, the holders of its Class A units and the holders of its Class B units cash payments for the purposes of funding tax obligations in respect of the taxable income and net capital gain that is allocated to us, the other holders of Class A units and the holders of Class B units, respectively, as members of Manning & Napier Group. The amounts available to Manning & Napier Group for distributions to us for the payment of dividends will be determined after Manning & Napier Group has made distributions for purposes of funding any such tax obligations. The determination to pay dividends, if any, to the holders of our Class A common stock out of any distributions we receive from Manning & Napier Group with respect to our Class A units will be made by our board of directors. If our board of directors exercises its discretion not to authorize the payment of dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock, the holders of our Class A common stock would not receive dividend distributions relating to our pro rata share of the income earned by Manning & Napier Group, even if Manning & Napier Group makes such distributions to us. See “Dividend Policy.”

Equity Ownership Interests

In connection with the reorganization transactions, additional ownership interests in M&N Group Holdings will be granted to William Manning pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings, as part of the overall agreement among William Manning and the other

 

43


Table of Contents

owners of the Manning & Napier Companies to consummate the reorganization. In addition, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will adopt new vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers other than William Manning. Such individuals will be entitled to 15% of their pre-reorganization ownership interests upon the consummation of this offering, and an additional 5% of such ownership interests will vest as of each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the consummation of this offering, provided such individuals are employed by us as of such date (employment-based vesting). The remaining ownership interests will be subject to performance-based vesting on or after each of the first, second and third anniversaries of this offering (subject to an initial two-year lockup period and other selling restrictions), to be determined by a vesting committee of MNA (performance-based vesting). Such new vesting terms will not result in dilution to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock.

Notwithstanding these vesting requirements, in the event William Manning sells any portion of his interests in the Manning & Napier Companies following the consummation of this offering, our other employee-owners will have the right to sell a pro rata amount of such individuals’ indirect ownership interest in Manning & Napier Group, and if any individual does not at such time have fully vested ownership interests sufficient to allow such participation, an amount of their ownership interests will vest to the extent necessary to allow them to participate in the pro rata sale. In addition, the aggregate sales in any calendar year by our employees, other than William Manning, of their respective interests will be limited to a number of shares equal to 1.5% (or such higher percentage as determined by the board of directors of MNA in its sole discretion) of the number of shares that would be outstanding immediately after this offering if M&N Group Holdings and MNCC exchanged 100% of their respective units for shares of our Class A common stock. The 1.5% limit would be equal to                  shares of our Class A common stock per year, or     % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering. This 1.5% limit will not apply to ownership interests entitled to vest as a result of sales by William Manning as described above. Upon William Manning’s death and the dissolution of MNA, this 1.5% limit will be increased to allow our employees to pay any income taxes resulting from such dissolution.

As a result of such vesting requirements, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges which will be fully realized by the end of 2014. We will also recognize an additional one-time non-cash compensation charge equal to approximately $             million related to the additional ownership interests that will be granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions. Assuming the satisfaction of all vesting conditions, including any performance-based vesting, related to the interests of the minority shareholders of the Manning & Napier Companies, we estimate these non-cash compensation charges over the next four calendar years to be as follows:

 

(in millions)       

2011

   $     

2012

   $     

2013

   $     

2014

   $                    

Offering Transactions

Exchange Agreement

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will enter into an exchange agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the direct holders of all of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group that are not held by us at the time of this offering, which in the aggregate is equivalent to     % of our Class A common stock on a fully diluted as-exchanged basis.

Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the exchange agreement:

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings that are attributable to the interests of William Manning in M&N Group Holdings,

 

44


Table of Contents
 

commencing on the first anniversary of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange up to 15% of such units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or         % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering) per year on behalf of William Manning; provided, that with respect to the exchanges permitted as of the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, the 15% limit will be reduced by the              units attributable to his interests that will be purchased by us from M&N Group Holdings with proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings that are attributable to the interests of the other holders of M&N Group Holdings, all of whom are our employees, including our named executive officers other than William Manning:

 

  -  

commencing on the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange up to 5% of such Class A units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or         % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering) on behalf of such holders; and

 

  -  

commencing on the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, M&N Group Holdings may exchange the remaining Class A units, subject to the vesting requirements and selling restrictions as set forth above;

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by MNCC attributable to the interests of William Manning in MNCC, commencing on the second anniversary of this offering, MNCC may exchange up to 15% of such units (equivalent to              shares of our Class A common stock, or         % of the number of shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately following this offering) per year on behalf of William Manning; and

 

   

with respect to the              Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by MNCC attributable to the interests of the other members of MNCC, all of whom are our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning, commencing on the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, MNCC may exchange such Class A units, subject to the vesting requirements and selling restrictions as set forth above, on behalf of such holders.

For any units of Manning & Napier Group exchanged following the consummation of this offering, we will (i) pay an amount of cash equal to the number of units exchanged multiplied by the value of one share of our Class A common stock, or, at our election, (ii) issue shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject, in each case, to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions. As we receive units of Manning & Napier Group that are exchanged, our ownership of Manning & Napier Group will increase. The decision whether to pay cash or issue shares will be made by the independent members of our board of directors.

In addition, we intend to award equity-based incentives to certain employees pursuant to the 2011 Plan to align their interests with our stockholders. The 2011 Plan will provide for the grant of units of Manning & Napier Group as well as the grant of certain stock-based awards based on our Class A common stock. See “Executive Compensation—2011 Equity Compensation Plan.”

 

45


Table of Contents

From time to time following the consummation of this offering, the holders of units of Manning & Napier Group granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan or otherwise, if any, shall become parties to the exchange agreement. Following the second anniversary after the consummation of this offering and the satisfaction of any vesting conditions set forth in the applicable agreements granting such holders such units or as otherwise determined by the compensation committee, such holders may exchange up to 25% of such units on each anniversary of the consummation of this offering for (i) an amount of cash equal to the number of units exchanged multiplied by the value of one share of our Class A common stock, or, at our election, (ii) shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject, in each case, to customary adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications and other similar transactions. As we receive units of Manning & Napier Group that are exchanged, our ownership of Manning & Napier Group will increase.

Pursuant to the exchange agreement, a holder may not exchange units if we determine that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation. In addition, we may impose additional restrictions on exchange that we determine to be necessary or advisable so that Manning & Napier Group is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the holders of units of Manning & Napier Group, pursuant to which the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon exchange of their units, if any, will be eligible for resale, subject to the resale timing and manner limitations described below.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will commit to file, following the first anniversary of the consummation of this offering, a shelf registration statement registering shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued upon the exchange of units of Manning & Napier Group pursuant to the exchange agreement. We also will commit to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare the shelf registration statement effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter and to keep such shelf registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of two years after such shelf registration statement has been declared effective and the date on which all securities included in such shelf registration statement have been sold in accordance with the plan and method of distribution set forth therein.

We have agreed in the registration rights agreement to indemnify the participating holders, solely in their capacity as selling stockholders, against any losses or damages resulting from or relating to any untrue statement, or omission, of any material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto pursuant to which they may sell the shares of our Class A common stock that they receive upon exchange of their units, except to the extent such liability arose from information furnished by the selling stockholder used in a shelf registration statement, and the participating holders have agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions of a material fact relating to them. No selling stockholder shall be liable to the Company for an amount in excess of the amount received by such selling stockholder in the offering giving rise to such liability.

We will pay all expenses incident to our performance of, or compliance with, any registration or marketing of securities pursuant to the registration rights agreement. The selling stockholders will pay their respective portions of all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes relating to the sale of their shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Manning & Napier Group, LLC

As a result of the reorganization, we will conduct all of our business activities through our principal operating subsidiary, Manning & Napier Group, and its subsidiaries. The operations of Manning & Napier Group, and the rights and obligations of its members, including us, will be set forth in an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group, a form of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following is a description of the material terms of this agreement.

 

46


Table of Contents

Governance. We will serve as sole managing member of Manning & Napier Group. As such, we will control its business and affairs and will be responsible for the management of its business.

Economic Rights of Members. Manning & Napier Group will have Class A units and Class B units. Net profits and net losses and distributions of profits of Manning & Napier Group generally will be allocated and made to its members pro rata in accordance with the number of Class A units and Class B units of Manning & Napier Group they hold.

Voting. Each Class A unit and Class B unit will entitle its holder to one vote for each such Class A unit and Class B unit, respectively.

Transfer Restrictions. Except to certain permitted transferees, including the members of M&N Group Holdings, and in connection with the exchange agreement and this offering, no member of Manning & Napier Group may transfer all or any portion of its units, whether vested or unvested, without the prior written consent of the managing member, which may be withheld in our sole discretion.

Indemnification and Exculpation. Manning & Napier Group will indemnify us, as its sole managing member, and our directors and officers against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that are imposed on, incurred by or asserted against us or our directors and officers as a result of or arising out of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement, Manning & Napier Group, its assets, business or affairs or our activities, in our capacity as the managing member, or the activities of our directors and officers serving in their capacity as such, or otherwise on behalf of Manning & Napier Group to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on us or such directors and officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither we nor our directors or officers will be indemnified for any loss or other amount to the extent such loss or other amount arises out of (i) our failure, or the failure of our directors or officers, as applicable, to act in good faith and in a manner believed to be in the best interests of Manning & Napier Group or (ii) our, or our directors’ or officers’, as applicable, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Manning & Napier Group will also advance the expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by the indemnified parties in advance of a final disposition of such matters so long as the indemnified party undertakes to repay the expenses if it is determined that the party is not entitled to indemnification.

We, as the managing member, and our directors and officers will not be liable to Manning & Napier Group for any losses or other amounts imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Manning & Napier Group or any other indemnified party as a result of or arising out of any of our activities, in our capacity as the managing member, or the activities of our directors and officers serving in their capacity as such, to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on us or such directors and officers, except to the extent such losses or other amounts arise out of (i) our failure, or the failure of our directors or officers, as applicable, to act in good faith and in a manner believed to be in the best interests of Manning & Napier Group or (ii) our, or our directors’ or officers’, as applicable, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Amendments. The amended and restated limited liability company agreement may be amended with the written consent of the managing member and M&N Group Holdings; provided, the managing member may, without the consent of any of the other members, amend the amended and restated limited liability company agreement to (i) satisfy any requirements, conditions, guidelines or opinions imposed by any governmental agency or by statute if the managing member deems such amendment to be in the best interests of Manning & Napier Group, (ii) ensure that Manning & Napier Group will not be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under the Code or comply with any requirements of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and the rulings of the IRS with respect to the tax treatment of Manning & Napier Group as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (iii) change the name of Manning & Napier Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no

 

47


Table of Contents

amendment that would affect any member in a manner that is disproportionate to the manner in which other members holding the same series or class of units is affected may be made without the consent of the members holding a majority of the class or series of units that would be disproportionately affected by such amendment.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Pursuant to the exchange agreement described above, following the consummation of this offering we may be required to acquire Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from their holders in exchange for cash or, at our option, shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, we intend to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds we receive in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings. Manning & Napier Group intends to have an election under Section 754 of the Code in effect for taxable years in which purchases or exchanges of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group will occur. Pursuant to the Section 754 election, each future purchase or exchange of such Class A units is expected to result in the purchaser of such units receiving an increase in the tax basis of tangible and intangible assets of Manning & Napier Group. When we acquire Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from existing members, we expect that the anticipated basis adjustments will increase, for tax purposes, the tax basis in the Manning & Napier Group’s assets attributable to the Class A units we acquire. The higher tax basis will increase depreciation and amortization deductions allocable to us from Manning & Napier Group and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. This increase in tax basis may also decrease gain, or increase loss, on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.

Simultaneously with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the other holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, pursuant to which we will be required to pay to M&N Group Holdings and any other future holders of units of Manning & Napier Group 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that we actually realize, or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, in periods after this offering as a result of any step-up in tax basis in Manning & Napier Group’s assets resulting from (i) our purchase of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, (ii) our purchases or exchanges of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings and MNCC respectively, for cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock and (iii) payments under the tax receivable agreement, including any tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of such agreement.

There is a possibility that not all of the 85% of the applicable cash savings will be paid to the selling or exchanging holder of Class A units at the time described above. If we determine that all or a portion of such applicable tax savings is in doubt, we will pay to the holders of such Class A units the amount attributable to the portion of the applicable tax savings that we determine is not in doubt and pay the remainder at such time as we reasonably determine the actual tax savings or that the amount is no longer in doubt.

For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in tax are calculated by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount we would have been required to pay had we not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement, unless certain assumptions apply, as discussed herein. The term of the tax receivable agreement with respect to a purchase or exchange of Class A units will continue until 60 years after the exchange under the tax receivable agreement, unless we exercise our rights to terminate the tax receivable agreement or payments under the agreement are accelerated in connection with a change of control (as described below). The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of purchases and exchanges by the holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, the number of units purchased or exchanged, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the purchase or exchange, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable or amortizable basis.

 

48


Table of Contents

We expect that the payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, that our purchase or exchange of Class A units would result in depreciable or amortizable basis and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with the purchase or exchange of all of the Class A units held by M&N Group Holdings and MNCC would aggregate approximately $             over a 15-year period based on an assumed price of $             per share of our Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the holders of such Class A units 85% of such amount, or $            , over the same 15-year period. The actual amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us and tax receivable agreement payments by us will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock and the prevailing tax rates and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. In general, increases in the market value of our shares or in prevailing tax rates will increase the amounts we pay under the tax receivable agreement.

In addition, we will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. We might not determine that we have paid such excess for a number of years following such payment. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than our actual cash tax savings.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our, or our successor’s, obligations under the tax receivable agreement with respect to all Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, whether or not such units have been purchased or exchanged before or after such transaction, would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits attributable to depreciable and amortizable assets, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits, and additional payments upon the sale of non-amortizable assets. There is a possibility that not all of the early termination payment will be made to the exchanging holder of Class A units at the time described above. If we determine that all or a portion of such early termination payment is in doubt, we will pay to the holders of such Class A units the amount attributable to the portion of the early termination payment that we determine is not in doubt and pay the remainder at such time as we determine the actual tax savings or that the amount is no longer in doubt. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement. If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an assumed price of $             per share of our Class A common stock (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we estimate that we would be required to pay $             in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement, if any, will be made pro rata among all tax receivable agreement holders entitled to payments on an annual basis to the extent we have sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization charges. The availability of sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization expense will not be determined until such time as the financial results for the year in question are known and tax estimates prepared, which typically occurs within 90 days after the end of

 

49


Table of Contents

the applicable taxable year. We expect to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, to the extent they are required, within 145 days after the end of the taxable year in which the increased depreciation and amortization expense was utilized. Interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of     % from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return for each such applicable taxable year of Manning & Napier.

The impact the tax receivable agreement will have on our consolidated financial statements will be the establishment of a liability, which will be increased upon the purchases and exchanges of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group for shares of our Class A common stock representing 85% of the estimated future tax benefits, if any, relating to the increase in tax basis associated with the Class A units we receive as a result of sales or exchanges by unitholders of Manning & Napier Group. The amount and timing of any payments will vary based on a number of factors, including the timing of future purchases or exchanges, the number of units purchased or exchanged, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of any purchase or exchange, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, the availability of amortization or depreciation deductions with respect to the intangible assets and the amount and timing of our income; depending upon the outcome of these factors, we may be obligated to make substantial payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. In light of the numerous factors affecting our obligation to make such payments, however, the timing and amount of any such actual payments are not certain at this time.

Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a purchase or exchange transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before a purchase or exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Because of our structure, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreement is dependent on the ability of Manning & Napier Group to make distributions to us. The ability of Manning & Napier Group to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to its members, of which we are one. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive approximately $             million in net proceeds from this offering, or $             million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

Manning & Napier intends to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group, which in turn expects to use such net proceeds for general corporate purposes and strategic growth opportunities, including potential acquisitions. However, as of the date of this prospectus, Manning & Napier Group has no agreement relating to any material acquisition or investment. Approximately one business day following the consummation of this offering, Manning & Napier intends to use the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering, or approximately $             million, to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group held by M&N Group Holdings, which in turn expects to transfer such net proceeds to its members. William Manning, our current employees, including certain of our executive officers, and Richard Goldberg, directly and indirectly, collectively own 100% of the outstanding membership interests of M&N Group Holdings. The transfer of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to Manning & Napier Group in exchange for Class A units of Manning & Napier Group will be a capital contribution pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group. The transfer of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group by M&N Group Holdings to us in exchange for the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be a permitted transfer under such amended and restated limited liability company agreement. M&N Group Holdings expects that its members will transfer such net proceeds as follows: approximately $             million will be paid to William Manning; approximately $             million will be paid to Patrick Cunningham; approximately $             million will be paid to Jeffrey S. Coons; approximately $             million will be paid to B. Reuben Auspitz; approximately $             million will be paid to Charles S. Stamey; approximately $             million will be paid to Beth H. Galusha; and the remaining $             million will be paid to the other minority shareholders of the members of M&N Group Holdings. Accordingly, we will not retain any of these proceeds.

Manning & Napier Group has not yet determined the amount of the net proceeds it receives that will be used for any specific purpose. Accordingly, its management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering it receives. Pending the application of the net proceeds from this offering, the net proceeds may be invested in short-term securities or other investment products.

 

51


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Following this offering, we intend to pay quarterly cash dividends. We expect that our first dividend will be paid in the             quarter of             and will be $             per share of our Class A common stock. We intend to fund our initial dividend, as well as any future dividends, from our portion of distributions made by Manning & Napier Group, from its available cash generated from operations. William Manning, as the holder of our Class B common stock, will not be entitled to any cash dividends in his capacity as a Class B stockholder, but will, in his capacity as an indirect holder of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, generally participate on a pro rata basis in distributions by Manning & Napier Group.

The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. In determining the amount of any future dividends, our board of directors will take into account:

 

   

the financial results of Manning & Napier Group;

 

   

our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements, including any debt servicing;

 

   

our capital requirements and the capital requirements of our subsidiaries, including Manning & Napier Group;

 

   

contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by Manning & Napier Group to us, including the obligation of Manning & Napier Group to make tax distributions to its unitholders, including us;

 

   

general economic and business conditions; and

 

   

any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group and, accordingly, will depend on distributions from Manning & Napier Group to fund any dividends we may pay. As managing member of Manning & Napier Group, we will determine the timing and amount of any distributions to be paid to its members. We intend to cause Manning & Napier Group to distribute cash to its members, including us, in an amount sufficient to cover dividends, if any, declared by us. If we do cause Manning & Napier Group to make such distributions, M&N Group Holdings, MNCC and any other holders of units of Manning & Napier Group will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions on a pro rata basis.

Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, Manning & Napier Group is unable to make distributions to us as a result of its operating results, cash requirements and financial condition, its making certain mandatory distributions to its members relating to their income tax liability, the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, which may limit the amount of funds available for distribution, and its compliance with covenants and financial ratios related to any indebtedness it may incur in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We are taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore holders of our Class A common stock will not be taxed directly on our earnings. Distributions of cash or other property that we pay to our stockholders will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax rules. If the amount of a distribution by us to our stockholders exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common stock and thereafter as capital gain.

 

52


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our total capitalization as of June 30, 2011 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of             shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and the reorganization transactions.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2011  
     Actual     As adjusted (1)  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,073      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Liabilities other than shares liability subject to mandatory redemption

     51,186     

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption

     198,203     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     249,389     

Shares subject to conditional redemption

     3,050     

Shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

    

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (             shares authorized, and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)

     —       

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (             shares authorized, and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)

     —       

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share (10,000,000 shares authorized, 2,565,322 shares issued and outstanding and 5,224,050 shares issued and outstanding subject to redemption) (2)

     103     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,280     

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (177,613  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     633     

Partners’ equity

     2,701     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital attributable to the Manning & Napier Companies

     (171,896  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

     (171,896  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, shares subject to conditional redemption and shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

   $ 80,543      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase/(decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional              shares of Class A common stock in this offering is exercised in full, the as adjusted amount of each of additional paid-in capital and total capitalization would increase by approximately $             million, and we would have              shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding.

 

(2) Number of shares authorized, issued and outstanding represents the capitalization of each of MNA, AAC, MNAO and MNBD, singly and not in the aggregate, prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering. The “Actual” number represents the aggregate capital of MNA, AAC, MNAO and MNBD. After giving effect to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we will not own any of the issued and outstanding common stock of these entities. The only assets of MNA, AAC and MNAO will be     % of the Class A units of M&N Group Holdings. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the shareholders of MNBD will contribute 100% of the outstanding common stock of MNBD to MNCC. Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation specific to MNA, AAC and MNAO and a conditional obligation specific to MNBD upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Pursuant to such mandatory and conditional redemption obligation, 5,224,050 shares of common stock of each of the entities were subject to redemption. Such mandatory and conditional redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Our Structure and Reorganization.”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes             shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the exchange of units of Manning & Napier Group held by or that may be granted to M&N Group Holdings, MNCC or any other holders of units of Manning & Napier Group.

 

53


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 was $             million, or $             per share of Class A common stock. “Net tangible book value” per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011. Our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011, assuming no changes in our net tangible book value other than the sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and application of estimated net proceeds of $             from such sale after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, would have been approximately $            , or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors. Immediate dilution is the difference between the purchase price per share paid by a new investor and the net tangible book value of each share immediately after this offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share before this offering

   $                   

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to cash payments made by new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value (deficit) by $             million, the net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $             per share and the decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The following table summarizes the number of shares purchased from us and the total consideration and average price per share paid to us, by existing holders of Class A common stock, and the total number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the price per share paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average price
per share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing holders of Class A common stock

               $                             $                

Investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100   $     

If the underwriters’ overallotment is exercised in full:

 

   

the pro forma percentage of our shares of Class A common stock held by our existing holders of Class A common stock will decrease to             shares, or approximately     % of the total number of pro forma shares of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

   

the pro forma number of our shares of Class A common stock held by investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will increase to              shares, or approximately     % of the total number of pro forma shares of Class A common stock outstanding after this offering.

If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value would be approximately $             per share, representing no impact to existing equity holders and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $             per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

 

54


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 present our combined consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the items listed below as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of financial condition as of June 30, 2011 presents our combined consolidated financial condition giving pro forma effect to the items listed below as if such transactions occurred on June 30, 2011. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the Manning & Napier Companies.

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information should be read together with “Our Structure and Reorganization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

 

   

the reorganization transactions described in “Our Structure and Reorganization;”

 

   

the issuance of 1,000 shares of Class B common stock to William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder;

 

   

the elimination of our mandatory and conditional redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Pursuant to such mandatory redemption obligation, 5,224,050 shares of common stock of each of MNA, AAC and MNAO were subject to mandatory redemption. Pursuant to such conditional redemption obligation, 5,224,050 shares of common stock of MNBD were subject to conditional redemption. Such mandatory and conditional obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

   

a one-time non-cash compensation charge in 2011, equal to approximately $             million, related to the additional ownership interests in M&N Group Holdings granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions;

 

   

non-cash compensation charges through 2014, resulting from amendments to the vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning, in certain of the Manning & Napier Companies. These new vesting terms will not result in any dilution to the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015, resulting from the issuance of Class B units of Manning & Napier Group to James Mikolaichik in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer;

 

   

non-cash operating costs resulting from the issuance of Class B units in M&N Group Holdings granted to Richard Goldberg for past and future strategic consulting services;

 

   

the distribution by the Manning & Napier Companies to their pre-offering equity holders of all of their undistributed economic income immediately prior to the reorganization;

 

   

the sale of             shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed offering price of $             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

 

55


Table of Contents
   

the application of the net proceeds we receive in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from Manning & Napier Group and M&N Group Holdings, as described in “Use of Proceeds;” and

 

   

in the case of the unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statements of income, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to us at an effective rate of     %, reflecting assumed federal, state and local income taxes.

We have not made any pro forma adjustments to our compensation and related costs, or any of our other expense items, relating to reporting, compliance or investor relations costs, or other incremental costs that we may incur as a public company, including costs relating to compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial condition of the Manning & Napier Companies that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the reorganization transactions described under “Our Structure and Reorganization” and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or date.

 

56


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated

Statement of Income

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

     Manning &
Napier
Companies
Actual
    Reorganization
and Other

Pro Forma
Adjustments
 

 

     As Adjusted
Before
Offering
   Offering           Manning &
Napier, Inc.

Pro  Forma
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Revenues

                  

Investment management services revenue

   $ 255,472                   

Expenses

                  

Compensation and related costs

     78,416          (1 )(2)             

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     36,830                   

Other operating costs

     25,284                   
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

     

 

Total operating expenses

     140,530                   
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

     

 

Operating income

     114,942                   

Non-operating income (loss)

                  

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (61,243       (3            

Interest expense

     (16                

Interest and dividend income

     126                   

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     1                   
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

     

 

Total non-operating loss

     (61,132                

Income before provision for income taxes

     53,810                   

Provision for income taxes

     712          (4            
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

     

 

Net income attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   $ 53,098                   
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

  

 

     

 

Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests

         (5            
                  

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Manning & Napier, Inc.

                  
                  

 

Net income available to Class A common stock per basic and diluted share

                  
                  

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A common stock outstanding

                  (6   
                  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statement.

 

57


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated

Statement of Income

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

 

     Manning &
Napier
Companies
Actual
    Reorganization
and Other

Pro Forma
Adjustments
         As Adjusted
Before
Offering
  Offering          Manning &
Napier, Inc.

Pro Forma
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Revenues

                

Investment management services revenue

   $ 163,845                 

Expenses

                

Compensation and related costs

     49,955          (1 )(2)           

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     24,363                 

Other operating costs

     15,925                 
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Total operating expenses

     90,243                 
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Operating income

     73,602                 

Non-operating income (loss)

                

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (30,934       (3          

Interest expense

     (19              

Interest and dividend income

     28                 

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     (156              
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Total non-operating loss

     (31,081              
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     42,521                 

Provision for income taxes

     539          (4          
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Net income attributable to the controlling and the noncontrolling interests

   $ 41,982                 
  

 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

Less: Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests

         (5          
                

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Manning & Napier, Inc.

                
                

 

Net income available to Class A common stock per Basic and Diluted share

                
                

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A common stock outstanding

                (6   
                

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statement.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

(1) In connection with the reorganization transactions, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will modify the vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning. Such individuals will be entitled to 15% of their ownership interests upon the consummation of this offering, and 15% of their ownership interests over the subsequent three years. The remaining ownership interests will be subject to performance-based vesting over such three year period (subject to an initial two-year lockup period and other selling restrictions), to be determined by a vesting committee of MNA. Such new vesting terms will not result in dilution to the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. As a result of such vesting requirements, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through 2014.

 

(2) At the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015.

 

(3) Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

 

(4) As flow through entities, the Manning & Napier Companies were not historically subject to income taxes. An adjustment has been made to include assumed taxes at an effective tax rate of     % and     % for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, reflecting assumed federal, state and local income taxes.

 

(5) As described in “Our Structure and Reorganization,” we will be the sole managing member of Manning & Napier Group. We will own less than 100% of the economic interests in Manning & Napier Group, but will control the management of Manning & Napier Group.

 

(6) Represents the issuance of an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering. Our shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

 

59


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated

Statement of Financial Condition

As of June 30, 2011

 

    Manning  &
Napier
Companies

Actual
    Reorganization
and Other

Pro Forma
Adjustments
          As Adjusted
Before
Offering
     Offering     Manning &
Napier, Inc.

Pro Forma
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 35,073               (1  

Accounts receivable

    20,678              

Accounts receivable—Manning & Napier Fund, Inc.

    14,042              

Marketable securities

    4,784              

Property and equipment, net

    3,015              

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,951              

Deferred tax asset

    —            (2       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Total assets

  $ 80,543              
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Liabilities

            

Accounts payable

    1,689              

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    38,276              

Deferred revenue

    11,097              

Stock purchase note payable

    124              

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption

    198,203          (3       

Amounts payable under tax receivable agreement

    —            (2       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities

    249,389              

Commitment and contingencies

            

Shares subject to conditional redemption

    3,050          (3       

Shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

            

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share;              shares authorized, and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)

    —                 (1  

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share;              shares authorized, and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)

    —                 (1  

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share (10,000,000 shares authorized, 2,565,322 shares issued and outstanding and 5,224,050 shares issued and outstanding subject to redemption)(4)

    103          (3       

Additional paid in capital

    2,280          (2 )(3)         (1 )(7)   
        (5 )(6)        

Retained earnings (deficit)

    (177,613       (3 )(6)         (7  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    633              

Partners’ equity (deficit)

    2,701          (3       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital attributable to Manning & Napier, Inc.

    (171,896           

Non-controlling interest

    —            (5       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

    (171,896           
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities, shares subject to conditional redemption and shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

  $ 80,543      $          $                        $                      
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statement.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

(1) Represents the net effect of an increase in cash and cash equivalents due to the net proceeds received by us from the sale of              shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, which we expect will be $             million (reflecting a reduction of $             relating to the costs of this offering). This also gives effect to the issuance of Class B common stock to William Manning.

 

(2) Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”) based on the following assumptions:

 

   

we will record an increase of $             million in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of     % (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state and local income taxes);

 

   

we will record $             million, representing 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the tax basis in the tangible and intangible assets of Manning & Napier Group on the date of this offering, (ii) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital of $             million, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in amounts payable under the tax receivable agreement.

 

(3) Represents an adjustment to stockholders’ equity reflecting (i) any remaining undistributed economic income to be distributed through retained earnings to the pre-offering members of M&N Group Holdings, (ii) the termination of the mandatory and conditional redemption provision upon the death of William Manning, (iii) the elimination of partners’ equity of $             million and (iv) the elimination of retained earnings of $             million, of which $             million will remain in restricted surplus due to Exeter Trust Company’s regulatory surplus requirements.

 

(4) Number of shares authorized, issued and outstanding represents the capitalization of each of MNA, AAC, MNAO and MNBD, singly and not in the aggregate, prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering. The “Actual” number represents the aggregate capital of MNA, AAC, MNAO and MNBD. After giving effect to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we will not own any of the issued and outstanding common stock of these entities. The only assets of MNA, AAC and MNAO will be     % of the Class A units of M&N Group Holdings. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the shareholders of MNBD will contribute 100% of the outstanding common stock of MNBD to MNCC. Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation specific to MNA, AAC and MNAO and a conditional obligation specific to MNBD upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Pursuant to such mandatory and conditional redemption obligation, 5,224,050 shares of common stock of each of the entities were subject to redemption. Such mandatory and conditional redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Our Structure and Reorganization.”

 

(5) As described in “Our Structure and Reorganization,” we will be the sole managing member of Manning & Napier Group. We will have a less than     % economic interest in Manning & Napier Group, but will control the management of Manning & Napier Group. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of Manning & Napier Group and will record a non-controlling interest with a corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital to allocate a portion of our equity to the non-controlling interest on our balance sheet. The historical non-controlling interest recorded for Exeter Trust Company will no longer exist.

 

(6) In connection with this offering, certain shareholders will have their vesting schedules adjusted and in some cases unvested stock will now be vested. This results in the additional non-cash compensation expense associated with the new vesting requirements.

 

(7) In connection with the reorganization and this offering,              Class B units in M&N Group Holdings will be issued to William Manning pursuant to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings, as part of the overall agreement among William Manning and the other owners of the Manning & Napier Companies to consummate the reorganization and this offering. Subject to certain restrictions set forth in the exchange agreement and described elsewhere in this prospectus, Mr. Manning will have the right to exchange such Class B units for either the market value in cash or, at our election, shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” In addition, Class B units of M&N Group Holdings will be issued to Richard Goldberg for strategic consulting services he has performed for the Manning & Napier Companies.

 

61


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical combined consolidated financial and other data of the Manning & Napier Companies as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the combined consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies’ audited combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the combined consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies’ audited combined consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the combined consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2006 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies’ unaudited combined consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

The selected combined consolidated statements of income data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the selected combined consolidated statements of financial condition as of June 30, 2011 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies unaudited combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined consolidated statements of financial condition as of June 30, 2010 have been derived from the Manning & Napier Companies unaudited combined consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our audited combined consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our combined consolidated statements of income and financial condition for the periods and as of the date presented therein. Our results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full fiscal year.

You should read the following selected historical combined consolidated financial data together with “Our Structure and Reorganization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

62


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010       2010         2011    
    (unaudited)                             (unaudited)  
    (in millions)  

Statements of income data:

             

Operating revenues

             

Investment management services revenue

  $ 95.9      $ 133.3      $ 145.6      $ 162.7      $ 255.5      $ 118.8      $ 163.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

    95.9        133.3        145.6        162.7        255.5        118.8        163.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

             

Compensation and related costs

    37.9        46.8        46.3        55.6        78.4        35.4        49.9   

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

    5.6        9.9        13.1        19.9        36.8        17.1        24.4   

Other operating costs

    13.2        17.3        20.7        22.3        25.3        12.0        15.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    56.7        74.0        80.1        97.8        140.5        64.5        90.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

    39.2        59.3        65.5        64.9        115.0        54.3        73.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (loss)

             

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption (1)

    (14.5     (25.0     (6.7     (10.0     (61.2     (34.1     (30.9

Interest expense

    —          —          (0.1     —          (0.1     —          —     

Interest and dividend income

    1.1        1.2        0.6        0.1        0.1        —          —     

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

    (0.1     —          0.1        (0.2     —          —          (0.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income (loss)

    (13.5     (23.8     (6.1     (10.1     (61.2     (34.1     (31.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    25.7        35.5        59.4        54.8        53.8        20.2        42.5   

Provision for income taxes

    0.5        0.6        0.4        0.4        0.7        0.4        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 25.2      $ 34.9      $ 59.0      $ 54.4      $ 53.1      $ 19.8      $ 42.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Within interest expense, we have recognized expenses related to a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

 

    As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010         2010             2011      
    (unaudited)                             (unaudited)  
    (in millions)  

Statements of financial condition data:

             

Total assets

  $ 44.5      $ 49.3      $ 41.1      $ 53.4      $ 68.3      $ 52.5      $ 80.5   

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption (1)

    67.5        92.4        99.1        109.1        170.3        143.2        198.2   

Total liabilities

    96.7        120.3        120.8        136.7        212.1        175.0        249.4   

 

(1) Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (in millions)  

Selected unaudited operating data:

             

Assets under management (1)

  $ 14,674.1      $ 18,795.7      $ 16,231.4      $ 28,271.3      $ 38,841.7      $ 29,812.4      $ 44,623.1   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

    39.7        60.1        66.7        65.8        116.4        55.0        73.9   

Economic income (2)

    40.2        60.5        66.1        64.8        115.0        54.3        73.4   

 

(1) Reflects the amount of money we managed for our clients as of the last day of the period.

 

(2) Our management uses non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. See page 64 of this prospectus for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures. Our non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify such measures.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and economic income as financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. Adjusted EBITDA and economic income are not presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments for provision for income taxes, interest income and expense and depreciation and amortization. Economic income excludes from income before provision for income taxes the non-cash interest expense associated with the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2010       2010         2011    
    (unaudited)                             (unaudited)  
    (dollar amounts in millions)  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures:

             

Net income

  $ 25.2      $ 34.9      $ 59.0      $ 54.4      $ 53.1      $ 19.8      $ 42.0   

Provision for income taxes

    0.5        0.6        0.4        0.4        0.7        0.4        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    25.7        35.5        59.4        54.8        53.8        20.2        42.5   

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory
redemption(1)

    14.5        25.0        6.7        10.0        61.2        34.1        30.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Economic income (2)

    40.2        60.5        66.1        64.8        115.0        54.3        73.4   

Interest expense

    —          —          0.1        —          0.1        —          —     

Interest income

    (1.1     (1.2     (0.6     (0.1     (0.1     —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    0.6        0.8        1.1        1.1        1.4        0.7        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    39.7        60.1        66.7        65.8        116.4        55.0        73.9   

Revenue

  $ 95.9      $ 133.3      $ 145.6      $ 162.7      $ 255.5      $ 118.8      $ 163.8   

Net income margin percentage

    26.3     26.2     40.5     33.4     20.8     16.7     25.6

Economic income margin percentage

    41.9     45.4     45.4     39.8     45.0     45.7     44.8

Adjusted EBITDA margin percentage

    41.4     45.1     45.8     40.4     45.6     46.3     45.1

 

(1) Within interest expense, we have recognized expenses related to a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect in our financial statements non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

 

(2) The executives and other shareholders of the Manning & Napier Companies set forth below were allocated economic income for the periods indicated based on their pro rata ownership of the Manning & Napier Companies as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010        2010          2011    
    

(unaudited)

 
     (in millions)  

William Manning

   $ 27.0       $ 40.9       $ 44.1       $ 42.7       $ 76.2       $ 36.0       $ 48.5   

Patrick Cunningham

     0.9         1.3         1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

Jeffrey S. Coons

     0.9         1.3         1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

B. Reuben Auspitz

     3.0         4.5         4.9         4.7         8.3         4.0         5.3   

Charles H. Stamey

     0.9         1.3         1.4         1.3         2.3         1.1         1.4   

Beth H. Galusha

     0.2         0.3         0.3         0.3         0.6         0.3         0.4   

Other shareholders

     7.3         10.9         12.6         13.2         23.2         10.7         15.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Economic income

   $ 40.2       $ 60.5       $ 66.1       $ 64.8       $ 115.0       $ 54.3       $ 73.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial and Other Data and the historical combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See the section entitled “Forward Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Business

We are an independent investment management firm that provides a broad range of investment solutions through separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. Founded in 1970, we offer equity and fixed income portfolios as well as a range of blended asset portfolios, such as life cycle portfolios, that use a mix of stocks and bonds. We serve a diversified client base of high net worth individuals and institutions, including 401(k) plans, pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, and endowments and foundations. Our operations are based principally in the United States, with our headquarters located in Fairport, New York.

Our Distribution Channels

We derive substantially all of our revenues from investment management fees earned from providing advisory services to separately managed accounts and mutual funds and collective investment trusts—including those offered by the Manning & Napier Fund, Inc., or the Fund, and Exeter Trust Company—which are distributed through four primary channels:

 

   

Direct Channel . Our Direct Channel revenue is derived from direct relationships between high net worth individuals or institutional clients and our representatives.

 

   

Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel . Our Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel revenue is derived from investment programs or platforms, such as mutual fund wrap programs, for which we serve as an advisor or sub-advisor.

 

   

Intermediary Channel . Our Intermediary Channel revenue is derived from third-party intermediaries or financial advisors, such as those affiliated with national brokerage firms or independent broker dealers, that have the primary relationships with clients.

 

   

Other Retail Channel . Our Other Retail Channel revenue is derived from the Fund complex without involvement from our representatives or support teams.

 

65


Table of Contents

Our AUM was $44.6 billion as of June 30, 2011. The composition of our AUM as of December 31, 2010, by channel and portfolios, is set forth in the table below.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
       Blended
Asset
    Equity     Fixed Income     Total  
Total AUM    (dollar amounts in millions)  

Direct Channel

   $ 11,479.5      $ 8,887.5      $ 1,068.2      $ 21,435.2   

Platform/Sub-advisor Channel

     874.6        8,263.8        22.1        9,160.5   

Intermediary Channel

     4,187.0        1,536.0        214.0        5,937.0   

Other Retail Channel

     739.4        1,569.6        —          2,309.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,280.5      $ 20,256.9      $ 1,304.3      $ 38,841.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total AUM

        

Direct Channel

     30     23     3     56

Platform/Sub-advisor Channel

     2     21     0     23

Intermediary Channel

     11     4     0     15

Other Retail Channel

     2     4     0     6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     45     52     3     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of portfolio by channel

        

Direct Channel

     66     44     82     56

Platform/Sub-advisor Channel

     5     41     2     23

Intermediary Channel

     24     8     16     15

Other Retail Channel

     5     7     0     6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of channel by portfolio

        

Direct Channel

     54     41     5     100

Platform/Sub-advisor Channel

     10     90     0     100

Intermediary Channel

     71     26     3     100

Other Retail Channel

     32     68     0     100

Direct Channel. Our Direct Channel contributed 59% of our total new business production for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 56% of our total AUM as of December 31, 2010. This channel has historically been the largest driver of new business growth and we anticipate it will continue to be going forward, given our focus on forming strong, consultative relationships with our clients.

During 2010, 77% of the channel’s new business represented separate accounts while 23% represented mutual funds and collective investment trusts. As of December 31, 2010, blended asset portfolios represented 54% of the channel’s total AUM, while equity and fixed portfolios represented 41% and 5%, respectively. We anticipate blended asset portfolios will continue to constitute a meaningful portion of the Direct Channel’s new asset flows and total AUM going forward given our relationships with high net worth individuals and middle market institutions. However, relationships with larger institutions have resulted in strong growth in equity portfolios as a percentage of total AUM, which will likely continue given the breadth of our offerings, including domestic, international and global equity portfolios.

Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel. Our Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel contributed 15% of our total new business production for the year ended December 31, 2010 and represented 23% of total AUM as of December 31, 2010. To facilitate our expanding relationships in our Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel, over the last three years we have more than doubled the number of our dealer relationships from 122 to 262. This increase has expanded the number of financial intermediaries offering our mutual funds and collective investment trusts to

 

66


Table of Contents

clients and will afford us the opportunity for continued growth in the Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel as we penetrate these third-party advisory platform relationships in the future. These relationships are an important component in expanding both our 401(k) life cycle business as well as our institutional mutual fund business.

As of December 31, 2010 our mutual funds and collective investment trusts constituted 71% of Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel AUM, of which more than 87% comprised equity and international equity mutual fund portfolios; our separately managed accounts constituted the remaining 29% of Platform/Sub-Advisor Channel AUM, of which 1% comprised active asset allocation blended asset portfolios.

Intermediary Channel. Our Intermediary Channel contributed 11% of our total new business production for the year ended December 31, 2010, and represented 15% of our total AUM as of December 31, 2010. Mutual funds and collective investment trusts represent 32% of our total AUM in this channel, with separate accounts representing the remaining 68% of channel AUM. We anticipate greater new asset flows in our mutual funds going forward given our focus on national brokerage firm advisors and retirement plan advisors.

As of December 31, 2010, 71% of AUM in the Intermediary Channel was represented by blended asset portfolios, with 26% in equity portfolios and 3% in fixed income portfolios. We expect this channel to continue to be focused on blended portfolios given our emphasis on advisors that work with retirement plans. Specifically, we anticipate greater use of our life cycle mutual funds and collective investment trusts by advisors that are attracted to the technology solutions we have developed to assist advisors in performing one-on-one participant education sessions. However, our allocation to equity portfolios within this channel may also increase due to interest from national brokerage firm advisors.

Other Retail Channel. Our Other Retail Channel represented 6% of our total AUM as of December 31, 2010. As this channel represents mutual fund business that is not sourced or serviced by our representatives, it is the smallest channel in terms of total AUM. New asset flows in the Other Retail Channel represented 13% of overall flows during the calendar year ending December 31, 2010, driven by our strong track records and various industry accolades across our mutual fund offerings. As of December 31, 2010, 68% of the channel’s AUM represented equity portfolios, with the remaining 32% representing blended asset portfolios.

Results of Operations

Below is a discussion of our consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Overview. Changes to our operating results over time are largely driven by net new client asset flows and changes to the market value of our AUM.

An important factor influencing inflows and outflows of our AUM is the investment performance of our various investment approaches. Our variety of stock selection strategies, absolute pricing discipline, and active asset allocation management approach generally has led us to the following characteristics over the course of a typical market cycle, which includes a bull market (a period of rising stock prices coming out of a bear market), a speculative bull market (a period of overheating in the market as a whole or segments of the market) and a bear market (a period of price correction):

 

Market Phase

  

Absolute Return Characteristics

  

Relative Return Characteristics

Bull Market

   Positive Absolute Returns    Competitive Relative Returns

Speculative Bull Market

   Positive Absolute Returns    Lagging Relative Returns

Bear Market

   Negative Absolute Returns    Strong Relative Returns

 

67


Table of Contents

Coming out of a speculative bull market, we have traditionally been conservatively positioned so as to provide meaningful protection of principal for our clients. Our ability to provide such protection during significant bear markets such as 1987 and 2000 to 2002 has helped us build strong long-term relationships with clients and intermediaries that have seen the track record of our investment process over multiple market cycles.

Other components of our operating results include:

 

   

asset-based fee rates and changes in those rates;

 

   

the composition of our AUM among various portfolios, vehicles and client types; and

 

   

the rate of increase in our variable and fixed costs, which is affected by the rate of revenue increases, compensation and year-to-year changes in incentive bonuses, changes to base compensation, vendor-related costs and investment spending on new products, consultative staffing and proprietary and third-party technology development.

Assets Under Management. The following two tables presented on pages 68 and 69 reflect the components of our AUM for our investment vehicles and our portfolios for the periods indicated.

The first table presents AUM for our separately managed accounts and our mutual funds and collective investment trusts for the periods indicated. This table reflects the shift in the periods indicated from AUM comprised primarily of our separately managed accounts to a more balanced AUM comprised of both our separately managed accounts and our mutual funds and collective investment trusts. The table reflects that the shift in the periods indicated has occurred due to the strong growth of our mutual funds and collective investment trusts.

The second table on page 69 presents AUM for our blended asset, equity and fixed income portfolios. This table reflects the shift in the periods indicated from AUM comprised primarily of blended portfolios to a more balanced AUM comprised primarily of blended and equity portfolios. The table reflects that the shift in the periods indicated has occurred due to the growth of the mutual funds and collective investment trusts within our equity portfolio.

For each of the applicable periods, we computed average AUM by averaging 13 data points including beginning of the year AUM and AUM for the end of each of the 12 months during such period.

 

    Separately
managed
accounts
    Mutual funds
and collective
investment

trusts
    Total     Separately
managed
accounts
    Mutual funds
and collective
investment

trusts
    Total  
    (in millions)                    

Assets under management—By investment vehicle

           

As of December 31, 2008

  $ 11,718.8      $ 4,512.6      $ 16,231.4        72.2     27.8     100.0

Separately managed accounts gross client inflows

    4,093.7        —          4,093.7         

Separately managed accounts gross client outflows

    (1,935.1     —          (1,935.1      

Mutual funds and collective investment trusts net client flows

    —          4,540.3        4,540.3         

Market appreciation

    3,356.8        1,984.2        5,341.0         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2009

    17,234.2        11,037.1        28,271.3        61.0     39.0     100.0

Gross client inflows

    5,237.7        7,310.7        12,548.4         

Gross client outflows

    (2,213.5     (3,870.4     (6,083.9      

Market appreciation

    2,676.7        1,429.2        4,105.9         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2010

    22,935.1        15,906.6        38,841.7        59.0     41.0     100.0

Gross client inflows

    2,224.1        4,799.2        7,023.3         

Gross client outflows

    (1,459.6     (1,800.0     (3,259.6      

Market appreciation

    1,211.2        806.5        2,017.7         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

As of June 30, 2011

  $ 24,910.8      $ 19,712.3      $ 44,623.1        55.8     44.2     100.0

 

68


Table of Contents
    Separately managed
accounts
    Mutual funds and collective
investment trusts
    Total  

Annual growth rates

     

December 31, 2009 vs. December 31, 2008

    47.1     144.6     74.2

December 31, 2010 vs. December 31, 2009

    33.1     44.1     37.4

June 30, 2011 vs. December 31, 2010

    8.6     23.9     14.9

Compound annual growth rate—December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2010

    39.9     87.7     54.7

 

     Separately managed
accounts
     Mutual funds and collective
investment trusts
     Total  
     (dollar amounts in millions)  

Average assets under management

        

For the year ended December 31, 2008

     13,869.6         4,378.1         18,247.7   

For the year ended December 31, 2009

     13,614.5         6,970.2         20,584.7   

For the year ended December 31, 2010

     19,268.2         13,070.5         32,338.7   

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

     24,403.0         18,188.6         42,591.6   

 

    Blended     Equity     Fixed
Income
    Total     Blended     Equity     Fixed
Income
    Total  
    (in millions)                          

Assets under management—By portfolio

               

As of December 31, 2008

  $ 10,142.9      $ 4,812.6      $ 1,275.9      $ 16,231.4        62.5     29.6     7.9     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Separately managed accounts gross client inflows

    1,003.2        2,801.2        289.3        4,093.7           

Separately managed accounts gross client outflows

    (955.8     (618.0     (361.3     (1,935.1        

Mutual funds and collective investment trusts net client flows

    1,267.0        3,273.3        —          4,540.3           

Market appreciation

    2,492.1        2,745.5        103.4        5,341.0           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

As of December 31, 2009

    13,949.4        13,014.6        1,307.3        28,271.3        49.4     46.0     4.6     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Gross client inflows

    4,131.2        8,270.5        146.7        12,548.4           

Gross client outflows

    (2,517.5     (3,370.2     (196.2     (6,083.9        

Market appreciation

    1,717.4        2,342.0        46.5        4,105.9           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

As of December 31, 2010

    17,280.5        20,256.9        1,304.3        38,841.7        44.5     52.1     3.4     100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Gross client inflows

    2,201.5        4,748.3        73.5        7,023.3           

Gross client outflows

    (1,473.5     (1,632.9     (153.2     (3,259.6        

Market appreciation

    782.8        1,201.3        33.6        2,017.7           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

As of June 30, 2011

  $ 18,791.3      $ 24,573.6      $ 1,258.2      $ 44,623.1        42.1     55.1     2.8     100.0

 

     Blended     Equity     Fixed Income     Total  

Annual growth rates

        

December 31, 2009 vs. December 31, 2008

     37.5     170.4     2.5     74.2

December 31, 2010 vs. December 31, 2009

     23.9     55.6     (0.2 %)      37.4

June 30, 2011 vs. December 31, 2010

     8.7     21.3     (3.5 %)      14.9

Compound annual growth rate - December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2010

     30.5     105.2     1.1     54.7

 

     Blended      Equity      Fixed Income      Total  
     (dollar amounts in millions)  

Average assets under management

           

For the year ended December 31, 2008

     12,044.5         5,029.7         1,173.5         18,247.7   

For the year ended December 31, 2009

     11,358.4         7,969.9         1,256.4         20,584.7   

For the year ended December 31, 2010

     15,193.7         15,805.3         1,339.7         32,338.7   

For the six months ended June 30, 2011

     18,385.1         22,929.0         1,277.4         42,591.5   

Revenue. Our revenues primarily consist of investment management fees earned from managing our clients’ AUM. We earn our investment management fees as a percentage of our clients’ AUM either as of a specified date or on a daily basis. Our investment management fees fluctuate based on the average fee rate for our investment management products, which are affected by the composition of our AUM among various portfolios and investment vehicles. We currently do not have revenues from performance fee based products.

 

69


Table of Contents

MNA, our affiliate, serves as the investment advisor to the Fund and Exeter Trust Company. The Fund is currently a family of 27 open-end mutual funds that offer no-load share classes designed to meet the needs of a range of institutional and other investors. Exeter Trust Company is an affiliated New Hampshire-chartered trust company that sponsors a family of collective investment trusts for qualified retirement plans, including 401(k) plans. These mutual funds and collective investment trusts comprised $19.7 billion, or 44%, of our AUM as of June 30, 2011, and investment management fees from these mutual funds and collective investment trusts were $82.7 million, or 50%, of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

MNA also serves as the investment advisor to all of our separately managed accounts, managing $24.9 billion, or 56%, of our AUM as of June 30, 2011, including assets managed as a sub-advisor to pooled investment vehicles and assets in client accounts invested in the Fund. Investment management fees from separately managed accounts represented $73.8 million, or 45%, of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Operating Expenses. Our largest operating expenses are employee compensation and sub-transfer agent/shareholder service fees, discussed further below, with a significant portion of these expenses varying in a direct relationship to our AUM and revenues. We review our operating expenses in relation to the investment market environment and changes in our revenues. However, we are generally willing to make expenditures as necessary even in the face of declining rates of growth in revenues in order to support our investment products, our client service levels, strategic initiatives and our long-term value.

 

   

Compensation and related costs . Employee compensation and related costs represent our largest expense, including employee salaries and benefits, incentive compensation to investment and sales professionals and stock-based compensation. These costs are affected by changes in the employee headcount and mix of existing job descriptions, competitive factors and new product and service initiatives requiring the addition of new skill sets and/or expanded or upgraded staffing. In connection with the reorganization transactions, certain of the Manning & Napier Companies will adopt new vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers other than William Manning. In addition, at the consummation of this offering, James Mikolaichik will be granted Class B units of Manning & Napier Group in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges through January 1, 2015. Further, additional ownership interests will be granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation expenses through 2014. We will also recognize an additional one-time non-cash compensation charge in 2011 related to the additional ownership interests that will be granted to William Manning.

 

   

Sub-transfer agent/shareholder service fees . Sub-transfer agent/shareholder service fees represent amounts paid to various platforms that distribute our mutual fund and collective investment trust products. These expenses increase as the AUM in our mutual fund and collective investment trust products increase.

 

   

Other operating expenses . Other operating expenses include costs for custodial services, professional fees, including accounting and legal fees, occupancy and facility costs, as well as other costs related to travel and entertainment expenses, insurance, market data service expenses and all other miscellaneous costs associated with managing the day-to-day operations of our business. Following this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including expenses related to additional staffing, director fees, director and officer insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and other SEC reporting and compliance requirements, professional fees and other expenses. These expenses will increase our operating expenses and reduce net income.

Non-Operating Income (Loss) . Non-operating income (loss) includes interest expense, interest and dividend income, and realized gains (losses) on sales of marketable securities. Within interest expense, we have recognized expenses related to the agreement with William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder.

 

70


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-derived amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such agreement.

Provision for Income Taxes . Historically, we have not had a significant provision for income taxes due to the fact that the combined entity is generally made up of S-corporations and limited liability companies. However, following this offering, we anticipate an increase in the provision for income taxes due to the future requirement to include provisions for federal and state income taxes as a result of Manning & Napier’s C-corporation status, offset by the benefits of the tax receivable agreement. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Information.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The combined consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and related rules and regulations of the SEC. The preparation of combined consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Accordingly, actual results could differ from these estimates or assumptions and may have a material effect on the combined consolidated financial statements.

Accounting policies are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial condition. Our management has identified the following significant accounting policies that are critical to understanding our business and prospects for future performance, as these policies affect the reported amounts of revenue and other significant areas that involve management’s judgment and estimates:

 

   

Shares subject to redemption; and

 

   

Revenue recognition.

These policies and our procedures related to these policies are described in detail below. In additional, please refer to the notes to our combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of our accounting policies.

Shares Subject to Redemption

Prior to this offering, we entered into an agreement with William Manning, pursuant to which we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon his death to pay his pro rata share of net revenue (as defined in such agreement) for the four quarters immediately preceding Mr. Manning’s death. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, we have recognized a liability for these shares subject to mandatory redemption in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For one of our entities, MNBD, our redemption obligation upon William Manning’s death to pay his pro rata share of net revenue has an element of conditionality. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for contracts in our own equity, we have recognized the shares subject to conditional redemption related to MNBD as temporary equity.

This mandatory and, with respect to MNBD, conditional redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

71


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our revenues are based on fees charged to manage customers’ portfolios. Investment management fees are generally computed as a percentage of AUM and recognized as earned. Fees for providing investment advisory services are computed and billed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable investment management agreements. For our separately managed accounts, clients generally pay investment management fees in advance for a semi-annual bill cycle. In these cases, we defer the revenue and recognize it over a six month period. In some cases, clients will pay investment management fees quarterly in arrears. For these cases, we estimate revenues based on the prior bill cycle and record an adjustment when the actual bill is calculated at the end of the quarter. Revenue is also earned for providing custodial services, sub-advisor services to mutual funds and collective investment trusts and other services.

For mutual funds and collective investment trust vehicles, our fees are calculated and earned daily based on AUM.

Because the majority of our revenues are earned based on AUM that has been determined using fair value methods and since market appreciation/depreciation has a significant impact on our revenue, we have presented our AUM using the GAAP framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs based on company assumptions (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

Level 1—includes quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Plan has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—includes inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

Level 3—includes one or more significant unobservable inputs.

The table below summarizes the approximate amount of AUM for the periods indicated for which fair value is measured based on Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

 

     Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total
    

(in millions)

December 31, 2010 AUM

     $ 20,496        $ 18,346        $  —          $ 38,842   

June 30, 2011 AUM

       22,323          22,294          6          44,623   

As substantially all our AUM is valued by independent pricing services based upon observable market prices or inputs, we believe market risk is the most significant risk underlying valuation of our AUM, as discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.”

All other revenue earned by us is recognized on a GAAP accounting basis as earned per the terms of the specific contract.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To provide investors with greater insight, promote transparency and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and operational decision-making, we

 

72


Table of Contents

supplement our combined consolidated financial statements presented on a GAAP basis with non-GAAP financial measures of earnings. Our management uses economic income, Adjusted EBITDA and economic net income as financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. Economic income, Adjusted EBITDA and economic net income are not presented in accordance with GAAP. Economic income excludes from income before provision for income taxes the non-cash interest expense associated with the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption and the reorganization-related share-based compensation, which results in non-cash compensation expense reported over the vesting period. Adjusted EBITDA represents economic income before interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. Economic net income assumes that all of our economic income would be subject to federal, state and local income tax. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful since management does not consider these non-cash expenses when evaluating financial results. Our non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify such measures.

We use non-GAAP financial measures to assess the strength of the underlying operations of our business. We believe these adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measures derived from them, provide information to better analyze our operations between periods and over time. We believe non-GAAP financial measures within the combined consolidated statements of income data included elsewhere in this prospectus specific to the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity are useful because the resulting expenses will not be recognized upon completion of this offering. Investors should consider non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

Assets Under Management

The following table reflects changes in our AUM for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period  
             2011                       2010                $         %      
     (unaudited) (dollars in millions)  

Separately managed accounts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 22,935.1      $ 17,234.2      $ 5,700.9        33

Gross client inflows

     2,224.1        2,579.8        (355.7     (14 %) 

Gross client outflows

     (1,459.6     (1,074.2     (385.4     36

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     1,211.2        (887.4     2,098.6        (236 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 24,910.8      $ 17,852.4      $ 7,058.4        40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Mutual funds and collective investment trusts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 15,906.6      $ 11,037.1      $ 4,869.5        44

Gross client inflows

     4,799.2        3,807.8        991.4        26

Gross client outflows

     (1,800.0     (1,854.5     54.5        (3 %) 

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     806.5        (1,030.4     1,836.9        (178 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 19,712.3      $ 11,960.0      $ 7,752.3        65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 38,841.7      $ 28,271.3      $ 10,570.4        37

Gross client inflows

     7,023.3        6,387.6        635.7        10

Gross client outflows

     (3,259.6     (2,928.7     (330.9     11

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     2,017.7        (1,917.8     3,935.5        (205 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 44,623.1      $ 29,812.4      $ 14,810.7        50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

73


Table of Contents

Our total AUM increased by $14.8 billion, or 50%, to $44.6 billion as of June 30, 2011 from $29.8 billion as of June 30, 2010. As of June 30, 2011, the composition of our AUM was 44% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 56% in separate accounts as compared to 40% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 60% in separate accounts as of June 30, 2010. Separate account and mutual funds and collective investment trusts AUM increased by 40% and 65%, respectively, as of June 30, 2011 compared to June 30, 2010. Of the $5.8 billion increase in AUM from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011, 65% was driven by net new client flows of $3.8 billion, primarily due to inflows from new and existing financial intermediary relationships. Of the $3.8 billion net new client flows, $3.0 billion, or 80%, was derived from mutual fund and collective investment trusts and 20% was derived from separately managed accounts; 35% of the increase in our total AUM for the six months ended June 30, 2011 came from investment gains.

Our market appreciation during the six months ended June 30, 2011 constituted a 5.2% rate of increase in our total AUM. The investment gain was 5.3% in separately managed accounts and 5.1% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts, reflecting primarily a difference in the mix of portfolios in the two investment vehicles.

The rates of increase in AUM during the six months ended June 30, 2011 were most rapid, in excess of 21%, for our equity portfolios. The blended asset portfolios also experienced strong growth of 9%. Equity portfolios contributed 70% of our total increase in AUM as of June 30, 2011 compared to June 30, 2010, while blended asset portfolios contributed 31% of our total increase in AUM as of June 30, 2011 compared to June 30, 2010.

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period  
             2011                     2010             $         %      
     (unaudited)              
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statements of income data:

        

Operating revenues

        

Investment management services revenue

   $ 163,845      $ 118,760      $ 45,085        38

Operating expenses

        

Compensation and related costs

     49,955        35,378        14,577        41

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     24,363        17,081        7,282        43

Other operating costs

     15,925        12,001        3,924        33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     90,243        64,460        25,783        40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating income

     73,602        54,300        19,302        36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-operating income (loss)

        

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (30,934     (34,119     3,185        9

Interest expense

     (19     (7     (12     171

Interest and dividend income

     28        14        14        100

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     (156     —          (156     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-operating income (loss)

     (31,081     (34,112     3,031        (9 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before provision for income taxes

     42,521        20,188        22,333        111

Provision for income taxes

     539        419        120        29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 41,982      $ 19,769      $ 22,213        112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

74


Table of Contents

Revenues

Our investment management services revenue increased by $45.0 million, or 38%, to $163.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $118.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by a $12.8 billion, or 43%, increase in our average AUM to $42.6 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $29.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Our average separately managed account fee decreased to 60 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from 64 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This is a result of lower fee tiers in our separately managed accounts resulting from higher average separately managed account sizes triggered by market appreciation and new separately managed account clients. For the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, separately managed account standard fees ranged from 30 basis points to 125 basis points, which was consistent with prior periods. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, the concentration of investments in our assets was 45% blended assets, 50% equity and 5% fixed income, compared to 51% blended assets, 41% equity and 8% fixed income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Our average fee on mutual fund and collective investment trust products remained consistent at approximately 92 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The management fees earned on our mutual funds and collective investment trusts ranged from 50 basis points to 100 basis points for both the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, consistent with prior periods.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by $25.7 million, or 40%, to $90.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $64.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. This increase was driven primarily by increases in compensation and sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees.

Compensation and related costs increased by $14.6 million, or 41%, to $50.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $35.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. As a percentage of revenue, compensation and related costs increased slightly to 31% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from 30% for the six months ended June 30, 2010. These increases were driven in large part by higher incentive compensation due to analyst bonuses and sales representative commissions, as well as increases in overall firm-wide headcount of 10%, to 433 as of June 30, 2011 from 392 as of June 30, 2010.

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees increased by $7.3 million, or 43%, to $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $17.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was generally attributable to a 51% increase in mutual funds and collective investment trusts average AUM for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to June 30, 2010. As a percentage of mutual fund and collective investment trust revenue, sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees decreased slightly to 29% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from 30% for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Non-Operating Income (Loss)

Non-operating loss decreased by $3.0 million, or 9%, to $31.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $34.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in non-cash interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption. Non-cash interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption decreased because the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2010 to June 30, 2011 was less than the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010. This liability is calculated based on the last four quarters of net revenue pursuant to the terms of an agreement with William Manning described elsewhere in this prospectus, and we have recognized non-cash interest expense related to the period-to-period change in the amount of the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption.

 

75


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $0.1 million, or 29%, to $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The increase was primarily due to a 36% increase in operating income for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Assets Under Management

The following table reflects changes in our AUM for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period  
             2010                     2009             $         %      
     (dollar amounts in millions)  

Separately managed accounts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 17,234.2      $ 11,718.8      $ 5,515.4        47

Gross client inflows

     5,237.7        4,093.7        1,144.0        28

Gross client outflows

     (2,213.5     (1,935.1     (278.4     14

Market appreciation

     2,676.7        3,356.8        (680.1     (20 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 22,935.1      $ 17,234.2      $ 5,700.9        33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Mutual funds and collective investment trusts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 11,037.1      $ 4,512.6      $ 6,524.5        145

Net client flows

     3,440.3        4,540.3        (1,100.0     (24 %) 

Market appreciation

     1,429.2        1,984.2        (555.0     (28 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 15,906.6      $ 11,037.1      $ 4,869.5        44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 28,271.3      $ 16,231.4      $ 12,039.9        74

Gross separately managed accounts client inflows

     5,237.7        4,093.7        1,144.0        28

Gross separately managed accounts client outflows

     (2,213.5     (1,935.1     (278.4     14

Net mutual funds and collective investment trusts client flows

     3,440.3        4,540.3        (1,100.0     (24 %) 

Market appreciation

     4,105.9        5,341.0        (1,235.1     (23 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 38,841.7      $ 28,271.3      $ 10,570.4        37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Our total AUM increased by $10.6 billion, or 37%, to $38.8 billion as of December 31, 2010 from $28.3 billion as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, the composition of our AUM was 41% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 59% in separate accounts as compared to 39% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 61% in separate accounts as of December 31, 2009. Of the total $10.6 billion increase in AUM, 61% was driven by net new client flows of $6.5 billion, primarily due to inflows from new and existing financial intermediary relationships. Of the $6.5 billion net new client flows, $3.4 billion, or 54%, was derived from mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 46% from separately managed accounts; 39% of the increase in our total AUM in 2010 came from investment gains.

Our market appreciation during the year ended December 31, 2010 constituted a 14.5% rate of increase in our total AUM compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The investment gain was 15.5% in separately managed accounts and 12.9% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts, reflecting primarily a difference in the mix of portfolios in the two investment vehicles.

 

76


Table of Contents

The rates of increase in AUM during the year ended December 31, 2010 were most rapid, in excess of 50%, for our equity portfolios. The blended asset portfolios also experienced strong growth of 24%. Equity portfolios contributed 68% of our total increase in AUM as of December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009, while blended asset portfolios contributed 32% of our total increase in AUM as of December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009.

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period  
           2010                 2009               Amount             %      
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Statements of income data:

        

Operating revenues

        

Investment management services revenue

   $ 255,472      $ 162,660      $ 92,812        57

Operating expenses

        

Compensation and related costs

     78,416        55,643        22,773        41

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     36,830        19,853        16,977        86

Other operating costs

     25,284        22,252        3,032        14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     140,530        97,748        42,782        44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating income

     114,942        64,912        50,030        77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-operating income (loss)

        

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (61,243     (9,991     (51,252     513

Interest expense

     (16     (125     109        (87 %) 

Interest and dividend income

     126        140        (14     (10 %) 

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     1        (151     152        (101 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-operating income (loss)

     (61,132     (10,127     (51,005     504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before provision for income taxes

     53,810        54,785        (975     (2 %) 

Provision for income taxes

     712        360        352        98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 53,098      $ 54,425      $ (1,327     (2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenues

Our investment management services revenue increased by $92.8 million, or 57%, to $255.5 million as of December 31, 2010 from $162.7 million as of December 31, 2009. This increase was attributable to an $11.7 billion, or 57%, increase in our average AUM to $32.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $20.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Our average separately managed account fee decreased to 63 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 65 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2009. This is a result of lower fee tiers in our separately managed accounts resulting from higher average separately managed account sizes triggered by market appreciation and new separately managed account clients. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, separately managed account standard fees ranged from 30 basis points to 125 basis points, which was consistent with prior periods. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the concentration of investments in our assets was 46% blended assets, 48% equity and 6% fixed income, compared to 55% blended assets, 38% equity and 7% fixed income for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Our average fee on mutual fund and collective investment trust products remained consistent at approximately 93 basis points for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The management fees earned on our mutual funds and collective investment trusts ranged from 50 basis points to 100 basis points for both the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, consistent with prior periods.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased by $42.8 million, or 44%, to $140.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $97.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was driven primarily by increases in compensation and sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees.

Compensation and related costs increased by $22.8 million, or 41%, to $78.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The 41% increase was driven in large part by higher incentive compensation due to analyst bonuses and sales representative commissions, as well as from increases in overall firm-wide headcount of 7.2%, to 404 as of December 31, 2010 from 377 as of December 31, 2009. As a percentage of revenue, however, compensation and related costs decreased to 31% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 34% for the year ended December 31, 2009 because we continued to increase headcount during 2009 despite the fact that the pace of revenue growth slowed as a result of the economic downturn at the end of 2008.

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees increased by $16.9 million, or 86%, to $36.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was generally attributable to an 88% increase in mutual funds and collective investment trusts average AUM for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009. As a percentage of mutual fund and collective investment trust revenue, sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees remained stable at 30% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Non-Operating Income (Loss)

Non-operating loss increased by $51.0 million, or 504%, to $61.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the increase in non-cash interest expense on the shares subject to mandatory redemption. Non-cash interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption increased because the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was greater than the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. This liability is calculated based on the last four quarters of net revenue pursuant to the terms of an agreement with William Manning described elsewhere in this prospectus, and we have recognized non-cash interest expense related to the period-to-period change in the amount of the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes increased by $0.3 million, or 98%, to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a 77% increase in operating income for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

78


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Assets Under Management

The following table reflects changes in our AUM for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period  
           2009                     2008             $         %      
     (dollar amounts in millions)  

Separately managed accounts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 11,718.8      $ 14,837.7      $ (3,118.9     (21 %) 

Gross client inflows

     4,093.7        2,510.2        1,583.5        63

Gross client outflows

     (1,935.1     (1,610.2     (324.9     20

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     3,356.8        (4,018.9     7,375.7        (184 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 17,234.2      $ 11,718.8      $ 5,515.4        47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Mutual funds and collective investment trusts

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 4,512.6      $ 3,958.0      $ 554.6        14

Net new client flows

     4,540.3        2,199.7        2,340.6        106

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     1,984.2        (1,645.1     3,629.3        (221 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 11,037.1      $ 4,512.6      $ 6,524.5        145
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management

        

Beginning assets under management

   $ 16,231.4      $ 18,795.7      $ (2,564.3     (14 %) 

Gross separately managed accounts inflows

     4,093.7        2,510.2        1,583.5        63

Gross separately managed accounts outflows

     (1,935.1     (1,610.2     (324.9     20

Net mutual funds and collective investment trusts client flows

     4,540.3        2,199.7        2,340.6        106

Market appreciation (depreciation)

     5,341.0        (5,664.0     11,005.0        (194 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ending assets under management

   $ 28,271.3      $ 16,231.4      $ 12,039.9        74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Our total AUM increased by $12.1 billion, or 74%, to $28.3 billion as of December 31, 2009 from $16.2 billion as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2009, the composition of our AUM was 39% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 61% in separate accounts as compared to 28% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts and 72% in separate accounts as of December 31, 2008. Of the total $12.1 billion increase in AUM, 56% of such increase was driven by net new client flows of $6.7 billion, primarily due to inflows from new and existing financial intermediary relationships. Of the $6.7 billion net new client flows, $4.5 billion, or 68%, was derived from mutual fund and collective investment trusts and 32% from separately managed accounts; 44% of the increase in our total AUM in 2009 came from investment gains.

Our market appreciation during the year ended December 31, 2009 constituted a 32.9% rate of increase in our total AUM compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The investment gain was 28.6% in separately managed accounts and 44.0% in mutual funds and collective investment trusts, reflecting primarily a difference in the mix of portfolios in the two investment vehicles.

The rates of increase in AUM during the year ended December 31, 2009 were most rapid, in excess of 100%, for our equity portfolios. The blended asset portfolios also experienced strong growth of 38%. Equity portfolios contributed 68% of the our total increase in AUM as of December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008, while blended asset portfolios contributed 32% of our total increase in AUM as of December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period  
             2009                     2008               Amount           %      
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Statements of income data:

        

Operating revenues

        

Investment management services revenue

   $ 162,660      $ 145,622      $ 17,038        12

Operating expenses

        

Compensation and related costs

     55,643        46,295        9,348        20

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     19,853        13,114        6,739        51

Other operating costs

     22,252        20,690        1,562        8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     97,748        80,099        17,649        22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating income

     64,912        65,523        (611     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-operating income (loss)

        

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (9,991     (6,707     (3,284     49

Interest expense

     (125     (174     49        (28 %) 

Interest and dividend income

     140        602        (462     (77 %) 

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     (151     122        (273     (224 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-operating income (loss)

     (10,127     (6,157     (3,970     64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before provision for income taxes

     54,785        59,366        (4,581     (8 %) 

Provision for income taxes

     360        374        (14     (4 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 54,425      $ 58,992      $ (4,567     (8 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenues

Our investment management services revenue increased by $17.1 million, or 12%, to $162.7 million as of December 31, 2009 from $145.6 million as of December 31, 2008. This increase was driven primarily from a $2.3 billion, or 13%, increase in our average AUM to $20.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $18.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Our average separately managed account fee decreased to 65 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 70 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2008. This is a result of lower fee tiers in our separately managed accounts resulting from higher average separately managed account sizes triggered by market appreciation and new separately managed account clients. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, separately managed account standard fees ranged from 30 basis points to 125 basis points, which was consistent with prior periods. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the concentration of investments in our assets was 55% blended assets, 38% equity and 7% fixed income, compared to 65% blended assets, 24% equity and 11% fixed income for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Our average fee on mutual fund and collective investment trust products remained consistent at approximately 93 basis points for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The management fees earned on our mutual fund and collective investment trusts ranged from 50 basis points to 100 basis points for both the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, consistent with prior periods.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by $17.6 million, or 22%, to $97.7 million for the year ending December 31, 2009 from $80.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase was driven primarily by increases in compensation and sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees.

 

80


Table of Contents

Compensation and related costs increased by $9.3 million, or 20%, to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The 20% increase was driven in large part by higher incentive compensation due to analyst bonuses and sales representative commissions, as well as increases in overall firm-wide headcount of 7%, to 377 as of December 31, 2009 from 353 as of December 31, 2008. As a percentage of revenue, compensation and related costs increased to 34% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 32% for the year ended December 31, 2008 because we continued to increase headcount during 2009 despite the fact that the pace of revenue growth slowed as a result of the economic downturn at the end of 2008.

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees increased by $6.8 million, or 51%, to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was generally attributable to a 59% increase in mutual funds and collective investment trusts average AUM for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of mutual fund and collective investment trust revenue, sub-transfer agent and shareholder service fees decreased to 30% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 32% for the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was because sub-transfer agent and shareholder services fees are paid based on average assets, while management fees are earned daily.

Non-Operating Income (Loss)

Non-operating loss increased by $3.9 million, or 64%, to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the increase in non-cash interest expense on the shares subject to mandatory redemption. Non-cash interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption increased because the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 was greater than the period-to-period change in the liability from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. This liability is calculated based on the last four quarters of net revenue pursuant to the terms of an agreement with William Manning described elsewhere in this prospectus, and we have recognized non-cash interest expense related to the period-to-period change in the amount of the liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes remained stable at $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

81


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results

The following tables set forth selected unaudited combined consolidated quarterly results of operations data and selected consolidated operating data for the eight quarters ended June 30, 2011. This unaudited information has been prepared on substantially the same basis as our audited combined consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to a fair statement of the consolidated results of operations and selected combined consolidated operating data for the periods presented therein. The unaudited combined consolidated quarterly data should be read together with the combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period and you should not rely on them as such. Changes to our operating results from one period to another are primarily caused by changes in the value of our AUM, which increase or decrease with the net inflows or outflows of cash into our various investment strategies and with the investment performance of these strategies.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    September 30,
2009
 
   

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Statements of income data:

               

Investment management services revenue

  $ 85,805      $ 78,040      $ 73,463      $ 63,249      $ 61,550      $ 57,210      $ 53,299      $ 42,890   

Operating expenses

               

Compensation and related costs

    27,061        22,894        23,298        19,740        18,603        16,775        16,784        13,805   

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

    12,668        11,695        10,537        9,212        8,583        8,498        7,412        5,406   

Other operating costs

    9,700        6,225        7,078        6,205        6,212        5,789        6,291        5,467   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    49,429        40,814        40,913        35,157        33,398        31,062        30,487        24,678   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

    36,376        37,226        32,550        28,092        28,152        26,148        22,812        18,212   

Non-operating income (loss)

               

Interest (expense) income on shares subject to mandatory redemption

    (17,646     (13,288     (13,590     (13,534     (17,900     (16,219     (12,390     (2,926

Interest expense

    (10     (9     (7     (2     (3     (4     (28     (13

Interest and dividend income

    14        14        95        17        3        11        26        110   

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

    (159     3        1        —          (3     3        (119     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income (loss)

    (17,801     (13,280     (13,501     (13,519     (17,903     (16,209     (12,511     (2,829

Income before provision for income taxes

    18,575        23,946        19,049        14,573        10,249        9,939        10,301        15,383   

Provision for income taxes

    253        286        64        229        208        211        104        112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 18,322      $ 23,660      $ 18,985      $ 14,344      $ 10,041      $ 9,728      $ 10,197      $ 15,271   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other operating data:

               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 36,512      $ 37,493      $ 32,907      $ 28,410      $ 28,460      $ 26,464      $ 22,991      $ 18,438   

Economic income

    36,221        37,234        32,639        28,107        28,149        26,158        22,691        18,309   

 

82


Table of Contents

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and economic income as financial measures to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful since management does not consider these non-cash expenses when evaluating financial results.

The following table reconciles our adjusted margins with GAAP margins for the periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    September 30,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    March 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    September 30,
2009
 
   

(unaudited)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Net income

  $ 18,322      $ 23,660      $ 18,985      $ 14,344      $ 10,041      $ 9,728      $ 10,197      $ 15,271   

Provision for income taxes

    253        286        64        229        208        211        104        112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

    18,575        23,946        19,049        14,573        10,249        9,939        10,301        15,383   

Interest expense (income) on shares subject to mandatory redemption

    17,646        13,288        13,590        13,534        17,900        16,219        12,390        2,926   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Economic income

    36,221        37,234        32,639        28,107        28,149        26,158        22,691        18,309   

Interest expense

    10        9        7        2        3        4        28        13   

Interest income

    (14     (14     (95     (17     (3     (11     (26     (110

Depreciation and amortization

    295        264        356        318        311        313        298        226   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    36,512        37,493        32,907        28,410        28,460        26,464        22,991        18,438   

Revenue

  $ 85,805      $ 78,040      $ 73,463      $ 63,249      $ 61,550      $ 57,210      $ 53,299      $ 42,890   

Net income margin percentage

    21.4     30.3     25.8     22.7     16.3     17.0     19.0     35.6

Economic income margin percentage

    42.2     47.7     44.4     44.4     45.7     45.7     42.6     42.7

Adjusted EBITDA margin percentage

    42.6     48.0     44.8     44.9     46.2     46.3     43.1     43.0

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our cash and liquidity needs have been met primarily through cash generated by our operations. We expect that our cash and liquidity needs in the 12 months following the consummation of this offering will be met primarily through cash generated by our operations and a portion of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. The following table set forth certain key financial data relating to our liquidity and capital resources as of June 30, 2011 and 2010 and December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2010      2009      2008  
     (unaudited)                       
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35,073       $ 22,789       $ 27,543       $ 24,802       $ 23,309   

Accounts receivable

   $ 34,720       $ 22,445       $ 30,799       $ 21,374       $ 11,463   

Historically, the Manning & Napier Companies have distributed substantially all of their economic income to their equityholders. In connection with the reorganization, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Manning & Napier Companies intend to distribute to their pre-offering equityholders all of their undistributed economic income in the ordinary course of business.

Simultaneously with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the other holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, under which we will be required to pay to the holders of such Class A units 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that we actually realize, or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, in periods after this offering as a result of any step-up in tax basis in Manning & Napier Group’s assets resulting from (i) our purchase of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, (ii) our purchases or exchanges of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, respectively, for cash or shares of our Class A common

 

83


Table of Contents

stock and (iii) payments under the tax receivable agreement, including any tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of such agreement. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The impact the tax receivable agreement will have on our consolidated financial statements will be the establishment of a liability, which will be increased upon the purchases and exchanges of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group for shares of our Class A common stock representing 85% of the estimated future tax benefits, if any, relating to the increase in tax basis associated with the Class A units we receive as a result of purchases and exchanges by unitholders of Manning & Napier Group. The amount and timing of any payments will vary based on a number of factors, including the timing of future purchases and exchanges, the number of units purchased or exchanged, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of any purchase or exchange, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, the availability of amortization or depreciation deductions with respect to the intangible assets and the amount and timing of our income; depending upon the outcome of these factors, we may be obligated to make substantial payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. In light of the numerous factors affecting our obligation to make such payments, however, the timing and amount of any such actual payments are not certain at this time. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Information.”

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Operating activities consist of net income subject to adjustments for changes in operating assets and liabilities, change in shares liability subject to mandatory redemption, depreciation, and equity-based compensation expense. Investing activities consist primarily of acquiring and selling property and equipment and the purchase and sale of available-for-sale securities. Financing activities consist primarily of distributions, contributions, and payments on notes payable.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
     (unaudited)              
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 79,243      $ 57,914      $ 119,972      $ 62,779      $ 63,684   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (462     (681     (2,489     (975     (3,027

Net cash used in financing activities

     (71,251     (59,246     (114,742     (60,311     (69,028
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash flows (1)

   $ 7,530      $ (2,013   $ 2,741      $ 1,493      $ (8,371
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The 2008 net cash outflow was primarily due to cash distributions exceeding the net cash provided by operating activities and a decrease in cash provided by deferred revenues. Financing activities in 2008 included $71.5 million of S-corporation distributions being paid out during the year, compared to $63.7 million of net cash provided by operating activities. The reason for this discrepancy is that approximately $16.1 million of 2007 earnings were distributed in January 2008. By contrast, only $9.0 million of 2008 earnings were distributed in January 2009. The decrease in cash provided by deferred revenues resulted from the decrease in separately managed account market values from which deferred revenues were earned, caused by the economic downturn at the end of 2008 compared to the end of 2007.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

Operating Activities

Operating activities provided $79.2 million and $57.9 million of net cash for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This increase in net cash flows from operating activities was driven primarily by an increase in net income of $22.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the

 

84


Table of Contents

six months ended June 30, 2010, by a reduction in non-cash interest expense associated with the change in the mandatory redemption liability of $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010, and by changes in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010. In addition, there was an increase in our average AUM to $42.6 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $29.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2010, which had a corresponding positive impact on our investment management fee revenue.

Investing Activities

Investing activities used $0.5 million and $0.7 million of net cash for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the decrease in the purchase of fixed assets of $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Financing Activities

Financing activities used $71.3 million and $59.2 million of net cash for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily the result of an increase in distributions of $12.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Operating Activities

Operating activities provided $120.0 million and $62.8 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This increase in net cash flows from operating activities was driven primarily by an increase in the non-cash interest expense associated with the mandatory redemption liability of $51.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, offset by a decrease in net income of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $7.4 million further contributed to the increase in net cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. Our average AUM increased to $32.3 billion for year ended December 31, 2010 from $20.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009, which had a corresponding positive impact on our investment management fee revenue.

Investing Activities

Investing activities used $2.5 million and $1.0 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the increase in the purchase of investment securities of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009, offset by an increase in proceeds from the maturity of investments of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

Financing Activities

Financing activities used $114.7 million and $60.3 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily the result of an increase in distributions of $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

85


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Operating Activities

Operating activities provided $62.8 million and $63.7 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This decrease in net cash flows from operating activities was driven primarily by changes in accounts receivable of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, offset by changes in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. In addition, there was an increase in our average AUM from $18.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $20.6 billion for year ended December 31, 2009, which had a corresponding positive impact on our investment management fee revenue.

Investing Activities

Investing activities used $1.0 million and $3.0 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the decrease in the purchase of investment securities of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 and the decrease in the purchase of fixed assets of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

Financing Activities

Financing activities used $60.3 million and $69.0 million of net cash for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This decrease in net cash used in financing activities was primarily the result of a decrease in distributions of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

Certain Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2011:

 

     Payment Due By Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption (1)

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 198,203       $ 198,203   

Shares subject to conditional redemption (2)

     —           —           —           3,050         3,050   

Operating lease obligations

     3,013         6,292         3,733         —           13,038   

Capital lease obligations

     98         125         22         —           245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,111       $ 6,417       $ 3,755       $ 201,253       $ 214,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to this offering, we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning, to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, we have recognized a liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect any liability or non-cash interest expense related to such obligation.

 

(2)

Prior to this offering, we had a conditional redemption obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate if certain conditions occurred. This conditional obligation solely

 

86


Table of Contents
  relates to MNBD. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for contracts in our equity, we have recognized the shares subject to conditional redemption as temporary equity in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such conditional redemption will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect any temporary equity related to such conditional obligation.

Simultaneously with this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the other holders of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group, under which we will be required to pay to the holders of such Class A units 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax that we actually realize, or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances, in periods after this offering as a result of any step-up in tax basis in Manning & Napier Group’s assets resulting from (i) our purchase of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, (ii) our purchases or exchanges of such Class A units from M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, respectively, for cash or shares of our Class A common stock and (iii) payments under the tax receivable agreement, including any tax benefits related to imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of such agreement. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The impact the tax receivable agreement will have on our consolidated financial statements will be the establishment of a liability, which will be increased upon the purchases or exchanges of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group for shares of our Class A common stock representing 85% of the estimated future tax benefits, if any, relating to the increase in tax basis associated with the Class A units we receive as a result of purchases or exchanges by unitholders of Manning & Napier Group. The amount and timing of any payments will vary based on a number of factors, including the timing of future purchases or exchanges, the number of units purchased or exchanged, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of any purchase or exchange, the extent to which such purchases or exchanges are taxable, the availability of amortization or depreciation deductions with respect to the intangible assets and the amount and timing of our income; depending upon the outcome of these factors, we may be obligated to make substantial payments pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. In light of the numerous factors affecting our obligation to make such payments, however, the timing and amount of any such actual payments are not certain at this time.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2011.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk is directly related to the role of our operating company as an investment adviser for the mutual funds and separate accounts it manages. Substantially all of our revenues are derived from investment management agreements with these funds and accounts. Under these agreements, the investment management fees we receive are based on the value of our AUM and our fee rates. Accordingly, our revenues and net income may decline as a result of our AUM decreasing due to depreciation of our investment portfolios. In addition, such a decline could cause our clients to withdraw their funds in favor of investments offering higher returns or lower risk, which would cause our revenues to decline further.

The value of our AUM was $44.6 billion as of June 30, 2011. Assuming a 10% increase or decrease in the value of our AUM and the change being proportionally distributed over all our products, the value would increase or decrease by $4.5 billion, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $34.3 million at our current weighted average fee rate of 0.77%

We have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy regarding client assets, nor have we attempted to hedge at the corporate level the market risks that would affect the value of our overall AUM and related revenues. Some of these risks (e.g., sector risks and currency risks) are inherent in certain strategies, and clients may invest in particular strategies to gain exposure to these risks.

 

87


Table of Contents

We also are subject to market risk from a decline in the prices of marketable securities that we own. These securities consist primarily of short-term investments, equity securities and investment in mutual funds, including the Fund for which MNA provides sub-advisor services. The value of these marketable securities was $4.8 million as of June 30, 2011. Management regularly monitors the value of these investments; however, given their nature and relative size, we have not adopted a specific risk management policy to manage the associated market risk. Assuming a 10% increase or decrease in the values of these marketable securities, the fair value would increase or decrease by $0.5 million at June 30, 2011. Due to the nature of our business, we believe that we do not face any material risk from inflation.

Exchange Rate Risk

A substantial portion of the accounts that we advise, or sub-advise, hold investments that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Movements in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the underlying foreign currency affect the values of assets held in accounts we manage, thereby affecting the amount of revenues we earn. The value of the assets we manage was $44.6 billion as of June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 28% of our AUM across our investment strategies was invested in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent our AUM are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the value of those AUM would decrease, with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, or increase, with a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar.

We monitor our exposure to exchange rate risk and make decisions on how to manage such risk accordingly; however, we have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy to manage exchange rate risk. Assuming that 28% of our AUM is invested in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and excluding the impact of any hedging arrangements, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar would decrease or increase the fair value of our AUM by $1.3 billion, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $9.7 million at our current weighted average fee rate of 0.77%.

Interest Rate Risk

We typically invest our excess cash balances in money market mutual funds that invest primarily in U.S. Treasury or agency-backed money market instruments. These funds attempt to maintain a stable net asset value but interest rate changes may affect the fair value of such investments and, if significant, could result in a loss of investment principal. Interest rate changes affect the income we earn from our excess cash balances.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This standard eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the amendments to have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS. The amendments in this update change the wording used to describe the requirements in GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-10, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments for Certain Investment Funds. The amendments to the consolidation requirements of Topic 810 are deferred for a reporting

 

88


Table of Contents

entity’s interest in an entity (1) that has all the attributes of an investment company or (2) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting purposes that are consistent with those followed by investment companies. ASU 2010-10 became effective for us on January 1, 2010 and there was no impact on our combined consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements, which requires entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements and provides clarification of existing disclosure requirements. This amendment requires separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption did not have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements.

 

89


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are an independent investment management firm that provides a broad range of investment solutions through separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. Founded in 1970, we offer equity and fixed income portfolios as well as a range of blended asset portfolios, such as life cycle funds, that use a mix of stocks and bonds. We serve a diversified client base of high net worth individuals and institutions, including 401(k) plans, pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, endowments and foundations. As illustrated in the chart below, since 1999, we have achieved strong growth in discretionary AUM. From December 31, 1999 through June 30, 2011, our AUM has increased from $6.9 billion to $44.6 billion, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17.6% during a period that included two significant bear markets. Our growth in AUM resulted in an increase in our revenues from $50.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1999 to $255.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011 were $163.8 million, an increase from $118.8 million for the six months ending June 30, 2010. We believe this growth is the result of our consultative, total-solutions approach to working with clients and our investment process that has yielded strong investment results well in excess of primary market indices.

LOGO

 

Note: Reflects our AUM over the periods indicated. Data as of December 31 of each respective year, unless otherwise indicated.

Since our inception, we have taken the view that an active approach to portfolio management is the best way to manage risk for clients as market conditions change. Across our variety of equity, fixed income and blended asset portfolios, the goal of our investment process is to provide competitive absolute returns over full market cycles. We employ a disciplined process that seeks to avoid areas of speculation and invest in what we view as under-valued market segments, under the principle that today’s market prices drive future potential investment returns. Our active, unconstrained approach provides us with a dedicated mechanism to maintain pricing discipline in our investment decisions.

Initially, this approach helped us build a strong client base of high net worth individuals, small business owners and middle market institutions, and we maintain these relationships in many targeted geographic regions. This foundation allowed us to expand our business to serve the needs of larger institutions, investment consultants and other intermediaries, which has been a strong driver of recent growth.

We have focused on developing an internal organization of specialists to provide additional consultative services beyond investment management, which we believe helps us build close relationships with our clients through multiple service touch points and a solutions-oriented approach. We have designed solutions that are specific to our clients’ needs, including: 401(k) menu design, investment option and manager selection; family wealth management and trust services; and group health and ancillary benefits advisory services. Taken together with strong investment performance across portfolios, our consultative, total-solutions approach has allowed us

 

90


Table of Contents

to achieve a significantly lower-than-industry average annual separate account cancellation rate through difficult market environments. According to Cerulli Associates, the average annual industry redemption rate, or cancellation rate, for separate accounts was 23.3% for the period 2002 through 2010 and 24.9% over the last five years ending December 31, 2010, as compared to our average annual cancellation rates of 3.9% and 3.6%, respectively, during such periods. In 2009 and 2010, following the global credit crisis and severe global market downturn that began in 2008, our annual separate account cancellation rates were 6.6% and 3.1%, respectively, much lower than the industry averages of 27.0% and 20.8% based on data from Cerulli Associates. We have experienced net positive cash flows in both our separate accounts and our mutual funds for each of the last four years and thus far in 2011.

Our highly articulated investment processes and pricing disciplines have been central to our success and we believe are distinctive within the industry. Our research process is analyst- and team-driven. Our investment process follows a set of disciplines that emphasize fit with our time-tested security selection strategies, absolute pricing discipline, active asset allocation management and incentive compensation that emphasizes absolute dollar returns instead of returns relative to benchmarks. Our mutual funds have earned a number of industry accolades, including a finalist ranking for Morningstar’s international manager of the decade and multiple Lipper awards. As of June 30, 2011, 15 of the 17 funds eligible for Morningstar ratings, representing 88% of our total mutual fund AUM, are rated four or five stars by Morningstar. From January 1, 2000 through June 30, 2011, a period of time that included two significant bear markets, many of our mutual funds and similarly managed separate account portfolios experienced strong cumulative returns well in excess of the returns earned by broad equity market indexes.

LOGO

 

Note: Represents cumulative returns for the mutual funds set forth above from January 1, 2000 to June 30, 2011. Percentages in parentheses represent mutual fund equity range.

We have separate account portfolios that are managed under similar investment objectives as the mutual funds illustrated above. The above listed blended asset and equity mutual funds and their similarly managed separate account portfolios represent approximately 76% of our total AUM.

 

91


Table of Contents

We offer our investment management capabilities primarily through direct sales to high net worth individuals and institutions, as well as through third-party intermediaries, including national brokerage firm advisors, independent financial advisors, and institutional investment consultants. Our AUM as of June 30, 2011 by investment vehicle, portfolios and distribution channel were as follows:

LOGO

As of June 30, 2011, we had 433 employees, including William Manning, our Chairman and controlling stockholder, and the 47 other employee-owners, most of whom are based in Fairport, New York. Immediately following the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds these employee-owners will collectively indirectly own approximately      % of our operating subsidiary, Manning & Napier Group, through which we conduct all of our business. Our culture of employee ownership strongly aligns our interests with those of our clients by delivering strong investment performance and solutions.

Industry Trends

We believe the key market trends described below will continue to drive the growth of our business and increase the value of our service offerings.

Increased Focus on Management of Employee Benefit Plans

Rapidly rising healthcare costs are eroding the ability of many employees to fund adequate retirement savings. Healthcare costs have risen steadily over the past decade and are projected to continue to increase in the future. For example, Hewitt Associates estimates healthcare costs are likely to rise 9% in 2011. According to Towers Watson’s 2010 Health Care Cost Survey, employers pay 28% more for healthcare now than they did five years ago, $7,896 in 2010 versus $6,169 in 2005, and employees pay 40% more, $2,292 in 2010 versus $1,642 in 2005, over the same period. Underscoring the affordability issue, increasing costs hit a milestone in 2010 when the average annual amount spent per employee on healthcare crossed the $10,000 mark when combining the amounts spent by both employers and employees.

Employers are increasingly concerned with the financial hurdles their employees face and are seeking to increase the value of the benefits they provide to employees while also seeking to improve their own bottom line. According to the Deloitte 2010 Annual 401(k) Benchmarking Survey, only 15% of plan sponsors surveyed believe most employees will be prepared for retirement. The 17th Annual Top Five Total Rewards Priorities Survey conducted by Deloitte Consulting, LLP and the International Society of Certified Employee Benefit Specialists indicates that the cost of providing healthcare to employees remains the top challenge in 2011 for employers. According to Deloitte Consulting LLP, approximately 75% of employers surveyed indicate they plan to make or have already made changes to the design of their health and welfare plans to address these concerns.

At the same time, employees increasingly want assistance investing their 401(k) assets and making other adjustments to their retirement plans to help them retire with sufficient income. Studies have indicated that many 401(k) plan participants historically earned below market returns. According to Dalbar, the average equity mutual fund investor earned a return of only 3.17% from 1990 through 2009, while the S&P 500 Index returned more than 8% over that same period. The Employee Benefit Research Institute indicates in their 2011 Retirement Confidence Survey that 87% of workers are not very confident in their ability to live comfortably throughout their retirement years.

 

92


Table of Contents

We believe employers will be increasingly interested in working with providers that can take a holistic view of benefit plan design and can help solve problems with both retirement benefit plans and health benefit plans. Accordingly, plan design and effective participant communication strategies, including technology-based solutions that can drive down costs and one-on-one employee communication solutions that can increase participation and planning, will be key to solving these concerns for employers.

Growth of Defined Contribution Plans and Enhanced Role for Life Cycle Funds

We believe the large and growing retirement savings industry increasingly requires investment advice and retirement help for employees. According to Cerulli Associates, total defined contribution assets were approximately $4.3 trillion in 2009 and are estimated to grow to more than $5.7 trillion by 2015 in the United States. In particular, 401(k) assets represent the majority of defined contribution assets and are projected to reach nearly $3.8 trillion by 2014, from $2.3 trillion in 2008. The Society of Professional Asset Managers & Record Keepers estimates in their 2010 Marketplace Update that 15,000 to 18,000 new plans are projected for 2010. The study also highlights a high degree of movement between providers, with over 35,000 plans worth more than $190 billion changing providers in 2009.

As a result of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and subsequent U.S. Department of Labor guidelines, plan sponsors are now actively seeking automatic retirement savings solutions for their employees. Under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, employers who automatically enroll their employees in what are known as Qualified Default Investment Alternatives, or QDIAs, are safeguarded from fiduciary and legal risk if they adhere to certain regulatory guidelines. The U.S. Department of Labor defines three qualified default investment options as QDIAs: professionally managed accounts, balanced funds and life cycle funds. According to a survey by Aon Hewitt, the percentage of employees that automatically enroll new participants has increased from 17% in 2006 to 57% in 2010. Similarly, automatic contribution escalation, where employees’ contribution rates are automatically increased over time unless the employee affirmatively elects otherwise, increased from 9% in 2005 to 44% in 2009. A 2006 report by the Retirement Security Project estimates that automatic 401(k) enrollment could increase net national saving by about 0.34% of gross domestic product per year.

Demand by U.S. investors for life cycle funds has been driven by investors’ desire to diversify their investments across various asset classes as well as to automatically shift to less risky asset classes as these investors near or enter retirement. Cerulli Associates estimates assets in life cycle funds will increase by 40% per year from 2009 through 2015. As part of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, target-date funds have become a default option of 401(k) plans that have an automatic enrollment feature subject to safe harbor protections for plan sponsors. A study by Hewitt Associates and Financial Engines found that participants that receive help in the form of professionally-managed target-date funds, managed accounts or online advice achieve better returns than participants that do not receive help.

We expect auto-enrollment will be a driver of even greater participant balances in the future, and life cycle portfolios, and target date funds in particular, will continue to see increased demand as more plan sponsors use such funds as the default option within their plan. We believe life cycle and target date fund providers with a documented track record of proven results will garner increasing assets in this space, especially when bundled with broad employee education services.

Focus on Intergenerational Planning

A 2011 U.S. Trust survey of Americans with at least $3 million in investments highlights a gap between the importance such investors place on providing family financial security and the actual estate planning such families are doing. Nearly 40% of such individuals acknowledge they do not have a comprehensive estate plan and only 3% of business owners have a business succession plan as part of their overall estate plan. Intergenerational planning is also a concern, with only 34% of individuals surveyed feeling that their children will be able to manage any inheritance left behind. More than 27% of such individuals have never discussed

 

93


Table of Contents

intergenerational wealth transfer with their financial advisor. We anticipate significant opportunities for investment managers that can position themselves as trusted advisors to high net worth investors.

Heightened Interest in Risk Management

Following the credit crisis and global bear market in 2008 and early 2009, investors and financial advisors have become increasingly interested in absolute return strategies, or strategies that seek positive returns over full market cycles. A 2010 survey of financial advisors and brokers by Putnam Investments states that 59% of advisors were likely to recommend absolute return strategies to their clients. The study states that advisors generally see the benefits of absolute return strategies as minimizing portfolio volatility and serving as an asset class diversification strategy. We believe our active and unconstrained investment approach within our blended asset class portfolios is well suited to meet the demand for absolute return strategies using traditional asset classes and is likely to be less expensive than alternative investment-based strategies with similar absolute return goals. Industry consultant Casey, Quirk & Associates predicts that over the next 10 years, managers will increasingly be paid for investment solutions as opposed to investment products, and Pensions & Investments notes that top money management firms are starting to strengthen their solutions units in an effort to provide highly customized investment solutions for their clients, with a goal of forming strategic partnerships, and, as a result, stronger relationships with clients.

Demand for Non-U.S. Investments

With more than 50% of the global market capitalization represented by non-U.S. companies, U.S. investors are increasingly looking to diversify their assets through non-U.S. investments. We believe U.S. investors are under-allocated in global equities relative to global benchmarks, particularly in the defined contribution channel, with only 7% of defined contribution assets invested in non-U.S. equities. In response to increased demand, Cerulli Associates indicates that 65% of managers are allocating over 30% of new products to international strategies and 47% are allocating over 70% of new products to international strategies. According to the Investment Company Institute, flows to foreign stock funds increased more than 210% in 2010 relative to 2009. We believe investors will strive to select managers with experience and proven results to meet their more diversified and global investing requirements as well as those with the flexibility to allocate assets to and within foreign markets, among both developed and emerging countries.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe our success as an investment manager is based on the competitive strengths described below.

Team-Based Investment Approach

We rely on a team-based investment approach and a robust investment process that has resulted in consistent returns over time that are well in excess of market benchmarks. Our investment team consists of 42 “bottom-up” equity research analysts with global industry responsibilities and 29 “top-down” economists, statistical analysts and fixed income analysts. Investment decisions are overseen by our Senior Research Group, which is a team of ten senior analysts who manage our portfolios. We believe this team approach, rather than relying on traditional individual portfolio managers, has provided and will continue to provide consistency to our investment process and results over the long-term.

Track Record of Consistent Investment Excellence through Multiple Market Cycles

We have a track record of superior long-term investment returns across our key portfolios relative to our competitors and the relevant benchmarks. Our Long-Term Growth portfolio, which is our longest-standing portfolio, represents approximately 17% of our total AUM as of June 30, 2011. This portfolio consists of a mix

 

94


Table of Contents

of stocks and bonds and has outperformed the S&P 500 Index by 277 percentage points after fees over the period from January 1, 1973 to June 30, 2011. Our Core Non-U.S. Equity portfolio, which represents 33% of our total AUM as of June 30, 2011, has outperformed the MSCI All Country World ex U.S. Index by 170 percentage points since its inception on October 1, 1996 through June 30, 2011. Fifteen of our 17 mutual funds, representing more than $16 billion in AUM, have a Morningstar rating of four or five stars as of June 30, 2011. We have a five star rating for 13 of our mutual funds, representing more than $13 billion of our AUM. At the end of 2009, we were a finalist for Morningstar’s Fund Manager of the Decade in the “foreign” category and for Morningstar’s International-Stock Manager of the Year. Lipper Fund Awards 2010 named Manning & Napier’s World Opportunities Series as the “Best International Multi-Cap Core Fund over 10 years” and their 2011 Fund Awards named our International Series as the “Best International Multi-Cap Core Fund” over three years. Our track record of consistent outperformance is instrumental in attracting and retaining clients as well as in maintaining good relationships with consultants who recommend our services.

High Client Retention through a Solutions-Oriented Approach

Our average annual separate account cancellation rate was 3.6% over the last five years ending December 31, 2010, as compared to an industry rate of 24.9% according to Cerulli Associates. For many of our clients, we provide an array of services to help them identify their funding and investment requirements and then design solutions that are specific to the client’s needs in areas such as 401(k) menu design, investment option and manager selection, participant education, asset-liability modeling, wealth modeling, family wealth management and trust services, and group health and ancillary benefits advisory services. We believe our long history of providing consultative services to complement our investment process has allowed us to form stronger relationships with our clients and has helped to reduce turnover during challenging market environments.

Strong Record of Net New Business Generation

In the period from December 31, 1999 through June 30, 2011, our AUM grew from $6.9 billion to $44.6 billion, representing a compound annual growth rate of 17.6%. We have experienced positive net cash flows every quarter since the last stock market peak in the fourth quarter of 2007. The financial crisis beginning in 2008 was a period of severe market losses, yet our contraction in AUM during the 2008-2009 market downturn was relatively mild primarily due to continued strong new business flows driven by our absolute return orientation and our low client cancellation rate. In addition, our life cycle funds have had positive net flows every quarter since the beginning of 2007. Our strong organic growth has allowed us to maintain positive revenue momentum during periods of sustained market declines and establish a solid base to build on during periods of economic expansion.

Culture of Product Innovation

We have a company-wide culture of product innovation that is designed to anticipate the needs of the clients we serve. For example, we developed our first life cycle mutual fund in 1993, when there were only seven life cycle funds listed on Morningstar. As of June 30, 2011, there were more than 1,600 life cycle funds listed on Morningstar. More recently, we launched technology driven products and services to assist both employers and employees with their health and wealth planning. Over the next few months, we also expect to launch an emerging markets equity mutual fund and an inflation focused equity mutual fund, and in the ordinary course we evaluate potential products that may be attractive to our clients. Given our culture of innovation, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of new opportunities in the marketplace.

Diversified Client Base through Multiple Channels

We distribute our products and services through direct sales as well as by leveraged distribution through financial intermediaries, platforms and investment consultants. Our direct marketing efforts are largely focused on high net worth clients and middle market institutions in targeted geographic regions. In addition, we have

 

95


Table of Contents

strong relationships with many pension and industry consulting firms, which has provided us access to a broad range of institutional clients. In the institutional space, we focus on plans and intermediaries that are seeking a long-term partner for investment management services. Smaller retail investors generally access our investment products through mutual fund platforms. Overall, our client base is well-diversified across both individual and institutional client types, with our largest direct client relationship representing only 1.3% of our total AUM as of June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, the largest relationship we have with a financial intermediary represents 4.8% of our total AUM and the mutual fund platform representing the largest portion of our fund assets represents an additional 5.8% of our total AUM. This broad distribution has made our business less susceptible to losses from any one client or channel and has contributed to the stability of our earnings.

Experienced Management Team and Investment Professionals

In 2003, William Manning turned over management responsibilities to our current executive management team. This team has, on average, 22 years of experience with our company and an average of 28 years of experience in the asset management industry. Patrick Cunningham has been with us since 1992 and was named our chief executive officer in June 2010, and the majority of the members of our Senior Research Group started their investment careers with us. Management’s long-term focus on developing our business in a financially disciplined manner has resulted in our company achieving strong financial results in recent periods, particularly over the past ten years as we have expanded the portfolios we offer and the distribution channels through which we sell products. These long-standing tenures illustrate the continuity and commitment of our team that we believe will be important to our success in the future.

Our Strategy

Our approach for continued success is focused on the strategies described below.

Expand our Direct Channel

We believe our high-touch direct distribution channel has allowed us to build strong relationships with our clients over time. Historically, our Direct Channel has been concentrated around New York, Pennsylvania and Ohio. While we have sales representatives as far west as Chicago and as far south as Florida, we plan to expand our Direct Channel presence geographically, filling in new regions along the east coast and expanding farther west. Our Direct Channel will remain focused on the tenets that have resulted in our past success, which includes identifying geographic regions within which our representatives form key relationships with centers of influence, business owners and other referral networks to build a client base of high net worth individuals and middle market institutions. Our model requires our sales representatives to maintain responsibility for servicing new business they bring to our firm and compensates representatives for both new business generation and strong service records, which has been a contributing factor to our strong client retention over time.

Broaden our Intermediary Channel

We are focused on the attractive 401(k) marketplace, which historically has been characterized by positive cash flows and low cancellation rates. In addition to building relationships directly with plan sponsors, our wholesale staff seeks what we refer to as Ultimate Defined Contribution Advisors, or advisors that work primarily with defined contribution plans. According to Brightwork Partners, LLC, 59% of all 401(k) plans between $10 million and $299 million work with a third-party advisor, which makes this an important area of focus for our wholesale staff. We expect significant future growth opportunities within this channel as we begin to target national brokerage firm advisors, retirement plan advisors and other intermediaries that work with small- to- mid-sized 401(k) plans.

Focus on the Convergence of Health and Wealth Benefits

We have extensive experience working with employers to design retirement plan menus and provide high quality life cycle portfolios to improve participant retirement outcomes. Our strong relationships with

 

96


Table of Contents

employers have led us to better understand the full scope of benefit plan issues that employers are facing in the current environment. Specifically, we see a convergence of health and wealth in terms of both providing benefit plans to employees, and employers’ need for help in taking a holistic approach to benefit planning to both lower the costs of providing healthcare benefits and to help educate employees about the benefits of saving for retirement. We are focused on providing consultative services to employers to address these key concerns through unique plan design alternatives and technology-based tools to help employers and advisors effectively reach large numbers of employees with tailored retirement and health plan guidance. We expect to continue to develop and potentially acquire products and services to help employers best address these key issues regarding retirement and health benefit plans.

Develop New Products in Response to Market Opportunities

Our on-going development of products and consultative services in response to current and prospective client needs historically has been a source of significant growth. We remain committed to understanding the key areas of concern for various client types and developing solutions to meet these needs. For example, we recently launched a global inflation-focused equity portfolio to respond to investor concerns of inflation in light of rising commodity prices and generally easy monetary policies in many developed markets. Furthermore, in response to demand for and market opportunities within non-U.S. equity markets, we are launching portfolios that focus exclusively on emerging market equities and, separately, developed market equities. To address continued growth in life cycle investment portfolios, we plan to introduce a family of ETF-based, target date active asset allocation funds that combine lower management costs with an active management approach to meet key needs of 401(k) plan sponsors. Continued product and service development will likely require building additional resources and areas of expertise, and we are continuing to add resources where solving key problems can strengthen our relationships with clients.

Products and Services

We manage a variety of equity, fixed income and blended asset portfolios, using primarily traditional asset classes such as stocks and bonds. The majority of our portfolios are actively managed and based on fundamental, company-specific research, though we do manage a small number of quantitatively driven or active, top-down products. Our goal is to help our clients meet their investment objectives by providing competitive positive returns over full stock market cycles, including both bull and bear market environments. Four key elements of our investment process keep us focused on that goal:

 

   

Variety of Security Selection Strategies . Our approach to security selection is active, and we perform fundamental analysis on a company-by-company basis to determine appropriate investments for our clients’ portfolios. We employ three distinct security selection strategies within our active, fundamental-based portfolios—one each for growth, cyclical and mature companies. Every stock in these portfolios must be approved by our Senior Research Group as a fit to one of these strategies. Having three distinct selection strategies that have been refined over four decades allows us to invest in a disciplined manner across a variety of market and economic environments.

 

   

Absolute Pricing Discipline . The primary focus of our investment process is an absolute, rather than relative, pricing discipline. With respect to stocks, a key aspect of our investment process is to identify what we view to be the “fair market value” before we purchase a stock for our clients’ portfolios. The fair market value is determined through a variety of valuation techniques relevant to the nature of the investment and ultimately represents a price at which we believe we could sell the stock in question to a rational investor who could then earn a reasonable return going forward. Our emphasis on price also means we are likely to be buying more aggressively into market declines, and selling out of such investments in market rallies. We believe this focus on price has provided strong capital preservation in many bear markets during our history and reduces the risk of permanent, down-side price fluctuation from our buy price.

 

97


Table of Contents
   

Active Asset Allocation Management Approach . A portfolio’s overall exposure to market sectors, countries, and broad asset classes is driven by our bottom-up security selection. The flexibility to invest across sectors, countries and asset classes based on individual company opportunities allows us to focus on companies we view as having greater upside potential than downside risk, and allows us to have a broad enough opportunity set to freely navigate away from areas of excess or speculation without limiting the number of investment opportunities. While this approach may often result in our portfolios having meaningfully different allocations and exposures when compared to market benchmarks, we believe this type of differentiation is necessary to manage risk in many environments.

 

   

Analyst Compensation Structure. Each security in our clients’ fundamental-based equity and blended asset portfolios is recommended by one of our research analysts and reviewed and approved by our Senior Research Group before being purchased for clients. Each analyst recommending a stock subjects a portion of his or her total compensation to the returns generated by that recommendation. We have aligned the incentives of our analysts with the goals of our clients by structuring our analyst compensation system such that returns that are both negative and below benchmarks produce a negative bonus the analyst has to offset before earning a positive bonus. The analysts earn their largest bonus, which could be multiples of their salary and the largest part of their total compensation, when their stock recommendations earn returns that are both positive and above benchmarks for our clients. This compensation system has kept our analysts focused on earning positive absolute returns through their stock recommendations, which has ultimately enhanced our long-term track record, particularly in speculation-driven bear markets such as those in 1987 and 2000 to 2002.

Our fundamental-based portfolios are all managed by our Senior Research Group, which consists of ten of our senior analysts with an average tenure of nearly 18 years with our firm. Each analyst is the Managing Director of one of our bottom-up global sector groups or one of our top-down investment groups. In total, we have 83 full-time employees in our research department, including 67 equity analysts/economists and seven fixed income analysts/economists.

Our fundamental investment process is based on disciplined strategies that have been applied consistently throughout the firm’s history. We examine fundamental risk and reward characteristics of each investment, not based on broad, backward-looking assumptions, but instead based on prevailing valuations and conditions. We then weigh a given investment against the risk/reward characteristics of alternatives and within the context of a client’s investment objectives. Allocations to asset classes or market sectors are a function of both top-down and bottom-up analysis. The top-down, or macro, view considers prevailing economic and market conditions as well as historical relationships. The bottom-up view builds positions security-by-security, according to individual strategy fits and valuations. In this way, allocation changes become a function of fundamentals rather than timing. This total return management style recognizes an active asset allocation approach as a key tool for managing risk.

 

98


Table of Contents

In our blended asset portfolios, the allocation of assets between stocks and bonds is driven primarily by company-specific analysis of equity opportunities. When our analysts are able to find a greater number of equity opportunities that meet the standards for our pricing disciplines, equity exposure increases in our blended asset class accounts. Likewise, equity exposure in these portfolios decreases when our analysts find fewer individual equity opportunities, which is typically the case when markets become expensive.

 

Key Portfolio

  AUM as of
June 30,
2011
(in thousands)
    Inception Date     Cumulative
Portfolio
Return Since
Inception
    Benchmark
Return Since
Inception of
Portfolio (1)
    Cumulative
Excess Return
Since Inception
 

Long-Term Growth

40%-70% Equity Exposure

    $7,444,924        1/1/1973        3,898.76     3,006.78 % (2)      892

Growth with Reduced Volatility

20%-60% Equity Exposure

    $2,748,619        1/1/1973        3,058.14     2679.41 % (3)      379

Unrestricted Fixed Income

    $466,458        1/1/1984        800.86     773.28 % (4)      28

Equity-Oriented

    $1,069,972        1/1/1993        547.24     329.34 % (5)      218

Core Equity (Unrestricted)

90%-100% Equity Exposure

    $2,260,403        1/1/1995        518.74     275.19 % (6)      244

Core Non U.S. Equity

    $14,782,518        10/1/1996        303.41     133.73 % (7)      170

Core U.S. Equity

    $6,167,546        7/1/2000        87.97     20.70 % (8)      57

 

(1) These benchmarks are based on the average equity exposure of the portfolio as well as the market for the underlying securities.

 

(2) Represents 55% from the S&P 500 Index and 45% from the Barclays Capital U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index, or BCGC Index.

 

(3) Represents 40% from the S&P 500 Index and 60% from the BCGC Index.

 

(4) Represents the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, or BCA Index.

 

(5) Represents 65% from the Russell 3000 Index, 20% from the Morgan Stanley Capital International All Country World Index (excluding the United States), or the ACWIxUS Index, and 15% from the BCA Index.

 

(6) Represents 80% from the Russell 3000 Index and 20% from the ACWIxUS Index.

 

(7) Represents the ACWIxUS Index.

 

(8) Represents the Russell 3000 Index.

Ancillary Consultative Services

To maintain a focus on problem solving and to diversify our product set beyond investment products, our field representatives utilize the services of our Client Analytics Group. The Client Analytics Group consists of 20 internal consultants whose primary responsibilities include working with prospective and current clients to solve investment and planning-related problems. The group includes several chartered financial analysts, certified financial planners, an accredited investment fiduciary and professionals with law and masters degrees. Services provided by the group include objective-setting analyses such as wealth modeling, cash flow analysis and asset/liability reporting, estate and tax planning, risk analysis based on overall investment objectives, and manager search and selection for 401(k) plans or individual and institutional clients seeking manager diversification.

We have also developed several technology-driven products and services aimed at the middle-market employer marketplace to assist both employers and employees with their health and wealth planning. Specifically, we have developed technology that assists employers in offering and administering health benefit plans, including a web-based platform to educate employees about high deductible health benefit plans. We are also developing technology that will help employers provide financial guidance to employees in a one-on-one setting to assist in both health and wealth planning.

 

99


Table of Contents

Sales and Distribution

We distribute our products and services through direct sales to prospective high net worth individuals and middle market institutional clients, as well as through dedicated efforts to sell to financial intermediaries and investment consultants. In identifying prospective new business, we are focused on individuals and institutions that have long-term objectives and needs, and that are looking for a partner in addressing these needs. We believe our problem-solving approach fosters strong relationships, and our focus on communicating our investment process helps to manage long-term expectations and minimize turnover.

We currently have 37 sales and distribution investment professionals, with an average of approximately 17 years of industry experience. Our sales staff includes 21 direct sales representatives, 15 internal and external wholesale professionals, and four consultant relations specialists, each of whom report to our Managing Director of Sales, who has been with MNA since 1993. Sales representatives have different areas of focus in terms of client type, product and vehicle, but are highly knowledgeable about the markets, our investment process and our product and service offerings, so as to lessen the need for our research department personnel to assist in bringing new relationships on board. Our sales representatives are responsible for generating new business as well as maintaining existing business. Referrals are a strong source of new business in both our direct and intermediary marketing efforts. To assist in the service responsibilities of the field representatives, we have 45 internal service professionals that are responsible for responding to client requests and questions.

Direct sales representatives market to individuals and institutions in defined territories within the U.S. Marketing to high net worth individuals in a defined geographic territory allows our sales representatives opportunities to gain exposure to middle market institutions. It is not uncommon for us to first form relationships with high net worth individuals that own businesses, sit on boards of endowments or foundations, or are generally well-connected in their communities and to leverage those relationships to obtain institutional business. These clients also often utilize the consultative services of our Client Analytics Group, which generally includes a variety of planning services.

Our wholesale staff works with more than 150 financial intermediaries, including national brokerage firm advisors, independent financial advisors, retirement plan advisors, and unaffiliated registered investment advisors across the U.S. Intermediary distribution includes separate account sales to advisors that work with high net worth individuals, though we expect future growth to be driven by mutual fund sales to defined contribution plans or through approval of our fund strategies on various broker or advisor platform programs. We have four investment professionals dedicated to building relationships with investment consultants and their research teams. The primary responsibilities of these individuals are to educate consultants on our investment products and process and to ensure our products are among those considered for active searches conducted by consultants.

Given our long track record of managing life cycle portfolios and current growth trends within this marketplace, we have a large base of resources dedicated to defined contribution sales, in particular 401(k) distribution. Our sales and service efforts are focused on all the major constituents that influence a plan, from plan sponsors to participants to third-party intermediaries. We have resources dedicated to group participant education meetings and we are introducing web-based software that will allow us to provide one-on-one financial guidance sessions to plan participants. We have resources dedicated to expanding our life cycle funds’ availability and visibility on recordkeeping platforms.

Competition

In order to grow our business, we must be able to compete effectively for our clients’ investment management business. Historically, we have competed to attract assets to our management principally on the basis of:

 

   

a broad portfolio and service offering that provides solutions for our clients;

 

   

the disciplined and repeatable nature of our investment process;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

the quality of the service we provide to our clients and the duration of our relationships with them;

 

   

the tenure and continuity of our management and investment professionals; and

 

   

our track record of investment excellence.

Our ability to continue to compete effectively will also depend upon our ability to retain our current investment professionals and employees and to attract highly qualified new investment professionals and employees. We compete in all aspects of our business with a large number of investment management firms, commercial banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions. For additional information concerning the competitive risks that we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Industry—The investment management industry is intensely competitive.”

Employees

As of June 30, 2011, we had 433 employees, including William Manning and the 47 other employee-owners, most of whom are based in Fairport, New York. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that relations with our employees are good. We strive to attract and retain the best talent in the industry.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located in Fairport, New York, and we have regional offices in St. Petersburg, Florida and Dublin, Ohio. We also lease office space in Northfield, Illinois, Wexford, Pennsylvania, Richmond, Virginia and Portsmouth, New Hampshire. MNIS leases office space in Amherst, New York and Tampa, Florida. Manning & Napier Benefits LLC, a subsidiary of MNIS, leases office space in Ellicottville, New York. We do not own any facilities. The table below lists our current leased facilities.

 

Location

   Lease Expiration    Approximate Square Footage  

Fairport, New York

   June 30, 2015                                   127,891   

St. Petersburg, Florida

   October 31, 2016      6,877   

Dublin, Ohio

   September 30, 2015      8,309   

Northfield, Illinois

   June 30, 2012      765   

Wexford, Pennsylvania

   October 31, 2011      170   

Richmond, Virginia

   November 30, 2011      150   

Portsmouth, New Hampshire

   March 31, 2012      600   

Amherst, New York

   July 31, 2013      4,123   

Tampa, Florida

   October 31, 2012      3,431   

Ellicottville, New York

   March 31, 2012      564   

We believe our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We also anticipate suitable additional or alternative space will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion to the extent necessary.

Legal Proceedings

As an investment adviser to a variety of investment products, we are subject to routine reviews and inspections by the SEC and FINRA. From time to time we may also be involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe that the outcome of any of these reviews, inspections or other legal proceedings will have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements; however, litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual litigated matters is not predictable with assurance. Currently, there are no legal proceedings pending or to our knowledge threatened against us.

 

101


Table of Contents

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT AND COMPLIANCE

Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at the federal level and, to a lesser extent, the state level, as well as by self-regulatory organizations, and outside the United States. Under these laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers have broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit an investment adviser from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures and fines.

SEC Regulation

MNA, AAC and Exeter Advisors, Inc., a subsidiary of AAC, are registered with the SEC as investment advisers under the Advisers Act, and the Fund and several of the third-party investment companies we sub-advise are registered under the 1940 Act. The Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, together with the SEC’s regulations and interpretations thereunder, impose substantive and material restrictions and requirements on the operations of advisers and mutual funds. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, ranging from fines and censures to termination of an adviser’s registration.

As an investment adviser, we have a fiduciary duty to our clients. The SEC has interpreted these duties to impose standards, requirements and limitations on, among other things:

 

   

trading for proprietary, personal and client accounts;

 

   

allocations of investment opportunities among clients;

 

   

use of soft dollars;

 

   

execution of transactions; and

 

   

recommendations to clients.

We manage accounts for all of our clients on a discretionary basis, with authority to buy and sell securities for each portfolio, select broker-dealers to execute trades and negotiate brokerage commission rates. In connection with these transactions, we receive soft dollar credits from broker-dealers that have the effect of reducing certain of our expenses. All of our soft dollar arrangements are intended to be within the safe harbor provided by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. If our ability to use soft dollars were reduced or eliminated as a result of the implementation of statutory amendments or new regulations, our operating expenses would increase.

As a registered adviser, we are subject to many additional requirements that cover, among other things:

 

   

disclosure of information about our business to clients;

 

   

maintenance of formal policies and procedures;

 

   

maintenance of extensive books and records;

 

   

restrictions on the types of fees we may charge;

 

   

custody of client assets;

 

   

client privacy;

 

   

advertising; and

 

   

solicitation of clients.

 

102


Table of Contents

The SEC has authority to inspect any investment adviser and typically inspects a registered adviser periodically to determine whether the adviser is conducting its activities (i) in accordance with applicable laws, (ii) consistent with disclosures made to clients and (iii) with adequate policies, procedures and systems to ensure compliance.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, 39% of our revenues were derived from our advisory services to investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, including 39% derived from our advisory services to the Fund. The 1940 Act imposes significant requirements and limitations on a registered fund, including with respect to its capital structure, investments and transactions. While we exercise broad discretion over the day-to-day management of the business and affairs of the Fund and the investment portfolios of the Fund and the funds we sub-advise, our own operations are subject to oversight and management by each fund’s board of directors. Under the 1940 Act, a majority of the directors must not be “interested persons” with respect to us (sometimes referred to as the “independent director” requirement). The responsibilities of the board include, among other things, approving our investment management agreement with the fund; approving other service providers; determining the method of valuing assets; and monitoring transactions involving affiliates. Our investment management agreements with these funds may be terminated by the funds on not more than 60 days’ notice, and are subject to annual renewal by the fund’s board after the initial term of one to two years.

The 1940 Act also imposes on the investment adviser to a mutual fund a fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of the adviser’s investment management fees. That fiduciary duty may be enforced by the SEC, administrative action or litigation by investors in the fund pursuant to a private right of action.

Under the Advisers Act, our investment management agreements may not be assigned without the client’s consent. Under the 1940 Act, investment management agreements with registered funds (such as the mutual funds we manage) terminate automatically upon assignment. The term “assignment” is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a controlling interest in us.

MNBD, our SEC-registered broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule, which requires that at least a minimum part of a registered broker-dealer’s assets be kept in relatively liquid form. As of June 30, 2011, MNBD was in compliance with its net capital requirements. As a result of the reorganization transactions, the stockholders of MNBD contributed 100% of the outstanding common stock of MNBD to MNCC, and MNCC in turn contributed 100% of the stock of MNBD to M&N Group Holdings. MNBD submitted an application to FINRA for approval of the change of ownership of MNBD as a result of the reorganization transactions. Pursuant to FINRA rules, MNBD was permitted to effect the change of ownership and continue its broker-dealer activities pending final approval by FINRA of MNBD’s change of ownership application, which approval is expected within 180 days of the date of submission. In the event that FINRA does not approve MNBD’s application for a change in ownership as contemplated under the reorganization transactions, we may be forced to cease broker-dealer activities through MNBD and retain a third party to provide the broker-dealer services historically provided by MNBD. We do not expect that the loss of MNBD as a registered broker-dealer would have a material adverse effect on our business.

ERISA-Related Regulation

We are a fiduciary under ERISA with respect to assets that we manage for benefit plan clients subject to ERISA. ERISA, regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable provisions of the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients and provide monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions.

The fiduciary duties under ERISA may be enforced by the U.S. Department of Labor by administrative action or litigation and by our benefit plan clients pursuant to a private right of action. In addition, the IRS may assess excise taxes against us if we engage in prohibited transactions on behalf of or with our benefit plan clients.

 

103


Table of Contents

New Hampshire Banking Department

Exeter Trust Company is a state-chartered non-depository trust company subject to the laws of the State of New Hampshire and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the New Hampshire Bank Commissioner.

Insurance-Related Regulation

Manning & Napier Benefits, LLC is a registered insurance broker in multiple states including the District of Columbia and, as such, is subject to various insurance and health-related rules and regulations.

Non-U.S. Regulation

In addition to the extensive regulation our investment management industry is subject to in the United States, we are also subject to regulation internationally by various Canadian regulatory authorities in the Canadian provinces where we operate pursuant to exemptions from registration. We are authorized to act as a non-resident sub-advisory investment manager to collective investment vehicles in Ireland and Hong Kong. Our business is also subject to the rules and regulations of the more than 32 countries in which we currently buy and sell current portfolio investments.

Compliance

Our legal and compliance functions are integrated into one team of 12 professionals as of June 30, 2011. This group is responsible for all legal and regulatory compliance matters. Senior management is involved at various levels in all of these functions.

For information about our regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may adversely affect our business.”

 

104


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is a list of the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

William Manning

     75       Chairman

Patrick Cunningham

     56       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jeffrey S. Coons

     48       President

James Mikolaichik

     40       Chief Financial Officer

Charles H. Stamey

     51       Executive Vice President

Richard B. Yates

     46       Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

B. Reuben Auspitz

     64      

Vice-Chairman

Richard Hurwitz*

     47       Director

Edward J. Pettinella*

     59       Director

 

* Messrs. Hurwitz and Pettinella will be joining the Board of Directors upon the closing of this offering.

Biographies of Directors and Executive Officers

William Manning is our co-founder and has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since our organization. In addition, since 2003 Mr. Manning has served as Director of Investment Process at Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., our affiliate, and, prior to that, was also the President of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. In addition, Mr. Manning has previously held officer and director positions with the Fund. Mr. Manning earned a Bachelor’s degree from Dartmouth College in 1958.

Mr. Manning’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his operating and leadership experience as an officer and director of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since it was founded including in his role as the primary architect of its research and investment process.

Patrick Cunningham has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since our organization. Mr. Cunningham joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1992, serves as a member of its board of directors and was appointed as its Chief Executive Officer in June 2010. In addition, Mr. Cunningham has served as a member of its executive management team since 2000, and was its co-chair from 2003 through 2010. Mr. Cunningham earned a Bachelor’s degree from Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1979.

Mr. Cunningham’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in business development in the asset management industry.

Jeffrey S. Coons has served as our President since our organization. Dr. Coons has served as the President of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since July 2010, as the Co-Director of Research since 2002 and as a member of its executive management team since 1999. In addition, Dr. Coons is a member of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.’s Senior Research Group. Dr. Coons earned a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Rochester in 1985, at which time he joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., and a Ph.D from Temple University in 2006.

James Mikolaichik has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2011. Previously, Mr. Mikolaichik served as Executive Vice President and Head of Strategy of Old Mutual Asset Management from 2008 through 2011 and as its Chief Risk Officer from 2004 through 2008. Mr. Mikolaichik also served, in various capacities, at Deloitte & Touche LLP providing consulting, financial advisory, auditing and accounting services from 1993 through 2004. Mr. Mikolaichik earned a Bachelor’s degree from Susquehanna University in 1993 and an M.B.A. from Columbia University in 2001.

Charles H. Stamey has served as our Managing Director of Sales and Distribution since our organization. In addition, Mr. Stamey has served as the Managing Director of Sales and Distribution at Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since May 2010 and as a member of its executive management team since

 

105


Table of Contents

2000. Prior to May 2010, Mr. Stamey served as the Managing Director of Client Relations of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. Mr. Stamey received his Bachelor’s degree from Mount Vernon University in 1981 and an M.B.A. from The Ohio State University in 1985.

Richard B. Yates has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since our organization. In addition, Mr. Yates is the Chief Legal Officer of each of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. and the Fund and has executive officer and director positions at certain other of our affiliates. Mr. Yates earned a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Rochester in 1987 and a Juris Doctor from Brooklyn Law School in 1992.

B. Reuben Auspitz has served as the Vice-Chairman of our board of directors since our organization. In addition, Mr. Auspitz has been employed by Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 1983 and serves as its Chief Compliance Officer, Executive Vice President and Vice-Chairman. Mr. Auspitz has served on Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.’s executive management team since 1993 and was its co-chair from 2003 through 2010. Mr. Auspitz is also the Chairman and President of the Fund and has executive officer and director positions at certain other of our affiliates. Mr. Auspitz earned a Bachelor’s degree from Brandeis University in 1969, a Master’s degree from Princeton University in 1973 and was a Watson Foundation Fellow.

Mr. Auspitz’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in the investment management, research process and product development in the mutual fund business.

Richard Hurwitz will join our Board of Directors upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Hurwitz has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Pictometry International Corp. since August 2010. Previously, Mr. Hurwitz served as a Managing Partner at Aegis Investment Partners, LLC from 2007 through July 2010, as the Founder and Managing Partner at Village Markets, LLC from 2005 through 2006 and as a Partner at Bancorp Services, LLC from 1996 through 2004. In addition, Mr. Hurwitz served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Pictometry International Corp. from 2000 through 2009. Mr. Hurwitz earned a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Rochester in 1985.

Mr. Hurwitz’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in business building, general management and capital raising with financial service and technology companies both in the US and abroad.

Edward J. Pettinella will join our Board of Directors upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Pettinella has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Home Properties, Inc. since January 2004. Previously, Mr. Pettinella served as Executive Vice President and Director of Home Properties, Inc. from 2001 through 2004 and as President of Charter One Bank of New York and Vice President of Charter One Financial, Inc. from 1997 through 2001. Mr. Pettinella is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Rochester Business Alliance, National Multi Housing Council and Syracuse University School of Business, a member of the Board of Governors of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, and a member of Urban Land Institute. Mr. Pettinella earned a Bachelor’s degree from the State University of New York at Geneseo in 1973 and an M.B.A. from Syracuse University in 1976.

Mr. Pettinella’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive, broad-based experience in the banking industry, including a multi-billion dollar financial services company.

 

106


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a list of the names, ages and positions of our significant employees all of whom are members of our Senior Research Group.

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Jeffrey Herrmann

   47    Co-Head of Global Equities, Co-Director of Research and Executive Management Team Member

Christian A. Andreach

   38    Co-Head of Global Equities

Jack W. Bauer

   53    Managing Director of Fixed Income

Jeffrey W. Donlon

   36    Managing Director

Brian P. Gambill

   42    Managing Director

Brian W. Lester

   36    Managing Director

Michael J. Magiera

   45    Managing Director of the Investment Review Group

Marc D. Tommasi

   47    Head of Global Investment Strategy

Virge J. Trotter, III

   46    Head of the Services Industry Group and Managing Director

Biographies of Significant Employees

Jeffrey Herrmann has served as the Co-Head of Global Equities of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2010, as its Co-Director of Research and a member of its executive management team since 2002 and as a member of its Senior Research Group since 1989. Mr. Herrmann joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1986. Mr. Herrmann earned a Bachelor’s degree from Clarkson University in 1986 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Christian A. Andreach has served as the Co-Head of Global Equities of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2010 and as a member of its Senior Research Group since 2002. Mr. Andreach joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1999. Mr. Andreach earned a Bachelor’s degree from St. Bonaventure University in 1995 and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Rochester in 1997 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Jack W. Bauer has served as the Managing Director of Fixed Income of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 1994 and as a member of its Senior Research Group since 1990. Mr. Bauer joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1990. Mr. Bauer earned a Bachelor’s degree from St. John Fisher College in 1980, a Master’s degree from Georgetown University in 1982 and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Rochester in 1987.

Jeffrey W. Donlon has served as a Managing Director and a member of the Senior Research Group of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2004. Mr. Donlon joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1998. Mr. Donlon earned a Bachelor’s degree from Canisius College in 1997 and a Master of Business Administration from Duke University in 2005 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Brian P. Gambill has served as a Managing Director and a member of the Senior Research Group of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2002. Mr. Gambill joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1997. Mr. Gambill earned a Bachelor’s degree from Montana State University in 1991 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Brian W. Lester has served as a Managing Director and a member of the Senior Research Group of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2009. Mr. Lester joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1998. Mr. Lester earned a Bachelor’s degree from Cornell University in 1997 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Michael J. Magiera has served as the Managing Director of the Investment Review Group of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2010 and as a member of its Senior Research Group since 1989. Mr. Magiera

 

107


Table of Contents

joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1988. Mr. Magiera earned a Bachelor’s degree from St. Bonaventure University in 1987 and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Rochester in 1995 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Marc D. Tommasi has served as the Head of Global Investment Strategy of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2010 and as a member of its Senior Research Group since 1989. Mr. Tommasi joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1986. Mr. Tommasi earned a Bachelor’s degree from the University of Rochester in 1986.

Virge J. Trotter, III has served as the Head of the Services Industry Group, a Managing Director and a member of the Senior Research Group of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. since 2009. Mr. Trotter joined Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in 1997. Mr. Trotter earned a Bachelor’s degree from Iowa State University in 1988 and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago in 1990 and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Board of Directors and Committees

Composition of Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the authorized number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors is presently comprised of the following three members: Messrs. Manning, Auspitz and Cunningham.

Because William Manning will hold a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock through his ownership of 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock, we will be considered a “controlled company” for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted to, and may, opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our board of directors to be comprised of a majority of independent directors and require our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors. Although we currently do not intend to opt out of any of these listing requirements, we may do so in the future. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Our board of directors has determined that upon the consummation of this offering,             will be independent.

Board Committees

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will oversee a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements, including the following:

 

   

monitor the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

assume direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm;

 

   

provide a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues; and

 

108


Table of Contents
   

prepare the audit committee report that the rules require be included in our filings with the SEC.

Upon the consummation of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be                     ,              and                     ,              and will serve as chairman of the audit committee.              will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules of the national exchange on which we list.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will review and recommend policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers, directors and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other senior officers, evaluating the performance of these persons in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation of these persons based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. Upon the consummation of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be             ,              and             , and              will serve as its chairman.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in identifying, reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors; evaluating our board of directors and our management; developing, reviewing and recommending corporate governance guidelines and a corporate code of business conduct and ethics; and generally advise our board of directors on corporate governance and related matters. Upon the consummation of this offering, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be             ,              and             , and              will serve as its chairman.

Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will form a compensation committee as described above. Following this offering, the compensation committee of our board of directors will have responsibility for establishing and administering compensation programs and practices with respect to our executive officers, including the named executive officers. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Indemnification

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions limiting the liability of directors and officers and indemnifying them under certain circumstances. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors to provide our directors and certain of their affiliated parties with additional indemnification and related rights. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation on liability of directors and indemnification” for further information.

 

109


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a Code of Ethics that contains the ethical principles by which our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, among others, are expected to conduct themselves when carrying out their duties and responsibilities. Upon the consummation of this offering, a copy of our Code of Ethics may be found on our operating company’s website at www.manning-napier.com. We will provide a copy of our Code of Ethics to any person, without charge, upon request, by writing to the Chief Legal Officer, Manning & Napier, Inc., 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450 (telephone number (585) 325-6880). We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics by posting such information on our operating company’s website at www.manning-napier.com.

 

110


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section summarizes the principles underlying our compensation policies relating to our named executive officers—William Manning, Patrick Cunningham, Jeffrey S. Coons, Charles H. Stamey and Beth H. Galusha. It generally describes the manner and context in which compensation is earned by, and awarded and paid to, our named executive officers and provides perspective on the tables and narratives that follow in this section. During 2010 and through the consummation of this offering, we were a group of privately held, affiliated companies. We expect that some of our policies and practices with respect to compensation will change when we are a public company. This section also highlights those expected changes.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We believe that to create long-term value for our stockholders we need a strong and seasoned management team that is focused on our business objectives of achieving profitable and sustainable financial results, expanding our investment capabilities through disciplined growth, continuing to diversify sources of revenue and delivering superior client service. Our named executive officers have strategic importance in supporting our business model of generating superior investment performance in high value-added investment strategies. We depend on our management team to execute on the strategic direction of the firm, recruit and manage our investment professionals, determine which investment strategies and products we launch, manage our distribution channels and provide the operational infrastructure that allows our investment professionals to focus on achieving attractive investment returns for our clients.

Our compensation program for our named executive officers is designed to meet the following objectives:

 

   

support our business strategy;

 

   

attract, motivate and retain top-tier professionals within the investment management industry, by rewarding past performance and encouraging future contributions to achieve our strategic goals and enhance stockholder value;

 

   

link total compensation to individual, team and company performance on both a short-term and a long-term basis;

 

   

align our named executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders; and

 

   

be flexible enough so we can respond to changing economic conditions.

Our compensation and equity participation programs provide opportunities, predominantly contingent upon performance, which we believe have assisted our ability to attract and retain highly qualified professionals. We use, and expect to continue to use, cash compensation programs and equity participation in a combination that has been successful for us in the past and that we believe will continue to be successful for us as a public company. In addition to cash compensation, we have historically recognized those employees whose contributions created long-term and sustainable value and whose performance created wealth, or enabled the creation of wealth, for the owners of our business by the grant or sale, from time to time, of shares in MNA, our SEC registered investment adviser, and other of our affiliates, which allows the employee to share in the future profits and growth of our business through the payments of distributions to such employees. Other than Mr. Manning, who received all of his equity interests as a founder of our company or pursuant to the purchase of the equity interests of our other founder in 1995, our named executive officers received their equity interests at various times from 1995 through 2002. Since then, all issuances of equity to our employees have been to employees other than our named executive officers, as we have determined that the ownership of each of the named executive officers is at a level meaningful to meet our compensation objectives at this time.

 

111


Table of Contents

In connection with our transition to a public company, we intend for overall compensation levels to remain commensurate with amounts paid to our named executive officers and other key employees in the past, including, subject to the discretion of our compensation committee, by recommencing the issuance of equity in our company to our named executive officers, in addition to our regular cash compensation programs in circumstances we believe to be appropriate. We believe that the grant or sale of equity that is in addition to, rather than in lieu of, regular compensation to an employee in recognition of value produced provides incentives and alignment of interests that result in even greater value, benefiting not only the recipient of the award but all other stockholders. Our use of performance awards reflects that belief. As a public company, we intend to focus our programs on rewarding the type of performance that increases long-term shareholder value, including growing revenues, retaining clients, developing new client relationships, developing new products, improving operational efficiency and managing risks. As we develop as a public company, we intend to periodically evaluate the success of our compensation and equity participation programs in achieving these objectives and we expect that some of our policies and practices may change in order to enable us to better achieve these objectives.

Determination of Compensation and Role of Directors and Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions

Our executive compensation and equity participation programs were developed and implemented while we were a group of privately-held, affiliated companies, consisting of the Manning & Napier Companies. Historically, base salaries, annual bonuses and incentive compensation of our named executive officers and other professionals were reviewed by our management team and adjusted as deemed necessary after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and expectations. We have not historically managed our firm to cause our aggregate compensation to be a particular percentage of revenues or another fixed measure, although we have sometimes used such measures as the basis for accruals of amounts pending subjective decision-making. Similarly, we have not historically identified a specific peer group of companies for comparative purposes and have not engaged in formal competitive benchmarking of compensation against specific peer companies. As a public company, we expect that our management team and our compensation committee will take into account appropriate metrics, which may include measures of our compensation expense as a percentage of revenues or other metrics, as well as comparisons with peer benchmarks.

We believe that the use of relatively few, straightforward compensation components, without rigid annual incentive formulas or entitlements, promotes the effectiveness and transparency of our executive compensation program. We have not adopted any policies with respect to cash versus non-cash compensation (or among different forms of non-cash compensation), although we have determined that it is important to encourage or provide for a meaningful amount of equity ownership by our named executive officers and other professionals to help align their interests with those of stockholders, one of our compensation objectives. The allocation between cash and non-cash compensation has been based on a number of factors, including each named executive officer’s performance objectives and our retention objectives and may vary from year to year. We may decide in future years to pay some or all of short-term and long-term incentives in equity depending upon the facts and circumstances existing at that time. We have not adopted any policies with respect to current compensation versus long-term compensation, but feel that both elements are necessary for achieving our compensation objectives. As a public company, we expect that long-term compensation will be provided with equity in the form of profit participation units in Manning & Napier Group, although our 2011 Plan gives us the flexibility to grant other types of equity-based compensation at the Manning & Napier Group level or the Manning & Napier level. Base salary provides financial stability for certain of our named executive officers, although we expect base salaries to be a minority of total income over time. Annual cash bonuses provide a reward for short-term company and individual performance. Long-term equity compensation rewards achievement of strategic long-term objectives and contributes toward overall stockholder value.

In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors will form a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors to assist our Board of Directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our named executive officers. For a discussion of the compensation committee’s role and responsibility, see “Management—Board Committees—Compensation Committee” included elsewhere in this

 

112


Table of Contents

prospectus. We also expect that, in the future, our chief executive officer will have discretion to determine the compensation of the named executive officers (other than himself), which he will determine in consultation with our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has overall responsibility for overseeing our executive compensation policies, and has ultimate responsibility for setting the compensation of our Chairman, William Manning, and our chief executive officer, Patrick Cunningham. Our compensation committee is expected to assume overall responsibility for overseeing our compensation plans and programs, reviewing our achievements as a company and the achievements of our executive officers and providing input and guidance to our chief executive officer in the determination of the specific type and level of compensation of our other named executive officers.

We have not historically engaged a compensation consultant to assist in the annual review of our compensation practices or the development of compensation or equity participation programs for our named executive officers.

Principal Components of Compensation

We have established compensation practices that directly link compensation with our performance, as described below. These practices apply to all of our professionals, including our named executive officers. Ultimately, ownership in our company has historically been the primary tool that we use to attract and retain professionals, including the named executive officers. As of June 30, 2011, on a pro forma basis to take into account the reorganization transactions and the consummation of this offering, our employees indirectly held approximately     % of the ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group, the substantial majority of which is held by Mr. Manning.

In 2010, we provided the following elements of compensation to our named executive officers, the relative value of each of these components for individual employees varying based on job role and responsibility:

 

   

Base Salary . Base salaries are intended to provide Mr. Coons and Ms. Galusha with a degree of financial certainty and stability that does not depend on our performance. We consider it a baseline compensation level that delivers some current cash income to these executives. Consistent with industry practice, the base salary for Mr. Coons generally accounts for a relatively small portion of his overall compensation, as he receives the majority of his compensation in the form of an annual bonus. Messrs. Cunningham and Stamey do not receive a base salary as their compensation structure has historically been derived from their original positions with our company as sales representatives where they received 100% commission-based bonus compensation based on individual sales production and no base salary. When Messrs. Cunningham and Stamey shifted from their respective sales representative roles into management we retained their original compensation structure but expanded it to include all our revenues instead of solely their individual sales production. See “—Annual Bonus.” Mr. Manning receives a base salary for services provided as a named executive officer based on historical amounts paid to him, and such base salary is not currently based on any formula or production levels. The base salaries paid to Mr. Manning, Mr. Coons and Ms. Galusha for 2010 are set forth below in the summary compensation table. See “—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

   

Annual Bonus . Cash compensation in addition to base salary is a key part of the overall annual compensation for Messrs. Cunningham, Stamey and Coons. Messrs. Cunningham and Stamey receive discretionary bonus compensation based on company-wide performance for that year, specifically overall percentages of net new revenue and net ongoing service revenue for various products across various channels. Mr. Coons, in his role as co-director of the Research Department, received a discretionary bonus based on overall firmwide net equity investment gains reflected in the client investment portfolios as determined by the aggregate bonuses paid to the company’s

 

113


Table of Contents
 

analysts, which are in part measured by the gains and losses of recommended and reviewed securities over trailing 12-month, 24-month and 36-month time periods. We have historically not paid annual bonuses to Mr. Manning and Ms. Galusha, as distributions to them from their ownership in the Manning & Napier Companies was at a level where additional bonus compensation was judged to not be in our best interests. See “—Equity Based Compensation.” The annual cash incentive compensation awarded to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 is set forth below under “—Summary Compensation Table.” We believe that our bonus programs have provided us both discipline and the flexibility we need to support our success and to respond to changing market conditions.

 

   

Equity Based Compensation . Of our current employees, all of our named executive officers and other of our employees have ownership interests in certain of the Manning & Napier Companies. These ownership interests were offered to the named executive officers and other employees as part of our regular compensation program. Since 2002, all issuances of equity to our employees have been to employees other than our named executive officers.

In connection with the reorganization transactions, each of the Manning & Napier Companies will adopt new vesting terms related to the current ownership interests of our employees, including our named executive officers, other than William Manning. In addition, additional ownership interests will be granted to William Manning in connection with the reorganization transactions. As a result, we will recognize non-cash compensation expenses through 2014.

Following this offering, as conditions allow, we intend to award equity-based incentives under the 2011 Plan as an incentive to align employee and management interests with that of the stockholders in our company and otherwise recruit and retain qualified employees. Subject to the discretion of the compensation committee, we intend to recommence the issuance of equity in our company to our named executive officers.

Accordingly, we intend to adopt the 2011 Plan, which permits the grant or issuance of a variety of equity awards of both Manning & Napier and of Manning & Napier Group. The 2011 Plan provides us the option and flexibility to grant other types of awards at either the Manning & Napier or Manning & Napier Group level. See “—2011 Equity Compensation Plan.”

In determining the number of equity awards to be granted to the named executive officers, we have taken, and in the future intend to take, into account the following factors:

 

   

the value of such awards;

 

   

the named executive officer’s level of current and potential job responsibility; and

 

   

our desire to retain the named executive officer over the long term.

Other than the issuance to Mr. Manning of units in M&N Group Holdings as part of the reorganization, we do not intend to grant additional options or other equity awards to our named executive officers prior to completion of the offering.

The grant or sale of equity to our named executive officers and other employees allows them to share in the future profits and growth of our business through the payments of distributions to such equity holders. Historically, the substantial majority of the cash that Mr. Manning and certain other executives and key employees received from us consisted of pro rata cash distributions in respect of such ownership interests at the same time as cash distributions made to all other holders of ownership interests. The amounts of these cash distributions are footnoted in the Summary Compensation Table below because they arise out of the named executive officers’ ownership

 

114


Table of Contents

interest and are not considered compensatory distributions. All of our named executive officers currently own equity in Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. and other of the Manning & Napier Companies, which provide them with cash distributions (or allocations) of profits on his or her shares and interests and the opportunity to benefit from the appreciation of (or suffer the depreciation of) the value of those shares and interests from and after the date of grant. In the three years ended December 31, 2010, distributions in respect of equity owned by each of the named executive officers constituted from 33% to 98% of the total income they received from us. These percentages could change from year to year depending on various factors, including changes in compensation and our profitability.

 

   

Retirement Benefits . We believe that providing a cost-effective retirement benefit for our employees, including our named executive officers, is an important recruitment and retention tool. Accordingly, we maintain a contributory defined contribution retirement plan for all employees, and match up to 50% of each employee’s contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation (other than catch-up contributions by employees age 50 and older) up to a current limit of $16,500.

 

   

Other Benefits and Perquisites. Our named executive officers participate in the employee health and welfare benefit programs we maintain, including medical, group life and long-term disability insurance, and health-care flexible spending, on the same basis as all employees, subject to satisfying any eligibility requirements and applicable law. We also generally provide other perquisites such as partial reimbursement for health club fees up to $300 per annum. Currently we do not have plans to change the levels of perquisites received, but continue to monitor them and may make adjustments in this form of compensation from time to time. Our named executive officers enjoy those benefits on the same terms as all of our employees. As part of our ongoing review of executive compensation, we intend to periodically review the perquisites and other personal benefits provided to our named executive officers and other key employees. The perquisites provided to our named executive officers in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 are described below under “—Summary Compensation Table.” Furthermore, we offer each of our employees, including each of the named executive officers, our investment management services, if they place their funds in a separately-managed account with us, at a discounted advisory fee typically associated with these services. This benefit is provided at no incremental cost to us.

Following this offering, we will operate as a corporation. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the shares and limited liability company interests currently held by Mr. Manning and the other named executive officers in the privately held, affiliated companies will continue to be held by them and will entitle them to continue to receive distributions from our subsidiaries indirectly after the consummation of this offering.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

Our named executive officers are not subject to mandated equity ownership or retention guidelines. However, it is our belief that the equity component of our executive compensation program ensures that our named executive officers are also owners and those components work to align the named executive officers’ goals with the best interests of our stockholders. We expect to continue to periodically review best practices and evaluate our position with respect to stock ownership guidelines.

Tax Considerations

Our compensation committee is expected to consider the anticipated tax and accounting treatment of various payments and benefits to us and, when relevant, to our executives, although these considerations are not dispositive. Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction to a publicly-traded corporation that pays compensation in excess of $1 million to any of its named executive officers (other than the chief financial

 

115


Table of Contents

officer) in any taxable year, unless the compensation plan and awards meet certain requirements. As a group of affiliated private companies, Section 162(m) does not currently apply to our compensation. To the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to us, we will endeavor to structure compensation to qualify as performance-based under Section 162(m) where it is reasonable to do so while meeting our compensation objectives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we reserve the right to pay amounts that are not deductible under Section 162(m) during any period when Section 162(m) is applicable to us.

Risk Considerations in our Compensation Program

We have identified two primary risks relating to compensation: the risk that compensation will not be sufficient to retain talent, and the risk that compensation may provide unintended incentives. To combat the risk that our compensation might not be sufficient, we strive to use a compensation structure, and set compensation levels, for all employees in a way that we believe contributes to low rates of employee attrition. We also make equity awards subject to multi-year vesting schedules to provide a long-term component to our compensation program and impose on all our employees ongoing restrictions on their disposition of their holdings of our stock acquired through equity awards. We believe that both the structure and levels of compensation have aided us in retaining key personnel as evidenced by the long-term tenure of our management and the fact that only one of 57 employee shareholders has left the firm for any other reason than retirement since the program began on December 31, 1992. To address the risk that our compensation programs might provide unintended incentives, we deliberately keep our compensation programs simple and we tie the long-term component of compensation to our firm-wide results. We have not seen any employee behaviors motivated by our compensation policies and practices that create increased risks for our stockholders or our clients.

Our compensation committee, which will be comprised entirely of independent directors upon the consummation of this offering, will review our compensation plans and policies periodically to ensure proper alignment with overall company goals and objectives. Our compensation committee is also expected to review the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices and assesses whether any such risks are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on us. Our management team has previously concluded that our compensation programs do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking.

Based on the foregoing, we do not believe that our compensation policies and practices motivate imprudent risk taking. Consequently, we are satisfied that any potential risks arising from our employee compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the company. In the future, when we are a public company, the compensation committee will monitor the effects of its compensation decisions to determine whether risks are being appropriately managed.

 

116


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table shows the annual compensation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and the three most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer and principal financial officer who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     All Other
Compensation (1)
    Total  

William Manning

    2010      $ 1,400,000        —        $ 68,965      $ 1,468,965   

Chairman and Director of Investment Process

         

Patrick Cunningham

    2010        (2   $ 3,729,439      $ 14,044      $ 3,743,483   

Chief Executive Officer

         

Jeffrey S. Coons

    2010      $ 150,000      $ 643,302      $ 14,044      $ 807,346   

President and Co-Director of Research

         

Charles H. Stamey

    2010        (2   $ 3,729,439      $ 14,044      $ 3,743,483   

Managing Director of Sales and Distribution

         

Beth H. Galusha

    2010      $ 98,500        —        $ 4,925      $ 103,425   

Interim Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer (3)

         

 

(1) Represents the aggregate dollar amount of all miscellaneous compensation received by the named executive officers. Under SEC rules, we are required to identify by type all perquisites and other personal benefits for a named executive officer if the total value for the individual equals or exceeds $10,000.

 

     We paid and Mr. Manning received an equal miscellaneous compensation adjustment for health insurance premiums in the amount of $31,081 and tax compliance services in the amount of $23,840 paid by us on Mr. Manning’s behalf.

 

     Also included in this column, with respect to each of the named executive officers, are matching contributions and profit sharing payments made by us to the Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan in the following amounts: William Manning–$14,044; Patrick Cunningham–$14,044; Jeffrey S. Coons–$14,044; Charles H. Stamey–$14,044; and Beth H. Galusha–$4,925.

 

     Each of the named executive officers beneficially own shares or other interests in Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. and other of the Manning & Napier Companies, and receive pro rata cash distributions derived in part from the economic income of those companies in respect of their shares or other interests at the same time cash distributions are made on all shares or other interests in those companies. See footnote 3 to the Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures table in “Summary Selected Historical and Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Data” and footnote 2 to the Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures table in “Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, distributions received by the named executive officers were: William Manning–$79,023,416; Patrick Cunningham–$2,241,152; Jeffrey S. Coons–$2,241,152; Charles H. Stamey–$2,241,152; and Beth H. Galusha–$560,876.

 

(2) Mr. Cunningham and Mr. Stamey do not receive a base salary as their compensation is based solely on a bonus structure. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Principal Components of Compensation—Base Salary” and “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Principal Components of Compensation—Annual Bonus.”

 

(3) Ms. Galusha served as our chief financial officer until August 31, 2010 and acted as our interim chief financial officer since that date until September 2011, when James Mikolaichik was hired as our chief financial officer.

 

117


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

MNA is currently party to employment agreements with each of Messrs. Coons, Cunningham, Stamey and Mikolaichik, which provide for at-will employment for each of them. While these agreements do not provide compensation terms or duration of employment, such agreements include restrictive covenants concerning competition with us and solicitation of our employees and clients. Pursuant to such agreements, for a two-year period following termination of employment, (i) the former employee may not, without the written consent of MNA, do business with a person or entity known to such employee to be, or known to have been, a client of MNA at the time of such employee’s employment, (ii) the former employee may not compete with MNA in the territories covered by such person and (iii) with respect to Messrs. Coons, Cunningham and Stamey, the former employee shall notify MNA of all business activities to enable MNA to evaluate compliance with (i) and (ii). In addition, for a five-year period following termination of employment, the former employee may not, without the written consent of MNA, employ or contract any person who then is or has been an employee of or consultant to MNA within two years prior such date of termination. In addition to these employment agreements, each of Messrs. Coons, Cunningham and Stamey and Ms. Galusha are subject to similar non-compete and non-solicitation covenants as part of the shareholder agreements with the Manning and Napier Companies.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2010

The following table sets forth information relating to shares and other equity interests issued to the named executive officers subject to vesting provisions.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
     Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (1)
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested
 

William Manning

     —           —           —           —     

Patrick Cunningham (2)

     —           —           —           —     

Jeffrey S. Coons (3)

     70,395       $ 8,296,051         —           —     

Charles H. Stamey (4)

     37,050       $ 4,366,343         —           —     

Beth H. Galusha (5)

     11,115       $ 1,309,903         —           —     

 

(1) Based on the fair value of our shares on December 31, 2010.
(2) Prior to the reorganization transactions, Mr. Cunningham held 148,200 shares, all of which are vested. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the vesting terms for such shares will be amended as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Equity Ownership Interests.” As a result, 125,970 shares will be unvested upon the consummation of the reorganization transactions. The market value of such unvested shares, based upon the fair value of our shares on December 31, 2010, is $14,845,564.
(3) Prior to the reorganization transactions, Mr. Coons held 148,200 shares, of which 70,395 are unvested and scheduled to vest on January 1, 2018. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the vesting terms for such shares will be amended as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Equity Ownership Interests.” As a result, 125,970 shares will be unvested upon the consummation of the reorganization transactions. The market value of such unvested shares, based upon the fair value of our shares on December 31, 2010, is $14,845,564.
(4) Prior to the reorganization transactions, Mr. Stamey held 148,200 shares, of which 37,050 are unvested and scheduled to vest on January 1, 2015. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the vesting terms for such shares will be amended as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Equity Ownership Interests.” As a result, 125,970 shares will be unvested upon the consummation of the reorganization transactions. The market value of such unvested shares, based upon the fair value of our shares on December 31, 2010, is $14,845,564.

 

118


Table of Contents
(5) Prior to the reorganization transactions, Ms. Galusha held 37,050 shares, of which 11,115 are unvested and scheduled to vest on January 1, 2016. In connection with the reorganization transactions, the vesting terms for such shares will be amended as described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Our Structure and Reorganization—Equity Ownership Interests.” As a result, 31,493 shares will be unvested upon the consummation of the reorganization transactions. The market value of such unvested shares, based upon the fair value of our shares on December 31, 2010, is $3,711,391.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

The following table sets forth information concerning shares and other equity interests acquired upon the vesting of such shares or equity interests by the named executive officers in 2010.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting      Value Realized on Vesting (1)  

William Manning

     —           —     

Patrick Cunningham

     14,820       $ 400,288   

Jeffrey S. Coons

     11,115       $ 300,216   

Charles H. Stamey

     14,820       $ 400,288   

Beth H. Galusha

     1,853       $ 50,036   

 

(1) Reflects the fair value of our shares on January 1, 2010, the date such shares vested.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Prior to this offering, equity granted to our named executive officers and other of our employees was subject to accelerated vesting upon a change of control of our company. Such equity will no longer be subject to such acceleration following the reorganization transactions. Equity granted under our 2011 Plan is not expected to be subject to accelerated vesting upon termination of employment. All such equity that may be held by the named executive officers would be subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control, as defined in the 2011 Plan. See “—Equity Compensation Plan.”

Director Compensation

We did not pay our directors any compensation for their service as directors during the year ended December 31, 2010. Upon completion of this offering, we do not expect to pay our directors who are also our employees any compensation for their services as directors. We anticipate that our non-employee directors will initially be compensated with an annual retainer of $75,000 and an equity grant on terms to be determined. In addition, all directors will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending board of directors, committee and stockholder meetings, including those for travel, meals and lodging. We reserve the right to change the manner and amount of compensation to our non-employee directors at any time.

2011 Equity Compensation Plan

Our board of directors expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, the 2011 Plan in connection with this offering.

The purposes of the 2011 Plan are to align the long-term financial interests of employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the company with those of our stockholders, to attract and retain those individuals by providing compensation opportunities that are consistent with our compensation philosophy, and to provide incentives to those individuals who contribute significantly to our long-term performance and growth. To accomplish these purposes, the 2011 Plan will provide for the grant of units of Manning & Napier Group. The 2011 Plan will also provide for the grant of stock options (both stock options intended to be incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance-based stock awards and other stock-based awards

 

119


Table of Contents

(collectively, stock awards) based on our Class A common stock. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees; all other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, members, limited partners or partners who are engaged in the business of one or more of our subsidiaries, non-employee directors and consultants.

It is initially anticipated that awards under the 2011 Plan granted to our employees will be in the form of units of Manning & Napier Group that will not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the compensation committee, and which may be forfeited if the vesting conditions are not met. During the period that any vesting restrictions apply, unless otherwise provided by the compensation committee, the recipient of the award will be eligible to participate in distributions of income from Manning & Napier Group. In addition, before the vesting conditions have been satisfied, the transferability of such units is generally prohibited and such units will not be eligible to be exchanged for cash or shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement.

Awards under the 2011 Plan will be structured to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Shares Subject to the 2011 Plan

A total of             equity interests, representing 15% of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group outstanding as of the closing of this offering, will be reserved and available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. The equity interests may be issued in the form of our Class A common stock, units of Manning & Napier Group or LTIP units.

If an equity award granted under the 2011 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the equity interests not acquired pursuant to the award will again become available for subsequent issuance under the 2011 Plan. In addition, equity that is forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered prior to becoming fully vested, may become available for the grant of new equity awards under the 2011 Plan.

The aggregate number of equity interests that may be granted to any single individual during a calendar year in the form of options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance-based stock awards and/or other stock-based awards may not exceed             .

Administration of the 2011 Plan

The 2011 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, the compensation committee will determine which employees, directors, consultants and advisors will receive grants under the 2011 Plan, the dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the exercise or purchase price of each award, and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting and, in certain instances, the fair market value applicable to a stock award. In addition, the compensation committee will interpret the 2011 Plan and may adopt any administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the 2011 Plan or any awards granted under the 2011 Plan as it deems to be appropriate.

The compensation committee may cancel, with the consent of the affected participants, any or all of the outstanding stock options or SARs in exchange for (i) new stock options or SARs covering the same or a different number of shares of our Class A common stock, but with an exercise price or base amount per share not less than the fair market value per share of our Class A common stock on the new grant date; or (ii) cash or shares of our Class A common stock, whether vested or unvested, equal in value to the value of the cancelled stock options or SARs.

Types of Equity-Based Awards

The types of awards that may be made under the 2011 Plan are described below. These awards may be made singly or in combination, as part of compensation awards or ownership awards, or both. All of the awards

 

120


Table of Contents

described below are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the compensation committee, in its sole discretion subject to certain limitations provided in the 2011 Plan. Awards under the 2011 Plan may be granted without any vesting or forfeiture conditions, as determined by the compensation committee. Each award granted under the 2011 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award’s terms and conditions.

Non-qualified Stock Options. A non-qualified stock option is an option that does not meet the qualifications of an incentive stock option as described below. An award of a non-qualified stock option grants a participant the right to purchase a certain number of shares of our Class A common stock during a specified term in the future, after a vesting period, at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The term of a non-qualified stock option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Except as provided in the award agreement or as otherwise determined by the compensation committee, an option may only be exercised while the participant is employed by, or providing services to, us or our subsidiaries, or during an applicable period after termination of employment or service.

Incentive Stock Options. An incentive stock option is a stock option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and must have an exercise price of no less than 100% of fair market value on the grant date, a term of no more than ten years, and be granted from a plan that has been approved by our stockholders. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates, or more than 10% of the value of all classes of our stock, unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights. A SAR entitles the participant to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the SAR (which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock on the grant date), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the SAR. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Payment to a participant upon the exercise of a SAR may be either in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our Class A common stock as determined by the compensation committee. Except as provided in the award agreement or as otherwise determined by the compensation committee, a SAR may only be exercised while the participant is employed by, or providing services to, us or our subsidiaries or during an applicable period after termination of employment or service.

Restricted Stock. A restricted stock award is an award of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, or other vesting conditions have been satisfied as determined by the compensation committee, and which may be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transferability of stock awards is generally prohibited. Participants generally have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including the right to receive dividend payments on the shares subject to their award during the vesting period (unless the awards are subject to performance-vesting criteria) and the right to vote those shares. Dividends will be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock unless otherwise provided by the compensation committee. All unvested restricted stock awards are forfeited if the participant’s employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise.

Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is a phantom unit that represents shares of our Class A common stock. Restricted stock units become payable on terms and conditions determined by the compensation committee and will be settled either in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, units of Manning & Napier Group or a combination of cash and units of Manning & Napier Group as determined by the compensation committee. All unvested restricted stock units are forfeited if the participant’s employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise.

Performance Awards. The 2011 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1 million limitation on the income tax deductibility

 

121


Table of Contents

of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to us. To assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based stock will so qualify, our compensation committee can (but will not be required to) structure these awards so that stock will be issued or paid pursuant to the award only upon the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals, to the extent designed to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, will be based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings including operating income, economic income, economic net income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per common share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiv) operating margin or profit margin; (xv) common stock price or total stockholder return; (xvi) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xviii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long-term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xix) any combination of any of the foregoing.

Units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC. Under the 2011 Plan, the compensation committee may also grant equity-based incentives related to units of Manning & Napier Group to encourage ownership in our operating partnership. The compensation committee may grant the same types of awards available under the 2011 Plan related to our Class A common stock as awards related to the units of Manning & Napier Group, including options to purchase units. Any award granted covering units will reduce the overall limit with respect to the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the 2011 Plan on a one-for-one basis.

LTIP Awards . The 2011 Plan allows for the grant of LTIP units that may, upon the occurrence of certain events or the participant’s achievement of certain performance goals, convert into units of Manning & Napier Group. To the extent provided in an award agreement, LTIP units, whether or not vested, would entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, distributions or distribution equivalent payments with respect to the number of units of Manning & Napier Group corresponding to the LTIP units. The compensation committee may award LTIP units as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under the 2011 Plan. Any award granted covering LTIP units will reduce the overall limit with respect to the number of equity interests that may be granted under the 2011 Plan on a one-for-one basis.

Other Equity-Based Awards. Under the 2011 Plan, the compensation committee may grant other types of awards that are based on, or measured by reference to, shares of our Class A common stock or units of Manning & Napier Group. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. Other stock-based awards may be settled in either cash or equity, as determined by the compensation committee.

Adjustments

In connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events affecting our Class A common stock, the compensation committee will make adjustments as it deems appropriate in (i) the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding grants and (ii) the exercise price of all outstanding stock awards, if applicable.

 

122


Table of Contents

Change of Control

If we experience a change of control, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee or evidenced in the applicable award or other agreement, our compensation committee will have discretion to provide, among other things, for the continuation of outstanding awards after the change in control without change; the cash-out of outstanding options as of the time of the change in control transaction as part of the transaction; a requirement that the buyer assume or substitute outstanding awards; and the acceleration of outstanding options and awards. In the event of a change in control in which the consideration paid to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and units of Manning & Napier Group is solely cash, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, provide that each award shall, upon the occurrence of a change in control, be cancelled in exchange for a payment, in cash or Class A common stock, in an amount equal to (i) the excess of the consideration paid per share of Class A common stock and unit of Manning & Napier Group in the change in control over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per share of Class A common stock or unit of Manning & Napier Group subject to the award multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Class A common stock or units of Manning & Napier Group granted under the Award.

In general terms, a change of control under the 2011 Plan occurs:

 

   

if a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities;

 

   

if we merge into another entity, unless the holders of our voting shares immediately prior to the merger have at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;

 

   

if we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

if we are liquidated or dissolved;

 

   

if a majority of the members of our board of directors is replaced during any 12-month or shorter period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the incumbent directors; or

 

   

the Company ceases to be the managing member of Manning & Napier Group.

Section 162(m) Stockholder Approval Requirements

In compliance with the transition rules under Section 162(m) of the Code, and after our initial public offering, to the extent Section 162(m) is applicable to us, our stockholders will approve the 2011 Plan no later than the first occurrence of: (i) the expiration of the 2011 Plan; (ii) a material modification of the 2011 Plan (in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code); (iii) the issuance of all of our Class A common stock authorized for issuance under the 2011 Plan; or (iv) our first stockholders’ meeting (during which our directors are elected) that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the year in which our initial public offering occurred.

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors or our compensation committee may amend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if their approval is required in order to comply with the Code, applicable laws, or applicable stock exchange requirements. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the 2011 Plan will terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on which the board of directors approved the 2011 Plan, but any outstanding award will remain in effect until the underlying shares are delivered or the award lapses.

 

123


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Promissory Notes

William Manning issued to MNA (i) that certain promissory note due December 19, 2008 in the principal amount of $10 million, or the 2008 note, and (ii) that certain promissory note due June 17, 2009 in the principal amount of $8 million, or the 2009 note. William Manning repaid the 2008 note in full, including all interest accrued thereon, with payments to MNA on November 7, 2008 and December 19, 2008. William Manning repaid the 2009 note in full, including all interest accrued thereon, with payments to MNA on April 16, 2009 and June 17, 2009.

Aircraft

From time to time, MNA reimburses William Manning for business travel in connection with the use of a private plane owned by William Manning. Neither MNA nor any of the other Manning & Napier Companies owns any direct or indirect interest in such private plane, and no such entity has provided any financing to William Manning for such plane. In the event William Manning, or other executives, use such plane in connection with the business of our company, MNA reimburses William Manning based upon the amount of flight time per trip, which is a fraction of the total cost of the ownership and maintenance of such plane. Reimbursements with respect to each particular use of the plane over the last three years have ranged from $60,220 to $90,497, and in the aggregate has equaled $227,225.

Services Arrangement

Pursuant to an arrangement between MNIS and IP.com I, LLC, an entity majority-owned by William Manning, MNIS provides to IP.com, and IP.com reimburses MNIS for, central administrative services, including accounting, group health and other benefits, benefits management, payroll, occupancy of shared space and other office expenses. IP.com paid MNIS $264,971, $299,885 and $344,359 for such services for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Reorganization Transactions

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we entered into a series of transactions to reorganize our capital structure. We will also enter into agreements with certain related persons in connection with the reorganization transactions. See “Our Structure and Reorganization.”

Shares Subject to Redemption

Prior to the reorganization transactions and this offering, we had a mandatory obligation upon the death of William Manning to pay a formula-driven amount to his estate. Our liability related to this mandatory redemption obligation was calculated each fiscal quarter, and the change in the liability was reflected as a non-cash interest expense. Such mandatory redemption obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect non-cash interest expense or the liability related to such obligation.

For one of our entities, MNBD, our redemption obligation upon William Manning’s death to pay his pro rata share of net revenue has an element of conditionality. Such conditional obligation will terminate prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and we will no longer reflect temporary equity related to such obligation.

M&N Group Holdings

We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering to purchase Class A units of Manning & Napier Group from M&N Group Holdings, which

 

124


Table of Contents

in turn expects to transfer such net proceeds to its members. William Manning, our current employees, including certain of our executive officers, and Richard Goldberg, directly and indirectly, collectively own 100% of the outstanding membership interests of M&N Group Holdings. The transfer of Class A units of Manning & Napier Group by M&N Group Holdings to us in exchange for the remaining portion of the net proceeds from this offering will be a permitted transfer the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Manning & Napier Group. M&N Group Holdings expects that its members will transfer such net proceeds as follows: approximately $         million will be paid to William Manning; approximately $         million will be paid to Patrick Cunningham; approximately $         million will be paid to Jeffrey S. Coons; approximately $         million will be paid to B. Reuben Auspitz; approximately $         million will be paid to Charles S. Stamey; approximately $         million will be paid to Beth H. Galusha; and the remaining $         million will be paid to the other minority shareholders of the members of M&N Group Holdings. These distributions by M&N Group Holdings to its members will be made pursuant to the terms set forth in the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted written policies and procedures for transactions with related persons. As a general matter, the policy will require our audit committee to review and approve or disapprove the entry by us into certain transactions with related persons. The policy will contain transactions which are pre-approved transactions. The policy will only apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships where the aggregate amount involved could reasonably be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year and in which a related person has a direct or indirect interest. A related person is: (i) any of our directors, nominees for director or executive officers, (ii) any immediate family member of any of our directors, nominees for director or executive officers and (iii) any person, and his or her immediate family members, or entity, including affiliates, that was a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any of our outstanding equity securities at the time the transaction occurred or existed.

The policy will provide that if advance approval of a transaction subject to the policy is not obtained, it must be promptly submitted to the audit committee for possible ratification, approval, amendment, termination or rescission. In reviewing any transaction, the audit committee will take into account, among other factors the audit committee deems appropriate, recommendations from senior management, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to a third party in similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. Any related person transaction must be conducted at arm’s length. Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review may not participate in the deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the audit committee that considers the transaction.

 

125


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of                     , 2011 with respect to:

 

   

each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our outstanding shares;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding and percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the reorganization transactions described in “Our Structure and Reorganization.”

In accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of                     , 2011. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. For more information regarding our principal stockholders and the relationship they have with us, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder listed below is c/o Manning & Napier, Inc., 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450.

 

    Class A common stock (1)   Class B common stock (1)
    Prior to this Offering   After this Offering   Prior to this Offering   After this Offering

Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

William Manning

               

Patrick Cunningham

               

Jeffrey S. Coons

               

B. Reuben Auspitz

               

Charles H. Stamey

               

Beth H. Galusha

               

All executive officers and directors as a group (         people)

               

 

(1) Each share of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. The holder of our Class B common stock will control a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

 

126


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock. However, you should refer to the actual terms of the capital stock contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and applicable law. We intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws prior to consummation of this offering. A copy of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our authorized capital stock consists of              shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share and              shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. Upon the consummation of this offering,              shares of Class A common stock and 1,000 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock are, and the shares of capital stock to be issued in this offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Class A Common Stock

The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if declared by our board of directors, out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends.

The holders of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

Class B Common Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will set forth a formula that provides the holder of our Class B common stock will control a majority of the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The number of votes for each share of Class B common stock will be equal to the quotient derived by dividing the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Class B common stock as of the closing date of this offering into a number equal to 101% of the aggregate number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class A common stock and any other of our equity securities entitled to vote other than the holders of Class B common stock, as calculated on the record date of such vote.

The holder of our Class B common stock will not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon the dissolution, liquidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

In the event the holder of our Class B common stock transfers any shares of Class B common stock to any person or entity, such shares will be deemed automatically to convert into the same number of shares of Class A common stock.

Upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the death of William Manning, the holder of our Class B common stock, (ii) the date that the aggregate direct and indirect ownership of William Manning of Class A units and Class B units of Manning & Napier Group constitutes less than 25% of the total number of Class A units and Class B units of Manning & Napier Group and (iii) the sixth anniversary of the original date of issuance of the Class B common stock, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be automatically, without any further action on our

 

127


Table of Contents

part or the holder of the shares of our Class B common stock, cancelled and will revert to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock.

The holder of our Class B common stock will not have any preemptive, subscription or conversion rights.

Voting

Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. However, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including in connection with a merger, that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares of Class B common stock affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, in the case of affiliates or associates of the corporation, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, owned 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision could have anti-takeover effects with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock.

Stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change of control of our company. The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring or discouraging hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our company.

Charter and Bylaws Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our amended and restated bylaws require that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing.

Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to bring matters before special stockholder meetings, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. These procedures specify the information stockholders must include in their notice and the timeframe in which they must give us notice. At a special stockholder meeting, stockholders may only consider nominations or proposals specified in the notice of meeting. A special stockholder meeting for any purpose may only be called by our board of directors, our Chairman or our chief executive officer, and will be called by our chief executive officer at the request of the holder of our Class B common stock.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring or discouraging hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of the company.

 

128


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will limit our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

for any transaction from which a director or officer derives an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors or officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

We will apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “MN.”

 

129


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock. Of the outstanding shares, the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, including any shares sold in this offering in connection with the exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of Class A common stock that are not sold in this offering, or              shares, will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such as under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement that we will enter into with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, the direct holders of all of the Class A units of Manning & Napier Group that are not held by us at the time of this offering, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein and as described elsewhere in this prospectus, such units will be exchangeable for an aggregate of up to             shares of our Class A common stock, subject to customary adjustments. In addition, the holders of any units of Manning & Napier Group issued subsequent to this offering will also become parties to the exchange agreement and such units, pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement, will also be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after one year, an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and all our stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

130


Table of Contents

Equity Awards

Subsequent to the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of units of Manning & Napier Group reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan. Shares of our Class A common stock registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described under “Management—2011 Equity Compensation Plan.”

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the holders of the units of Manning & Napier Group pursuant to which the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon exchange or conversion of their units, if any, will be eligible for resale, subject to the resale timing and manner limitations described under “Our Structure and Reorganization—Offering Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

131


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. AND NON-U.S. HOLDERS

OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following was written to support the promotion or marketing of the transaction or matters addressed herein. The following was not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer under U.S. federal tax law.

You should consult a tax adviser regarding the United States federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of Class A common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to beneficial owners of our Class A common stock, or “Holders”, that acquire shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and that hold such shares as capital assets. This summary is based upon the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, IRS rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular Holder’s tax position and does not consider any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our Class A common stock. It also does not apply to Holders subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including partnerships or other pass-through entities, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, persons who hold Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion transaction” or other risk-reduction or integrated transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, former U.S. citizens or residents (expatriates) and persons who hold or receive Class A common stock as compensation.

For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means a Holder of our Class A common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created in or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or in the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust (x) if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons,” as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership holds shares of our Class A common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in that partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that hold shares of our Class A common stock should consult their tax advisors.

This summary is included herein as general information only. Accordingly, each prospective Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of holding and disposing of our Class A common stock.

U.S. Holders

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock applicable to U.S. Holders, subject to the limitations described above.

Dividends

Distributions of cash or property that we pay in respect of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and

 

132


Table of Contents

profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Dividends paid by us will be includible in gross income by a U.S. Holder upon receipt. Any such dividend may be eligible for the dividends received deduction if received by an otherwise qualifying corporate U.S. Holder that meets the holding period and other requirements for the dividends received deduction. Dividends paid by us to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals), with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, are currently eligible for U.S. federal income taxation at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum tax rate of 15%), provided that the U.S. Holder receiving the dividend satisfies applicable holding period and other requirements.

If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain.

Dispositions

Upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our Class A common stock. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held the shares of the common stock for more than one year at the time of disposition. Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, are currently subject to U.S. federal income taxation at a maximum rate of 15%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements

In general, dividends on shares of our Class A common stock and payments of the proceeds of a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our Class A common stock paid to a U.S. Holder are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding at a current maximum rate of 28% unless the U.S. Holder (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be refunded or credited against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by Non-U.S. Holders. It applies only if a Non-U.S. Holder acquires shares of our Class A common stock in this offering and only to those shares of our Class A common stock held as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A Non-U.S. Holder is a Holder who is not a U.S. Holder.

Dividends

Except as described below, if you are a Non-U.S. Holder of Class A common stock, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to us a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, or in the case of payments made outside the U.S. to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the U.S.), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

133


Table of Contents

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S., we generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-U.S. person, and the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. and are includible in your gross income.

“Effectively connected” dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and U.S. corporations.

If you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of Class A common stock unless (i) the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to U.S. taxation on a net income basis, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the U.S., (ii) you are an individual who holds the Class A common stock as a capital asset and you are present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, or (iii) we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for federal income tax purposes and you held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the Class A common stock and you are not eligible for any treaty exemption.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (i), above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on the gain derived from the disposition at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and U.S. corporations. If you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder described in (i), above, you may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (ii), above, you may be subject to a flat 30% tax, or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate, on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.

We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Taxes

Class A common stock held by a Non-U.S. Holder at the time of death will be included in the holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, except as described below, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to a distribution of dividends on the Class A common stock or to proceeds from the disposition of the Class A common stock, in each case, if a Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that they are a non-U.S. person, and neither we nor our paying agent or other payor have actual knowledge or reason to know to the

 

134


Table of Contents

contrary. In general, if the Class A common stock is not held through a qualified intermediary, the amount of dividends, the name and address of the beneficial owner and the amount, if any, of tax withheld may be reported to the U.S. IRS.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability or refunded, provided the required information is timely furnished to the U.S. IRS.

Recently Enacted Legislation

Under recently enacted legislation, a 30% withholding tax would be imposed on certain payments that are made after December 31, 2012 to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons that fail to comply with information reporting requirements in respect of their direct and indirect U.S. owners and/or U.S. accountholders. Such payments would include U.S.-source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock that can produce U.S.-source dividends.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is acting as the representative of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter        Number
of Shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                       Incorporated

    
    

 

                       Total

    
    

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

   

Per Share

 

Without Option

 

With Option

Public offering price

  $   $   $

Underwriting discount

  $   $   $

Proceeds, before expenses, to Manning & Napier, Inc.

  $   $   $

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $             and are payable by us.

 

136


Table of Contents

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and our executive officers, directors and our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any Class A common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any Class A common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any Class A common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any Class A common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any Class A common stock;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any Class A common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the Class A common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any Class A common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to Class A common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with Class A common stock. It also applies to Class A common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Listing

We expect the shares of our Class A common stock to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “MN.”

 

137


Table of Contents

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our Class A common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or

 

138


Table of Contents

retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web site maintained by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have

 

139


Table of Contents

represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representative and its affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of

 

140


Table of Contents

the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Herrick, Feinstein LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The (i) financial statements of Manning & Napier Companies as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and (ii) Statement of Financial Condition of Manning & Napier, Inc. included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the Class A common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us and our Class A common stock, you should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. With respect to documents described in this prospectus, we refer you to the copy of the document if it is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from such office at prescribed rates. You may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Internet website.

As a result of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. Our operating company maintains a website at www.manning-napier.com. You may access our reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on such website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

142


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Manning & Napier, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Statement of Financial Condition—As of June 28, 2011

     F-3   

Notes to Statement of Financial Condition—As of June 28, 2011

     F-4   

Manning & Napier Companies

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—As of December 31, 2009 and 2010

     F-6   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Income—Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

     F-7   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Partners’ Capital—Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

     F-8   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

     F-9   

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

Unaudited Combined Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—As of December  31, 2010 and June 30, 2011

     F-23   

Unaudited Combined Consolidated Statements of Income—Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and June  30, 2011

     F-24   

Unaudited Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Partners’ Capital—Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011

     F-25   

Unaudited Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011

     F-26   

Notes to Unaudited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-27   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Manning & Napier, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying statement of financial condition presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Manning & Napier, Inc. (the “Company”) at June 28, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of financial condition is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement of financial condition, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Rochester, New York

June 30, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier, Inc.

Statement of Financial Condition

As of June 28, 2011

 

     At June 28, 2011  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value —1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

   $ 1   

Additional paid in capital

     99   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 100   
  

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

As of June 28, 2011

Note 1—Organization and Nature of the Business

Manning & Napier, Inc. (“the Company”) was formed in June 2011 in anticipation of completing an initial public offering. Upon completion of a reorganization anticipated to occur prior to consummation of that offering, the Company will serve as managing member of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a holding company for the investment management businesses conducted by its operating subsidiaries. The Company is an independent investment management firm that provides a broad range of investment solutions through separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds.

As managing member, the Company will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Manning & Napier Group, LLC and its subsidiaries and, as a result of this control, will consolidate the financial results of Manning & Napier Group, LLC with its own financial results.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statement of financial condition is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual future results could differ from these estimates and assumptions

Cash

Cash consists of cash on deposit with a financial institution. At June 28, 2011 no funds were restricted.

Note 3—Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the issuance date of its financial statements and determined that no subsequent events had occurred that would require additional disclosures.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Boards of Directors and Shareholders/Partners of Manning & Napier Companies:

In our opinion, the accompanying combined consolidated statements of financial condition and the related combined consolidated statements of income, of shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of Manning & Napier Companies (the “Company”) at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the combined consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Rochester, New York

June 30, 2011

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010

 

(dollars in thousands)    2009     2010  

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,802      $ 27,543   

Accounts receivable

     12,397        18,851   

Accounts receivable—Manning & Napier Fund, Inc.

     8,977        11,948   

Marketable securities, at fair value

     2,720        4,381   

Property and equipment, net

     3,034        3,111   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     1,438        2,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 53,368      $ 68,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 639      $ 1,153   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     17,434        30,464   

Deferred revenue

     9,228        9,974   

Stock purchase note payable

     273        201   

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption

     109,076        170,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     136,650        212,111   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

    

Common stock, $.01 par value—authorized, 10,000,000 shares with 2,482,425 and 2,533,110 shares outstanding and 5,224,050 shares outstanding subject to mandatory redemption, as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, respectively for the S-Corporations

   $ 100      $ 101   

Additional paid in capital

     1,626        1,628   

Treasury stock, at cost: 9,263 and 0 shares, as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     (102     —     

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (85,888     (147,035

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (110     193   

Partners’ equity

     1,028        1,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital attributable to Manning & Napier Companies

     (83,346     (143,806
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     64        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

     (83,282     (143,769
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

   $ 53,368      $ 68,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2009     2010  

Revenues

      

Investment management services revenue

   $ 145,622      $ 162,660      $ 255,472   

Expenses

      

Compensation and related costs

     46,295        55,643        78,416   

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     13,114        19,853        36,830   

Other operating costs

     20,690        22,252        25,284   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80,099        97,748        140,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     65,523        64,912        114,942   

Non-operating income (loss)

      

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (6,707     (9,991     (61,243

Interest expense

     (174     (125     (16

Interest and dividend income

     602        140        126   

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     122        (151     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating loss

     (6,157     (10,127     (61,132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     59,366        54,785        53,810   

Provision for income taxes

     374        360        712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 58,992      $ 54,425      $ 53,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma consolidated income statement information—after reorganization and initial offering (unaudited)

      

Income before tax

       $ 53,810   

Pro forma provision for income taxes (40% assumed tax rate)(Note 1)

         21,524   
      

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

       $ 32,286   
      

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Partners’ Capital

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

 

(dollars in thousands)  

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
   

 

Treasury Stock

    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Partners’
Equity

(Deficit)
    Total  
  Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount          

Balance—January 1, 2008

    2,454,428      $ 98      $ 1,617        123,755      $ (1,793   $ (71,696   $ (2   $ 755      $ (71,021

Net income

              62,991          (3,999     58,992   

S-Corporation distributions

              (71,467         (71,467

Net change in unrealized marketable securities gains or losses

                (889       (889

Common stock and treasury stock transactions

        5        (103,315     1,073        (836         242   

Equity-based compensation

            446              446   

Partner contributions

                  4,017        4,017   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2008

    2,454,428      $ 98      $ 1,622        20,440      $ (274   $ (81,008   $ (891   $ 773      $ (79,680
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

              58,819          (4,394     54,425   

S-Corporation distributions

              (64,019         (64,019

Net change in unrealized marketable securities gains or losses

                781          781   

Common stock and treasury stock transactions

    37,260        2        4        (27,850     16              22   

Equity-based compensation

            411        320            731   

Partner contributions

                  4,649        4,649   

Treasury stock purchase

          16,673        (255           (255
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2009

    2,491,688      $ 100      $ 1,626        9,263      $ (102   $ (85,888   $ (110   $ 1,028      $ (83,346
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

              57,957          (4,859     53,098   

S-Corporation distributions

              (119,619         (119,619

Net change in unrealized marketable securities gains or losses

                303          303   

Common stock and treasury stock transactions

    41,422        1        2        (9,263     5        (70       (3     (65

Equity-based compensation

            97        585            682   

Partner contributions

                  5,141        5,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2010

    2,533,110      $ 101      $ 1,628        —        $ —        $ (147,035   $ 193      $ 1,307      $ (143,806
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010

 

(dollars in thousands)   2008     2009     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income

  $ 58,992      $ 54,425      $ 53,098   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Interest cost related to change in mandatory redemption liability

    6,707        9,991        61,243   

Equity-based compensation

    446        731        682   

Depreciation

    1,068        1,099        1,422   

Gain (loss) on disposal of property and equipment

    (1     —          —     

Realized (gain) loss on sale of investments

    (122     151        (1

Accrued interest on debt securities

    21        (1     —     

(Increase) decrease in operating assets and increase (decrease) in operating liabilities

     

Accounts receivable

    995        (4,786     (6,454

Accounts receivable—Manning & Napier Fund, Inc.

    292        (5,125     (2,971

Prepaid and other assets

    (271     (70     (1,070

Accounts payable

    (354     (333     252   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (1,816     5,642        13,025   

Deferred revenue

    (2,273     1,055        746   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    63,684        62,779        119,972   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Purchase of property and equipment

    (2,105     (1,003     (1,137

Proceeds from sale or disposal of property and equipment

    26        —          —     

Cash payments for options

    (392     (222     —     

Cash received from option exercises

    674        305        48   

Sale of investments

    350        576        120   

Purchase of investments

    (2,085     (631     (2,025

Proceeds from maturity of investment

    505        —          505   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,027     (975     (2,489
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

S-Corporation distributions

    (71,467     (64,019     (119,619

Payments of stock purchase notes payable

    (1,488     (583     (120

Repayment of note payable

    (102     (124     (146

Issuance of promissory note receivable

    (10,000     (8,000     —     

Proceeds from repayment of promissory note receivable

    10,000        8,000        —     

Proceeds on issuance of stock

    12        21        2   

Repurchase of treasury stock

    —          (255     —     

Capital contributions

    4,017        4,649        5,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (69,028     (60,311     (114,742
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (8,371     1,493        2,741   

Cash and cash equivalents:

     
     

Beginning of year

    31,680        23,309        24,802   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

  $ 23,309      $ 24,802      $ 27,543   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

     

Cash paid during the year for interest

  $ 154      $ 115      $ 16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for taxes

  $ 311      $ 421      $ 661   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash transactions:

     

Capital expenditures in accounts payable and accruals

  $ 85      $ 115      $ 240   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment acquired through capital lease obligations

  $ —        $ 135      $ 123   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009 AND 2010 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

2008, 2009 AND 2010.

(Dollars in thousands unless stated otherwise, except per unit or per share amounts)

Note 1—Organization and Nature of the Business

Manning & Napier Companies, which includes Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (“MNA”) and the companies described below that are under common management and/or common ownership (collectively, “the Company”) is primarily a provider of investment management services. The following companies are included:

MNA was founded in 1970 in Rochester, New York and is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. MNA is also registered with the Alberta Securities Commission in Canada. Headquartered in Fairport, New York with branch offices in St. Petersburg, Florida and Dublin, Ohio, MNA serves in a fully–discretionary fiduciary capacity and provides investment advisory services to separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. MNA managed over $40 billion in assets under management (“AUM”) as of December 31, 2010, for high net worth individuals and institutions, including 401(k) plans, pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, and endowments and foundations.

Investment management operations are also conducted through Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Exeter Advisors Inc. (collectively referred to as “AAC”), which began operations in 1990. AAC is an investment advisor registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. AAC markets MNA’s investment management services through independent financial professionals.

Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities (“MNAO”) is a registered investment advisor that serves as a general partner to an investment limited partnership that is currently inactive.

Custody operations are conducted by Exeter Trust Company (“Exeter” or “ETC”), a 98% owned subsidiary of Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC (“MNCC”). Exeter commenced operations in 1994 and is located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Exeter provides services to approximately 6,000 custodial accounts, including accounts managed by MNA and AAC.

Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. (“MNBD”) is a limited purpose broker/dealer registered with the SEC and regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). MNBD is the distributor for Manning & Napier Fund, Inc. (“Manning & Napier Fund” or the “Fund”), a series of diversified mutual funds managed by MNA and registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

The Company also includes several non-investment businesses that are technology related and are under common ownership and/or management. These companies include Perspective Partners, LLC (“PPI”), and Manning & Napier Information Services, including its wholly owned subsidiary Manning & Napier Benefits, LLC (collectively referred to as “MNIS”).

PPI, established in March 2000, designs software and provides services to the 401(k) industry. MNIS, established in January 1995, is a web-based company which designs and develops web-delivered software to assist the human resources function of employers in streamlining benefits administration for health and welfare plans including enrollment, employee education, benefits analysis, and benefits management.

MNA, AAC, MNBD and MNAO are herein collectively referred to as the S-Corps.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Information

The pro forma effective tax rate assumes that all of the Company’s results from operations would be subject to federal, state and local income tax. However, only a portion of the Company’s shares will be sold in the initial offering, therefore only a portion of the Company’s earnings will be taxed at Manning & Napier, Inc.’s “C-corporation” level. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that the actual effective tax rate will be lower than 40% and will be dependent upon the amount of shares tendered to the public in the initial offering.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and related rules and regulations of the SEC. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the combined consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates or assumptions.

Principles of Combination

The entities within these combined consolidated financial statements are all under common control and include MNA, AAC, MNCC, ETC, MNAO, MNBD, MNIS and PPI. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated in combination.

Operating Segments

The Company operates in one segment, the investment management industry. The Company primarily provides investment management services to separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trusts. Management assesses the financial performance of these vehicles on a combined basis.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as money market funds and other highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents are subject to credit risk and are primarily maintained in a U.S. Treasury money market fund.

Marketable Securities

Investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Marketable securities consist of short-term investments, equity securities, U.S. Treasury notes and investment in mutual funds, including the Fund for which MNA provides sub-advisory services. Investments provide exposure to various risks, including price risk (the risk of a potential future decline in value of the investment), credit risk, and changes in interest rates. Investments are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical or similar instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would have received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded as a component of total comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains (losses) are computed on a specific identification basis and are recorded in net capital gains (losses) on investments in the combined consolidated statements of income.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable includes investment management and custodial fees receivable from clients. The Company accounts receivable balances do not include any significant allowance for doubtful accounts nor has any significant bad debt expense attributable to accounts receivable been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 or 2010.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the applicable life of the asset class. Depreciation is calculated for computer software, office equipment, and furniture and fixtures using useful lives of 3, 5, and 7 years, respectively. Upon sale or other disposition of fixed assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed and the resulting gain or loss is included in income.

Leases

Rent under non-cancelable operating leases with scheduled rent increases is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term, beginning on the date of initial possession or the effective date of the lease agreement. Allowances and other lease incentives provided by the Company’s landlords are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense. The difference between straight-line rent expense and rent paid and the unamortized deferred lease costs and build-out allowances are recorded as deferred rent liability in the combined consolidated statements of financial condition.

Share Repurchase Agreements and Treasury Stock

The Company has the option to repurchase shares from its minority shareholders in certain circumstances (Note 7). The repurchase price is based on defined criteria when the transaction is recorded. When treasury shares are reissued, any difference between the average acquisition cost of the shares and the proceeds from reissuance is credited or charged to shareholders’ equity.

Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption

The Company has entered into an agreement that upon the death of the majority shareholder, the Company has a mandatory obligation to pay the majority shareholder’s pro rata share of net revenue (as defined in the agreement) for the four quarters immediately preceding the holder’s death. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, the Company has recognized a liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption in the combined consolidated statements of financial condition. The liability has been measured at the redemption amount (Note 9).

Revenue Recognition

The majority of revenues earned by the Company are based on fees charged to manage customers’ portfolios. Investment management fees are generally computed as a percentage of AUM and recognized as earned. Fees for providing investment advisory services are computed and billed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable investment management agreements. Revenues received in advance are deferred to the period earned, which is generally a semi-annual period but varies by client based upon the terms of the investment management agreement. Revenue is also recognized as earned for providing custodial services, sub-advisory services to the Fund and other services performed by the Company’s non-investment business.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees. Equity-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Judgments and estimates are made regarding, among other things, the methodology to follow in valuing equity-based compensation awards and the related inputs required by those valuation methodologies.

Income Taxes

The Company is comprised of entities that have elected to be treated as either an “S-Corporation”, a limited liability company (LLC), or a “C-Corporation”. As such, the entities functioning as S-corporations or

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LLCs are not liable for federal (and most state) income taxes on their earnings; as such earnings will be included in the personal income tax returns of each entity’s shareholders and unit holders. The entity functioning as a “C-Corporation” is liable for federal and state income taxes on its earnings.

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income consists of the change in unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale investments. The changes in the balances of components comprising other comprehensive income are presented in the following table:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009     2010  

Net income

   $ 58,992      $ 54,425      $ 53,098   

Net unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities arising during the year

     (1,011     932        302   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses) on marketable securities included in net income

     122        (151     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 58,103      $ 55,206      $ 53,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Contingencies

The Company accrues for estimated costs, including legal costs related to existing lawsuits, claims and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Potential loss contingencies and related accruals are reviewed at least quarterly and are adjusted to reflect the impact and status of settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information pertinent to a particular matter. Significant differences could exist between the actual cost required to investigate, litigate and/or settle a claim or the ultimate outcome of a suit and management’s estimate. These differences could have a material impact on the Company’s combined consolidated financial statements. No loss accruals were recorded as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This standard eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on its combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in this update change the wording used to describe the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on its combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-10, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments for Certain Investment Funds. The amendments to the consolidation requirements of Topic 810 are deferred for a reporting entity’s interest in an entity (1) that has all the attributes of an investment company or (2) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting purposes that are consistent with those followed by investment companies. ASU 2010-10 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2010 and there was no impact on its combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which requires entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements and provides clarification of existing disclosure requirements. This amendment requires separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 3—Investments in Marketable Securities

Investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Marketable securities consist of short-term investments, equity securities, U.S. Treasury notes and mutual funds, including the funds which are managed by the Company. Investments are carried at a fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical or similar instruments.

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded as a component of total comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains (losses) are computed on a specific identification basis and are recorded in net capital gains (losses) on investments in the combined consolidated statements of income.

The following table represents the Company’s marketable securities holdings as of December 31, 2009 and 2010:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2009

          

Short-term securities

   $ 481       $ —         $ —        $ 481   

Equity securities

     1,220         251         (465     1,006   

Managed mutual funds

     517         108         —          625   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     510         —           (1     509   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     102         —           (3     99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,830       $ 359       $ (469   $ 2,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

          

Short-term securities

   $ 654       $ —         $ —        $ 654   

Equity securities

     2,317         624         (497     2,444   

Managed mutual funds

     611         65         —          676   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     504         —           —          504   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     102         1         —          103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,188       $ 690       $ (497   $ 4,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

ETC, in accordance with New Hampshire state regulations, is required to maintain a restricted surplus fund equal to 100% of its common stock. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, the amount maintained in marketable securities that is considered restricted is $612 and $606, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position are considered temporary and are attributable to deteriorating market conditions experienced in 2008 and 2009 as a result of the global recession, the ongoing credit crisis and a loss of global investor confidence. Since the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments for a reasonable period of time sufficient for a forecasted recovery of fair value, these investments are not considered to be other-than-temporary impaired at December 31, 2009 and 2010. No impairment losses were recorded on these available-for-sale securities.

For securities in unrealized loss positions for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized, the aggregate amount of unrealized losses, the aggregate related fair value and the length of time that these securities have remained in an unrealized loss position are as follows.

 

Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 

At December 31, 2009:

              

Short-term securities

   $      $      $       $      $       $   

Equity securities—including short positions

     (427     (100     689         (365     262         (465

Managed mutual funds

     —          —          —           —          —           —     

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     510        (1     —           —          510         (1

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     102        (3     —           —          102         (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 185      $ (104   $ 689       $ (365   $ 874       $ (469
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010:

              

Short-term securities

   $      $      $       $      $       $   

Equity securities—including short positions

     306        (18     100         (479     406         (497

Managed mutual funds

     —          —          —           —          —           —     

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —          —          —           —          —           —     

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —          —          —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 306      $ (18   $ 100       $ (479   $ 406       $ (497
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below presents realized gains and losses on the sale of all securities and expired options for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

Unrealized Unrealized Unrealized
     December 31,  
       2008            2009            2010      

Gross realized investment gains

   $ 122         $ 28       $ 5   

Gross realized investment losses

     —             (179      (4
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses)

   $ 122         $ (151      1   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4—Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with current accounting standards, fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market of the investment. A fair value hierarchy is provided that gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).

The following three-tier fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value:

Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical securities;

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Level 2—other significant observable inputs (including but not limited to quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk, etc.); and

Level 3—significant unobservable inputs (including the Company’s own assumptions in determining the fair value of investments).

The following provides the hierarchy of inputs used to derive the fair value of the Company’s assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2010:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Totals  

December 31, 2009

           

Short-term securities

   $ 481       $ —         $ —         $ 481   

Equity securities

     1,006         —           —           1,006   

Managed mutual funds

     625         —           —           625   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —           509         —           509   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —           99         —           99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,112       $ 608       $ —         $ 2,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

           

Short-term securities

   $ 654       $ —         $ —         $ 654   

Equity securities

     2,444         —           —           2,444   

Managed mutual funds

     676         —           —           676   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —           504         —           504   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —           103         —           103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,774       $ 607       $ —         $ 4,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no Level 3 securities held by the Company as of December 31, 2009 or 2010.

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out of the valuation levels as of the beginning of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

Note 5—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2010
 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 1,224      $ 1,414   

Office equipment

     2,819        3,185   

Computer software

     2,312        2,490   

Leasehold improvements

     804        1,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,159        8,205   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (4,125     (5,094
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,034      $ 3,111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

The Company has evaluated its long-lived assets for impairment under the current accounting standards and has concluded that no impairment loss has occurred as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Note 6—Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2010
 

Accrued sales commissions

   $ 2,399       $ 5,518   

Accrued bonuses

     7,465         15,077   

Accrued sub-transfer agent fees

     4,619         5,916   

Other accruals and liabilities

     2,951         3,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,434       $ 30,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 7—Share Repurchase Agreements

The Company has entered into share repurchase agreements with minority shareholders for a purchase price based on defined criteria to be paid over a three year period following the issue date. The following table reflects the share amounts for which there is a liability recorded in the combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 or 2010:

 

Date

   Shares  

June 30, 2007

     7,410   

January 1, 2009

     7,410   

October 30, 2009

     9,263   

The Company has recognized the following liability in the financial statements related to the above transactions:

 

     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2010
 

Stock purchase notes payable (discounted at 3.25%
over 3 years)

   $ 273       $ 201   

The liability for these agreements is measured at fair value, which is adjusted annually over the 3 year period to reflect current factors as it relates to the defined criteria. Where shares have been reissued, any fair value adjustment determined subsequent to re-issuance has been recorded as an adjustment within additional paid-in capital or retained earnings. The aggregate liability for these agreements is $290 and $211 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company made payments of $1.5 million, $794 and $125 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, on the stock purchase notes payable. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, 9,263 and 0 shares, respectively, were held in the treasury.

Note 8—Lines of Credit

The Company had $0.5 million in lines of available and unused credit as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.

Note 9—Mandatory Redeemable Obligation

The Company has entered into an agreement that upon the death of the majority shareholder, the Company has a mandatory obligation to pay the majority shareholder within seven years his pro rata share of net revenue (as defined in the agreement) for the four quarters immediately preceding the holder’s death. The Company has recognized a liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption of $109.0 million and $170.3 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, which represents the amount that would have been paid

 

F-17


Table of Contents

if settlement had occurred on the respective reporting date. Changes in the liability associated with this obligation have been recorded as interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption in the combined consolidated statements of income.

As indicated in Note 14, the Company is a flow through entity for federal (and most state) taxes. Therefore, the interest expense resulting from the shares subject to mandatory redemption is treated as a permanent item.

Note 10—Commitments and Contingencies

The Company may enter into agreements that contain certain representations and warranties and which provide general indemnifications. The Company serves as a guarantor of such obligations. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. The Company expects any risk of liability associated with such guarantees to be remote.

As an investment adviser to a variety of investment products, we are subject to routine reviews and inspections by the SEC and FINRA. From time to time we may also be subject to claims, be involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business and other contingencies. We do not believe that the outcome of any of these reviews, inspections or other legal proceedings will have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements; however, litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual litigated matters is difficult to predict. The Company will establish accruals for matters that are probable, can be reasonably estimated, and may take into account any related insurance recoveries to the extent of such recoveries. Currently, there are no legal proceedings pending or to the Company’s knowledge threatened against it. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company has not accrued for any such claims, legal proceedings, or other contingencies.

Note 11—Lease Commitments

The Company leases its primary office facilities in Fairport, New York under an operating lease expiring July 31, 2015. The Company also rents additional office space in Buffalo, New York, St. Petersburg, Florida, and Dublin, Ohio. Total rental expense for all leases amounted to $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Minimum rent payments relating to the office leases for years subsequent to 2010, are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

  

2011

   $ 2,631   

2012

     2,549   

2013

     2,488   

2014

     2,500   

2015

     1,609   

Thereafter

     228   
  

 

 

 
   $ 12,005   
  

 

 

 

Under the agreement for its primary office facilities, the Company is required to pay a minimum of $2.2 million annually for the use of the facility as defined in the agreement.

Note 12—Sub-Advisory Agreements

The Company derives significant revenue from its role as sub-advisor to the Manning & Napier Fund series of mutual funds and the Exeter Collective Investment Trust (“CIT”) investment vehicles.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Investments in the Fund amounted to approximately $0.6 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Fees earned for advisory related services provided to the Fund and CIT investment vehicles were $39.3 million, $63.5 million and $120.0 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, which represent greater than 10% of revenue in each year.

Note 13—Equity Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award and such cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award.

The Company awards certain employees equity shares in the Company. The plan entitles the participants to all of the rights and obligations of shareholders, including the right to ordinary and liquidating distributions, upon the sale of the Company. Equity ownership vests per a schedule based on the shareholder’s age and time frame of being a shareholder. If a shareholder terminates employment prior to the sale of the Company, the Company has the option to repurchase shares from the shareholder at a pre-determined formula price based on defined criteria to be paid over the next three years. The number of shares authorized for issuance at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was 10 million shares.

The shares granted during 2008, 2009 and 2010 were valued using the fair value method of accounting, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the shares granted were determined to have the following weighted average fair value per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2008      2009      2010  

Grant-date fair value per award

   $ 22.48       $ 24.63       $ 27.01   

The weighted-average fair value of the shares granted during 2008, 2009 and 2010 may not reflect actual transactions. Share-based compensation for the shares issued was estimated at the date of grant at the fair value per share less the cash consideration paid by the shareholders.

The estimated compensation cost associated with the shares is being amortized as compensation expense over the required service term of 3 years. The Company recorded compensation expense of $446, $731 and $682 during the year ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, relating to shares issued during 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010. Total remaining compensation cost related to the issued shares yet to be recognized is $735, $715 and $356 at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Shares are recognized on a pro-rata basis until the 3-year service requirement is met, allowing employees to begin fully participating in the benefits of share ownership. A summary of this share activity under the plan for the Company as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

     2008     2009     2010  
     Recognized
Shares
     Unrecognized
Shares
    Recognized
Shares
    Unrecognized
Shares
    Recognized
Shares
     Unrecognized
Shares
 

Outstanding at January 1

     939,242         94,680        1,033,699        103,538        1,107,829         77,845   

Granted

     —           103,315        —          65,110        —           50,685   

Repurchased

     —           —          (16,673     —          —           —     

Recognized

     94,457         (94,457     90,803        (90,803     73,037         (73,037
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31

     1,033,699         103,538        1,107,829        77,845        1,180,866         55,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no forfeitures in 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 14—Income Taxes

Components of the provision for income taxes consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
       2008         2009          2010    

Current

       

Federal

   $ 127      $ 133       $ 163   

State and Local

     260        227         546   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current tax expense

     387        360         709   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (13     —           3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 374      $ 360       $ 712   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
       2009          2010    

Deferred Current Tax Assets

     

Unrealized loss

   $ 2       $ —     

Accrued expenses

     16         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18         13   

Deferred Current Tax Liabilities

     

Unrealized gain

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, net

   $ 18       $ 13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total deferred current assets and liabilities are presented in the combined consolidated statements of financial condition as a component of prepaid expenses and other assets.

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     2008     2009     2010  

US Statutory Tax Rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increase due to state and local taxes

     0.4     0.4     1.0

Rate benefit as a flow through entity

     (34.8 %)      (34.7 %)      (34.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective Tax Rate

     0.6     0.7     1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate includes a benefit attributable to the fact that the Company operates as a series of flow-through entities which are generally not subject to federal (and most state) income tax. Accordingly, a portion of the Company’s earnings are not subject to corporate level taxes. This favorable impact is partially offset by state taxes at the entity level.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance for accounting for the uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s combined consolidated statements of financial condition or combined consolidated statements of income. The Company did not have a material uncertain tax position as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. If warranted, the Company will record accrued interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

The Company does not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the 2011 fiscal year will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The Company files income tax returns with Federal, state and local jurisdictions. U.S. Federal and state tax returns for 2007 through 2010 are currently open for examination.

Note 15—Regulatory Authorities

MNA, AAC and MNAO are investment advisors registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

MNBD is a limited purpose broker-dealer registered with the SEC and FINRA. MNBD is subject to the requirements of Rule 15c3-1 (the “net capital rule”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital shall not exceed 15 to 1.

ETC, in accordance with New Hampshire state regulations, is required to maintain a restricted surplus fund equal to 100% of its common stock. No part of the restricted surplus balance can be used in the payment of dividends on the stock of ETC. Additionally, ETC has pledged a $0.5 million security for the benefit of the New Hampshire Banking Commissioner based on a 2006 notification from the State of New Hampshire Banking Department. As such, the Company has classified these amounts as restricted surplus and included them within retained earnings in the combined consolidated statements of shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital.

Manning & Napier Benefits, LLC, (“MNB”) as a wholly-owned subsidiary of MNIS and a licensed broker of low cost group health and welfare insurance, is subject to certain regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities as follows: Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) as it relates to information privacy and security under certain circumstances promulgated by the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and enforced by the Office of Civil Rights (“OCR”); HHS regulations related to the conduct of brokers to the extent MNB markets certain types of insurance to Medicare beneficiaries; applicable State Insurance Department regulations for each state where business is conducted; and State Attorney General enforcement of regulations applicable to privacy and security laws of each state where business is conducted.

Note 16—Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers two benefit plans across the combined companies. The Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “MNA Plan”) covers employees of MNA, AAC and ETC who meet the plan criteria. The Manning & Napier Information Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “MNIS Plan”) covers employees of MNIS and PPI who meet the plan criteria.

With respect to the 401(k) portion of the MNA Plan and the MNIS Plan, participants may voluntarily contribute up to 50% of their regular salary subject to annual limitations determined by the IRS. The Company matches an amount equivalent to 50% of a participant’s contribution, not to exceed 2% of salaries paid. Matching contributions vest to the participants after three years of service. These contributions by the Company amounted to $444, $519 and $625 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

With respect to the Profit Sharing portion of the MNA Plan, the Company may make annual profit sharing contributions, subject to certain limitations, which vest immediately to individuals who participate. These contributions by the Company amounted to $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The MNIS Plan does not participate in profit sharing.

Note 17—Related Party Transactions

MNA was issued two separate promissory notes from William Manning in the principal amount of $10.0 million and $8.0 million during 2008 and 2009, respectively. William Manning repaid the 2008 note in full, including all interest accrued thereon, with payments to MNA on November 7, 2008 and December 19, 2008. William Manning repaid the 2009 note in full, including all interest accrued thereon, with payments to MNA on April 16, 2009 and June 17, 2009.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 18—Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The following table presents unaudited quarterly results of operations for 2009 and 2010. These quarterly results reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results. Revenues and net income can vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to the nature of the Company’s business activities.

 

     March 31,
2009
     June 30,
2009
     September 30,
2009
     December 31,
2009
 

Total revenues

   $ 31,818       $ 34,654       $ 42,890       $ 53,299   

Operating income

   $ 11,558       $ 12,330       $ 18,212       $ 22,812   

Net income

   $ 15,079       $ 13,879       $ 15,271       $ 10,197   

During the three months ended June 30, 2011, the Company identified an immaterial error related to the consolidation of our quarterly information for the three-month periods ended June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010. This error did not impact the combined consolidated results for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company assessed the materiality of this item on its previously issued combined consolidated financial statements and concluded that the error was not material. The impact of the correction of the Company’s previously reported quarterly combined consolidated financial results is provided below:

 

     March 31,
2010
     June 30,
2010
     September 30,
2010
     December 31,
2010
 

Total revenues (as reported)

   $ 57,210       $ 61,546       $ 63,242       $ 73,474   

Total revenues (as corrected)

   $ 57,210       $ 61,550       $ 63,249       $ 73,463   

Operating income (as reported)

   $ 26,148       $ 28,456       $ 28,333       $ 32,005   

Operating income (as corrected)

   $ 26,148       $ 28,152       $ 28,092       $ 32,550   

Net income (as reported)

   $ 9,728       $ 10,345       $ 14,585       $ 18,440   

Net income (as corrected)

   $ 9,728       $ 10,041       $ 14,344       $ 18,985   

Note 19—Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 30, 2011, the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

The Company made distributions of $12.2 million, $35.8 million and $27.2 million to shareholders in January 2011, April 2011 and June 2011, respectively. Contributions made by partners of the Company subsequent to the reporting date through June 2011 were $2.5 million.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

(dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2010
    June 30,
2011
 
              

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,543      $ 35,073   

Accounts receivable

     18,851        20,678   

Accounts receivable—Manning & Napier Fund, Inc.

     11,948        14,042   

Marketable securities, at fair value

     4,381        4,784   

Property and equipment, net

     3,111        3,015   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     2,508        2,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 68,342      $ 80,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,153      $ 1,689   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     30,464        38,276   

Deferred revenue

     9,974        11,097   

Stock purchase note payable

     201        124   

Shares liability subject to mandatory redemption

     170,319        198,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     212,111        249,389   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shares subject to conditional redemption

     —          3,050   

Shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

    

Common stock, $.01 par value—authorized, 10,000,000 shares with 2,533,110 and 2,565,322 shares outstanding and 5,224,050 shares subject to redemption, as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively for the S-Corporations

   $ 101      $ 103   

Additional paid in capital

     1,628        2,280   

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (147,035     (177,613

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     193        633   

Partners’ equity

     1,307        2,701   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital attributable to Manning & Napier Group

     (143,806     (171,896

Non-controlling interest

     37        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

     (143,769     (171,896
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, shares subject to conditional redemption and shareholders’ deficit and partners’ capital

   $ 68,342      $ 80,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Income

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (Unaudited)

 

(dollars in thousands)    2010     2011  

Revenues

    

Investment management services revenue

   $ 118,760      $ 163,845   

Expenses

    

Compensation and related costs

     35,378        49,955   

Sub-transfer agent and shareholder service costs

     17,081        24,363   

Other operating costs

     12,001        15,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     64,460        90,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     54,300        73,602   

Non-operating income (loss):

    

Interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption

     (34,119     (30,934

Interest expense

     (7     (19

Interest and dividend income

     14        28   

Net capital gains (losses) on investments

     —          (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating loss

     (34,112     (31,081
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     20,188        42,521   

Provision for income taxes

     419        539   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 19,769      $ 41,982   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma consolidated income statement information—after reorganization and initial offering (unaudited)

    

Income before tax

     $ 42,521   

Pro forma provision for income taxes (40% assumed tax rate)(Note 1)

       17,008   
    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

     $ 25,513   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit and Partner’s Capital

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (Unaudited)

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
   

 

Treasury Stock

    Retained
Earnings
    Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Partners
Equity
(Deficit)
    Total  
  Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount          

Balance—December 31, 2009

    2,491,688      $ 100      $ 1,626        9,263      $ (102   $ (85,888   $ (110   $ 1,028      $ (83,346
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

              21,823          (2,054     19,769   

S-Corporation distributions

              (61,574         (61,574

Net change in unrealized marketable securities gains or losses

                (175       (175

Common stock and treasury stock transactions

    41,422        1        20        (9,263     102        (97       (10     16   

Stock based compensation

        329                  329   

Partner contributions

                  2,459        2,459   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—June 30, 2010

    2,533,110      $ 101      $ 1,975        —        $ —        $ (125,736   $ (285   $ 1,423      $ (122,522
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2010

    2,533,110      $ 101      $ 1,628        —        $ —        $ (147,035   $ 193      $ 1,307      $ (143,806
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

              43,066          (1,084     41,982   

S-Corporation distributions

              (73,641         (73,641

Net change in unrealized marketable securities gains or losses

                440          440   

Common stock and treasury stock transactions

    32,212        2        33            (3         32   

Stock based compensation

        619                  619   

Partner contributions

                  2,478        2,478   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—June 30, 2011

    2,565,322      $ 103      $ 2,280        —        $ —        $ (177,613   $ 633      $ 2,701      $ (171,896
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Manning & Napier Companies

Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (Unaudited)

 

(dollars in thousands)    2010     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 19,769      $ 41,982   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Interest cost related to change in mandatory redemption liability

     34,119        30,934   

Equity-based compensation

     329        619   

Depreciation

     686        532   

Realized loss (gain) on sale of investments

     —          156   

(Increase) decrease in operating assets and increase (decrease) in operating liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (369     (1,827

Accounts receivable—Manning & Napier Fund, Inc.

     (702     (2,094

Prepaid and other assets

     (242     (443

Accounts payable

     (398     536   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     4,060        7,725   

Deferred revenue

     662        1,123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     57,914        79,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (634     (342

Sale of investments

     —          807   

Purchase of investments

     (47     (927
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (681     (462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

S-Corporation distributions

     (61,574     (73,641

Payments of stock purchase notes payable

     (81     (77

Repayment of note payable

     (66     (43

Proceeds from issuance of common and treasury stock

     16        32   

Capital contributions

     2,459        2,478   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (59,246     (71,251
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,013     7,530   

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Beginning of period

     24,802        27,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 22,789      $ 35,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ —        $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for taxes

   $ —        $ 679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash transactions:

    

Capital expenditures in accounts payable and accruals

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equipment acquired through capital lease obligations

   $ 11      $ 93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2011 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND JUNE 30, 2011 (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in thousands unless stated otherwise, except per unit or per share amounts)

Note 1—Organization and Nature of the Business

Manning & Napier Companies, which includes Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (“MNA”) and the companies described below that are under common management and/or common ownership (collectively, “the Company”) is primarily a provider of investment management services. The following companies are included:

MNA was founded in 1970 in Rochester, New York and is registered as an investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. MNA is also registered with the Alberta Securities Commission in Canada. Headquartered in Fairport, New York with branch offices in St. Petersburg, Florida and Dublin, Ohio, MNA serves in a fully–discretionary fiduciary capacity and provides investment advisory services to separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. MNA managed over $40 billion in assets under management (“AUM”) as of June 30, 2011, for high net worth individuals and institutions, including 401(k) plans, pension plans, Taft-Hartley plans, and endowments and foundations.

Investment management operations are also conducted through Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Exeter Advisors Inc., (collectively referred to as “AAC”) which began operations in 1990. AAC is an investment advisor registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. AAC markets MNA’s investment management services through independent financial professionals.

Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities (“MNAO”) is a registered investment advisor that serves as a general partner to an investment limited partnership that is currently inactive.

Custody operations are conducted by Exeter Trust Company (“Exeter” or “ETC”) a wholly owned subsidiary of Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC (“MNCC”). Exeter commenced operations in 1994 and is located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Exeter provides services to approximately 6,000 custodial accounts, including accounts managed by MNA and AAC.

Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. (“MNBD”) is a limited purpose broker/dealer registered with the SEC and regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). MNBD is the distributor for Manning & Napier Fund, Inc. (“Manning & Napier Fund” or the “Fund”), a series of diversified mutual funds managed by MNA and registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

The Company also includes several non-investment businesses that are technology related and are under common ownership and/or management. These companies include Perspective Partners, LLC (“PPI”), and Manning & Napier Information Services, including its wholly owned subsidiary Manning & Napier Benefits, LLC (collectively referred to as “MNIS”).

PPI, established in March 2000, designs software and provides services to the 401(k) industry. MNIS, established in January 1995, is a web-based company which designs and develops web-delivered software to assist the human resources function of employers in streamlining benefits administration for health and welfare plans including enrollment, employee education, benefits analysis, and benefits management.

MNA, AAC, MNBD and MNAO are herein collectively referred to as the S-Corps.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Information

The pro forma effective tax rate assumes that all of the Company’s results from operations would be subject to federal, state and local income tax. However, only a portion of the Company’s shares will be sold in the initial offering, therefore only a portion of the Company’s earnings will be taxed at Manning & Napier, Inc.’s “C-corporation” level. Accordingly, the Company anticipates that the actual effective tax rate will be lower than 40% and will be dependent upon the amount of shares tendered to the public in the initial offering.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited combined consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and related rules and regulations of the SEC. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates or assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the combined consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates or assumptions.

The unaudited combined consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, and the unaudited combined consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 have been prepared by the Company on the same basis as the annual audited combined consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows, have been made.

The accompanying interim unaudited combined consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. They do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full fiscal year.

Principles of Combination

The entities within these combined consolidated financial statements are all under common control and include MNA, AAC, MNCC, ETC, MNAO, MNBD, MNIS and PPI. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated in combination.

Operating Segments

The Company operates in one segment, the investment management industry. The Company primarily provides investment management services to separately managed accounts, mutual funds and collective investment trust funds. Management assesses the financial performance of these vehicles on a combined basis.

Marketable Securities

Investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Marketable securities consist of short-term investments, equity securities, U.S. Treasury notes and investment in mutual funds, including the Fund for which MNA provides sub-advisory services. Investments provide exposure to various risks, including price risk (the risk of a potential future decline in value of the investment), credit risk, and changes in interest rates. Investments are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical or similar instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would have received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded as a component of total comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains (losses) are computed on a specific identification basis and are recorded in net capital gains (losses) on investments in the combined consolidated statements of income.

Shares Subject to Redemption

The Company has entered into an agreement with William Manning, pursuant to which we had a mandatory redemption obligation upon his death to pay his pro rata share of net revenue (as defined in such agreement) for the four quarters immediately preceding Mr. Manning’s death. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, we have recognized a liability for these shares subject to mandatory redemption in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For one of our entities, MNBD, our redemption obligation upon his death to pay his pro rata share of net revenue has an element of conditionality. In accordance with the requirements of accounting for contracts in our own equity, we have recognized the shares subject to conditional redemption related to MNBD as temporary equity.

The liability and temporary equity have been measured at the redemption amount (Note 6).

Revenue Recognition

The majority of revenues earned by the Company are based on fees charged to manage customers’ portfolios. Investment management fees are generally computed as a percentage of AUM and recognized as earned. Fees for providing investment advisory services are computed and billed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable investment management agreements. Revenues received in advance are deferred to the period earned, which is generally a semi-annual period but varies by client based upon the terms of the investment management agreement. Revenue is also recognized as earned for providing custodial services, sub-advisory services to the Fund and other services performed by the Company’s non-investment business.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees. Equity-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Judgments and estimates are made regarding, among other things, the appropriate valuation methodology to follow in valuing equity-based compensation awards and the related inputs required by those valuation methodologies.

Income Taxes

The Company is comprised of entities that have elected to be treated as either an “S-Corporation”, a limited liability company (LLC), or a “C-Corporation”. As such, the entities functioning as S-corporations or LLCs are not liable for federal (and most state) income taxes on their earnings; as such earnings will be included in the personal income tax returns of each entity’s shareholders and unit holders. The entity functioning as a “C-Corporation” is liable for federal and state income taxes on its earnings.

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income consists of the change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments. The changes in the balances of components comprising other comprehensive income are presented in the following table:

 

     June 30,  
     2010     2011  

Net income

   $ 19,769      $ 41,982   

Net unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities arising during the year

     (175     596   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses) on marketable securities included in net income

     —          (156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 19,594      $ 42,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This standard eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in this update change the wording used to describe the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on our combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-10, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments for Certain Investment Funds. The amendments to the consolidation requirements of Topic 810 are deferred for a reporting entity’s interest in an entity (1) that has all the attributes of an investment company or (2) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting purposes that are consistent with those followed by investment companies. ASU 2010-10 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2010 and there was no impact on our combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which requires entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements and provides clarification of existing disclosure requirements. This amendment requires separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 3—Investments in Marketable Securities

Investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale. Marketable securities consist of short-term investments, equity securities, U.S. Treasury notes and mutual funds, including the funds which are managed by the Company. Investments are carried at a fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical or similar instruments.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities are recorded as a component of total comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains (losses) are computed on a specific identification basis and are recorded in net capital gains (losses) on investments in the combined consolidated statements of income.

The following table represents the Company’s marketable securities holdings as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2010:

          

Short-term securities

   $ 654       $ —           —        $ 654   

Equity securities

     2,317         624         (497     2,444   

Managed mutual funds

     611         65         —          676   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     504         —           —          504   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     102         1         —          103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,188       $ 690       $ (497   $ 4,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011:

          

Short-term securities

   $ 575       $ —           —        $ 575   

Equity securities

     2,355         835         (322     2,868   

Managed mutual funds

     615         116         —          731   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     504         2         —          506   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     102         2         —          104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,151       $ 955       $ (322   $ 4,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

ETC, in accordance with New Hampshire state regulations, is required to maintain a restricted surplus fund equal to 100% of its common stock. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, $606 is maintained in marketable securities and is considered restricted.

Available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position are considered temporary and are attributable to deteriorating market conditions experienced in 2008 and 2009 as a result of the global recession, the ongoing credit crisis and a loss of global investor confidence. Since the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments for a reasonable period of time sufficient for a forecasted recovery of fair value, these investments are not considered to be other-than-temporary impaired at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011. No impairment losses were recorded on these available-for-sale securities.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

For securities in unrealized loss positions for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized, the aggregate amount of unrealized losses, the aggregate related fair value and the length of time that these securities have remained in an unrealized loss position are as follows.

 

     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
     Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 

At December 31, 2010:

             

Short-term securities

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —     

Equity securities—including short positions

     306        (18     100         (479     406        (497

Managed mutual funds

     —          —          —           —          —          —     

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —          —          —           —          —          —     

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —          —          —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 306      $ (18   $ 100       $ (479   $ 406      $ (497
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011:

             

Short-term securities

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —     

Equity securities—including short positions

     (163     (54     57         (268     (106     (322

Managed mutual funds

     —          —          —           —          —          —     

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —          —          —           —          —          —     

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —          —          —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (163   $ (54   $ 57       $ (268   $ (106   $ (322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below presents realized gains and losses on the sale of all securities and expired options for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively.

 

     June 30,  
       2010          2011    

Gross realized investment gains

   $   —         $   —     

Gross realized investment losses

     —           (156
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses)

   $ —         $ (156
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4—Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with current accounting standards, fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market of the investment. A fair value hierarchy is provided that gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).

The following three-tier fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value:

Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical securities;

Level 2—other significant observable inputs (including but not limited to quoted prices for similar securities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk, etc.); and

Level 3—significant unobservable inputs (including the Company’s own assumptions in determining the fair value of investments).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The following provides the hierarchy of inputs used to derive the fair value of the Company’s assets as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Totals  

At December 31, 2010:

           

Short-term securities

   $ 654       $ —         $ —         $ 654   

Equity securities

     2,444         —           —           2,444   

Managed mutual funds

     676         —           —           676   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —           504         —           504   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —           103         —           103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,774       $ 607       $ —         $ 4,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2011:

           

Short-term securities

   $ 575       $ —         $ —         $ 575   

Equity securities

     2,868         —           —           2,868   

Managed mutual funds

     731         —           —           731   

US Treasury note (0.375%, 9/30/2012)

     —           506         —           506   

US Treasury note (1.75%, 1/31/2014)

     —           104         —           104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,174       $ 610       $ —         $ 4,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no Level 3 securities held by the Company as of December 31, 2010 or June 30, 2011.

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out of the valuation levels as of the beginning of the reporting period. There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the periods ended December 31, 2010, and June 30, 2011.

Note 5—Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2010
     June 30,
2011
 

Accrued sales commissions

   $ 5,518       $ 6,889   

Accrued bonuses

     15,077         18,132   

Accrued sub-transfer agent fees

     5,916         6,922   

Other accruals and liabilities

     3,953         6,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 30,464       $ 38,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6—Shares Subject to Redemption

The Company has entered into an agreement that upon the death of the majority shareholder, the Company has a mandatory obligation to pay the majority shareholder his pro rata share of net revenue (as defined in the agreement) for the four quarters immediately preceding the holder’s death. The Company has recognized a liability for shares subject to mandatory redemption of $170.3 million and $198.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively, which represents the amount that would have been paid if settlement had occurred on the respective reporting date. Changes in the liability associated with this obligation have been recorded as interest expense on shares subject to mandatory redemption in the combined consolidated statements of income.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

On June 29, 2011, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement relative to MNBD that made the obligation to purchase the shares of the majority shareholder contingent. As a result of the conditionality established by this amendment, the obligation to purchase the shares of the majority shareholder no longer meets the criteria to be classified as a liability and has been reclassified to temporary equity in accordance with the requirements of accounting for contracts in entity’s own equity. The Company did not recognize any gains or losses as a result of the aforementioned reclassification.

As indicated in Note 9, the Company is a flow through entity for federal (and most state) taxes. Therefore, the interest expense resulting from the shares subject to mandatory redemption is treated as a permanent item.

Note 7—Sub-Advisory Agreements

The Company derives significant revenue from its role as sub-advisor to the Manning & Napier Fund series of mutual funds and the Exeter Collective Investment Trust (“CIT”) investment vehicles.

Investments in the Fund amounted to approximately $0.7 million at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011.

Fees earned for advisory related services provided to the Fund and CIT investment vehicles were $55.8 million and $82.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively which represents greater than 10% of revenue in each period.

Note 8—Equity Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award and such cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award.

The Company and certain affiliates award certain employees equity shares in the Company and those affiliates. The plan entitles the participants to all of the rights and obligations of shareholders, including the right to ordinary and liquidating distributions, upon the sale of the Company. Equity ownership vests per a schedule based on the shareholder’s age and time frame of being a shareholder; however, there is accelerated full vesting in the event of a change in control of the Company. If a shareholder terminates employment prior to the sale of the Company, the Company has the option to repurchase shares from the shareholder at a pre-determined formula price based on defined criteria to be paid over the next three years. The number of shares authorized for issuance at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 was 10 million shares.

The shares granted in January of 2010 and 2011 were valued using the fair value method of accounting, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the shares granted were determined to have a weighted average fair value per share of $27.01 and $117.85, respectively.

The weighted-average fair value of the shares granted in January of 2010 and 2011 may not reflect actual transactions. Share-based compensation for the shares issued was estimated at the date of grant at the fair value per share less the cash consideration paid by the shareholders.

The estimated compensation cost associated with the shares is being amortized as compensation expense over the required service term of 3 years. The Company recorded compensation expense of $329 and $619 during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively, relating to shares issued during 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. Total remaining compensation cost related to the issued shares yet to be recognized is $0.4 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively. These costs are expected to be recognized over the required service term, which includes the remainder of 2011, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Shares are recognized on a pro-rata basis until the 3-year service requirement is met, allowing employees to begin fully participating in the benefits of share ownership. A summary of this share activity under the plan for the Company and its affiliates as of June 30, 2010 and 2011 and changes during the period then ended is presented below:

 

     2010     2011  
     Recognized
Shares
     Unrecognized
Shares
    Recognized
Shares
     Unrecognized
Shares
 

Outstanding at January 1

     1,033,699         103,538        1,107,829         77,845   

Granted

     —           50,685        —           32,212   

Repurchased

     —           —          —           —     

Recognized

     36,518         (36,518     24,668         (24,668
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30

     1,070,217         117,705        1,132,497         85,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no forfeitures for the periods reported.

Note 9—Income Taxes

The Company’s effective tax rate includes a benefit attributable to the fact that the Company operates as a series of flow-through entities which are generally not subject to federal (and most state) income tax. Accordingly, a portion of the Company’s earnings are not subject to corporate level taxes. This favorable impact is partially offset by state taxes at the entity level.

The Company has adopted the authoritative guidance for accounting for the uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s combined consolidated statements of financial condition or combined consolidated statements of income. The Company does not have a material uncertain tax position as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively. If warranted, the Company will record accrued interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

The Company does not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the 2011 fiscal year will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The Company files income tax returns with Federal, state and local jurisdictions. U.S. Federal and state tax returns for 2007 through 2010 are currently open for examination.

Note 10—Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers two benefit plans across the combined consolidated companies. The Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan (the “MNA Plan”) covers employees of MNA, AAC and ETC who meet the plan criteria. The Manning & Napier Information Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “MNIS Plan”) covers employees of MNIS and PPI who meet the plan criteria.

With respect to the 401(k) portion of the MNA Plan and the MNIS Plan, participants may voluntarily contribute up to 50% of their regular salary subject to annual limitations determined by the IRS. The Company matches an amount equivalent to 50% of a participant’s contribution, not to exceed 2% of salaries paid. Matching contributions vest to the participants after three years of service. These contributions by the Company amounted to $397 and $459 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

With respect to the Profit Sharing portion of the MNA Plan, the Company may make annual profit sharing contributions, subject to certain limitations, which vest immediately to individuals who participate. These contributions by the Company amounted to $507 and $967 for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The MNIS Plan does not participate in profit sharing.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 11—Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through September 23, 2011, the date these financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no subsequent events had occurred that would require additional disclosures, other than as described below.

The Company made distributions of $44.6 million to shareholders in September 2011. Contributions made by partners of the Company were $0.7 million.

On August 15, 2011, MNIS and PPI entered into a line of credit with Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company for $1.2 million. On September 6, 2011, the line of credit was extinguished; therefore, MNIS and PPI no longer have a line of credit.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities offered hereby, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

             Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

                    , 2011

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred by Manning & Napier, Inc. in connection with this offering described in this registration statement. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 29,025   

FINRA filing fee

     25,500   

NYSE listing fee

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

  * To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

for any transaction from which a director or officer derives an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors and officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain

 

II-1


Table of Contents

limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding. In addition, certain employment agreements to which we are a party provide for the indemnification of our employees who are party thereto.

We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the Registrant has not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

   1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement†
   3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Manning & Napier, Inc.
   3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Manning & Napier, Inc.
   4.1    Form of specimen certificate representing Manning & Napier, Inc.’s Class A common stock†
   5.1    Form of Opinion of Herrick, Feinstein LLP
 10.1    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Manning & Napier Group, LLC
 10.2    Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of M&N Group Holdings, LLC
 10.3    Form of Exchange Agreement
 10.4    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
 10.5    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
 10.6    Form of Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan
 10.7    Form of Award Agreement under the Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan
 10.8    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan
 10.9    Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.
 10.10    Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc.†
 10.11    Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation†
 10.12    Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement of Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.†
 10.13    Form of Indemnification Agreement
 10.14    Employment Agreement, dated September 8, 1992, of Patrick Cunningham
 10.15    Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 1993, of Jeff Coons
 10.16    Employment Agreement, dated June 28, 1993, of Charles Stamey
 10.17    Employment Agreement, effective September 12, 2011, by and between Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. and James Mikolaichik
 21.1    Subsidiaries of Manning & Napier, Inc.†
 23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 23.2    Consent of Herrick, Feinstein LLP (to be included in Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)*
 99.1    Consent of Richard Hurwitz
 99.2    Consent of Edward J. Pettinella

 

* Previously filed.
To be filed by amendment

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted since the required information is not applicable, the information is presented in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules.

Item 17. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Fairport, State of New York on September 23, 2011.

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:   / S / P ATRICK C UNNINGHAM
  Name: Patrick Cunningham
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 23, 2011.

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S / P ATRICK C UNNINGHAM

Patrick Cunningham

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

/ S / J AMES M IKOLAICHIK

James Mikolaichik

  

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

*

William Manning

  

Director

*

B. Reuben Auspitz

  

Director

 

* By:

 

/ S / R ICHARD B. Y ATES

 

Richard B. Yates

  As attorney-in-fact pursuant to a power of attorney filed on September 23, 2011

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.

* * * * * * * *

MANNING & NAPIER, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the corporation is Manning & Napier, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 22, 2011.

2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective immediately upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (such time of effectiveness, the “ Effective Time ”).

5. The text of the Original Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.01 Name . The name of the corporation is Manning & Napier, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.01 Address . The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.


ARTICLE III

Section 3.01 Purpose . The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as now in effect or hereafter amended (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.01 Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [•] shares, which shall consist of: (a) [•] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”); (b) [•] shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”); and (c) [•] shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall hereinafter collectively be called the “ Common Stock .”

Section 4.02 Common Stock . The Common Stock shall have the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as hereinafter set forth in this Article IV.

(a) Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the shares of Common Stock shall entitle the holders thereof to the voting rights set forth below.

(i) Each share of Class A Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

(ii) Each share of Class B Common stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number of votes in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation equal to the quotient derived by dividing (x) 1,000 into (y) a number equal to 101% of the aggregate number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any other class of equity securities of the Company entitled to vote other than the Class B Common Stock, as calculated on the record date of such vote.

(iii) Except as otherwise expressly required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, all matters to be voted on by holders of Common Stock must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, including in

 

 

2


connection with a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely as a class must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares of the Class B Common Stock affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.

(b) Dividends .

(i) Subject to any other provisions set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock may be paid only to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and only proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock.

(ii) Subject to any other provisions set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends of the Corporation.

(c) Liquidation Rights . Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, if any, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, determined as a single class. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not have any right to receive any such distributions upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

(d) No Preemptive, Subscription or Conversion Rights . No holder of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to any preemptive, subscription or conversion rights.

(e) Reclassifications . The Class A Common Stock may not be subdivided (by any stock split, stock distribution, reclassification or otherwise) or combined (by reverse stock split, reclassification or otherwise) unless contemporaneously therewith the Class A Units (as defined in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement ”) of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Manning & Napier Group ”)) of Manning & Napier Group and the Class B Units (as defined in the Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement) of Manning & Napier Group are subdivided or combined in the same proportion and in the same manner.

Section 4.03 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to

 

3


be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, power, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.04 Transfers of Class B Common Stock . Subject to any other provisions set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, in the event of the transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock to any person or entity, such shares shall be deemed automatically to convert, effective as of the date of transfer thereof, into the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock. In the event of the automatic conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be converted (the “ Converting Shares ”) for cancellation at the principal office of the Corporation (or such other office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate by written notice to the holders of Common Stock) at any time during its regular business hours. Promptly following such surrender, the Corporation shall deliver to the surrendering holder a certificate evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion. Notwithstanding that any certificate for Converting Shares shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, all such Converting Shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding on and after the effective date of conversion as set forth above, and all rights with respect to such Converting Shares shall cease and terminate following such effective date of conversion, except only the right of the holder thereof to receive the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock on the conversion thereof. Upon the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with this Section 4.04 , such shares shall be deemed to be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 4.05 Retirement of Class B Common Stock . Upon the earlier to occur of (a) the death of the holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock, (b) the date that the aggregate direct and indirect ownership of the holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock of Class A Units and Class B Units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC is equal to less than 25% of the total number of Class A Units and Class B Units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC outstanding in the aggregate, and (c) [•], 2017, 2 all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall be automatically, without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock, cancelled and shall revert to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

 

2  

Date to be the sixth anniversary of the original date of issuance of the Class B Common Stock.

 

4


Section 4.06 Uncertificated Shares . Any or all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the DGCL. The rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates and the rights and obligations of holders of uncertificated shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

ARTICLE V

Section 5.01 Management by Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by statute or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.01 Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with applicable law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.01 Indemnification .

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is

 

5


or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided , no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity by the Corporation for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 7.02 Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall (in the case of any action, suit or proceeding against a director of the Corporation) or may (in the case of any action, suit or proceeding against an officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation) be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of a person so indemnified to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VII.

Section 7.03 Non-Exclusive Remedy; Insurance . The indemnification and other rights set forth in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any provisions with respect thereto in the bylaws of the Corporation or any other contract or agreement between the Corporation and any officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against liability under this Article VII and applicable law, including the DGCL.

Section 7.04 Limited Liability of Directors . No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director:

(a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders;

(b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

(c) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or

(d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

6


If the DGCL is amended after the date hereof to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 7.05 Enforceability . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring before such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision or in respect of any cause of action, suit or claim relating to any such matter which would have given rise to a right of indemnification or right to the reimbursement of expenses pursuant to this Article VII if such provision had not been so amended or repealed or if a provision inconsistent therewith had not been so adopted.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.01 Amendments . The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware and, subject to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors, officers and other persons, if any, are subject to this reserved power.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Manning & Napier, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by                          , its                          , this          day of                      , 2011.

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.

ARTICLE 1.

OFFICES.

The registered office of MANNING & NAPIER, INC. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be located in the State of Delaware and shall be at such address as shall be set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as amended (including by any certificate of designations) or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation may also have such other offices at such other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2.

STOCKHOLDERS.

Section 2.1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business shall be held on such date and at such time and in such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken, whether stated in the notice of meeting or not, except as otherwise expressly provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Section 2.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose may be called, and business to be considered at any such meeting may be proposed, at any time exclusively by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, and may be called by the Chief Executive Officer on behalf of the holder of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”). Special meetings shall be held at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time and place of any stockholders’ meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at the stockholder’s address as it

 


appears upon the records of the Corporation at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days before the day of the meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given except by announcement at the meeting so adjourned, unless otherwise ordered in connection with such adjournment. Such further notice, if any, shall be given as may be required by law.

Section 2.4. Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meeting .

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4.

(b) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.4, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation’s principal place of business and such business must be a proper subject for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is changed by more than thirty (30) days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation no later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the earlier of (i) the date on which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed and (ii) the date on which public disclosure of the meeting date was made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary with respect to business to be brought at an annual meeting shall set forth (A) the nature of the proposed business with reasonable particularity, including the exact text of any proposal to be presented for adoption, and the reasons for conducting that business at the annual meeting, (B) with respect to each such stockholder, that stockholder’s name and address (as they appear on the records of the Corporation), business address and telephone number, residence address and telephone number, and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by that stockholder, (C) any material interest of the stockholder in the proposed business, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (E) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in these Amended and Restated Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. The chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the procedures prescribed in these Amended and Restated

 

-2-


Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall relieve a stockholder who proposes to conduct business at an annual meeting from complying with all applicable requirements, if any, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Section 2.4, any stockholder wishing to nominate a person for election to the Board of Directors at any annual meeting of stockholders must comply with the terms set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

Section 2.5. Quorum . Any number of stockholders, together holding at least a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of all business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Section 2.6. Adjournment of Meetings . If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may adjourn from time to time upon a determination to so adjourn the meeting by the chairman of the meeting or by a majority in voting power of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, in each case without notice other than by announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend. Any meeting at which a quorum is present may also be adjourned in like manner and for such time or upon such call as may be determined by the chairman of the meeting or a majority vote of the stockholders present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 2.7. Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of ten (10) days prior to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who may be present.

Section 2.8. Voting . Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted on or after three (3) years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, (a) each holder of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock registered in his, her or its name on the record of stockholders, and

 

-3-


(b) each holder of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to a number of votes equal to the quotient derived by dividing (x) 1,000 into (y) a number equal to 101% of the aggregate number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and any other class of equity securities of the Company entitled to vote other than the Class B Common Stock, as calculated on the record date of such vote. When a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or by proxy, voting together as a single class.

Section 2.9. Record Date of Stockholders . The Board of Directors is authorized to fix in advance a date not exceeding sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purposes, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation, after such record date fixed as aforesaid.

Section 2.10. Action Without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at a annual or special meeting of stockholders duly called in accordance with these Amended and Restated Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 2.11. Remote Meetings . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided , that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote

 

-4-


communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

In the case of any annual meeting of stockholders or any special meeting of stockholders called upon order of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communications as authorized by this Section 2.11.

Section 2.12. Conduct of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, or in the Chairman’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, the President or any other person designated by the Board of Directors, shall preside at all annual or special meetings of stockholders. The chairman of the meeting shall preside over and conduct the meeting in a fair and reasonable manner, and all questions of procedure or conduct of the meeting shall be decided solely by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have all power and authority vested in a presiding officer by law or practice to conduct an orderly meeting. Among other things, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power to: (a) adjourn or recess the meeting; (b) to silence or expel persons to ensure the orderly conduct of the meeting; (c) to declare motions or persons out of order; (d) to prescribe rules of conduct and an agenda for the meeting; (e) to impose reasonable time limits on questions and remarks by any stockholder; (f) to limit the number of questions a stockholder may ask; (g) to limit the nature of questions and comments to one subject matter at a time as dictated by any agenda for the meeting; (h) to limit the number of speakers or persons addressing the chairman of the meeting or the meeting; to determine when the polls will close; (i) to limit the attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record, beneficial owners of stock who present letters from the record holders confirming their status as beneficial owners and the proxies of such record and beneficial holders; (j) and to limit the number of proxies a stockholder may name. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary, an assistant Secretary shall act as the secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as the secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.13. Requests for Stockholder List and Corporation Records . Stockholders shall have those rights afforded under the DGCL to inspect a list of stockholders and other related records and make copies or extracts therefrom. Such request shall be in writing in compliance with Section 220 of the DGCL. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any stockholder making such request must agree that any information so inspected, copied or extracted by the stockholder shall be kept confidential, that any copies or extracts of such information shall be returned to the Corporation and that such information shall only be used for the purpose stated in the request. Information so requested shall be made available for inspecting, copying or extracting at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. Each stockholder desiring a photostatic or other duplicate copies of any such information requested shall make

 

-5-


arrangements to provide such duplicating or other equipment necessary in the city where the Corporation’s principal executive offices are located. Alternative arrangements with respect to this Section 2.13 may be permitted in the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by a vote of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.14. Inspectors . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed fails to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more alternate inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of proxies and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.

ARTICLE 3.

DIRECTORS.

Section 3.1. Number and Qualifications . Subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15) directors as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3.2. Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the annual meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote in the election of directors. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3.3. Nomination of Director Candidates .

(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3, who shall be entitled to vote for the election of the director so nominated and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3.

 

-6-


(b) Nominations by stockholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the Corporation’s principal place of business. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is changed by more than thirty (30) days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the earlier of (A) the date on which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed and (B) the date on which public disclosure of the meeting date was made; and (ii) in the case of a special meeting at which directors are to be elected, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the earlier of (x) the date on which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed and (y) the date on which public disclosure of the meeting date was made.

(c) Such notice shall set forth (i) as to each nominee for election as a director, all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors or that otherwise would be required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to serving as a director if elected and, if applicable, to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee), and (ii) if the nomination is submitted by a stockholder of record, (A) the name and address, as they appear on the records of the Corporation, of such stockholder of record and the name and address of the beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned and owned of record by such stockholder of record and such beneficial owner, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by such stockholder, (D) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act. At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish the Secretary of the Corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

(d) No person shall be eligible to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3. The election of any director in violation of this Section 3.3 shall be void and of no force or effect. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures so prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairman should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.3.

 

-7-


Section 3.4. Removal and Resignation of Directors .

(a) A director may be removed from office only for Cause (as hereinafter defined) or by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in an election of directors to the Board of Directors, either at meetings of stockholders at which directors are elected or a special meeting of the stockholders, and the office of such director shall forthwith become vacant. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, for purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “ Cause ” shall mean (a) a final conviction of a felony involving fraud or moral turpitude or (b) willful misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious economically to the Corporation or its subsidiaries. For purposes of the definition of “Cause,” no act, or failure to act, by a director shall be considered “willful” unless committed in bad faith and without a reasonable belief that the act or failure to act was in the best interest of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation.

(b) Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless so specified therein.

Section 3.5. Filling of Vacancies . Any vacancy among the directors, occurring from any cause whatsoever, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors or a sole remaining director, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided , however , that the stockholders removing any director may at the same meeting fill the vacancy caused by such removal; and provided further , that if the directors fail to fill any such vacancy, the stockholders may at any special meeting called for that purpose fill such vacancy. In case of any increase in the number of directors, the additional directors may be elected by the directors in office before such increase. Any person elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office, subject to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

Section 3.6. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold an annual meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of any business immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, provided a quorum of directors is present. Other regular meetings may be held at such times as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.7. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by (a) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, (b) the Chief Executive Officer, (c) any two (2) directors or (d) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authorities include the power to call such special meeting. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the Board of Directors, any duly appointed committee thereof or the Chief Executive Officer to call a special meeting.

 

-8-


Section 3.8. Notice and Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be stated in the notice of such meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine by resolution, notice of any regular meeting shall be mailed to each director addressed to the director at his or her residence or usual place of business at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or if sent to the director at such place by facsimile, telegraph, cable or other means of electronic transmission, or delivered personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. No notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be required if it is held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders and if a quorum is present.

Section 3.9. Business Transacted at Meetings. Any business may be transacted and any corporate action may be taken at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum shall be present, whether such business or proposed action be stated in the notice of such meeting or not, unless special notice of such business or proposed action shall be required by statute.

Section 3.10. Quorum . A majority of the Board of Directors at any time in office shall constitute a quorum. At any meeting at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the members present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is specifically required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws. The members of the Board of Directors shall act only as the Board of Directors and the individual members thereof shall not have any powers as such.

Section 3.11. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the form and amount of compensation paid to directors, if any, including fees and reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with attendance at regular or special meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, as an officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.12. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 3.13. Meetings Through Use of Communications Equipment . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, have the power to participate in and act at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-9-


Section 3.14. No Cumulative Voting . There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

ARTICLE 4.

COMMITTEES.

Section 4.1. Audit Committee . Unless not required by the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations, the Board of Directors shall have an Audit Committee comprised of such directors as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the composition of the Audit Committee shall comply, to the extent required, with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations. The Audit Committee shall have the powers and perform the duties set forth in the audit committee charter adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.2. Compensation Committee . Unless not required by the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations, the Board of Directors shall have a Compensation Committee comprised of such directors as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the composition of the Compensation Committee shall comply, to the extent required, with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations. The Compensation Committee shall have the powers and perform the duties set forth in the compensation committee charter adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3. Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Unless not required by the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations, the Board of Directors shall have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee comprised of such directors as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the composition of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall, to the extent required, comply with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall have the powers and perform the duties set forth in the nominating and corporate governance committee charter adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate two or more of their number to constitute an Executive Committee to hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, which Committee shall, during the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, have and exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors, other than such powers as are granted to the

 

-10-


Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject only to such restrictions or limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time specify, or as limited by §141(c)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 4.5. Other Committees . Other committees, whose members need not be directors, may be appointed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, which committees shall hold office for such time and have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

Section 4.6. Removal . Subject to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other national securities exchange or stock market on which the Company’s securities may be listed, and federal securities and other laws, rules and regulations, each to the extent applicable, any member of any committee of the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors (or, in the case of a committee appointed by the Executive Committee, the Executive Committee), and any vacancy in a committee occurring from any cause whatsoever may be filled by the Board of Directors (or, in the case of a committee appointed by the Executive Committee, the Executive Committee). Any person ceasing to be a director shall ipso facto cease to be a member of any committee, including the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Executive Committee.

Section 4.7. Resignation . Any member of a committee may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless so specified therein.

Section 4.8. Quorum . Unless otherwise specified in the applicable committee charter, a majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the members of a committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. The members of a committee shall act only as a committee, and the individual members thereof shall not have any powers as such.

Section 4.9. Record of Proceedings, etc. Each committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, and shall report the same to the Board of Directors when and as required by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.10. Organization; Meetings; Notices. A committee may hold its meetings at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place which a majority of the committee may at any time agree upon. Each committee may make such rules as it may deem expedient for the regulation and carrying on of its meetings and proceedings. Unless otherwise ordered by the Executive Committee, any notice of a meeting of such committee may be given by the Secretary of the Corporation or by the chairman of the committee and shall be sufficiently given if mailed to each member at his or her residence or usual place of business at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or if sent to the member at such place by electronic transmission, telegraph, cable or facsimile, or delivered personally or by telephone not later than twenty-four (24) hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held.

 

-11-


                Section 4.11. Compensation . The members of any committee shall be entitled to such compensation as may be allowed them by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 5.

OFFICERS.

Section 5.1. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Such other officers shall be elected or appointed in such manner, have such duties and hold their offices for such terms as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and shall qualify or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Except as otherwise provided by law, any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 5.3. Removal of Officers . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed, but the election of any officer shall not of itself create any contractual rights.

Section 5.4. Resignation . Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary in order to make it effective, unless so specified therein.

Section 5.5. Filling of Vacancies . A vacancy in any office shall be filled by the Board of Directors or by the authority appointing the predecessor in such office.

Section 5.6. Compensation . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, or by any committee upon whom power in that regard may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.7. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, shall be a director and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, and shall have such power and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.8. Chief Executive Officer . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall have power to call special meetings of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee at any time. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation,

 

-12-


and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be responsible for the general direction of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and of its several officers, and shall have and exercise all such powers and discharge such duties as usually pertain to the office of Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.9. President . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President shall assist the Chief Executive Officer and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, shall be responsible for the general direction of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and of its several officers, and shall have and exercise all such powers and discharge such duties as usually pertain to the office of President.

Section 5.10. Chief Financial Officer . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer will have and exercise all the powers and discharge the duties as usually pertain to the office of Chief Financial Officer or that are assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.11. Vice-Presidents . The vice-president, or vice-presidents if there are more than one, will have and exercise all the powers and discharge the duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

Section 5.12. Secretary . The Secretary will keep the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee in books maintained for that purpose. The Secretary will perform the duties and have all other powers that are incident to the office of Secretary or that are assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

Section 5.13. Treasurer . The Treasurer will have custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may be delivered into his or her possession. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection, checks, notes and other obligations, and will deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in a depository or depositories of the Corporation, and may sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation. The Treasurer will enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for that purpose, full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid on account of the Corporation and whenever required by the Board of Directors will render statements of the accounts. The Treasurer will perform the duties and have all other powers that are incident to the office of Treasurer or that are assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

ARTICLE 6.

CAPITAL STOCK.

Section 6.1. Issue of Certificates of Stock . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the DGCL. Certificates of capital stock shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates shall be

 

-13-


numbered in the order of their issue and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or one of the vice-presidents, and the Secretary or an assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an assistant Treasurer; provided , however , that where such certificates are signed by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent or by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the Corporation and a registrar, the signature of any such Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President, vice-president, Secretary, assistant Secretary, Treasurer or assistant Treasurer may be by facsimile. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon have not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

Section 6.2. Registration and Transfer of Shares .

(a) The name of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held by him, her or it, the numbers of the certificates, if any, covering such shares and the dates of issue of such shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation held in certificated form shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require. The shares of stock of the Corporation that are not held in certificated form shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on delivery of an assignment or power of transfer. A record shall be made of each transfer. The Board of Directors may make other and further rules and regulations concerning the transfer and registration of certificates for stock and may appoint a transfer agent or registrar or both and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature of either or both.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Amended and Restated Bylaws, at all times that the Corporation’s stock is listed on a stock exchange, the shares of the stock of the Corporation shall comply with all direct registration system eligibility requirements established by such exchange, including any requirement that shares of the Corporation’s stock be eligible for issue in book-entry form. All issuances and transfers of shares of the Corporation’s stock shall be entered on the books of the Corporation with all information necessary to comply with such direct registration system eligibility requirements, including the name and address of the person to whom the shares of stock are issued, the number of shares of stock issued and the date of issue. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation in both the certificated and uncertificated form.

 

-14-


Section 6.3. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . The holder of any stock of the Corporation held in certificated form shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates therefor. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it and alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum not exceeding double the value of the stock and with such surety or sureties as they may require, to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it by reason of the issue of such new certificate and against all other liability in the premises.

Section 6.4. Beneficial Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person except as required by law.

ARTICLE 7.

DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.

The Board of Directors shall have power to fix and vary the amount to be set aside or reserved as working capital of the Corporation, or as reserves, or for other proper purposes of the Corporation, and, subject to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to determine whether any part of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation shall be declared as dividends and paid to the stockholders, and to fix the date or dates for the payment of dividends.

ARTICLE 8.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

Section 8.1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year or such other fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

Section 8.2. Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

Section 8.3. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided, any notice required to be given by these Amended and Restated Bylaws will be sufficient if given by depositing the same in a post office or letter box in a sealed postpaid wrapper addressed to the person entitled to the notice at his or her address, as the same appears upon the books of the Corporation, or by telegraphing or cabling the same to that person at that address, or by electronic mail at his or her electronic mail address on record with the Corporation or by facsimile transmission to a number designated upon the books of the Corporation, if any; and the notice will be deemed to be given at the time it is mailed, telegraphed or cabled, sent by electronic mail or sent by facsimile.

Section 8.4. Waiver of Notice . Any stockholder or director may at any time waive, whether such waiver is mailed, telegraphed or cabled or sent by electronic mail or facsimile, any notice required to be given under these Bylaws, and if any stockholder or director shall be present at any meeting his or her presence shall constitute a waiver of such notice, unless, at the beginning of the meeting, the stockholder (or his or her proxy) or director objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting or objects to considering a specific matter before it is voted upon.

 

-15-


Section 8.5. Use of Electronic Transmission . The Corporation is authorized to use “electronic transmissions” as defined in the DGCL to the full extent allowed by the DGCL, including, but not limited to, the purposes of notice, proxies, waivers, resignations and any other purpose for which electronic transmissions are permitted.

Section 8.6. Checks, Drafts, etc . . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as shall from time to time be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.7. Deposits . All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select, and, for the purpose of such deposit, checks, drafts, warrants and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation, may be endorsed for deposit, assigned and delivered by any officer of the Corporation, or by such agents of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may authorize for that purpose.

Section 8.8. Voting Stock of Other Corporations . Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or the Treasurer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meeting of the stockholders of any corporation or other form of business entity of which the Corporation is a stockholder or otherwise holds an interest and to execute a proxy to any other person to represent the Corporation at any such meeting, and at any such meeting the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or the Treasurer or the holder of any such proxy, as the case may be, shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to ownership of such stock or other interest and which, as owner thereof, the Corporation might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 8.9. Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Without limiting the terms set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall indemnify any and all of its directors or officers, including former directors or officers, and any employee, who shall serve as an officer or director of any corporation or other form of business entity at the request of this Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENTS.

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with applicable law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Dated:                          , 2011

*        *        *        *        *

 

-16-

Exhibit 5.1

FORM OF OPINION

[LETTERHEAD OF HERRICK, FEINSTEIN LLP]

[ ], 2011

Manning & Napier, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, NY 14450-4217

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to [ ] shares (including up to [ ] shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Shares”). The Shares are included in a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-175309) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

We have examined originals or copies, certified or identified to our satisfaction, of such public and corporate records, certificates and other documents and have considered such matters of fact and questions of law as we have deemed relevant or necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In conducting such examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the accuracy of the records maintained by all public offices where we have searched or enquired or have caused searches or enquiries to be conducted, as the case may be, and the authenticity of all corporate records, documents, instruments and certificates submitted to us as originals. We have further assumed the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, notarial, true, facsimile or photostatic copies, the authenticity of the originals of such copies and the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 


We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as in effect on the date hereof and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and in the prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
Herrick, Feinstein LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

Dated as of                 , 2011

 

 

THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) GOVERNED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

Article I

   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      1   

1.01

   Certain Definitions      1   

1.02

   Construction      8   

Article II

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      9   

2.01

   Formation and Continuation      9   

2.02

   Name      9   

2.03

   Principal Place of Business      9   

2.04

   Registered Office; Registered Agent      9   

2.05

   Purposes and Powers      9   

2.06

   Foreign Qualifications      10   

2.07

   Term      10   

2.08

   Tax Treatment as Partnership      10   

Article III

   MEMBERS; UNITS      10   

3.01

   Members      10   

3.02

   Units; Class and Series      11   

3.03

   Initial Unit Designations; Authorized Units      11   

3.04

   Unit Certificates      12   

3.05

   Issued and Outstanding Units; Unit Ledger      13   

3.06

   Safe Harbor Election      13   

3.07

   Voting Rights      13   

3.08

   Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications      13   

Article IV

   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS      13   

4.01

   Capital Contributions      13   

4.02

   Additional Capital Contributions      13   

4.03

   Return of Capital Contributions      13   

4.04

   No Liability; No Deficit Restoration      14   

4.05

   Capital Accounts      14   

Article V

   ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS      15   

5.01

   Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses      15   

5.02

   No Return of Distributions      15   

5.03

   Deficit Capital Accounts      15   

5.04

   Regulatory Allocations      15   

5.05

   Curative Allocations      17   

5.06

   Income Tax Allocations      17   

 

i


5.07

  Other Allocation Rules      17   

5.08

  Code Section 704(c) Allocations      18   

5.09

  Distributions      18   

5.10

  Tax Distributions      18   

5.11

  Restrictions on Distributions      19   

5.12

  Withholding      19   

5.13

  Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member      19   

Article VI

  COSTS AND EXPENSES      20   

6.01

  Operating Costs      20   

Article VII

  GOVERNANCE      20   

7.01

  Management of the Business      20   

7.02

  Investment Company Act      22   

7.03

  Meetings of the Members      22   

7.04

  Provisions Applicable to All Meetings      23   

7.05

  Officers      24   

7.06

  Duties of the Managing Member and the Members      24   

7.07

  Liability of the Managing Member      24   

7.08

  No Right to Act      25   

7.09

  Investment Representations of Members      25   

Article VIII

  ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      26   

8.01

  Confidentiality      26   

8.02

  Company Property      26   

8.03

  Transactions Between Members and the Company      26   

8.04

  Noncompete; Nonsolicitation      26   

Article IX

  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS      28   

9.01

  General Restrictions      28   

9.02

  Permitted Transfers      28   

9.03

  Conditions to Transfers      28   

9.04

  Expenses of Transfer; Indemnification      29   

9.05

  Exchange Agreement      29   

Article X

  DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY      30   

10.01

  Dissolution      30   

10.02

  Liquidation and Termination      30   

10.03

  Deficit Capital Accounts      32   

10.04

  Certificate of Cancellation      32   

 

ii


Article XI

  ACCOUNTING      32   

11.01

  Accounts of the Company      32   

11.02

  Annual Reports to Members      32   

11.03

  Tax Returns and Tax Elections      33   

11.04

  No Further Rights to Books and Records      33   

Article XII

  EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION      33   

12.01

  Exculpation      33   

12.02

  Indemnification      34   

12.03

  Expenses      34   

12.04

  Non-Exclusivity      34   

12.05

  Insurance      34   

Article XIII

  MISCELLANEOUS      35   

13.01

  Amendments      35   

13.02

  Severability      35   

13.03

  Notices      35   

13.04

  No Waiver      36   

13.05

  Governing Law; Venue      36   

13.06

  Binding Effect      36   

13.07

  Entire Agreement      36   

13.08

  Other Activities      36   

13.09

  Further Assurances      36   

13.10

  Counterparts      36   

13.11

  Waiver of Right to Partition      36   

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED L IMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated as of                 , 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), is adopted, executed and agreed to by and among the signatories hereto and shall be binding on all of the Members (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed on June 24, 2011, pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “ Act ”) by the filing of its Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

WHEREAS, the Company has been governed by a Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 24, 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the signatories to this Agreement constitute the requisite Persons needed to amend the Original Agreement, and such Persons desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Members desire to participate in the Company for the purposes described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.01 Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

2011 Equity Compensation Plan ” shall mean an equity compensation plan of Manning & Napier, to be effective at the time of the Initial Public Offering.

Accounting Period ” shall mean, as the context may require: (a) the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on December 31 of the same year, (b) any subsequent twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) or (b) for which the Company is required or elects to allocate items of Net Profits and Net Loss, or any other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Agreement.

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.


Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Member, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore (or is treated as obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and (b) decreased by any amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) with respect to such Member.

Affiliate(s) ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or through one (1) or more intermediaries, controls or is controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” and its corollaries shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, including the exhibits and schedules hereto.

Business Day ” shall mean any day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York are not required or authorized by Law to remain closed.

Capital Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.

Capital Contribution(s) ” shall mean the contribution made by a Member to the capital of the Company from time to time pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 4.02 hereof.

Capital Transaction ” means (a) any sale or other disposition (including as a result of a damage or destruction or other loss) by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets owned by the Company or (b) any financing or refinancing by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets or any indebtedness of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Class A Common Stock ” shall mean the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Manning & Napier, to be authorized immediately prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) hereof.

Class B Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b) hereof.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time (or any succeeding Law), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. References to sections of the Code shall include amended or successor provisions thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

2


Confidential Information ” shall mean any information which is currently held by the Company or is hereafter acquired, developed or used by the Company or its subsidiaries relating to business opportunities or other operational, economic, financial, management or other aspects of the business, operations, properties or prospects of the Company, whether oral or in written form.

Curative Allocations ” means the allocations pursuant to Section 5.05 of this Agreement.

Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for federal income tax purposes in respect of such taxable year, except that with respect to any other asset whose Gross Asset Value differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such taxable year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such taxable year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such taxable year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

Dissolution Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a) hereof.

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Employee-Member ” means a Member who is or was at any time employed by the Company or its Affiliates.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” shall mean the exchange agreement, by and among Manning & Napier, M&N Group Holdings, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC and any other holder of Units, to be entered into in connection with the Initial Public Offering, pursuant to which the parties thereto are permitted, upon the terms and subject to the conditions to be provided therein, to exchange Units for cash or shares of Class A Common Stock, to be determined in Manning & Napier’s sole discretion.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the calendar year.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect at the time any applicable financial statements were prepared.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency, commission, official or other authority of the United States or any other country or any state, province, prefect, municipality, locality or other government or political subdivision thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

 

3


Grant Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Employee-Member pursuant to which an Employee-Member is issued Units.

Gross Asset Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset of the Company, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion;

(b) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account), as determined by the Managing Member as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of a new or an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution or as consideration for services performed or to be performed by such Member for the Company; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company; (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); (D) the issuance, forfeiture or redemption of more than a de minimis amount of Units after the date of this Agreement; (E) the vesting of any Class B Unit; or (F) such other times as the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, determine; provided that an adjustment described in clauses (A), (B) or (D) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

(c) the Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to a Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Managing Member; and

(d) the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and clause (f) of the definition of “Net Profits” and “Net Losses;” provided that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or (d), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Losses.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02 hereof.

 

4


Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the initial public offering of the Class A Common Stock of Manning & Napier.

Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b) hereof.

Law ” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or any other Person.

Legal Representative(s) ” shall mean any and all executors, administrators, committees, guardians, conservators or trustees, in bankruptcy or otherwise, of a Member.

Lien ” shall mean a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, right of others, claim, security interest, encumbrance, easement, right of way, restriction on the use of real property, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, option, right of first refusal, lien, charge, license to third parties, lease to third parties, restriction on transfer or assignment, or other restriction or limitation of any nature or irregularities in title.

Losses ” shall mean, collectively, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

M&N Group Holdings ” shall mean M&N Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

M&N Group Holdings Operating Agreement ” shall mean that certain amended and restated limited liability company agreement of M&N Group Holdings, LLC, dated as of                 , 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, including the exhibits and schedules thereto.

Managing Member ” shall mean Manning & Napier and any other successor of Manning & Napier.

Manning & Napier ” shall mean Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Member(s) ” shall mean any Person, other than the Company, (a) executing this Agreement as of the Effective Date or (b) who is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Member as provided in Section 3.01(b) , but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member in the Company as provided in Section 3.01(c) .

Member Nonrecourse Debt “ has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain “ has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

5


Member Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse deduction” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

Membership Interest ” shall mean the interest of a Member, in its capacity as such, in the Company, including the rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, information, all other rights, benefits and privileges enjoyed by that Member (under the Act, the Certificate of Formation, this Agreement or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member and, with respect to the Managing Member, otherwise to participate in the management of the Company, and all obligations, duties and liabilities imposed on that Member (under the Act, the Certificate of Formation, this Agreement or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member.

Minimum Gain ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Net Proceeds ” means, other than with respect to a Capital Transaction, all cash receipts of the Company and the fair market value of any property received by the Company, during any period, from whatever source derived, less the amount of all of the Company’s expenses paid during such period, including, without limitation, debt service payments [and such reserves] as the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may establish.

Net Proceeds from a Capital Transaction ” means, in connection with a Capital Transaction, the gross cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property received in connection therewith, less all expenses thereof, including, without limitation, attorney fees, accountant fees and other professional fees, brokers fees, all expenses of sale, closing costs, appraisal costs, fees, charges and taxes, including any fees, charges and taxes which are allocable to such sale, all expenses, the payment of which is to be paid out of such proceeds, and less any reserves for such purposes as the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may establish.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ” shall mean an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for any taxable year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss) with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition of “Net Profits” and “Net Losses” shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition of “Net Profits” or “Net Losses” shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such

 

6


adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation of such taxable year, computed in accordance with the definition of “Depreciation;”

(f) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than a complete liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses; and

(g) Excluding any item specifically allocated under Article V.

Noncompete Period ” means, with respect to an Employee-Member, the period set forth in such Employee-Member’s Grant Agreement.

Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 hereof.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02 hereof.

Person(s) ” shall mean any individual, partnership (whether general or limited), joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust, an incorporated organization and a Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other entity.

Prime Rate ” shall mean U.S. prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of determination.

Prospect ” means any Person (i) who is on the Company’s monthly marketing group meeting list of prospects issued during the twelve months prior to Termination; (ii) who is on the monthly, quarterly, or semiannual list of prospects submitted to the Company’s products group manager (or Person fulfilling such function) issued in the twelve months prior to Termination, (iii) who is on the Company’s semiannual forecast list of prospects that each sales representative or client consultant submits to the national sales manager (or Person fulfilling such function)

 

7


issued in the twelve months prior to Termination; or (iv) who has met with sales or marketing personnel of the Company or its Affiliates more than two times in the six months prior to Termination regarding the services provided by the Company or its Affiliates.

Regulatory Allocations ” means the allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 of this Agreement.

Revaluation Event ” shall mean any event pursuant to which the property of the Company is revalued in accordance with the definition of “Gross Asset Value” herein.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Sharing Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Member, a percentage, expressed as a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units held by all Members.

Tax Allowance Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Member for any fiscal quarter of the Company, an amount equal to the product of: (a) the highest combined federal, state and local tax rate applicable to any Member (and in the case of any Member that is a “pass-through” entity for income tax purposes, including those applicable to the ultimate beneficial owners of any such Member that are taxable entities or individuals) in respect of the taxable income and taxable loss of the Company in respect of such fiscal quarter, taking into account the deductibility of state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes, and (b) an amount equal to the remainder of (i) such Member’s share of the estimated net taxable income, other than from a Capital Transaction resulting in the liquidation of the Company, allocable to such Member arising from its ownership of an interest in the Company calculated through such fiscal quarter and (ii) any net losses (for income tax purposes) of the Company for prior Fiscal Years or net losses (for income tax purposes) prior fiscal quarters of the then current Fiscal Year that are allocable to such Member that were not previously utilized in the calculation of the Tax Allowance Amounts in a prior Fiscal Year or any prior fiscal quarter of the then current Fiscal Year.

Termination ” means the date that an Employee-Member’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of death, disability or retirement.

Transfer ” shall mean, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect transfer, sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, creation of a security interest or other disposition and, as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of.

Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 hereof.

1.02 Construction . For the purposes of this Agreement (a) any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders; (b) any words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and visa versa; (c) the terms “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereby”

 

8


and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the exhibits and schedules hereto) and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires; (d) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (e) any reference in this Agreement to “dollars” or ($) shall mean United States dollars; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified; (h) all references to an “employee” of the Company shall include any natural person that provides personal services to any member of the Company, whether or not such natural person is treated as a “partner” (rather than as an employee) for tax and tax withholding purposes; (i) any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmissions or comparable means of communication; and (j) references to any statute or statutory provision shall include a reference to that statute or statutory provision as amended, consolidated or replaced from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and include subordinate legislation made under the relevant statute or statutory provision.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PROVISIONS

2.01 Formation and Continuation . The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Act on June 24, 2011 by the execution and filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Managing Member and the other Members hereby agree to continue the Company under and pursuant to the terms of the Act and agree further that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members shall be as provided in the Act except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

2.02 Name . The name of the Company shall be “Manning & Napier Group, LLC,” provided that the Managing Member shall have the right to change the name of the Company, upon written notice to each of the Members.

2.03 Principal Place of Business . The principal office of the Company shall be maintained at 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450, or at such other location as the Managing Member may designate from time to time. The Company may establish or abandon from time to time such additional offices and places of business as the Managing Member may deem appropriate in the conduct of the Company’s business.

2.04 Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate in the manner provided by Law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Managing Member may designate in the manner provided by Law.

2.05 Purposes and Powers . The purpose of the Company shall be to carry on any lawful business or activity and to have and exercise all of the powers, rights and privileges which a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act may have and exercise. The Company shall not conduct any business which is forbidden by or contrary to Law.

 

9


2.06 Foreign Qualifications . Prior to the Company’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, to the extent that the nature of the business conducted requires the Company to qualify as a foreign limited liability company under the Law of that jurisdiction, the Company shall satisfy all requirements necessary to so qualify. At the request of the Company, each Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

2.07 Term . The existence of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate, and the Company shall have a perpetual existence unless and until dissolved and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

2.08 Tax Treatment as Partnership . The Members do not intend for the Company to be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and no Member or officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or officer by reason of this Agreement for any purpose other than federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and this Agreement shall not be interpreted to provide otherwise. The Members intend that the Company will be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company will file all tax returns and will otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. The Company will not make any election to be treated as a corporation for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, except with the approval of the Managing Member.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS; UNITS

3.01 Members .

(a) Existing Members . Each of the Persons listed on Schedule A hereto is hereby admitted, or has previously been admitted, as a Member.

(b) Additional Members . In addition to the Persons listed on Schedule A , upon the execution and delivery to the Company of a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), the following Persons shall be deemed to be Members and shall be admitted as Members without any further action by the Company, the Managing Member or any Member: (i) any Person to whom Units are Transferred by a Member so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with Article IX of this Agreement and (ii) any Person to whom the Company issues Units after the Effective Date in compliance with this Agreement.

(c) Cessation of Members . Any Person admitted or deemed admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(b) shall cease to have the rights of a Member under this Agreement at such time that such Person is no longer a record owner of any

 

10


Units (except as provided under Section 12.02 , which rights shall not cease), but such Person shall remain bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement except those, if any, that expressly terminate upon cessation of being a Member.

(d) Liability of Members . Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

3.02 Units; Class and Series . Membership Interests in the Company shall be represented by whole or fractional unit increments (each, a “ Unit ”). From time to time, the Company may, subject to the terms of this Agreement, issue such number of Units as the Managing Member reasonably determines to be in the best interests of the Company. Units may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, with such designations, preferences and rights as are set forth in Section 3.03 or otherwise as shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member by resolution thereof. All issuances of Units shall require the prior approval of the Managing Member. In so fixing the designations, rights and preferences of any class or series of Units, the Managing Member may designate such Units as “Preferred Units,” “Class A Units,” “Class B Units,” or any other designation and may specify the voting rights of such Units and such Units to be senior, junior, or pari passu with any Units then outstanding or to be issued thereafter. The Managing Member may increase the number of authorized Units in any then existing class or series. Upon due authorization of such issuances, the Managing Member is hereby authorized to take all actions that it deems reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization (including the increase in number of authorized Units of any class or series), designation, creation and issuance of Units and the fixing of the designations, preferences and rights applicable thereto, and designations, preferences and rights of any new class or series of Units relative to the designations, preferences and rights governing any other series or classes of Units.

3.03 Initial Unit Designations; Authorized Units .

(a) A class of Units is hereby designated as “ Class A Units .” The Company is authorized to issue                      Class A Units, or such greater number as the Managing Member approves from time to time, and any Class A Unit issued in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly authorized and validly issued. The number of Class A Units that have been issued by the Company as of the Effective Date and the names and addresses of the Members holding record title to the Class A Units as of the Effective Date are set forth in Schedule A hereto.

(b) A class of Units is hereby designated as “ Class B Units .” The Company is authorized to issue                      Class B Units, or such greater number as the Managing Member approves from time to time, and any Class B Unit issued in accordance with the 2011 Equity Compensation Plan or otherwise at the discretion of the Managing Member shall be deemed to have been duly authorized and validly issued; provided , however , that such Class B Units shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the 2011 Equity Compensation Plan, Grant Agreement or such other plan, agreement,

 

11


or other arrangement. Class B Units may be issued by the Company to Persons from time to time for no consideration or de minimis consideration as such interests are intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.

3.04 Unit Certificates . Ownership of Units may, but need not, be evidenced by certificates similar to customary stock certificates. As of the date hereof, Units are uncertificated, but the Managing Member may determine to certificate all or any Units at any time by resolution thereof. In such event, the Managing Member shall prescribe the forms of certificates to be issued by the Company including the forms of legends to be affixed thereto. Any such certificate shall be delivered by the Company to the applicable record owner of the Units represented by such certificate. Certificates evidencing Units shall provide that they are governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Certificates need not bear a seal of the Company but shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President or any other Person authorized by the Managing Member to sign such certificates who shall certify the Units represented by such certificate. In the event any Officer who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been placed upon, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such Officer before such certificate is issued by the Company, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such Officer at the date of issue. The Managing Member may determine the conditions upon which a new certificate may be issued in place of a certificate which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and may, in its discretion, require the owner of such certificate or its Legal Representative to give bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Company against any and all losses or claims that may arise by reason of the issuance of a new certificate in the place of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed. Each certificate shall bear a legend on the reverse side thereof substantially in the following form in addition to any other legend required by Law or by agreement with the Company:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE (AND, IN SUCH CASE, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY MAY BE REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF             , 2011 (AS MAY BE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.

 

12


3.05 Issued and Outstanding Units; Unit Ledger . The Company shall maintain a ledger listing all of the record holders of Units and the number, class or series of Units held thereby. The Company will update Schedule A as Units are issued, forfeited or transferred from time to time. Any modification to Schedule A for the foregoing reasons shall not require consent or approval from any of the Members.

3.06 Safe Harbor Election . Without any further action by the Managing Member or any other Member, the Company may make an election to value any Class B Units at liquidation value (the “ Safe Harbor Election ”) as the same may be permitted pursuant to or in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(1) and IRS Notice 2005-43. The Managing Member shall cause the Company to make any allocations of items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit (including forfeiture allocations under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) and elections as to allocation periods) necessary or appropriate to effectuate and maintain the Safe Harbor Election.

3.07 Voting Rights . Each Unit shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each such Unit.

3.08 Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications . Following the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall not in any manner subdivide (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combine (by reverse unit split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Units unless an identical event is occurring or has occurred with respect to the Class A Common Stock, in which event the Units shall be subdivided or combined concurrently with subsequent to and in the same manner as the Class A Common Stock.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

4.01 Capital Contributions . As of the Effective Date, each Member has made, or is deemed to have made, Capital Contributions, in cash or other property, in the amount specified in the books and records of the Company.

4.02 Additional Capital Contributions . No Member shall have any obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions after the Effective Date. In addition, no Member shall be permitted to make additional Capital Contributions of cash or other property without the express permission of the Managing Member, which permission may be withheld for any or no reason.

4.03 Return of Capital Contributions . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, (a) no Member shall receive any return or distribution of its Capital Contributions, (b) no Member shall receive any interest or other return on or with respect to either its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account and (c) no Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account.

 

13


4.04 No Liability; No Deficit Restoration . The Members shall not be bound by, nor be personally liable for, the expenses, liabilities, indebtedness or obligations of the Company (unless otherwise agreed to by such Member in writing) or of any other Member. The Members intend and agree that no Member shall be obligated to pay any deficit in its Capital Account to or for the account of the Company or any creditor of the Company.

4.05 Capital Accounts .

(a) A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company.

(b) Each Member’s Capital Account will be increased by: (i) the amount of money contributed by such Member to the Company, (ii) the Gross Asset Value of any property contributed by such Member to the Company, (iii) the amount of any liabilities of the Company assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member and (iv) allocations to such Member of Net Profits and other items of income or gain in accordance with the allocation provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Each Member’s Capital Account will be decreased by: (i) the amount of money distributed to such Member by the Company, (ii) the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Member by the Company, (iii) the amount of an liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company and (iv) allocations to such Member of Net Losses and other items of deduction and loss in accordance with the allocation provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Each Member’s Capital Account will be appropriately adjusted to take into account any adjustments to the Gross Asset Value of Company assets in accordance with the definition of the term “Gross Asset Value”.

(e) In the event of a permitted sale or exchange of a Membership Interest, the Capital Account of the transferor shall become the Capital Account of the transferee to the extent it relates to the transferred Membership Interest in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l) of the Treasury Regulations.

(f) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this Section 4.05 , there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.

(g) The manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to this Section 4.05 is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Managing Member determines that the manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.05 should be modified in order to comply with Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding provisions of this Section 4.05 , the method in which Capital Accounts are maintained shall be so modified; provided, however, that any change in the manner of maintaining Capital Accounts shall not materially alter the economic agreement between or among the Members as set forth in this Agreement.

 

14


ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS

5.01 Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses .

(a) Net Profits and Net Losses other than from a Capital Transaction, except as otherwise provided herein, including Sections 5.01(b) , 5.04 and 5.05 , or unless another allocation is required by Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code for the allocations to have “economic effect,” for purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts of the Members, for each Accounting Period, shall be allocated to and among all Members, pro rata, based on their respective Sharing Percentages.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.04 and 5.05 , if one or more Revaluation Events are effectuated during a Fiscal Year, the Company shall allocate amounts described in paragraph (c) of the definition of Net Profits and Net Losses attributable to that Revaluation Event in a manner that will, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Member at the end of such Accounting Period to be in the same proportion as its respective Sharing Percentage.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.04 and 5.05 , Net Profits and Net Losses with respect to a Capital Transaction shall be allocated to the Members in a manner that will, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Member at the end of such Accounting Period to be in the same proportion as their respective Sharing Percentages.

(d) Allocations provided in this Section 5.01 shall take into account changes to the Sharing Percentages during the taxable year using the closing of books method or any other reasonable convention adopted by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion; in addition, with respect to an Accounting Period during which any Unit of the Company (that constitutes a “profits interest” for tax purposes) is issued to any Member in connection with performance of services, the Net Profits or Net Losses shall be allocated to such Member only with respect to periods beginning after the receipt of such Unit.

5.02 No Return of Distributions . No Member shall have any obligation to refund to the Company any amount that shall have been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Agreement unless required to do so by applicable law.

5.03 Deficit Capital Accounts . Except as otherwise provided herein or under the Act, no Member shall be required at any time to contribute any amount to the Company solely because of a deficit or negative balance in the Capital Account of such Member, and any deficit or negative balance shall not be considered an asset of the Company for any purpose.

5.04 Regulatory Allocations . The following allocations shall be made in the following order:

(a) Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages.

 

15


(b) Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated to the Members bearing the Economic Risk of Loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt, the Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Members according to the ratio in which they bear the Economic Risk of Loss. This Section 5.04(b) is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain for a Fiscal Year (or if there was a net decrease in Minimum Gain for a prior Fiscal Year and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior years to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.04(c) , items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Member in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in such Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This Section 5.04(c) is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.04(c) (dealing with Minimum Gain), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for a Fiscal Year (or if there was a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for a prior Fiscal Year and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior years to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.04(d) , items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Member in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This Section 5.04(d) is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Sections 5.04(c) and Section 5.04(d) (dealing with Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain), a Member who unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) shall be allocated items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Fiscal Year) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any deficit balance in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account as quickly as possible. This Section 5.04(e) is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(f) In the event that any Member has a negative Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year, such Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such deficit as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.04(f) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a negative Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.04 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.04(f) were not in this Agreement.

 

16


(g) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company properties pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to any Member in complete liquidation of such Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) if such Section applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

5.05 Curative Allocations . The Regulatory Allocations are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may be inconsistent with the manner in which the Members intend to divide Company distributions. Accordingly, the Managing Member is authorized to divide other allocations of Profits, Losses and other items among the Members, to the extent that they exist, so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and the Curative Allocations to each Member is zero. The Managing Member shall have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner that is consistent with Code Section 704 and the related Treasury Regulations.

5.06 Income Tax Allocations . The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in the same manner and amounts as allocations are made to the Members pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Agreement. If any Membership Interest is transferred, or is increased or decreased by reason of the admission of a new Member or otherwise, during any Accounting Period, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Company for such Accounting Period allocable may be allocated based on any method consistent with Section 706(d) of the Code, in the sole discretion of the Managing Member.

5.07 Other Allocation Rules .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for purposes of determining the Net Profits, Net Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Net Profits, Net Losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member, using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to a Unit in the Company that is transferred in accordance with this Agreement shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on the portion of the calendar year during which each was recognized as the owner of such Unit, without regard to the results of Company operations during any particular portion of that calendar year and without regard to whether cash distributions were made to the transferor or the transferee during that calendar year; provided , however , that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under Code Section 706 and the regulations thereunder.

 

17


(c) The Members’ proportionate shares of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), shall be in the same proportions as the relative number of Units held thereby.

5.08 Code Section 704(c) Allocations .

(a) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value computed in accordance with the definition of “Gross Asset Value” using such method as the Managing Member shall select.

(b) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(c) Except otherwise provided herein, any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Managing Member in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.08 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Net Profits, Net Losses or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

5.09 Distributions . Subject to applicable Law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, distributions from the Company shall be made at such times as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time as set forth below:

(a) Distributions of Net Proceeds shall be made to the Members, pro rata, in proportion with their respective Sharing Percentages.

(b) Distributions of Net Proceeds from a Capital Transaction shall be made subject to Article X, to the Members, pro rata, in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Distributions may take the form of cash, securities or other property, as determined by the Managing Member.

5.10 Tax Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary and to the extent permitted by law, on or before the date in each fiscal quarter that estimated income taxes are required to be paid, the Managing Member shall determine the Tax Allowance Amount for each Member in respect of such quarter. Upon such determination, and to the extent that the Company has not made minimum distributions to each Member in an

 

18


amount at least equal to such Member’s respective Tax Allowance Amount for the then current fiscal quarter, the Company shall distribute to each member an amount so that after such distribution is made each Member shall have received minimum aggregate distributions for such fiscal quarter equal to each such Member’s Tax Allowance Amount. For the purposes of computing the Tax Allowance Amount, if any, the effect of any benefit to a Member under Section 734 or 743 of the Code, if any, will be ignored. A Tax Allowance Amount paid to a Member under this Section 5.10 shall be treated as an advance against distributions to the same Member under this Agreement.

5.11 Restrictions on Distributions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.09 and 5.10 hereof to the contrary, no distribution shall be made to the Members if such distribution would (a) violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any Law then applicable to the Company, (b) have the effect of rendering the Company insolvent or (c) result in the Company having net capital lower than that required by applicable Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not make a distribution to a Member to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, the aggregate of the liabilities of the Company and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Company (including, without limitation, the fair value of the Company’s goodwill), except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.

5.12 Withholding . Each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and to pay to any appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority any taxes payable by the Company as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company; if and to the extent that the Company shall be required to withhold and pay any such taxes, such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company in the amount of the sum withheld as of the time such withholding is required to be paid to any appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution to such Member and an advance on any tax distributions to be made under this Agreement.

5.13 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member . If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental or Regulatory Authority that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state or local personal property taxes and state or local unincorporated business taxes), then such Member shall indemnify the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). A Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 5.13 shall survive termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 5.13 , the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 5.13 , including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification, with interest calculated at a rate equal to Prime Rate plus 2% (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law).

 

19


ARTICLE VI

COSTS AND EXPENSES

6.01 Operating Costs . The Company shall (a) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (b) in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, reimburse the Managing Member or any Company employee for any out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by them in connection therewith. To the extent that the Managing Member reasonably determines in good faith that its expenses are related to the business conducted by the Company and/or its subsidiaries (including any good faith allocation of a portion of expenses that so relate to the business of the Company and/or its subsidiaries that also relate to the businesses or activities of the Managing Member), then the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all such expenses of the Managing Member, including the cost of periodic reports to its stockholders or as required by applicable law, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes (which are not based on, or measured by, income); provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member. Payments under this Section 6.01 are intended to constitute reasonable compensation for past or present services and are not “distributions” within the meaning of Section 18-607 of the Act.

ARTICLE VII

GOVERNANCE

7.01 Management of the Business . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate duties and authority in accordance with this Agreement to one or more other Persons to act on behalf of the Company. The Company, in the discretion of the Managing Member, may operate its business, property and affairs through one or more of its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Managing Member may not be removed at any time by the other Members, unless the Managing Member has committed willful misconduct or gross negligence in a manner that materially impairs the Company’s financial condition or prospects. In addition to all powers provided or permitted by the Act or any other applicable Law, the Managing Member is hereby authorized on behalf of the Company to:

(a) expend Company funds in furtherance of the business and purpose of the Company;

(b) admit Members and issue Units for consideration and on terms and conditions in its discretion;

(c) incur obligations for and on behalf of the Company in connection with its business;

 

20


(d) open, maintain and close, in the name of the Company, brokerage and bank accounts, and to draw checks or other orders for the payment of money;

(e) borrow or raise moneys for and on behalf of the Company upon such terms and conditions as may be necessary or advisable and without limit as to amount or manner and time of repayment;

(f) issue, accept, endorse and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, bonds, debentures and other negotiable or non-negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness;

(g) hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the whole or any part of the property or credit of the Company, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired;

(h) repay in whole or in part, refinance, modify or extend any security interest affecting property owned by the Company and, in connection therewith, to execute for and on behalf of the Company any or all extensions, renewals, or modifications of such security interests;

(i) lend funds and other property of the Company either with or without security;

(j) waive any default under any agreement to which the Company is a party;

(k) apply for membership or participation in any exchanges, clearing agencies, trade associations or other organizations and to take any actions and disclose any information necessary or appropriate in connection with such applications;

(l) determine, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the terms of any offering of Units and the manner of complying with applicable Law and to take any additional action as it shall deem necessary or desirable to effectuate the offering of Units;

(m) prepare, execute, file and deliver any documents, instruments or agreements;

(n) employ such agents, brokers, traders, consultants, advisers, employees, attorneys, accountants and other Persons as the Managing Member deems appropriate and necessary to the conduct of the Company, at such rates and fees as it deems necessary or appropriate, whether or not they are associates or Affiliates of the Company or the Managing Member;

(o) obtain insurance for the proper protection of the Company and the Members;

(p) commence or defend any litigation or arbitration involving the Managing Member in its capacity as Managing Member, and to retain legal counsel in connection therewith and to pay out of the assets of the Company any and all liabilities and expenses, including fees of legal counsel, incurred in connection therewith (except if the Managing Member is or becomes liable therefor under Section 7.07 hereof);

 

21


(q) take any other action contemplated to be taken by the Managing Member pursuant to this Agreement; and

(r) make such other decisions and enter into any other agreements or take such other action as it believes to be necessary or desirable to carry out the business and purpose of the Company.

7.02 Investment Company Act . The Managing Member shall use its reasonable best efforts to assure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

7.03 Meetings of the Members .

(a) Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Members shall be held at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices (or waivers of notice) thereof.

(b) Quorum; Required Vote for Member Action; Adjournment of Meetings . Except as expressly provided otherwise by this Agreement, the holders of a majority of the Units then outstanding shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Units so present or represented at such meeting, voting together as a single class, shall constitute the act of the Members. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of sufficient Members to destroy the quorum.

(c) Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the Members for the transaction of business as may properly be considered at the meeting may be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, on such date, and at such time as the Managing Member shall fix and set forth in the notice of the meeting.

(d) Record Date .

(i) The Managing Member shall give at least 10 days’ notice of any meeting of the Members of the Company. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to consent to any matter, or entitled to exercise any rights in connection with any change, conversion or exchange of Units, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Managing Member may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Managing Member, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Managing Member, the record date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived in accordance with this Agreement, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting of Members is held.

 

22


(ii) If action without a meeting is to be taken, the Managing Member may fix a record date for determining Members entitled to consent in writing to such action, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Managing Member, and which record date shall not be more than 10 days subsequent to the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Managing Member. If no record date has been fixed by the Managing Member, the record date for determining Members entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business, or to an Officer of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Members are recorded.

(iii) A determination of Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Managing Member may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

7.04 Provisions Applicable to All Meetings . In connection with any meeting of the Members, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Waiver of Notice Through Attendance . Attendance of a Person at such meeting (including attendance by telephone pursuant to Section 7.04(d) ) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such Person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(b) Proxies . A Member entitled to vote at such a meeting may vote at such meeting by a written proxy executed by that Person and delivered to the Secretary. A proxy shall be revocable unless it is stated to be irrevocable.

(c) Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at such a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action or actions so taken, is signed by such Members required to constitute a quorum and carry the vote at any duly convened meeting thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at least two Business Days prior to any such action by written consent, the Company shall furnish copies of all notices, form of consents in lieu of meetings of the Members and other materials to any such Persons taking action by written consent.

(d) Meetings by Telephone . Members may participate in and hold any meeting by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and the votes of any Members participating by conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment shall be given full effect.

 

23


7.05 Officers . The Managing Member may appoint certain agents of the Company to be referred to as “officers” of the Company (“ Officers ”) and designate such titles (such as Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer) as are customary for corporations under Delaware Law, and such Officers shall have the power, authority and duties described by resolution of the Managing Member or as is customary for each such position. In addition to or in lieu of Officers, the Managing Member may authorize any Person to take any action or perform any duties on behalf of the Company (including any action or duty reserved to any particular Officer) and any such person may be referred to as an “authorized person.” An employee or other agent of the Company shall not be an authorized person unless specifically appointed as such by the Managing Member. Duly elected and designated Officers shall have primary responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Company, subject to oversight by the Managing Member.

7.06 Duties of the Managing Member and the Members .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Act and during the continuance of the Company, the Managing Member shall devote such time and effort to the business of the Company as may be necessary to promote adequately the interests of the Company. Any action of the Managing Member or failure to act, taken or omitted in good faith reliance on the foregoing provisions shall not, as between the Company and the other Members, on the one hand, and the Managing Member, on the other hand, constitute a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary or other similar duty, to the extent such exists under the Act or any other applicable Law, rule or regulation) on the part of the Managing Member.

(b) Each Member hereby:

(i) agrees that (A) the terms of this Section 7.06 , to the extent that they modify or limit a duty or other obligation, if any, that the Managing Member may have to the Company or any another Member under the Act or other applicable Law, rule or regulation, are reasonable in form, scope and content; and (B) the terms of this Section 7.06 shall control to the fullest extent possible if it is in conflict with a duty, if any, that the Managing Member may have to the Company or another Member, under the Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, any duty or other obligation, if any, that a Member may have to the Company or another Member, pursuant to the Act or any other applicable Law, rule or regulation, to the extent necessary to give effect to the terms of this Section 7.06 .

(c) The Members acknowledge, affirm and agree that (i) the Members would not be willing to make any investment in the Company in the absence of this Section 7.06 and (ii) they have reviewed and understand the provisions of §§18-1101(b) and (c) of the Act.

7.07 Liability of the Managing Member . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Managing Member shall not be liable, responsible or accountable in damage or otherwise to the Company or to any Member, successor, assignee or transferee except by reason of acts or omissions due to fraud or intentional misconduct or that constitute a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing.

 

24


7.08 No Right to Act . No Member, as such, has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company, to manage the business or affairs of the Company, to direct that any action be taken by the Company or any of its Officers, officers, employees, or agents, or to make any expenditures on behalf of the Company, unless such specific authority has been expressly granted to and not revoked from such Person by the Managing Member.

7.09 Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that:

(a) Such Member has all requisite power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not result in a breach or a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement or instrument by which such Member or any of such Member’s properties is bound or any statute, rule, regulation, order or other Law to which it is subject, nor require the obtaining of any consent, approval, permit or license from or filing with, any governmental authority or other Person by such Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Member of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement constitutes (assuming its due authorization and execution by the other Members) such Member’s legal, valid and binding obligation.

(c) Such Member is acquiring its Membership Interest for investment solely for such Member’s own account and not for distribution, transfer or sale to others in connection with any distribution or public offering.

(d) Such Member (i) has received all information that such Member deems necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to an investment in the Company and (ii) has had the unrestricted opportunity to make such investigation as such Member desires pertaining to the Company and an investment therein and to verify any information furnished to such Member.

(e) Such Member understands that such Member must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time because (i) the Membership Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws and (ii) the Membership Interests may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with this Agreement and then only if they are subsequently registered in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws or registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities Laws is not required.

 

25


ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

8.01 Confidentiality . Each Member shall keep confidential and shall not disclose, divulge or use, other than for Company business, any Confidential Information except for disclosures (a) compelled by Law or required or requested by subpoena or request from a court, regulator or a stock exchange (but the Member shall (provided such notification is legally permitted) notify the Company or the Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable, promptly of any request for that information before disclosing it if practicable), (b) to Legal Representatives of the Member (provided that each Legal Representative is informed of the confidential nature of such information, and that the disclosing Member remains liable for any breach of this provision by its Legal Representatives, (c) to any Person to which such Member Transfers or offers to Transfer any of its Units in compliance with this Agreement so long as the transferring party first obtains a confidentiality agreement from the proposed transferee, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company, (d) of information in connection with litigation against the Company or any Member to which the disclosing Member is a party (but the Member shall notify the Company or the Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable, as promptly as practicable prior to making such disclosure, if practicable, and shall disclose only that portion of such information required to be disclosed) or (e) permitted by the Company or Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable. The Members agree that breach of the provisions of this Section 8.01 may cause irreparable injury to the Company or the other Members for which monetary damages (or other remedy at law) are inadequate in view of the complexities and uncertainties in measuring the actual damages that would be sustained by reason of the failure of a Member to comply with such provisions. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Section 8.01 may be enforced by specific performance.

8.02 Company Property . All confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be the exclusive property and proprietary rights of the Company, and to the extent any Member has participated in the development thereof, such Member shall assign all such rights to the Company and such Member’s work effort shall be considered “works for hire” for the Company.

8.03 Transactions Between Members and the Company . Except as otherwise provided by applicable Law, a Member may, but shall not be obligated to, lend money to the Company, act as a surety or guarantor for the Company, or transact other business with the Company, and has the same rights and obligations when transacting business with the Company as a Person who is not a Member; provided such transactions shall be entered into on terms and conditions customary in arm’s length transactions between unrelated parties.

8.04 Noncompete; Nonsolicitation .

(a) In consideration of the Units granted to the Employee-Members from time to time by the Company, except as otherwise provided in a Grant Agreement, each Employee-Member granted Units agrees that during the entire term of the Noncompete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee-Member shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with that of the Company or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee-Member shall not be deemed to have breached this Section 8.04(a) by reason of purchasing stock in a corporation whose shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or quoted on NASDAQ, provided that the Employee-Member’s beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of any class of equity securities in any such corporation is less than 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of such class.

 

26


(b) In consideration of the Units granted to the Employee-Members from time to time by the Company, except as otherwise provided in a Grant Agreement, each Employee-Member agrees that such Employee-Member shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) for a period of (A) three years after Termination, (B) four years after Termination, if the Termination occurs after the Employee-Member has been an employee of the Company for five years after such employee became an Employee-Member, or (C) five years after Termination, if the Termination occurs after the Employee-Member has been an employee of the Company for ten years after such employee became an Employee-Member, solicit, on behalf of himself or any Person, any Person that is as of the Termination, or has been within one year prior to the Termination, a client of the Company or its Affiliates to become an investment advisory, brokerage, or similar client of the Employee-Member or any other Person; (ii) for a period of five years after Termination, solicit any Person who is as of the Termination, or has been within one year prior to the Termination, an employee of the Company or its Affiliates to become an employee of or consultant to the Employee-Member or any other Person; or (iii) for a period of (A) two years after Termination, (B) three years after Termination, if the Termination occurs after the Employee-Member has been an employee of the Company for five years after such employee became an Employee-Member, or (C) four years after Termination if the Termination occurs after the Employee-Member has been an employee of the Company for ten years after such employee became an Employee-Member, solicit any Person who is a Prospect of the Company or its Affiliates to become an investment advisory, brokerage, or similar client of the Employee-Member or any other Person.

(c) Each Employee-Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 8.04 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company. Each Employee-Member further agrees that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of any breach of the terms of Section 8.04, and that in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions contained in Section 8.04, the Company will have no adequate remedy at Law. Each Employee-Member accordingly agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened breach by such Employee-Member of any of the provisions contained in Section 8.04, the Company shall be entitled to seek such injunctive and other equitable relief as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages and without posting any bond or other security.

(d) Each Employee-Member acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 8.04 shall survive and be enforceable by the Company after such Employee-Member ceases to be an employee of the Company and/or after the Employee-Member ceases to be a Member.

 

27


ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS

9.01 General Restrictions .

(a) No Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Units without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, and any attempted Transfer that is not in accordance with this Article IX shall be, and is hereby declared, null and void ab initio.

(b) No Member or transferee thereof shall, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, create, or suffer the creation of, a Lien on such Member’s Units.

(c) No Member shall Transfer all or any of its Units (i) if such Transfer would subject the Company to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or (ii) if such Transfer would cause the Company to lose its status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or cause the Company to be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704, and any attempted Transfer that is not in accordance with this Section 9.01(c) shall be, and is hereby declared, null and void ab initio.

(d) The Members agree that a breach of the provisions of this Article IX may cause irreparable injury to the Company and the Members for which monetary damages (or other remedy at Law) are inadequate in view of (i) the complexities and uncertainties in measuring the actual damages that would be sustained by reason of the failure of a Person to comply with such provisions and (ii) the uniqueness of the Company’s business and the relationship among the Members. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Article IX may be enforced by specific performance.

9.02 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 9.03 :

(a) M&N Group Holdings may, at any time, Transfer all or a portion of its Units to one or more of its members, and such members may Transfer all or portion of such Units to certain Persons, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the M&N Group Holdings Operating Agreement (any such Transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), and each such Transfer shall thereupon be deemed effective in all respects;

(b) M&N Group Holdings may, upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, Transfer all or a portion of its Units to Manning & Napier; and

(c) a Member may, at any time, Transfer all or a portion of its Units pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

9.03 Conditions to Transfers . If the Managing Member has consented to a Transfer, or a Transfer is to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 9.02(a) , such Transfer may be made only if (a) the provisions of Section 9.01 do not otherwise prohibit the Transfer, (b) a duly executed and acknowledged counterpart of the instrument effecting such Transfer, in form and

 

28


substance satisfactory to the Managing Member, shall have been delivered to the Managing Member, and the transferring Member shall have indicated such intention of substitution in the instrument effecting such Transfer, (c) the assignee shall have expressly agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and to assume all of the obligations imposed upon Members hereunder, (d) the transferring Member and the assignee shall have executed or delivered such other instruments as the Managing Member may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such admission, including, but not limited to, an opinion of counsel that the Transfer complies with the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and (e) the transferring Member or assignee shall have paid all reasonable expenses and legal fees relating to the Transfer and the assignee’s admission as a Member, including, but not limited to, the cost of any required counsel’s opinion.

9.04 Expenses of Transfer; Indemnification . All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Managing Member and the Company in connection with any Transfer of a Member’s Units, including any filing and recording costs and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be paid by the transferring Member. In addition, the transferring Member hereby indemnifies the Managing Member and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Managing Member, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates may become subject arising out of or based upon any false representation or warranty made by, or breach or failure to comply with any covenant or agreement of, such transferring Member or such transferee in connection with such Transfer.

9.05 Exchange Agreement . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in connection with any Transfer or any portion of a Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to take any action as may be required under the Exchange Agreement or requested by any party thereto to effect such Transfer promptly.

9.06 Redemption . The Managing Member shall have the sole discretion to approve any request for redemption of any Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no redemption shall be permitted unless:

(a) the conditions to a Transfer in Section 9.03 are satisfied with respect to the redemption as if the redemption were a Transfer;

(b) the Requesting Member provides the Managing Member a written request for redemption at least 60 calendar days in advance of the requested redemption date;

(c) the redemption price is established not earlier than 60 calendar days after the Managing Member’s receipt of such written request; and

(d) the redemption, if granted, together with “transfers” (within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) previously effectuated during the Fiscal Year of the Company (other than transfers described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(e)) does not exceed 10% of the total interests in the Company’s capital or profits.

 

29


The Managing Member may elect to waive one or more of (a)-(d) if a written opinion is received by the Company’s tax counsel, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member, that the proposed redemption will not adversely cause the Company to constitute a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY

10.01 Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each, a “ Dissolution Event ”), and no other event shall cause the Company’s dissolution:

(i) the determination by the Managing Member that the Company should dissolve; provided , however , that the Managing Member has received the prior written consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the issued and outstanding Class A Units at such time; or

(ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

(b) Upon the dissolution of the Company, no further business shall be done in the Company name except the completion of any incomplete transactions and the taking of such action as shall be necessary for the winding up of the affairs of the Company and the distribution of its assets.

(c) To the maximum extent permitted by the Act, the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member shall not constitute a Dissolution Event and, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such event or circumstance, the business of the Company shall be continued without dissolution.

10.02 Liquidation and Termination .

(a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Managing Member or a Person selected by the Managing Member to act as liquidating trustee shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The Managing Member or liquidating trustee, as applicable, is authorized, subject to the Act, to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the assets of the Company, or to distribute Company assets in kind, as the Managing Member or liquidating trustee shall determine to be in the best interests of the Members. The reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managing Member or liquidating trustee, as applicable, in connection with winding up the Company (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Company. Except as otherwise required by Law and except in connection with any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managing Member or liquidating trustee, as applicable, the Managing Member or liquidating trustee shall not be liable to any Member or the Company for any loss attributable to any act or omission of the Managing Member or liquidating trustee taken in good

 

30


faith in connection with the winding up of the Company and the distribution of Company assets. The Managing Member or liquidating trustee, as applicable, may consult with counsel and accountants with respect to winding up the Company and distributing its assets and shall be justified in acting or omitting to act in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, provided that the Managing Member or liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall have used reasonable care in selecting such counsel or accountants.

(b) The Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall take the following actions and make the following distributions out of the property of the Company in the following manner and order:

(i) Accounting . As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final winding up, the Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall cause a proper accounting to be made by an independent outside accounting firm of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last calendar day of the month in which the dissolution occurs or the final winding up is completed, as applicable.

(ii) Satisfaction of Obligations . The Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in winding up); provided , however , that the Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, may establish one or more cash escrow funds (in such amounts and for such terms as the Managing Member or the liquidating trustee may reasonably determine) for the payment of contingent liabilities.

(iii) Distribution of Assets . All remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as follows:

(A) the Managing Member or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, may sell any or all Company property, including to the Members, and any resulting gain or loss from each sale shall be computed and allocated to the Capital Accounts of Members in accordance with the allocation provisions in this Agreement;

(B) with respect to all Company property that has not been sold, the Gross Asset Value of that property shall be determined and the Capital Accounts of Members shall be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss, and deduction inherent in property that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously would be allocated among Members if there were a taxable disposition of that property for the Gross Asset Value of that property on the date of distribution; and

(C) the property of the Company shall be distributed to the Members, pro rata, in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(c) All distributions in kind to the Members shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for costs, expenses, and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Company has committed prior to the date of termination, and those costs, expenses, and

 

31


liabilities shall be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section 10.02 ; provided , however , that no Member shall be liable for any such Company cost, expense or liability in excess of the Gross Asset Value of the property so distributed in kind to such Member. The distribution of cash and/or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.02 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act; provided , however , that no Member shall be deemed under this Section 10.02(c) to have agreed to be liable for any such Company cost, expense or liability in excess of the Gross Asset Value of the property so distributed in kind to such Member. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.

10.03 Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member will be required to pay to the Company, any other Member or any third party, any deficit balance which may exist, from time to time, in the Member’s Capital Account.

10.04 Certificate of Cancellation . On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Managing Member (or any Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to Section 2.06 , and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company. Upon the effectiveness of the Certificate of Cancellation, the existence of the Company shall cease, except as may be otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE XI

ACCOUNTING

11.01 Accounts of the Company . The books and records of account of the Company shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and shall be reconciled to comply with the methods followed by the Company for United States federal income tax purposes, consistently applied. The books and records shall be maintained at the Company’s principal office or at a location designated by the Managing Member.

11.02 Annual Reports to Members . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared and mailed to each Member one (1) or more reports setting forth, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (a) a statement of Net Profits and Net Losses and the amount of such Member’s Capital Account and, as soon as thereafter practicable, the amount of such Member’s share of the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year, in sufficient detail to enable such Member to prepare its federal, state and other tax returns and (b) a balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows for the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the Fiscal Year. The financial statements described in this Section 11.02 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein).

 

32


11.03 Tax Returns and Tax Elections .

(a) The Company’s accountants shall prepare all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, shall determine the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws, provided that the Company shall make an election under Section 754 of the Code promptly following the date hereof, which election shall not be revoked without the consent of M&N Group Holdings.

(b) Each Member agrees that, in respect of any year in which it has or had any interest in the Company, it shall not (i) treat, on its individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to its interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing its income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based upon, or that would result in, such inconsistent treatment unless such Member has been advised by counsel that treating such item in a manner consistent with the treatment of such item by the Company would subject such Member to penalties under the Code.

(c) The Managing Member, or a Person designated by the Managing Member who is a Member, shall be the Company’s “Tax Matters Partner” (as that term is defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) in the event of an income tax audit of any Company return. To the extent the Company is treated as an entity for purposes of the audit, including administrative settlement and judicial review, the Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to act for and represent the Company, and to enter into a settlement agreement within the meaning of Section 6224(c)(1) of the Code (or comparable provisions under state or local Law) to which each Member agrees to be bound. All expenses incurred in connection with any such audit shall be expenses of the Company. The Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to carry out on behalf of the Company and at the Company’s expense all acts appropriate to such designation with respect to federal, state and local taxing authorities.

11.04 No Further Rights to Books and Records . Except for the information required to be provided to the Members under this Agreement, no Member shall have the right to demand from the Company, and the Company shall have no obligation to provide to any Member, any books or records of the Company.

ARTICLE XII

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

12.01 Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Indemnitee shall be liable to the Company or any other Indemnitee for any Losses which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Company or any other Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of the activities of the

 

33


Indemnitee in its capacity as an Officer of the Company or otherwise on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee, except to the extent such Losses arise out of (a) the Indemnitee’s failure to act in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee’s not having any reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (b) the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.02 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each of (a) the Members, the Managing Member and their respective Affiliates, (b) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of the Members and the Managing Member and their respective Affiliates, and (c) the Officers of the Company (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all Losses which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of this Agreement, the Company, its assets, business or affairs or the activities of the Indemnitee in its capacity as an officer of the Company or otherwise on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of (a) the Indemnitee’s failure to act in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee’s not having any reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (b) the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner specified in clause (a) or (b) above. Any indemnification pursuant to this Article XII shall be made only out of the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

12.03 Expenses . Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding described in Section 12.02 shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as provided in this Article XII .

12.04 Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article XII shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, the Act, this Agreement, any other agreement, a policy of insurance or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article XII shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a Person.

12.05 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in such capacity, or arising out of their status as Indemnitees, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under this Article XII .

 

34


ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.01 Amendments .

(a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any exhibit or schedule hereto) may be modified or amended at any time and from time to time with the written consent of the Managing Member and M&N Group Holdings; provided that the Managing Member may, without the consent of any of the other Members, amend this Agreement:

(i) to satisfy any requirements, conditions, guidelines or opinions contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Internal Revenue Service or any other U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. governmental agency, or in any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. statute, compliance with which the Managing Member deems to be in the best interest of the Company;

(ii) (A) to ensure that the Company will not be treated as (x) an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (y) a “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code or (B) to comply with the then existing requirements of the Code, final or temporary Treasury Regulations and the rulings of the Internal Revenue Service affecting the treatment of the Company as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; or

(iii) to change the name of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.01(a) , no modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be made that, based on the subject matter of the items affected by any such modification or amendment, would affect any Member in a manner that is disproportionate to the manner in which other Members holding the same series of class of Units is affected, without the consent of the disproportionately affected Members holding a majority of the class or series of Units that would be disproportionately affected by such amendment or modification.

13.02 Severability . If any term, provision, agreement, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, agreements, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not effected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties hereof shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

13.03 Notices . All notices to the Company shall be addressed to its principal office. All notices addressed to a Member or its Legal Representative or to the Members as a group shall be addressed to such Member or Legal Representative or Members at the address of such Member

 

35


or Legal Representative for the Members set forth on Schedule A hereto. Any Member or the Legal Representative of any Member may designate a new address by notice to such effect given to the Company. All notices and other communications to be given to a Member or its Legal Representative shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder (a) when received, if in writing and delivered by hand, (b) two (2) Business Days following deposit with a nationally recognized courier or overnight delivery service, (c) three (3) days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or (d) when sent, if sent in the form of an e-mail message or facsimile if receipt thereof is confirmed by telephone.

13.04 No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

13.05 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The Members covenant and agree that the state courts located in Delaware, or in a case involving diversity of citizenship or a federal question, the federal courts located in Delaware shall have exclusive jurisdiction of any action or proceeding under this Agreement or related to the matters contemplated by this Agreement or any agreement entered into in connection therewith.

13.06 Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns.

13.07 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any other agreements expressly mentioned herein constitute the entire agreement of the Members, and their respective Affiliates relating to the matters covered hereby and supersede all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the Company, whether oral or written.

13.08 Other Activities . Neither the Company nor any Member (or any Affiliate of any Member) shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement either to participate in or to share in any other now existing or future ventures, activities or opportunities of any of the other Members or their Affiliates, or in the income or proceeds derived from such ventures, activities or opportunities.

13.09 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

13.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile counterparts, with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

13.11 Waiver of Right to Partition . Each of the Members irrevocably waives during the term of the Company any right that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition

 

36


with respect to the property and assets of the Company, and hereby agrees not to file a bill for a membership accounting or otherwise proceed adversely in any manner whatsoever against the other Members or the Company, except for bad faith, gross negligence, fraud, intentional misconduct or violation of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

MANAGING MEMBER:
MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MEMBERS:
M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   William Manning
Title:   Managing Member
MANNING & NAPIER CAPITAL COMPANY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

38


SCHEDULE A

MEMBERS, UNITS AND INFORMATION RELATED THERETO

 

Members

   Number of
Class A Units
   Number of
Class B Units
   Sharing
Percentage
 

Manning & Napier, Inc .

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

      N/A                  

M&N Group Holdings, LLC

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

      N/A                  

Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC

290 Woodcliff Drive Fairport,

New York 14450

      N/A                  
  

 

     

 

 

 

Total:

           100
  

 

     

 

 

 

 

39


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is executed by the undersigned Member pursuant to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of             , 2011, as amended as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), of Manning & Napier Group, LLC (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Member agrees as follows:

1. Units . The Member is acquiring Units in the Company consisting of [     Class A Units] [     Class B Units].

2. Capital Contribution . [In consideration of the Units, the Member shall make on the date hereof a Capital Contribution of $         in cash to the Company.] [In consideration of the Units, the Member shall make on the date hereof a Capital Contribution to the Company consisting of                             .] [The Member is not required to make a Capital Contribution to the Company in consideration of the Units.]

3. Agreement . The Member agrees that it shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement thereunder and shall be deemed to have made the representations in Section 7.09 of the Agreement as of the date hereof, and hereby adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if the Member was originally a party thereto.

4. Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to the Member at the address listed beside the Member’s signature below.

EXECUTED AND DATED this      day of         ,         .

 

Member:

By:                                                                                                 

Name:

Title:

Address:                                                                                       

                                                                                                       

Fax:                                                                                                

 

40


Acknowledged and Agreed to

as of the date first written above:

MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC

 

By:                                                                                             

Name:

Title:

 

41

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

Dated as of                 , 2011

 

 

THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) GOVERNED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
Article I      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      1   
1.01      Certain Definitions      1   
1.02      Construction      8   
Article II      GENERAL PROVISIONS      9   
2.01      Formation and Continuation      9   
2.02      Name      9   
2.03      Principal Place of Business      9   
2.04      Registered Office; Registered Agent      9   
2.05      Purposes and Powers      9   
2.06      Foreign Qualifications      9   
2.07      Term      10   
2.08      Tax Treatment as Partnership      10   
Article III      MEMBERS; UNITS      10   
3.01      Members      10   
3.02      Units; Class and Series      11   
3.03      Initial Unit Designations; Authorized Units      11   
3.04      Unit Certificates      12   
3.05      Issued and Outstanding Units; Unit Ledger      13   
3.06      Safe Harbor Election      13   
3.07      Voting Rights      13   
Article IV      CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS      13   
4.01      Capital Contributions      13   
4.02      Additional Capital Contributions      13   
4.03      Return of Capital Contributions      13   
4.04      No Liability; No Deficit Restoration      13   
4.05      Capital Accounts      14   
Article V      ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS      15   
5.01      Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses      15   
5.02      No Return of Distributions      15   
5.03      Deficit Capital Accounts      15   
5.04      Regulatory Allocations      15   
5.05      Curative Allocations      17   
5.06      Income Tax Allocations      17   
5.07      Other Allocation Rules      17   
5.08      Code Section 704(c) Allocations      18   

 

i


5.09      Distributions      18   
5.10      Tax Distributions      19   
5.11      Restrictions on Distributions      19   
5.12      Withholding      19   
5.13      Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member      19   
Article VI      COSTS AND EXPENSES      20   
6.01      Operating Costs      20   
Article VII      GOVERNANCE      20   
7.01      Management of the Business      20   
7.02      Board of Directors      22   
7.03      Investment Company Act      24   
7.04      Meetings of the Members      24   
7.05      Provisions Applicable to All Meetings      25   
7.06      Officers      26   
7.07      Duties of the Managing Member, the Directors and the Members      26   
7.08      Liability of the Managing Member and the Directors      27   
7.09      No Right to Act      27   
7.10      Investment Representations of Members      27   
Article VIII      ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      28   
8.01      Confidentiality      28   
8.02      Company Property      29   
8.03      Transactions Between Members and the Company      29   
Article IX      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS      29   
9.01      General Restrictions      29   
9.02      Permitted Transfers      30   
9.03      Conditions to Transfers      30   
9.04      Expenses of Transfer; Indemnification      30   
Article X      DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY      31   
10.01      Dissolution      31   
10.02      Liquidation and Termination      32   
10.03      Deficit Capital Accounts      33   
10.04      Certificate of Cancellation      33   
Article XI      ACCOUNTING      34   
11.01      Accounts of the Company      34   

 

ii


11.02      Annual Reports to Members    34
11.03      Tax Returns and Tax Elections    34
11.04      No Further Rights to Books and Records    35
Article XII      EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION    35
12.01      Exculpation    35
12.02      Indemnification    35
12.03      Expenses    36
12.04      Non-Exclusivity    36
12.05      Insurance    36
Article XIII      MISCELLANEOUS    36
13.01      Amendments    36
13.02      Severability    37
13.03      Notices    37
13.04      No Waiver    37
13.05      Governing Law; Venue    37
13.06      Binding Effect    38
13.07      Entire Agreement    38
13.08      Other Activities    38
13.09      Further Assurances    38
13.10      Counterparts    38
13.11      Waiver of Right to Partition    38

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated as of [ ], 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), is adopted, executed and agreed to by and among the signatories hereto and shall be binding on all of the Members (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company was formed on June 30, 2011, pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “ Act ”) by the filing of its Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

WHEREAS, the Company has been governed by a Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 (the “ Original Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the signatories to this Agreement constitute the requisite Persons needed to amend the Original Agreement, and such Persons desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety on the terms herein provided; and

WHEREAS, the Members desire to participate in the Company for the purposes described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.01 Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Accounting Period ” shall mean, as the context may require: (a) the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on December 31 of the same year, (b) any subsequent twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) or (b) for which the Company is required or elects to allocate items of Net Profits and Net Loss, or any other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Agreement.

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Member, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore (or is treated as obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and (b) decreased by any amounts described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) with respect to such Member.


Affiliate(s) ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or through one (1) or more intermediaries, controls or is controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” and its corollaries shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of M&N Group Holdings, LLC, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, including the exhibits and schedules hereto.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02 hereof.

Board Triggering Event ” shall mean the death or disability of the Managing Member.

Business Day ” shall mean any day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York are not required or authorized by Law to remain closed.

Capital Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.

Capital Contribution(s) ” shall mean the contribution made by a Member to the capital of the Company from time to time pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 4.02 hereof.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Class A Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a) hereof.

Class B Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b) hereof.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time (or any succeeding Law), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. References to sections of the Code shall include amended or successor provisions thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Confidential Information ” shall mean any information which is currently held by the Company or is hereafter acquired, developed or used by the Company or its subsidiaries relating to business opportunities or other operational, economic, financial, management or other aspects of the business, operations, properties or prospects of the Company, whether oral or in written form.

Curative Allocations ” means the allocations pursuant to Section 5.05 of this Agreement.

 

2


Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for federal income tax purposes in respect of such taxable year, except that with respect to any other asset whose Gross Asset Value differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such taxable year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such taxable year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such taxable year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

Director ” means a director serving on the Board of Directors of the Company, including the Manning Directors and the Employee-Owner Directors.

Dissolution Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a) hereof.

Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Employee-Owner Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a)(ii) hereof.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” shall mean the exchange agreement, by and among Manning & Napier, the Company, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC and any other holders of units of Manning & Napier Group, to be entered into in connection with the Initial Public Offering, pursuant to which the parties thereto are permitted, upon the terms and subject to the conditions to be provided therein, to exchange Units for cash or shares of Class A Common Stock, to be determined in Manning & Napier’s sole discretion.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the calendar year.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect at the time any applicable financial statements were prepared.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency, commission, official or other authority of the United States or any other country or any state, province, prefect, municipality, locality or other government or political subdivision thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

Gross Asset Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset of the Company, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion;

 

3


(b) the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account), as determined by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of a new or an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution or as consideration for services performed or to be performed by such Member for the Company; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company property as consideration for an interest in the Company; (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); (D) the issuance, forfeiture or redemption of more than a de minimis amount of Units after the date of this Agreement; (E) the effectuation of any Interim Capital Transaction; or (F) such other times as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may, in its sole discretion, determine; provided that an adjustment described in clauses (A), (B) or (D) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion, determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

(c) the Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to a Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable; and

(d) the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and clause (f) of the definition of “Net Profits” and “Net Losses;” provided that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or (d), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Losses.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02 hereof.

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the initial public offering of the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Manning & Napier.

Interim Capital Transaction ” shall mean (a) an exchange by the Company of the Class A Units or the Class B Units of Manning & Napier Group for cash or shares of Manning & Napier pursuant to the Exchange Agreement or (b) a sale by the Company of shares of Manning & Napier received by it pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

 

4


Law ” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or any other Person.

Legal Representative(s) ” shall mean any and all executors, administrators, committees, guardians, conservators or trustees, in bankruptcy or otherwise, of a Member.

Lien ” shall mean a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, right of others, claim, security interest, encumbrance, easement, right of way, restriction on the use of real property, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, option, right of first refusal, lien, charge, license to third parties, lease to third parties, restriction on transfer or assignment, or other restriction or limitation of any nature or irregularities in title.

Losses ” shall mean, collectively, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

Managing Member ” shall mean William Manning.

Manning & Napier ” shall mean Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Manning & Napier Group ” shall mean Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Manning Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a)(i) hereof.

Member(s) ” shall mean any Person, other than the Company, (a) executing this Agreement as of the Effective Date or (b) who is hereafter admitted to the Company as a Member as provided in Section 3.01(b) , but such term does not include any Person who has ceased to be a Member in the Company as provided in Section 3.01(c) .

Member Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Member Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning assigned to the term “partner nonrecourse deduction” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

Membership Interest ” shall mean the interest of a Member, in its capacity as such, in the Company, including the rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, information, all other rights, benefits and privileges enjoyed by that Member (under the Act, the Certificate of Formation, this Agreement or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member and, with respect to the Managing Member, otherwise to participate in the management of the Company, and all obligations, duties and liabilities imposed on that Member (under the Act, the Certificate of Formation, this Agreement or otherwise) in its capacity as a Member.

 

5


Minimum Gain ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Net Proceeds ” means all cash receipts of the Company and the fair market value of any property received by the Company, during any period, from whatever source derived, less the amount of all of the Company’s expenses paid during such period, including, without limitation, debt service payments and such reserves as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion, may establish.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ” shall mean an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for any taxable year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss) with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition of “Net Profits” and “Net Losses” shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition of “Net Profits” or “Net Losses” shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation of such taxable year, computed in accordance with the definition of “Depreciation;”

 

6


(f) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than a complete liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses; and

(g) Excluding any item specifically allocated under Article V.

Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 hereof.

Ordinary Net Profits ” or “ Ordinary Net Losses ” shall mean Net Profits or Net Losses other than those arising from, or attributable to, sale of the Company’s assets in connection with the liquidation of the Company.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (a) a Transfer resulting from the death of a Person or another involuntary Transfer by operation of law, (b) a Transfer to any trust, limited liability company, limited partnership or other entity having as its sole beneficiaries or owners such Member, any spouse, parent, sibling, child or grandchild of such Member or any combination of the foregoing, so long as such trust, limited liability company, limited partnership or other entity is controlled by such transferring Member and (c) solely with respect to the Managing Member, any Transfer to a charitable organization, including, without limitation, a private foundation.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02 hereof.

Person(s) ” shall mean any individual, partnership (whether general or limited), joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust, an incorporated organization and a Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other entity.

Prime Rate ” shall mean U.S. prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of determination.

Regulatory Allocations ” means the allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 of this Agreement.

Requesting Member ” shall mean, in relation to an Interim Capital Transaction, a Member that makes a request to the Company to effectuate the Interim Capital Transaction.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Sharing Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Member, a percentage, expressed as a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units held by all Members. The Sharing

 

7


Percentage shall be adjusted upon the Initial Public Offering and each Interim Capital Transaction, as applicable, so that only the Units with respect to which the Initial Public Offering or an Interim Transactions has not been effectuated shall be taken into account for purposes of determining a Member’s Sharing Percentage.

Tax Allowance Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Member for any fiscal quarter of the Company, an amount equal to the product of: (a) the highest combined federal, state and local tax rate applicable to any Member (and in the case of any Member that is a “pass-through” entity for income tax purposes, including those applicable to the ultimate beneficial owners of any such Member that are taxable entities or individuals) in respect of the taxable income and taxable loss of the Company in respect of such fiscal quarter, taking into account the deductibility of state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes, and (b) an amount equal to the remainder of (i) such Member’s share of the estimated net taxable income, other than that arising from, or attributable to, the Initial Public Offering, an Interim Capital Transaction or a sale transaction in connection with the liquidation of the Company, allocable to such Member arising from its ownership of an interest in the Company calculated through such fiscal quarter and (ii) any net losses (for income tax purposes) of the Company for prior Fiscal Years or net losses (for income tax purposes) prior fiscal quarters of the then current Fiscal Year that are allocable to such Member that were not previously utilized in the calculation of the Tax Allowance Amounts in a prior Fiscal Year or any prior fiscal quarter of the then current Fiscal Year.

TRA ” shall mean the tax receivable agreement, by and among Manning & Napier, the Company and Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, to be entered into in connection with the Initial Public Offering.

TRA Right ” shall mean the Company’s right to payments from Manning & Napier pursuant to the TRA.

Transfer ” shall mean, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, whether direct or indirect, transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, creation of a security interest or other disposition and, as a verb, voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of.

Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02 hereof.

1.02 Construction . For the purposes of this Agreement (a) any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders; (b) any words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and visa versa; (c) the terms “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereby” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the exhibits and schedules hereto) and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires; (d) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (e) any reference in this Agreement to “dollars” or ($) shall mean United States dollars; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified; (h) all references to an “employee” of the Company

 

8


shall include any natural person that provides personal services to any member of the Company, whether or not such natural person is treated as a “partner” (rather than as an employee) for tax and tax withholding purposes; (i) any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmissions or comparable means of communication; and (j) references to any statute or statutory provision shall include a reference to that statute or statutory provision as amended, consolidated or replaced from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and include subordinate legislation made under the relevant statute or statutory provision.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PROVISIONS

2.01 Formation and Continuation . The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Act on June 30, 2011 by the execution and filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Managing Member and the Board, as applicable, and the other Members hereby agree to continue the Company under and pursuant to the terms of the Act and agree further that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members shall be as provided in the Act except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

2.02 Name . The name of the Company shall be “M&N Group Holdings, LLC,” provided that the Managing Member and the Board, as applicable, shall have the right to change the name of the Company, upon written notice to each of the Members.

2.03 Principal Place of Business . The principal office of the Company shall be maintained at 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450, or at such other location as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may designate from time to time. The Company may establish or abandon from time to time such additional offices and places of business as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may deem appropriate in the conduct of the Company’s business.

2.04 Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may designate in the manner provided by Law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other Person or Persons as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may designate in the manner provided by Law.

2.05 Purposes and Powers . The purpose of the Company shall be to carry on any lawful business or activity and to have and exercise all of the powers, rights and privileges which a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act may have and exercise. The Company shall not conduct any business which is forbidden by or contrary to Law.

2.06 Foreign Qualifications . Prior to the Company’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, to the extent that the nature of the business conducted requires the Company to qualify as a foreign limited liability company under the Law of that jurisdiction,

 

9


the Company shall satisfy all requirements necessary to so qualify. At the request of the Company, each Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

2.07 Term . The existence of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate, and the Company shall have a perpetual existence unless and until dissolved and terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

2.08 Tax Treatment as Partnership . The Members do not intend for the Company to be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and no Member or officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or officer by reason of this Agreement for any purpose other than federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and this Agreement shall not be interpreted to provide otherwise. The Members intend that the Company will be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, and each Member and the Company will file all tax returns and will otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. The Company will not make any election to be treated as a corporation for federal and, if applicable, state and local income tax purposes, except with the approval of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

ARTICLE III

MEMBERS; UNITS

3.01 Members .

(a) Existing Members . Each of the Persons listed on Schedule A hereto is hereby admitted, or has previously been admitted, as a Member.

(b) Additional Members . In addition to the Persons listed on Schedule A , the following Persons shall be deemed to be Members and shall be admitted as Members without any further action by the Company, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, or any Member: (i) any Person to whom Units are Transferred by a Member so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with Article IX of this Agreement and (ii) any Person to whom the Company issues Units after the Effective Date in compliance with this Agreement.

(c) Cessation of Members . Any Person admitted or deemed admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(b) shall cease to have the rights of a Member under this Agreement at such time that such Person is no longer a record owner of any Units (except as provided under Section 12.02 , which rights shall not cease), but such Person shall remain bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement except those, if any, that expressly terminate upon cessation of being a Member.

(d) Liability of Members . Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

 

10


3.02 Units; Class and Series . Membership Interests in the Company shall be represented by whole or fractional unit increments (each, a “ Unit ”). From time to time, the Company may, subject to the terms of this Agreement, issue such number of Units as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, reasonably determines to be in the best interests of the Company. Units may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, with such designations, preferences and rights as are set forth in Section 3.03 or otherwise as shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, by resolution thereof. All issuances of Units shall require the prior approval of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable. In so fixing the designations, rights and preferences of any class or series of Units, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may designate such Units as “Preferred Units,” “Class A Units,” “Class B Units,” or any other designation and may specify the voting rights of such Units and such Units to be senior, junior, or pari passu with any Units then outstanding or to be issued thereafter. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may increase the number of authorized Units in any then existing class or series. Upon due authorization of such issuances, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, is hereby authorized to take all actions that it deems reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization (including the increase in number of authorized Units of any class or series), designation, creation and issuance of Units and the fixing of the designations, preferences and rights applicable thereto, and designations, preferences and rights of any new class or series of Units relative to the designations, preferences and rights governing any other series or classes of Units.

3.03 Initial Unit Designations; Authorized Units .

(a) A class of Units is hereby designated as “ Class A Units .” The Company is authorized to issue                      Class A Units, or such greater number as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, approves from time to time, and any Class A Unit issued in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly authorized and validly issued. The number of Class A Units that have been issued by the Company as of the Effective Date and the names and addresses of the Members holding record title to the Class A Units as of the Effective Date are set forth in Schedule A hereto.

(b) A class of Units is hereby designated as “ Class B Units .” The Company is authorized to issue                      Class B Units, or such greater number as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, approves from time to time, and any Class B Unit issued in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly authorized and validly issued. In addition, Class B Units issued pursuant to that certain Grant Letter, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and Richard Goldberg, are hereby deemed to have been duly authorized and validly issued. Class B Units may be issued by the Company to Persons from time to time for no consideration or de minimis consideration as such interests are intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43. The number of Class B Units that have been issued by the Company as of the Effective Date and the names and addresses of the Members holding record title to the Class B Units as of the Effective Date are set forth in Schedule A hereto.

 

11


(c) The Class B Units issued to the Managing Member on the date hereof shall vest upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Managing Member shall have no rights as a Member under this Agreement until such Class B Units have vested, including, without limitation, rights with respect to voting, allocations and distributions hereunder; provided , however , the foregoing shall not prohibit the Managing Member from acting in his capacity as Managing Member hereunder.

3.04 Unit Certificates . Ownership of Units may, but need not, be evidenced by certificates similar to customary stock certificates. As of the date hereof, Units are uncertificated, but the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may determine to certificate all or any Units at any time by resolution thereof. In such event, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall prescribe the forms of certificates to be issued by the Company including the forms of legends to be affixed thereto. Any such certificate shall be delivered by the Company to the applicable record owner of the Units represented by such certificate. Certificates evidencing Units shall provide that they are governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Certificates need not bear a seal of the Company but shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President or any other Person authorized by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, to sign such certificates who shall certify the Units represented by such certificate. In the event any Officer who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been placed upon, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such Officer before such certificate is issued by the Company, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such Officer at the date of issue. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may determine the conditions upon which a new certificate may be issued in place of a certificate which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and may, in its discretion, require the owner of such certificate or its Legal Representative to give bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Company against any and all losses or claims that may arise by reason of the issuance of a new certificate in the place of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed. Each certificate shall bear a legend on the reverse side thereof substantially in the following form in addition to any other legend required by Law or by agreement with the Company:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE (AND, IN SUCH CASE, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY MAY BE REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT).

THIS SECURITY MAY BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

12


AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY, DATED AS OF             , 2011 (AS MAY BE AMENDED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.

3.05 Issued and Outstanding Units; Unit Ledger . The Company shall maintain a ledger listing all of the record holders of Units and the number, class or series of Units held thereby. The Company will update Schedule A as Units are issued, forfeited or transferred from time to time. Any modification to Schedule A for the foregoing reasons shall not require consent or approval from any of the Members.

3.06 Safe Harbor Election . Without any further action by the Managing Member, the Board or any other Member, the Company may make an election to value any Class B Units at liquidation value (the “ Safe Harbor Election ”) as the same may be permitted pursuant to or in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(1) and IRS Notice 2005-43. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall cause the Company to make any allocations of items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit (including forfeiture allocations under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) and elections as to allocation periods) necessary or appropriate to effectuate and maintain the Safe Harbor Election.

3.07 Voting Rights . Each Unit shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each such Unit.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

4.01 Capital Contributions . As of the Effective Date, each Member has made, or is deemed to have made, Capital Contributions, in cash or other property, in the amount specified in the books and records of the Company.

4.02 Additional Capital Contributions . No Member shall have any obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions after the Effective Date. In addition, no Member shall be permitted to make additional Capital Contributions of cash or other property without the express permission of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, which permission may be withheld for any or no reason.

4.03 Return of Capital Contributions . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, (a) no Member shall receive any return or distribution of its Capital Contributions, (b) no Member shall receive any interest or other return on or with respect to either its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account and (c) no Member shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account.

4.04 No Liability; No Deficit Restoration . The Members shall not be bound by, nor be personally liable for, the expenses, liabilities, indebtedness or obligations of the Company (unless otherwise agreed to by such Member in writing) or of any other Member. The Members intend and agree that no Member shall be obligated to pay any deficit in its Capital Account to or for the account of the Company or any creditor of the Company.

 

13


4.05 Capital Accounts .

(a) A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company.

(b) Each Member’s Capital Account will be increased by: (i) the amount of money contributed by such Member to the Company, (ii) the Gross Asset Value of any property contributed to such Member by the Company, (iii) the amount of any liabilities of the Company assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member and (iv) allocations to such Member of Net Profits and other items of income or gain in accordance with the allocation provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Each Member’s Capital Account will be decreased by: (i) the amount of money distributed to such Member by the Company, (ii) the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Member by the Company, (iii) the amount of an liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company and (iv) allocations to such Member of Net Losses and other items of deduction and loss in accordance with the allocation provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Each Member’s Capital Account will be appropriately adjusted to take into account any adjustments to the Gross Asset Value of Company assets in accordance with the definition of the term “Gross Asset Value”.

(e) In the event of a permitted sale or exchange of a Membership Interest, the Capital Account of the transferor shall become the Capital Account of the transferee to the extent it relates to the transferred Membership Interest in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l) of the Treasury Regulations.

(f) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this Section 4.05 , there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.

(g) The manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to this Section 4.05 is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. If the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, determines that the manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to the preceding provisions of this Section 4.05 should be modified in order to comply with Code Section 704(b) and the Treasury Regulations, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding provisions of this Section 4.05 , the method in which Capital Accounts are maintained shall be so modified; provided , however , that any change in the manner of maintaining Capital Accounts shall not materially alter the economic agreement between or among the Members as set forth in this Agreement.

 

14


ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS

5.01 Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses Other Than in Liquidation of the Company .

(a) Ordinary Net Profits and Ordinary Net Losses, except as otherwise provided herein, including Sections 5.01(b) , 5.04 and 5.05 , or unless another allocation is required by Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code for the allocations to have “economic effect,” for purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts of the Members, for each Accounting Period, shall be allocated to and among all Members, pro rata, based on their respective Sharing Percentages.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.04 and 5.05 , during each Fiscal Year in which a Class B Unit issued to Richard Goldberg and/or William Manning is outstanding, Net Profits from Interim Capital Transactions shall be allocated first to Richard Goldberg until such time as when the positive balance in his Capital Account for that Fiscal Year bears the same ratio to the sum of the Capital Accounts of all Members for that Fiscal Year, as his Sharing Percentage at the end of such year (“Equalization”). Thereafter, the Net Profits from Interim Capital Transactions shall be allocated to William Manning until such time as he reaches Equalization.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.01(b) , 5.04 and 5.05 , Net Profits and Net Losses arising from, or attributable to, an Interim Capital Transaction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income or gain received or attributable to the TRA Right related to the Exchange) shall be allocated to and among all Members, pro rata, based on their respective Sharing Percentages.

(d) Allocations provided in this Section 5.01 shall take into account changes to the Sharing Percentages during the taxable year using the closing of books method or any other reasonable convention adopted by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion; in addition, with respect to an Accounting Period during which any Unit of the Company (that constitutes a “profits interest” for tax purposes) is issued to any Member in connection with performance of services, the Net Profits or Net Losses shall be allocated to such Member only with respect to periods beginning after the receipt of such Unit.

5.02 No Return of Distributions . No Member shall have any obligation to refund to the Company any amount that shall have been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Agreement unless required to do so by applicable law.

5.03 Deficit Capital Accounts . Except as otherwise provided herein or under the Act, no Member shall be required at any time to contribute any amount to the Company solely because of a deficit or negative balance in the Capital Account of such Member, and any deficit or negative balance shall not be considered an asset of the Company for any purpose.

5.04 Regulatory Allocations . The following allocations shall be made in the following order:

(a) Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Sharing Percentages.

 

15


(b) Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated to the Members bearing the Economic Risk of Loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt, the Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Members according to the ratio in which they bear the Economic Risk of Loss. This Section 5.04(b) is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain for a Fiscal Year (or if there was a net decrease in Minimum Gain for a prior Fiscal Year and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior years to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.04(c) , items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Member in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in such Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This Section 5.04(c) is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.04(c) (dealing with Minimum Gain), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for a Fiscal Year (or if there was a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain for a prior Fiscal Year and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior years to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.04(d) , items of income and gain shall be allocated to each Member in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This Section 5.04(d) is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Sections 5.04(c) and Section 5.04(d) (dealing with Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain), a Member who unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) shall be allocated items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Fiscal Year) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any deficit balance in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account as quickly as possible. This Section 5.04(e) is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(f) In the event that any Member has a negative Adjusted Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year, such Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such deficit as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.04(f) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a negative Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.04 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.04(f) were not in this Agreement.

 

16


(g) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company properties pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to any Member in complete liquidation of such Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) if such Section applies, or to the Member to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

5.05 Curative Allocations . The Regulatory Allocations are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may be inconsistent with the manner in which the Members intend to divide Company distributions. Accordingly, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, is authorized to divide other allocations of Profits, Losses and other items among the Members, to the extent that they exist, so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and the Curative Allocations to each Member is zero. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner that is consistent with Code Section 704 and the related Treasury Regulations.

5.06 Income Tax Allocations . The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in the same manner and amounts as allocations are made to the Members pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Agreement. If any Membership Interest is transferred, or is increased or decreased by reason of the admission of a new Member or otherwise, during any Accounting Period, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Company for such Accounting Period allocable may be allocated based on any method consistent with Section 706(d) of the Code, in the sole discretion of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

5.07 Other Allocation Rules .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for purposes of determining the Net Profits, Net Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Net Profits, Net Losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to a Unit in the Company that is transferred in accordance with this Agreement shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on the portion of the calendar year during which each was recognized as the owner of such Unit, without regard to the results of Company operations during any particular portion of that calendar year and without regard to whether cash distributions were made to the transferor or the transferee during that calendar year; provided , however , that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under Code Section 706 and the regulations thereunder.

 

17


(c) The Members’ proportionate shares of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), shall be in the same proportions as the relative number of Units held thereby.

5.08 Code Section 704(c) Allocations .

(a) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value computed in accordance with the definition of “Gross Asset Value” using such method as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall select.

(b) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(c) Except otherwise provided herein, any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.08 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Net Profits, Net Losses or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

5.09 Distributions Other Than in Liquidation of the Company . Subject to applicable Law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, distributions from the Company shall be made at such times as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall determine from time to time as set forth below:

(a) Distributions of Net Proceeds, other than from an Interim Capital Transaction, the Initial Public Offering or a sale transaction in connection with the liquidation of the Company, shall be made to the Members, pro rata, in proportion with their respective Sharing Percentages.

(b) The distribution of Net Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering shall be made pro rata to Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation and Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., in the same proportions as their respective Sharing Percentages bear to the aggregate Sharing Percentage of those three Members.

 

18


(c) Distributions of Net Proceeds from an Interim Capital Transaction shall be made to its Requesting Member.

Distributions may take the form of cash, securities or other property, as determined by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

5.10 Tax Distributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary and to the extent permitted by law, on or before the date that estimated income taxes are required to be paid with respect to each fiscal quarter, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall determine the Tax Allowance Amount for each Member in respect of such quarter. Upon such determination, and to the extent that the Company has not made minimum distributions to each Member in an amount (in cash or property) at least equal to such Member’s respective Tax Allowance Amount for the then current fiscal quarter, the Company shall distribute to each member an amount so that after such distribution is made each Member shall have received minimum aggregate distributions for such fiscal quarter equal to each such Member’s Tax Allowance Amount. For the purposes of computing the Tax Allowance Amount, if any, the effect of any benefit to a Member under Section 734 or 743 of the Code, if any, will be ignored. A Tax Allowance Amount paid to a Member under this Section 5.10 shall be treated as an advance against distributions to the same Member under this Agreement.

5.11 Restrictions on Distributions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.09 and 5.10 hereof to the contrary, no distribution shall be made to the Members if such distribution would (a) violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any Law then applicable to the Company, (b) have the effect of rendering the Company insolvent or (c) result in the Company having net capital lower than that required by applicable Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not make a distribution to a Member to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, the aggregate of the liabilities of the Company and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Company (including, without limitation, the fair value of the Company’s goodwill), except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.

5.12 Withholding . Each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and to pay to any appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority any taxes payable by the Company as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company; if and to the extent that the Company shall be required to withhold and pay any such taxes, such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company in the amount of the sum withheld as of the time such withholding is required to be paid to any appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Authority, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution to such Member and an advance on any Tax Distributions to be made under this Agreement.

5.13 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member . If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental or Regulatory Authority that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state or local personal property taxes and state or local unincorporated

 

19


business taxes), then such Member shall indemnify the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). A Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 5.13 shall survive termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 5.13 , the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 5.13 , including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification, with interest calculated at a rate equal to Prime Rate plus 2% (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law).

ARTICLE VI

COSTS AND EXPENSES

6.01 Operating Costs . The Company shall (a) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (b) in the sole discretion of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, reimburse the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, or any Company employee for any out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by them in connection therewith. To the extent that the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, reasonably determines in good faith that its expenses are related to the business conducted by the Company and/or its subsidiaries (including any good faith allocation of a portion of expenses that so relate to the business of the Company and/or its subsidiaries that also relate to the businesses or activities of the Managing Member or the Board, respectively), then the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may cause the Company to pay or bear all such expenses of the Managing Member or the Board, respectively, including the litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes (which are not based on, or measured by, income); provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member or any Director. Payments under this Section 6.01 are intended to constitute reasonable compensation for past or present services and are not “distributions” within the meaning of Section 18-607 of the Act.

ARTICLE VII

GOVERNANCE

7.01 Management of the Business . Subject to Section 7.02 , the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate duties and authority in accordance with this Agreement to one or more other Persons to act on behalf of the Company. In addition to all powers provided or permitted by the Act or any other applicable Law, the Managing Member is hereby authorized on behalf of the Company to:

(a) expend Company funds in furtherance of the business and purpose of the Company;

(b) incur obligations for and on behalf of the Company in connection with its business;

 

20


(c) open, maintain and close, in the name of the Company, brokerage and bank accounts, and to draw checks or other orders for the payment of money;

(d) borrow or raise moneys for and on behalf of the Company upon such terms and conditions as may be necessary or advisable and without limit as to amount or manner and time of repayment;

(e) issue, accept, endorse and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, bonds, debentures and other negotiable or non-negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness;

(f) hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the whole or any part of the property or credit of the Company, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired, provided , however , that the Company may not hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or otherwise Transfer its rights and obligations with respect to a TRA Right;

(g) repay in whole or in part, refinance, modify or extend any security interest affecting property owned by the Company and, in connection therewith, to execute for and on behalf of the Company any or all extensions, renewals, or modifications of such security interests;

(h) lend funds and other property of the Company either with or without security;

(i) waive any default under any agreement to which the Company is a party;

(j) apply for membership or participation in any exchanges, clearing agencies, trade associations or other organizations and to take any actions and disclose any information necessary or appropriate in connection with such applications;

(k) determine, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the terms of any offering of Units and the manner of complying with applicable Law and to take any additional action as it shall deem necessary or desirable to effectuate the offering of Units;

(l) prepare, execute, file and deliver any documents, instruments or agreements;

(m) employ such agents, brokers, traders, consultants, advisers, employees, attorneys, accountants and other Persons as the Managing Member deems appropriate and necessary to the conduct of the Company, at such rates and fees as it deems necessary or appropriate, whether or not they are associates or Affiliates of the Company or the Managing Member;

(n) obtain insurance for the proper protection of the Company and the Members;

(o) commence or defend any litigation or arbitration involving the Managing Member in its capacity as Managing Member, and to retain legal counsel in connection therewith and to pay out of the assets of the Company any and all liabilities and expenses, including fees of legal counsel, incurred in connection therewith (except if the Managing Member is or becomes liable therefor under Section 7.07 hereof);

 

21


(p) take any other action contemplated to be taken by the Managing Member pursuant to this Agreement;

(q) make such other decisions and enter into any other agreements or take such other action as it believes to be necessary or desirable to carry out the business and purpose of the Company; and

(r) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Company is not classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.

7.02 Board of Directors . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Board Triggering Event, the Company shall be managed by “managers” (as such term is used in the Act) according to the terms set forth herein. Such “managers” are referred to as “Directors” throughout this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of a Board Triggering Event, the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

(a) Composition . The Board shall consist of natural persons who need not be Members or residents of the State of Delaware. Upon the occurrence of a Board Triggering Event, the Board shall initially be composed of:

(i) two individuals appointed by (A) the estate of the Managing Member, if such Board Triggering Event is due to the death of the Managing Member, or (B) the Managing Member or a legal representative thereof, if such Board Triggering Event is due to the disability of the Managing Member (such individuals, the “ Manning Directors ”); and

(ii) four individuals who at such time are employees of Manning & Napier Group (or any of its Subsidiaries) and hold the largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group (the “ Employee-Owner Directors ”); provided , however , in the event the fourth largest direct and indirect ownership interest in Manning & Napier Group is held by more than one individual, then the individual holding the most senior executive title shall be appointed as an Employee-Owner Director; provided , if such individuals hold identical or equal titles, then the individual with the highest total compensation shall be appointed as an Employee-Owner Director; provided further , if such individuals hold identical or equal titles and earn identical total compensation, then a majority of the remaining Board shall determine which individual shall be appointed as an Employee-Owner Director.

Each individual appointed to serve on the Board in accordance with this Section 7.02(a) shall serve until his or her removal in accordance with Section 7.02(b) , voluntary resignation, death or disability, as applicable. The chairperson of the Board, if any, shall be designated by the majority vote of the Directors.

 

22


(b) Removal . A Director appointed to serve on the Board in accordance with Section 7.02(a) may not be removed from the Board during his or her term except (i) if such Director has committed willful misconduct or gross negligence in a manner that materially impairs the Company’s financial condition or prospects, (ii) if such Director has continually refused or intentionally failed to perform his or her duties and obligations in some material respect after reasonable written notice (and reasonable time to cure) of any such refusal or failure to perform such duties or obligations, (iii) if such Director has been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, (iv) if such Director has breached a material obligation under this Agreement, (v) if such Employee-Owner Director is no longer an employee of the Company; or (vi) if such Employee-Owner Director does not hold one of the four largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group; provided , however , the Persons who appointed the Manning Directors in accordance with Section 7.02(a) shall have the right to remove any such Director from serving on the Board and appoint replacements therefor.

(c) Vacancies . Any vacancy created by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any Manning Director shall be filled by an appointee designated by the Persons that designated the applicable former Manning Director under Section 7.02(a) . Any vacancy created by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or lack of direct or indirect ownership interest in Manning & Napier Group by an Employee-Owner Director shall be filled by an individual then employed by Manning & Napier Group and holding one of the four largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group, as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.02(a) . Actions taken at a duly convened Board meeting or by written consent when a vacancy exists shall not affect the validity of such action.

(d) Quorum; Required Vote for Board Action . Each Director serving on the Board shall be entitled to cast one vote in connection with each matter submitted for approval, adoption or consent of the Board (whether at a meeting or by written consent). A quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall exist when a majority of the Directors is present in person, by proxy or by telephone. All decisions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes ascribed to all Directors present in person, by proxy or by telephone at any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present.

(e) Location; Order of Business . The Board may hold its meetings in such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine by resolution. At all meetings of the Board, business shall be transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.

(f) Meetings of the Board; Notices . The Board shall meet at least quarterly. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such places as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by any other Member or Members holding an aggregate of 15% of the Units then outstanding and eligible to vote on at least 48 hours notice to each Director, with such notice containing a statement of the purposes for such special meeting.

(g) Reimbursement; Compensation . All Directors shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for their respective reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of their services as such. Other than the reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket costs, no Director shall be entitled to any other compensation.

 

23


(h) Committees of the Board . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of all of the Directors, designate one or more committees, including, without limitation, an audit, compensation, disclosure, governance, executive and nomination committee. Any committee designated in accordance with this Section 7.02(h) shall choose its own chairman, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when requested, shall fix its own rules and procedures, and shall meet at such times and at such places as may be provided by such rules and procedures, or by resolution of such committee or the Board. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the adoption of any resolution.

7.03 Investment Company Act . The Managing Member and the Board, as applicable, shall use its reasonable best efforts to assure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

7.04 Meetings of the Members .

(a) Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Members shall be held at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices (or waivers of notice) thereof.

(b) Quorum; Required Vote for Member Action; Adjournment of Meetings . Except as expressly provided otherwise by this Agreement, the holders of a majority of the Units then outstanding shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Units so present or represented at such meeting, voting together as a single class, shall constitute the act of the Members. The Members present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of sufficient Members to destroy the quorum.

(c) Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the Members (i) for the appointment of Directors to succeed those Directors who are no longer serving on the Board due to his or her removal in accordance with Section 7.02(a) , voluntarily resignation, death or disability, if and as applicable, and (ii) for the transaction of such other business as may properly be considered at the meeting may be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, on such date, and at such time as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall fix and set forth in the notice of the meeting; provided , if the business, property and affairs of the Company are being managed by the Board in accordance with Section 7.02 , then until such time as a meeting of Members shall be called in accordance with this Section 7.04 , the Directors shall continue to serve until their resignation or removal in accordance with Section 7.02 . In lieu of annual meetings, which are not a requirement for any purpose, if the business, property and affairs of the Company are being managed by the Board in accordance with Section 7.02 , then the Members may appoint Directors by written consent.

 

24


(d) Record Date .

(i) The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall give at least 10 days’ notice of any meeting of the Members of the Company. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to consent to any matter, or entitled to exercise any rights in connection with any change, conversion or exchange of Units, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, the record date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived in accordance with this Agreement, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting of Members is held.

(ii) If action without a meeting is to be taken, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may fix a record date for determining Members entitled to consent in writing to such action, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, and which record date shall not be more than 10 days subsequent to the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable. If no record date has been fixed by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, the record date for determining Members entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business, or to an Officer of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Members are recorded.

(iii) A determination of Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

7.05 Provisions Applicable to All Meetings . In connection with any meeting of the Members or any meeting of the Board, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Waiver of Notice Through Attendance . Attendance of a Person at such meeting (including attendance by telephone pursuant to Section 7.05(d) ) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such Person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(b) Proxies . A Director may vote at a Board meeting, if any, by a written proxy executed by that Person and delivered to another Director. A Member entitled to vote at such a meeting may vote at such meeting by a written proxy executed by that Person and delivered to the Secretary. A proxy shall be revocable unless it is stated to be irrevocable.

 

25


(c) Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at such a meeting may be taken without a meeting and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action or actions so taken, is signed by such Directors or the Members, as applicable, required to constitute a quorum and carry the vote at any duly convened meeting thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at least two Business Days prior to any such action by written consent, the Company shall furnish copies of all notices, form of consents in lieu of Board meetings, if any, or meetings of the Members, as applicable, and other materials to any such Persons taking action by written consent.

(d) Meetings by Telephone . Directors or the Members, as applicable, may participate in and hold any meeting by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and the votes of any Directors or the Members, as applicable, participating by conference telephone, video conference or similar communications equipment shall be given full effect.

7.06 Officers . The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may appoint certain agents of the Company to be referred to as “officers” of the Company (“ Officers ”) and designate such titles (such as Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer) as are customary for corporations under Delaware Law, and such Officers shall have the power, authority and duties described by resolution of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, or as is customary for each such position. In addition to or in lieu of Officers, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may authorize any Person to take any action or perform any duties on behalf of the Company (including any action or duty reserved to any particular Officer) and any such person may be referred to as an “authorized person.” An employee or other agent of the Company shall not be an authorized person unless specifically appointed as such by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable. Duly elected and designated Officers shall have primary responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Company, subject to oversight by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

7.07 Duties of the Managing Member, the Directors and the Members .

(a) Managing Member . To the fullest extent permitted by the Act and during the continuance of the Company, the Managing Member shall devote such time and effort to the business of the Company as may be necessary to promote adequately the interests of the Company. Any action of the Managing Member or failure to act, taken or omitted in good faith reliance on the foregoing provisions shall not, as between the Company and the other Members, on the one hand, and the Managing Member, on the other hand, constitute a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary or other similar duty, to the extent such exists under the Act or any other applicable Law, rule or regulation) on the part of the Managing Member.

(b) Directors . To the fullest extent permitted by the Act and during the continuance of the Company, each Director shall devote such time and effort to the business of the Company as may be necessary to promote adequately the interests of the Company. Any

 

26


action of a Director or failure to act, taken or omitted in good faith reliance on the foregoing provisions shall not, as between the Company and the other Members, on the one hand, and such Director, on the other hand, constitute a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary or other similar duty, to the extent such exists under the Act or any other applicable Law, rule or regulation) on the part of such Director.

(c) Members . Each Member hereby:

(i) agrees that (A) the terms of this Section 7.07 , to the extent that they modify or limit a duty or other obligation, if any, that the Managing Member may have to the Company or any another Member under the Act or other applicable Law, rule or regulation, are reasonable in form, scope and content; and (B) the terms of this Section 7.07 shall control to the fullest extent possible if it is in conflict with a duty, if any, that the Managing Member may have to the Company or another Member, under the Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, any duty or other obligation, if any, that a Member may have to the Company or another Member, pursuant to the Act or any other applicable Law, rule or regulation, to the extent necessary to give effect to the terms of this Section 7.07 .

(d) The Members acknowledge, affirm and agree that (i) the Members would not be willing to make any investment in the Company in the absence of this Section 7.07 and (ii) they have reviewed and understand the provisions of §§18-1101(b) and (c) of the Act.

7.08 Liability of the Managing Member and the Directors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither the Managing Member nor any Director, as applicable, shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damage or otherwise to the Company or to any Member, successor, assignee or transferee except by reason of acts or omissions due to fraud or intentional misconduct or that constitute a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing.

7.09 No Right to Act . No Member, as such, has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company, to manage the business or affairs of the Company, to direct that any action be taken by the Company or any of its Officers, officers, employees, or agents, or to make any expenditures on behalf of the Company, unless such specific authority has been expressly granted to and not revoked from such Person by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

7.10 Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that:

(a) Such Member has all requisite power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and the performance of its obligations hereunder will not result in a breach or a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement or instrument by which such Member or any of such Member’s properties is bound or any statute, rule, regulation, order or other Law to which it is subject, nor require the obtaining of any consent, approval, permit or license from or filing with, any governmental authority or other Person by such Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Member of this Agreement.

 

27


(b) This Agreement constitutes (assuming its due authorization and execution by the other Members) such Member’s legal, valid and binding obligation.

(c) Such Member is acquiring its Membership Interest for investment solely for such Member’s own account and not for distribution, transfer or sale to others in connection with any distribution or public offering.

(d) Such Member (i) has received all information that such Member deems necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to an investment in the Company and (ii) has had the unrestricted opportunity to make such investigation as such Member desires pertaining to the Company and an investment therein and to verify any information furnished to such Member.

(e) Such Member understands that such Member must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time because (i) the Membership Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws and (ii) the Membership Interests may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with this Agreement and then only if they are subsequently registered in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws or registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities Laws is not required.

ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

8.01 Confidentiality . Each Member shall keep confidential and shall not disclose, divulge or use, other than for Company business, any Confidential Information except for disclosures (a) compelled by Law or required or requested by subpoena or request from a court, regulator or a stock exchange (but the Member shall (provided such notification is legally permitted) notify the Company or the Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable, promptly of any request for that information before disclosing it if practicable), (b) to Legal Representatives of the Member (provided that each Legal Representative is informed of the confidential nature of such information, and that the disclosing Member remains liable for any breach of this provision by its Legal Representatives, (c) to any Person to which such Member Transfers or offers to Transfer any of its Units in compliance with this Agreement so long as the transferring party first obtains a confidentiality agreement from the proposed transferee, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company, (d) of information in connection with litigation against the Company or any Member to which the disclosing Member is a party (but the Member shall notify the Company or the Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable, as promptly as practicable prior to making such disclosure, if practicable, and shall disclose only that portion of such information required to be disclosed) or (e) permitted by the Company or Member affected by such disclosure, as applicable. The Members agree that breach of the provisions of this Section 8.01 may cause irreparable injury to the Company or the other Members for which monetary damages (or other remedy at law) are inadequate in view of the complexities and uncertainties in measuring the actual damages that would be sustained by reason of the failure of a Member to comply with such provisions. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Section 8.01 may be enforced by specific performance.

 

28


8.02 Company Property . All confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be the exclusive property and proprietary rights of the Company, and to the extent any Member has participated in the development thereof, such Member shall assign all such rights to the Company and such Member’s work effort shall be considered “works for hire” for the Company.

8.03 Transactions Between Members and the Company . Except as otherwise provided by applicable Law, a Member may, but shall not be obligated to, lend money to the Company, act as a surety or guarantor for the Company, or transact other business with the Company, and has the same rights and obligations when transacting business with the Company as a Person who is not a Member; provided such transactions shall be entered into on terms and conditions customary in arm’s length transactions between unrelated parties.

ARTICLE IX

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS

9.01 General Restrictions .

(a) No Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Units without the prior written consent of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, and any attempted Transfer that is not in accordance with this Article IX shall be, and is hereby declared, null and void ab initio.

(b) No Member or transferee thereof shall, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, create, or suffer the creation of, a Lien on such Member’s Units.

(c) No Member shall Transfer all or any of its Units (i) if such Transfer would subject the Company to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or (ii) if such Transfer would cause the Company to lose its status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or cause the Company to be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704, and any attempted Transfer that is not in accordance with this Section 9.01(c) shall be, and is hereby declared, null and void ab initio.

(d) The Members agree that a breach of the provisions of this Article IX may cause irreparable injury to the Company and the Members for which monetary damages (or other remedy at Law) are inadequate in view of (i) the complexities and uncertainties in measuring the actual damages that would be sustained by reason of the failure of a Person to comply with such provisions and (ii) the uniqueness of the Company’s business and the relationship among the Members. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Article IX may be enforced by specific performance.

 

29


9.02 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

(a) subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 9.03 , a Member may, at any time, (a) make a Permitted Transfer of all or a portion of its Units and (b) Transfer all or a portion of its Units to its members or shareholders, as applicable (any such Transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”), and each such Transfer shall thereupon be deemed effective in all respects; and

(b) a Requesting Member may, at any time, provide notice to the Company to effectuate an Interim Capital Transaction.

9.03 Conditions to Transfers . If the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, has consented to a Transfer, or a Transfer is to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 9.02(a) , such Transfer may be made only if (a) the provisions of Section 9.01 do not otherwise prohibit the Transfer, (b) a duly executed and acknowledged counterpart of the instrument effecting such Transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall have been delivered to the Managing Member or the Board, respectively, and the transferring Member shall have indicated such intention of substitution in the instrument effecting such Transfer, (c) the assignee shall have expressly agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and to assume all of the obligations imposed upon Members hereunder, (d) the transferring Member and the assignee shall have executed or delivered such other instruments as the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may deem necessary or desirable to effectuate such admission, including, but not limited to, an opinion of counsel that the Transfer complies with the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and (e) the transferring Member or assignee shall have paid all reasonable expenses and legal fees relating to the Transfer and the assignee’s admission as a Member, including, but not limited to, the cost of any required counsel’s opinion.

9.04 Expenses of Transfer; Indemnification . All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, and the Company in connection with any Transfer of a Member’s Units, including any filing and recording costs and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be paid by the transferring Member. In addition, the transferring Member hereby indemnifies the Managing Member, the Board and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Managing Member, the Board or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates may become subject arising out of or based upon any false representation or warranty made by, or breach or failure to comply with any covenant or agreement of, such transferring Member or such transferee in connection with such Transfer.

9.05 Interim Capital Transactions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in connection with any Requesting Member’s valid notice to effectuate an Interim Capital Transaction, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to take any action as may be required to effectuate such Interim Capital Transaction on behalf of such Requesting Member, including, without limitation, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

9.06 Redemption . The Managing Member shall have the sole discretion to approve any request for redemption of any Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no redemption shall be permitted unless:

(a) the conditions to a Transfer in Section 9.03 are satisfied with respect to the redemption as if the redemption were a Transfer;

 

30


(b) the Requesting Member provides the Managing Member a written request for redemption at least 60 calendar days in advance of the requested redemption date;

(c) the redemption price is established not earlier than 60 calendar days after the Managing Member’s receipt of such written request; and

(d) the redemption, if granted, together with “transfers” (within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) previously effectuated during the Fiscal Year of the Company (other than transfers described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(e)) does not exceed 10% of the total interests in the Company’s capital or profits.

The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may elect to waive one or more of (a)-(d) if a written opinion is received by the Company’s tax counsel, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, that the proposed redemption will not adversely cause the Company to constitute a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY

10.01 Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following events (each, a “ Dissolution Event ”), and no other event shall cause the Company’s dissolution:

(i) the determination by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, that the Company should dissolve; provided , however , that the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, has received the prior written consent of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the issued and outstanding Class A Units at such time; or

(ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

(b) Upon the dissolution of the Company, no further business shall be done in the Company name except the completion of any incomplete transactions and the taking of such action as shall be necessary for the winding up of the affairs of the Company and the distribution of its assets.

(c) To the maximum extent permitted by the Act, the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member shall not constitute a Dissolution Event and, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such event or circumstance, the business of the Company shall be continued without dissolution.

 

31


10.02 Liquidation and Termination .

(a) On the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, or a Person selected by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, to act as liquidating trustee shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee, as applicable, is authorized, subject to the Act, to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the assets of the Company, or to distribute Company assets in kind, as the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee shall determine to be in the best interests of the Members. The reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee, as applicable, in connection with winding up the Company (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Company. Except as otherwise required by Law and except in connection with any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee, as applicable, the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee shall not be liable to any Member or the Company for any loss attributable to any act or omission of the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee taken in good faith in connection with the winding up of the Company and the distribution of Company assets. The Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee, as applicable, may consult with counsel and accountants with respect to winding up the Company and distributing its assets and shall be justified in acting or omitting to act in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants, provided that the Managing Member, the Board or liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall have used reasonable care in selecting such counsel or accountants.

(b) The Managing Member, the Board or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall take the following actions and make the following distributions out of the property of the Company in the following manner and order:

(i) Accounting . As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final winding up, the Managing Member, the Board or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall cause a proper accounting to be made by an independent outside accounting firm of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last calendar day of the month in which the dissolution occurs or the final winding up is completed, as applicable.

(ii) Satisfaction of Obligations . The Managing Member, the Board or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, shall pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in winding up); provided , however , that the Managing Member, the Board or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, may establish one or more cash escrow funds (in such amounts and for such terms as the liquidator may reasonably determine) for the payment of contingent liabilities.

(iii) Distribution of Assets . All remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members as follows:

(A) the Managing Member, the Board or the liquidating trustee, as applicable, may sell any or all Company property, including to the Members;

 

32


(B) Subject to the provision of Sections 5.04 and 5.05, taking into account paragraph (C) hereof, Net Profits and Net Losses arising from, or attributable to, the sale transactions described in paragraph (A) hereof shall be allocated to the Members in a manner that will, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Member at the end of the last Accounting Period to be in the same proportion as their respective Sharing Percentages provided , however , if any Class B Unit issued to Richard Goldberg and/or William Manning is outstanding during the final Accounting Period, Section   5.01(b) shall be applied first before the application of this paragraph 10.2(b)(iii)(B);

(C) For purposes of paragraph (B) hereof, with respect to all Company property that has not been sold, the Gross Asset Value of that property shall be determined and the Capital Accounts of Members shall be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss, and deduction inherent in property that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously would be allocated among Members if there were a taxable disposition of that property for the Gross Asset Value of that property on the date of distribution under paragraphs (B) and (D) hereof; and

(D) the property of the Company shall be distributed to the Members, pro rata, in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(c) All distributions in kind to the Members shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for costs, expenses, and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Company has committed prior to the date of termination, and those costs, expenses, and liabilities shall be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section 10.02 ; provided , however , that no Member shall be liable for any such Company cost, expense or liability in excess of the Gross Asset Value of the property so distributed in kind to such Member. The distribution of cash and/or property to a Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.02 constitutes a complete return to the Member of its Capital Contributions and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act; provided , however , that no Member shall be deemed under this Section 10.02(c) to have agreed to be liable for any such Company cost, expense or liability in excess of the Gross Asset Value of the property so distributed in kind to such Member. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.

10.03 Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member will be required to pay to the Company, any other Member or any third party, any deficit balance which may exist, from time to time, in the Member’s Capital Account.

10.04 Certificate of Cancellation . On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable (or any Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit), shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to Section 2.06 , and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the Company. Upon the effectiveness of the Certificate of Cancellation, the existence of the Company shall cease, except as may be otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

 

33


ARTICLE XI

ACCOUNTING

11.01 Accounts of the Company . The books and records of account of the Company shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and shall be reconciled to comply with the methods followed by the Company for United States federal income tax purposes, consistently applied. The books and records shall be maintained at the Company’s principal office or at a location designated by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable.

11.02 Annual Reports to Members . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, shall cause to be prepared and mailed to each Member one (1) or more reports setting forth, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (a) a statement of Net Profits and Net Losses and the amount of such Member’s Capital Account and, as soon as thereafter practicable, the amount of such Member’s share of the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year, in sufficient detail to enable such Member to prepare its federal, state and other tax returns and (b) a balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows for the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the Fiscal Year. The financial statements described in this Section 11.02 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein).

11.03 Tax Returns and Tax Elections .

(a) The Company’s accountants shall prepare all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion, shall determine the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, in its sole discretion, may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws, provided that the Company shall (i) except as otherwise required by the Code, use the cash method of accounting for federal income purposes, and (ii) elect out of the installment sale treatment under Code Section 453(d) and Treasury Regulation Section 15A.453-1(c)(1) with respect to the Initial Public Offering and the Interim Capital Transactions.

(b) Each Member agrees that, in respect of any year in which it has or had any interest in the Company, it shall not (i) treat, on its individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to its interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing its income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based upon, or that would result in, such inconsistent treatment unless such Member has been advised by counsel that treating such item in a manner consistent with the treatment of such item by the Company would subject such Member to penalties under the Code.

(c) The Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, or a Person designated by the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, who is a Member, shall be the Company’s

 

34


“Tax Matters Partner” (as that term is defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) in the event of an income tax audit of any Company return. To the extent the Company is treated as an entity for purposes of the audit, including administrative settlement and judicial review, the Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to act for and represent the Company, and to enter into a settlement agreement within the meaning of Section 6224(c)(1) of the Code (or comparable provisions under state or local Law) to which each Member agrees to be bound. All expenses incurred in connection with any such audit shall be expenses of the Company. The Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to carry out on behalf of the Company and at the Company’s expense all acts appropriate to such designation with respect to federal, state and local taxing authorities.

11.04 No Further Rights to Books and Records . Except for the information required to be provided to the Members under this Agreement, no Member shall have the right to demand from the Company, and the Company shall have no obligation to provide to any Member, any books or records of the Company.

ARTICLE XII

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

12.01 Exculpation . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Indemnitee shall be liable to the Company or any other Indemnitee for any Losses which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Company or any other Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of the activities of the Indemnitee in its capacity as an Officer of the Company or otherwise on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee, except to the extent such Losses arise out of (a) the Indemnitee’s failure to act in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee’s not having any reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (b) the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.02 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each of (a) the Members, the Managing Member, the Board and their respective Affiliates, (b) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of the Members, the Managing Member, the Board and their respective Affiliates, and (c) the Officers of the Company (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all Losses which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of this Agreement, the Company, its assets, business or affairs or the activities of the Indemnitee in its capacity as an officer of the Company or otherwise on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any Losses to the extent such Losses arise out of (a) the Indemnitee’s failure to act in good faith and in a manner such Indemnitee believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee’s not having any reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful, or (b) the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee

 

35


acted in a manner specified in clause (a) or (b) above. Any indemnification pursuant to this Article XII shall be made only out of the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

12.03 Expenses . Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding described in Section 12.02 shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as provided in this Article XII .

12.04 Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article XII shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, the Act, this Agreement, any other agreement, a policy of insurance or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Article XII shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a Person.

12.05 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in such capacity, or arising out of their status as Indemnitees, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under this Article XII .

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

13.01 Amendments .

(a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any exhibit or schedule hereto) may be modified or amended at any time and from time to time with the written consent of the Managing Member or a majority of the Board, as applicable, and the Members holding at least 90% of the outstanding membership interests of the Company, voting together as a single class; provided that the Managing Member or the Board, as applicable, may, without the consent of any of the other Members, amend this Agreement:

(i) to satisfy any requirements, conditions, guidelines or opinions contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Internal Revenue Service or any other U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. governmental agency, or in any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. statute, compliance with which the Managing Member deems to be in the best interest of the Company;

(ii)(A) to ensure that the Company will not be treated as (x) an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (y) a “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code or (B) to comply with the then existing requirements of the Code, final or temporary Treasury Regulations and the rulings of the Internal Revenue Service affecting the treatment of the Company as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; or

 

36


(iii) to change the name of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.01(a) , no modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be made that, based on the subject matter of the items affected by any such modification or amendment, would affect any Member in a manner that is disproportionate to the manner in which other Members holding the same series of class of Units is affected, without the consent of the disproportionately affected Members holding a majority of the class or series of Units that would be disproportionately affected by such amendment or modification.

13.02 Severability . If any term, provision, agreement, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, agreements, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not effected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties hereof shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

13.03 Notices . All notices to the Company shall be addressed to its principal office. All notices addressed to a Member or its Legal Representative or to the Members as a group shall be addressed to such Member or Legal Representative or Members at the address of such Member or Legal Representative for the Members set forth on Schedule A hereto. Any Member or the Legal Representative of any Member may designate a new address by notice to such effect given to the Company. All notices and other communications to be given to a Member or its Legal Representative shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder (a) when received, if in writing and delivered by hand, (b) two (2) Business Days following deposit with a nationally recognized courier or overnight delivery service, (c) three (3) days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or (d) when sent, if sent in the form of an e-mail message or facsimile if receipt thereof is confirmed by telephone.

13.04 No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

13.05 Governing Law; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The Members covenant and agree that the state courts located in Delaware, or in a case involving diversity of citizenship or a federal question, the federal courts located in Delaware shall have exclusive jurisdiction of any action or proceeding under this Agreement or related to the matters contemplated by this Agreement or any agreement entered into in connection therewith.

 

37


13.06 Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns.

13.07 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any other agreements expressly mentioned herein constitute the entire agreement of the Members, and their respective Affiliates relating to the matters covered hereby and supersede all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the Company, whether oral or written.

13.08 Other Activities . Neither the Company nor any Member (or any Affiliate of any Member) shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement either to participate in or to share in any other now existing or future ventures, activities or opportunities of any of the other Members or their Affiliates, or in the income or proceeds derived from such ventures, activities or opportunities.

13.09 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

13.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including facsimile counterparts, with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

13.11 Waiver of Right to Partition . Each of the Members irrevocably waives during the term of the Company any right that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to the property and assets of the Company, and hereby agrees not to file a bill for a membership accounting or otherwise proceed adversely in any manner whatsoever against the other Members or the Company, except for bad faith, gross negligence, fraud, intentional misconduct or violation of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

MANAGING MEMBER:

 

William Manning
MEMBERS:
MANNING & NAPIER ADVISORS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MANNING & NAPIER ADVISORY ADVANTAGE CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MANNING & NAPIER ALTERNATIVE OPPORTUNITIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Richard S. Goldberg

 

39


SCHEDULE A

MEMBERS, UNITS AND INFORMATION RELATED THERETO

 

Members

   Number of
Class A Units
     Number of
Class B Units
     Sharing
Percentage
 

William Manning

[Address]

     N/A                        

Richard S. Goldberg

[77 Kellogg Hill Road,

Weston, CT 06883]

     N/A                        

Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive Fairport,

New York 14450

        N/A                     

Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation

290 Woodcliff Drive Fairport,

New York 14450

        N/A                     

Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive Fairport,

New York 14450

        N/A                     

Total:

           100

 

40

Exhibit 10.3

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered as of the                     day of             , 2011, by and among Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), M&N Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ M&N Group Holdings ”), Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC (“ MNCC ”) and any other holder of Units (as defined below) of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Manning & Napier Group ”), from time to time that are party hereto (together with M&N Group Holdings and MNCC, “ Holders ” and each, “ Holder ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of Units for either the Cash Purchase Price (as defined below) or Class A Shares (as defined below), to be determined in the Company’s sole discretion; and

WHEREAS, the Company shall have no obligation to acquire from Holders any Units unless Holders exercise their exchange rights in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein with respect to such Units.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

SECTION 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” with respect to any Person, shall mean any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Business Day ” shall mean any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of New York are authorized by law to close.

Cash Purchase Price ” shall mean, as of the date an Exchange Notice is delivered to the Company by a Holder pursuant to Section 2.1 , (a) the number of Units being exchanged by a Holder as set forth in an Exchange Notice and confirmed by the Company in the Exchange Response multiplied by (b) the average closing price on the New York Stock Exchange of one Class A Share over the 15 trading day period immediately preceding such date.

Class A Units ” shall mean the Class A Units of Manning & Napier Group.

Class B Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .


Class B Units ” shall mean the Class B Units of Manning & Napier Group.

Class A Shares ” shall mean shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other United States federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

control ” when used with respect to any Person, shall mean the power to direct management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Exchange ” shall mean the exchange by a Holder of one or more Units for either the Cash Purchase Price or an equal number of Class A Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.8 , to be determined in the Company’s sole discretion, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Exchange Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Exchange Response ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

Fiscal Year ” shall mean the fiscal year ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency, commission, official or other authority of the United States or any other country or any state, province, prefect, municipality, locality or other government or political subdivision thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.

Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

IPO Effective Date ” shall mean the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-1 of the Company representing the initial public offering of the Class A Shares.

 

2


Lien ” shall mean a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, right of others, claim, security interest, encumbrance, easement, right of way, restriction on the use of real property, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, option, right of first refusal, lien, charge, license to third parties, lease to third parties, restriction on transfer or assignment, or other restriction or limitation of any nature or irregularities in title.

M&N Group Entity Members ” shall mean, collectively, Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation, Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc., Manning & Napier Associates, LLC and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity admitted as a member of M&N Group Holdings from time to time after the date hereof.

Manning & Napier Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement ” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, dated as of             , 2011, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

Minority Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

MNCC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

MNCC Minority Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

MNCC WM Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Person ” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), individual, governmental agency or other entity.

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of             , 2011, by and among the Company and the other Persons party thereto, as may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

Reorganization Transactions ” shall mean the series of transactions to reorganize the capital structure of the M&N Group Entity Members, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc., Exeter Trust Company, Exeter Advisors, Inc., Manning & Napier Information Services, LLC and Perspective Partners, LLC prior to the IPO Effective Date.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Units ” shall mean the Class A Units and the Class B Units.

WM Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

3


SECTION 1.2 Construction . For the purposes of this Agreement (a) any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders; (b) any words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and visa versa; (c) the terms “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereby” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the exhibits and schedules hereto) and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires; (d) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (e) any reference in this Agreement to “dollars” or ($) shall mean United States dollars; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified; (h) any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmissions or comparable means of communication; and (i) references to any statute or statutory provision shall include a reference to that statute or statutory provision as amended, consolidated or replaced from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and include subordinate legislation made under the relevant statute or statutory provision.

ARTICLE II

EXCHANGE

SECTION 2.1 Exchange of Units .

(a) With respect to any Units held by a Holder prior to the IPO Effective Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, following the first anniversary of the IPO Effective Date, (i) M&N Group Holdings may elect to Exchange from time to time in one or more Exchanges: (A) Units attributable to the interests of William Manning in the M&N Group Entity Members (such interests, the “ WM Interests ”), in such amounts and at such times as set forth on Schedule A-1 attached hereto; (B) Units attributable to the interests of holders other than William Manning in the M&N Group Entity Members (such interests, the “ Minority Interests ”), in such amounts and at such times as set forth on Schedule A-2 attached hereto; and (C) Units attributable to the interests of the holders of Class B units of M&N Group Holdings (such interests, the “ Class B Interests ”), in such amounts and at such times as set forth in the plan, agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which such Class B units of M&N Group Holdings were issued; and (ii) MNCC may elect to Exchange from time to time in one or more Exchanges (A) Units attributable to the interests of William Manning, as a member of MNCC (such interests, the “ MNCC WM Interests ”), in such amounts and at such times as set forth on Schedule A-3 attached hereto; and (B) Units attributable to the interests of the members other than William Manning of MNCC (such interests, the “ MNCC Minority Interests ”), in such amounts and at such times as set forth on Schedule A-4 attached hereto. A Holder shall exercise such Exchange right by delivering a written notice (the “ Exchange Notice ”) to the Company no later than the March 15 th following a Fiscal Year, setting forth the number of Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, such Holder desires to exchange with respect to the immediately preceding Fiscal Year; provided , however , unless otherwise agreed by the parties hereto, in no event shall (x) M&N Group Holdings deliver more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year with respect to the WM Interests, more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year with respect to the Minority Interests or more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year

 

4


with respect to the Class B Interests, nor shall (y) MNCC deliver more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year with respect to the MNCC WM Interests or more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year with respect to the MNCC Minority Interests. The Exchange Notice shall also include reasonable supporting documentation that such Exchange is a valid Exchange permitted under this Section 2.1(a) . The Company may, in its sole discretion, provide such Holder with either the Cash Purchase Price or Class A Shares in exchange for such Units. Once Units are eligible to be exchanged in accordance with Schedule A-1 and Schedule A-2 , respectively, a Holder may elect to Exchange such Units at any time thereafter in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

(b) With respect to any Units issued to a Holder following the IPO Effective Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, commencing on the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date, such Holder may elect to Exchange from time to time in one or more exchanges up to 25% of such Units on each anniversary of the IPO Effective Date by delivering an Exchange Notice to the Company no later than the March 15 th following a Fiscal Year, setting forth the number of Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, such Holder desires to exchange with respect to the immediately preceding Fiscal Year for either the Cash Purchase Price or Class A Shares, to be determined in the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , unless otherwise agreed by the parties hereto, in no event shall a Holder deliver more than one Exchange Notice in any Fiscal Year. The Exchange Notice shall also include reasonable supporting documentation that such Exchange is a valid Exchange permitted under this Section 2.1(b) . The Company may, in its sole discretion, provide such Holder with either the Cash Purchase Price or Class A Shares in exchange for such Units.

(c) A Holder shall represent to the Company in any Exchange Notice that it owns such Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, free and clear of all Liens, except as set forth therein, and, if there are any Liens identified in the Exchange Notice, such Holder shall covenant that it will deliver at the applicable Closing (as defined below) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company that all such Liens have been released. An Exchange Notice is not revocable or modifiable, except with the written consent of the Company and such Holder.

(d) The Company shall deliver a written notice (the “ Exchange Response ”) to a Holder no later than three Business Days following receipt of an Exchange Notice (i) confirming the number of Units that such Holder is entitled to Exchange at such time and (ii) setting forth either (A) the Cash Purchase Price such Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the Exchange or (B) at the Company’s election, the number of Class A Shares such Holder is entitled to pursuant to the Exchange, in each case in accordance with the terms set forth herein. The decision whether to pay cash or issue Class A Shares shall be made by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

SECTION 2.2 Restrictions on Class B Units . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Holder may Exchange any Class B Units to the extent such Exchange is prohibited by the terms of any plan, agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which such Class B Units were issued.

 

5


SECTION 2.3 Restrictions on Class A Shares . Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not have any obligation to deliver Class A Shares that have been registered under the Securities Act. The Company reserves the right to cause certificates evidencing the Class A Shares to be imprinted with legends as to restrictions on transfer that it may deem necessary or appropriate, including legends as to applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or other legal or contractual restrictions, and may require a Holder to agree in writing (a) that such Class A Shares will not be transferred except in compliance with such restrictions and (b) to such other matters as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law and existing agreements.

SECTION 2.4 Closing; Closing Date .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties shall effect a closing of the transactions contemplated by Section 2.1 (a “ Closing ”) on the later to occur of (i) the second Business Day after the date on which the Company makes its first public news release of its earnings following the delivery of a valid Exchange Notice to the Company under Section 2.1 or (ii) the first Business Day following the delivery of a valid Exchange Notice to the Company under Section 2.1 that directors and executive officers of the Company or any of its Affiliates are permitted to dispose of equity securities of the Company pursuant to the trading policies of the Company (as may be extended pursuant to this Section 2.4 , the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall take place at the offices of the Company at 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450, or at such other location and on such other date as may be mutually agreed by the Company and a Holder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ), if, in the good faith determination of the Company, such Exchange would pose a material risk that Manning & Napier Group would be a “publicly traded partnership” as defined in Section 7704 of the Code.

SECTION 2.5 Closing Conditions .

(a) The obligations of any of the parties to consummate an Exchange pursuant to this Article II shall be subject to the conditions that there shall be no injunction, restraining order or decree of any nature of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that is then in effect that restrains or prohibits the Exchange of Class A Units or Class B Units, as applicable, for either the Cash Purchase Price or Class A Shares.

(b) The obligation of the Company to consummate an Exchange pursuant to this Article II shall be subject to the delivery by a Holder of the items specified in Section 2.6(a) and (b) .

SECTION 2.6 Closing Deliverables . At or prior to each Closing:

(a) to the extent that a Holder’s Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, are certificated, such Holder shall deliver to the Company one or more certificates representing the number of Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, specified in the applicable Exchange Notice (or an affidavit of loss certificate in lieu thereof in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Company), accompanied by unit powers, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, duly executed in blank by such Holder, to be exchanged for the Cash Purchase Price or Class A Shares, as applicable;

 

6


(b) if applicable, Holder shall deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company that all Liens on the Class A Units and Class B Units delivered pursuant to Section 2.6(a) have been released;

(c) if the Company elects in the Exchange Response to pay the Cash Purchase Price pursuant to the Exchange, the Company shall deliver to Holder an amount equal to the Cash Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by Holder at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and

(d) if the Company elects in the Exchange Response to issue Class A Shares to a Holder pursuant to the Exchange, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a certificate issued in the name of such Holder representing an amount of Class A Shares equal to the number of Units that such Holder elected to Exchange, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.8 .

SECTION 2.7 Termination of Membership Interest; Class A Shareholder . Upon the consummation of a Closing, (a) all rights of a Holder as holder of Class A Units and/or Class B Units, as applicable, being exchanged shall terminate and (b) if the Company elects in the Exchange Response to issue Class A Shares to such Holder pursuant to the Exchange, such Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of Class A Shares delivered at the Closing.

SECTION 2.8 Adjustments .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the number of Units held by a Holder shall be adjusted accordingly from time to time in accordance with the terms set forth in the Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement upon the occurrence of any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Shares.

(b) The number of Class A Shares for which a Unit is entitled to be exchanged pursuant to the terms hereof shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (i) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Shares; or (ii) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Shares that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision of combination of the Units.

(c) If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Shares are converted or changed into another security or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, a Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security or other property that such Holder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any

 

7


subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security or other property that occurs after the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Shares are converted or changed into another security or other property, this Section 2.8(c) shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such security or other property. Except as may be required in this Section 2.8(c) , no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon an Exchange of any Units.

SECTION 2.9 Reservation of Class A Shares; Registration . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of Class A Shares as may be issuable upon any such Exchange; provided , that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of purchased Class A Shares (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Company). The Company shall register the Class A Shares to be delivered upon any such Exchange, if any, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

SECTION 2.10 Taxes . The delivery of Class A Shares upon an exchange of Units shall be made without charge to a Holder for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Holder that: (a) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due execution hereof by each Holder, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3.2 Representations and Warranties of Holders . Each Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that: (a) it has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such Holder have been duly authorized by the managing member of such Holder, and no other limited liability company proceedings on the part of such Holder are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Holder and, assuming the due execution hereof by each other party hereto, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Holder, enforceable against such Holder in accordance with its terms.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1 Expenses . Each party hereto shall bear such party’s own expenses in connection with the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not any such transaction is ultimately consummated.

SECTION 4.2 Tax Treatment . Except as otherwise required by applicable law, (a) the parties shall report an Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of Units by a Holder to the Company and (b) no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority.

SECTION 4.3 Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

SECTION 4.4 Transferees; Joinder . To the extent that (a) a Holder validly transfers after the date of this Agreement any or all of its Units to a permitted transferee or to any other Person in a transaction not in contravention of, and in accordance with, the Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement, and (b) Manning & Napier Group or the Company issues Units to Persons in accordance with the Manning & Napier Group LLC Agreement or the Manning & Napier, Inc. Equity Compensation Plan, effective                     , 2011 (or any amendments or replacements thereto), respectively, then, in each case, such Person shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . With respect to any such transferred Units, upon execution of any such joinder, such transferee shall be entitled to all of the rights and be bound by each of the obligations applicable to the relevant transferor hereunder; provided , that the transferor shall remain entitled to all of the rights and be bound by each of the obligations with respect to Units that were not so transferred.

SECTION 4.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.6 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York. Any claim, action, suit or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be heard and determined in any New York state or federal court sitting in The City of New York, County of Manhattan, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding) and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding in any such court or that any such claim, action, suit or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

9


SECTION 4.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4.8 Titles . The titles of the Sections of this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

SECTION 4.9 Notices . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to (a) the Company at the address set forth below its signature hereof or (b) to Holders at the address set forth below their respective signatures hereof, or at such other address or addresses as shall have been furnished in writing by such party to the others. The giving of any notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the parties hereto. Every notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on the date on which personally delivered, or on the date actually received, if sent by mail or telex, with receipt acknowledged.

SECTION 4.10 Amendments and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by all the parties hereto. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

SECTION 4.11 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 4.12 Entire Agreement . All prior agreements of the parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement are expressly superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire Agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter hereof. Any oral representations or modifications of this Agreement shall be of no effect.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:   290 Woodcliff Drive
  Fairport, New York 14450
M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:   290 Woodcliff Drive
  Fairport, New York 14450

MANNING & NAPIER CAPITAL COMPANY,

LLC

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:   290 Woodcliff Drive
  Fairport, New York 14450

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is executed by the undersigned Holder pursuant to the terms of that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of             , 2011, as amended as of the date hereof (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Manning & Napier, Inc., M&N Group Holdings, LLC, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC and the other holders of units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC that are party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

By the execution of this Joinder Agreement, Holder agrees as follows:

1. Agreement . Holder agrees that it shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement thereunder and shall be deemed to have made the representations in Section 3.2 of the Agreement as of the date hereof, and hereby adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder was originally a party thereto.

2. Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address listed beside Holder’s signature below.

EXECUTED AND DATED this          day of             ,             .

 

Holder:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:    
 
Fax:    


Acknowledged and Agreed to

as of the date first written above:

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MANNING & NAPIER CAPITAL COMPANY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


SCHEDULE A-1

WM INTERESTS IN M&N GROUP HOLDINGS

In accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, with respect to any Units held by M&N Group Holdings prior to the IPO Effective Date and attributable to the WM Interests, M&N Group Holdings may elect to Exchange such Units in such amounts and at such times as set forth below.

 

Date

  

Percentage of Total Number of

Class A Units Eligible to be

Exchanged*

Until the first anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    0 Units
As of the first anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    Up to 15% of such Units**
As of the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    Up to 15% of such Units
As of the third anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    Up to 15% of such Units
As of the fourth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    Up to 15% of such Units
As of the fifth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    Up to 15% of such Units
As of the sixth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:    The remainder of such Units

 

* Such percentage of Units as determined following the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Date.
** Such percentage of Units will be reduced by the number of Units attributable to the WM Interests that will be purchased by the Company from M&N Group Holdings with proceeds from the initial public offering of the Class A Shares.


SCHEDULE A-2

MINORITY INTERESTS IN M&N GROUP HOLDINGS

In accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, with respect to any Class A Units held by M&N Group Holdings prior to the IPO Effective Date and attributable to the Minority Interests, M&N Group Holdings may elect to Exchange such Units in such amounts and at such times as set forth below. The number of Units eligible to be exchanged is with respect to each such Minority Interest.

 

Date

  

Percentage or Number of Class A Units

Eligible to be Exchanged*

Until the first anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   0 Class A Units

As of the first anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   Up to 5% of such Class A Units**

As of the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   The remainder of such Class A Units

 

* Such percentage or number of Class A Units as determined prior to the Reorganization Transactions.
** Or such greater amount as determined by the Board of Directors of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. in its sole discretion.


SCHEDULE A-3

MNCC WM INTERESTS

In accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, with respect to any Units held by MNCC prior to the IPO Effective Date and attributable to William Manning, MNCC may elect to Exchange such Units in such amounts and at such times as set forth below.

 

Date

  

Percentage of Total Number of

Class A Units Eligible to be

Exchanged*

Until the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   0 Units

As of the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   Up to 15% of such Units

As of the third anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   Up to 15% of such Units

As of the fourth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   Up to 15% of such Units

As of the fifth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   Up to 15% of such Units

As of the sixth anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   The remainder of such Units

 

* Such percentage of Units as determined following the Reorganization Transactions and prior to the IPO Effective Date.


SCHEDULE A-4

MNCC MINORITY INTERESTS

In accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, with respect to any Class A Units held by MNCC prior to the IPO Effective Date and attributable to the MNCC Minority Interests, MNCC may elect to Exchange such Units in such amounts and at such times as set forth below. The number of Units eligible to be exchanged is with respect to each such Minority Interest.

 

Date

  

Percentage or Number of Class A Units

Eligible to be Exchanged*

Until the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   0 Class A Units

As of the second anniversary of the IPO Effective Date:

   100% of such Class A Units

 

* Such percentage or number of Class A Units as determined prior to the Reorganization Transactions.

Exhibit 10.4

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

dated as of             , 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

Section 1.01.

     Definitions      1   

Section 1.02.

     Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions      8   

ARTICLE 2 DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

     9   

Section 2.01.

     Basis Adjustment      9   

Section 2.02.

     Exchange Basis Schedule      9   

Section 2.03.

     Tax Benefit Schedule      9   

Section 2.04.

     Procedures, Amendments      10   

ARTICLE 3 TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     10   

Section 3.01.

     Payments      10   

Section 3.02.

     No Duplicative Payments      12   

Section 3.03.

     Pro Rata Payments      12   

ARTICLE 4 TERMINATION

     12   

Section 4.01.

     Early Termination and Breach of Agreement      12   

Section 4.02.

     Early Termination Notice      13   

Section 4.03.

     Payment upon Early Termination      14   

Section 4.04.

     Scheduled Termination      14   

ARTICLE 5 SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

     14   

Section 5.01.

     Subordination      14   

Section 5.02.

     Late Payments by the Corporation      14   

ARTICLE 6 NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     15   

Section 6.01.

     Member Participation in the Corporation and MNG’s Tax Matters      15   

Section 6.02.

     Consistency      15   

Section 6.03.

     Cooperation      15   

ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS

     16   

Section 7.01.

     Notices      16   

Section 7.02.

     Counterparts      17   

Section 7.03.

     Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries      17   

 

i


Section 7.04.

     Governing Law      17   

Section 7.05.

     Severability      17   

Section 7.06.

     Successors; Assignment; Amendments; and Waivers      17   

Section 7.07.

     Titles and Subtitles      18   

Section 7.08.

     Resolution of Disputes      18   

Section 7.09.

     Reconciliation      20   

Section 7.10.

     Withholding      21   

Section 7.11.

     Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      21   

Section 7.12.

     Confidentiality      21   

Section 7.13.

     No Joint Venture      22   

Section 7.14.

     Partnerships      22   

 

ii


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement” ), dated as of             , 2011, is hereby entered into by and among Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation” ), Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “MNG” ), and each of the other undersigned parties hereto identified as “Members .

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Members hold Class A Units (“ Units ”) in MNG, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the Corporation is the managing member of, and holds Class A Units in MNG;

WHEREAS, the Members shall from time to time transfer or sell their Units to the Corporation (an “Exchange” , and each such date an Exchange occurs, an “Exchange Date” ) in connection with the initial public offering of Class A common stock of the Corporation ( “Class A Shares” ) or pursuant to the Exchange Agreement (as defined below) in exchange for cash or the Class A Shares;

WHEREAS, MNG and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries which are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (MNG or each such subsidiary, a “Partnership Subsidiary” ) have or will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an Exchange occurs, which election is expected to result in an adjustment to the Tax basis of the assets owned by MNG and such subsidiaries, solely with respect to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements to treat a portion of any tax benefits realized by the Corporation as a result of any Exchange as additional consideration for the Exchange;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article 1 shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

“Advisory Firm” means an independent law or accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters.


“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls (as defined below), is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

“Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.04(b).

“Applicable Member” means in respect of that portion of any Tax Benefit Payment that arises from an Exchange or a deemed Exchange pursuant to clause (v) of the definition of “Valuation Assumptions”, the Exchanging Member or Member deemed to Exchange, as applicable.

“Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment (which can be positive or negative) to the Tax basis of an Exchange Asset as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement, as calculated under Section 2.01, under Section 732(b) of the Code (in a situation where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, MNG becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for Tax purposes), Section 1012, or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, MNG remains in existence as an entity for Tax purposes) or otherwise, as applicable, and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “Beneficial Owner” of a security means a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto) other than the Members, their Affiliates and their Permitted Transferees:

(A) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting stock of the Corporation;

 

2


(B) in the context of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, has 50% or more of the voting stock generally entitled to elect directors of such surviving entity (or in the case of a triangular merger, of the parent entity of such surviving entity), calculated on a fully diluted basis; or

(C) has obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the directors of the Corporation or its successors;

(ii) the Corporation or its successors, together with the Members and their respective Permitted Transferees, cease to own 50% or more of the equity interests of MNG; or

(iii) the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation or of MNG.

“Class A Shares” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Code” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Corporation” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.

“Corporation Return” means the U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes for any Taxable Year.

“Cumulative Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

“Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

“Deferrable Portion” is defined in Section 3.01(a).

“Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870—AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax. A Determination shall include the expiration of all periods of limitations relating to the assessment of Tax for a Taxable Year.

 

3


“Dispute” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

“Early Termination Conditions” means, with respect to an Early Termination Payment, following: (i) an Early Termination Schedule becoming final and binding, and (ii) either (A) no Payment Condition is applicable or (B) a Payment Condition has been satisfied.

“Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

“Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.02.

“Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.02.

“Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.03(b).

“Early Termination Rate” means LIBOR in effect on the applicable date plus 100 basis points.

“Exchange” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement; “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Agreement” means the exchange agreement by and among the Corporation and the Members dated [            ], 2011, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Exchange Assets” means each asset that is held by MNG or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange.

“Exchange Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.02.

“Exchange Date” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Exchange Payment” is defined in Section 5.01.

“Expert” is defined in Section 7.09.

“Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or MNG, but only with respect to income realized by MNG the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the Tax basis of the Exchange Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.

“Imputed Interest” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.

 

4


“Initiating Party” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

“Interest Amount” is defined in Section 3.01(b).

“LIBOR” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR) for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).

“LLC Agreement” means, with respect to MNG, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated             , 2011, among the Corporation and the Members, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

“Market Value” means, with respect to the Class A Shares, on any given date: (i) if the Class A Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price per share of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price), (ii) if the Class A Shares are not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) as reported on that date in composite transactions for the principal national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Exchange Act, on which the Class A Shares are listed, (iii) if the Class A Shares are not so listed on a national securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Class A Shares on that date in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization, or (iv) if the Class A Shares are not so quoted by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization such value as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine in good faith.

“Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02.

“Member” means M & N Group Holdings, LLC, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, and any other Person that becomes a Member pursuant to Section 7.06.

“Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.

“Notice” is defined in Section 7.01.

“Objection Notice” is defined in Section 2.04(a).

“Opt Out Notice” is defined in Section 3.04(a).

“Panel” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

“Partnership Subsidiary” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Payment Conditions” is defined in Section 3.01(c).

 

5


“Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any of the Permitted Transferees (as defined in the LLC Agreement).

“Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

“Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

“Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or a Partnership Subsidiary, but only with respect to income realized by the Partnership Subsidiary the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return), determined, for the avoidance of doubt, using the “with or without” methodology. If in connection with an audit of any Taxable year of the Corporation (or a Partnership Subsidiary, but only with respect to income realized by the Partnership Subsidiary the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) the relevant Taxing Authority asserts, in writing, that it proposes to increase the Tax liability of the Corporation, then for purposes of determining the Realized Tax Benefit for the year in which such assertion is made, the amount of such increase shall be included (tentatively) as an actual Tax liability to the extent it relates to the denial of any tax benefit arising from a Basis Adjustment. The amounts taken into account in determining the Realized Tax Benefit for subsequent tax periods similarly shall be calculated as though the Corporation and any Partnership Subsidiary filed its tax returns on the basis that such asserted tax positions were correct. If there is a Determination with respect to the Taxable Year to which such assertion relates or any subsequent taxable year, for all purposes under this Agreement, the Net Tax Benefit for such years shall be recalculated to properly reflect the difference, if any, between the amount of liability fixed by such Determination and liability taken into account in calculating the Realized Tax Benefit for the year. For the avoidance of doubt, if such recalculation results in an increased Net Tax Benefit for any year, the Interest Amount of any corresponding Tax Benefit Payment shall accrue from date specified in Section 3.01(b) for such Tax Benefit Payment.

“Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or a Partnership Subsidiary, but only with respect to income realized by the Partnership Subsidiary the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year determined, for the avoidance of doubt, using the “with or without” methodology. If in connection with an audit of any Taxable year of the Corporation (or a Partnership Subsidiary, but only with respect to income realized by the

 

6


Partnership Subsidiary the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) the relevant Taxing Authority asserts, in writing, that it proposes to increase the Tax liability of the Corporation, the for purposes of determining the Realized Tax Detriment for the year in which such assertion is made, the amount of such increase shall be included (tentatively) as an actual Tax liability to the extent it relates to the denial of any tax benefit arising from a Basis Adjustment. The amounts taken into account in determining the Realized Tax Detriment for subsequent tax periods similarly shall be calculated as though the Corporation and any Partnership Subsidiary filed its tax returns on the basis that such asserted tax positions were correct. If there is a Determination with respect to the Taxable Year to which such assertion relates or any subsequent taxable year, for all purposes under this Agreement, the Net Tax Detriment for such years shall be recalculated to properly reflect the difference, if any, between the amount of liability fixed by such Determination and liability taken into account in calculating the Realized Tax Detriment for the year. For the avoidance of doubt, if such recalculation results in an increased Net Tax Benefit for any year, the Interest Amount of any corresponding Tax Benefit Payment shall accrue from date specified in Section 3.01(b) for such Tax Benefit Payment.

“Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09.

“Reconciliation Procedures” means those procedures set forth in Section 7.09.

“Responding Party” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

“Schedule” means any Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.

“Scheduled Termination Date” is defined in Section 4.04.

“Senior Obligations” is defined in Section 5.01.

“Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

“Tax or Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether as an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest or penalties related to such tax.

“Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.01(b).

“Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.03.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

 

7


“Tax Ruling” means a binding ruling by a Taxing Authority with respect to Taxes.

“Taxable Year” means a Taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is prepared), in which there is a Basis Adjustment or increased depreciation, amortization or interest deductions attributable to an Exchange.

“Taxing Authority” means any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any Taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

“Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable period.

“Units” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

“Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, or following a Change of Control, as applicable, the assumptions that (i) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date or the Change of Control, as applicable, the Corporation will have sufficient Taxable income to fully offset the deductions and losses in such Taxable Year attributable to any Basis Adjustment, increased depreciation or amortization deductions attributable to an Exchange, and Imputed Interest, (ii) the U.S. federal income Tax rates and state, local and foreign income Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date or the Change of Control, as applicable, (iii) any loss carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, and (iv) if, at the Early Termination Date or the Change of Control, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date or the Change of Control, as applicable.

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof’, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those

 

8


words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE 2

DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.01. Basis Adjustment.

(a) Exchange Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, MNG (and each direct and indirect subsidiary of MNG that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) shall be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each Exchange Asset with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment will be the excess (whether positive or negative) of (i) the sum of (x) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, cash or the amount of any other consideration transferred to the Applicable Member pursuant to the Exchange as payment for the exchanged Units, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets, (y) the amount of the payments to be made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets, and (z) the amount of debt and other liabilities allocated to the Units acquired pursuant to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets; over (ii) the Corporation’s share of MNG’s (or such subsidiary partnership’s) basis in such Exchange Assets immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Units exchanged, determined as if (x) MNG (or such subsidiary partnership) remained in existence as an entity for Tax purposes and (y) MNG (or such subsidiary partnership) had not made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code.

(b) Imputed Interest . For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.

Section 2.02. Exchange Basis Schedule. Within [45] calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to each Member a schedule (the “Exchange Basis Schedule” ) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of federal income Taxes, (a) the actual unadjusted Tax basis of the Exchange Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (b) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Exchange Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (c) the period or periods, if any, over which the Exchange Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable, (d) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable, and (e) the amount of the payments to be made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanges in such Taxable Year, determined in the Corporation’s reasonable discretion.

Section 2.03. Tax Benefit Schedule. Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized

 

9


Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to each Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule” ). The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).

Section 2.04. Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure . Every time the Corporation delivers to the Applicable Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (i) deliver to the Applicable Member schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of such Schedule and (ii) allow the Applicable Member reasonable access, at no cost to the Applicable Member, to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Applicable Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule ( “Objection Notice” ) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice with respect to such Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule, the Corporation and the Applicable Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 (the “Reconciliation Procedures” ).

(b) Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Applicable Member, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule” ).

ARTICLE 3

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.01. Payments.

(a) Within ten business days of a Tax Benefit Schedule that was delivered to an Applicable Member becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Member for such Taxable Year the portion, if any, of the Tax Benefit Payment with respect thereto determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b) with respect to which the

 

10


Payment Conditions have been satisfied. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Applicable Member previously designated by such Member to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including U.S. federal income Tax payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any portion of a Tax Benefit Payment, and the payment of such amount shall not be considered due for any purpose under this Agreement, unless and until the Payment Conditions have been satisfied with respect to such portion (any portion with respect to which the Payment Conditions have not been satisfied, a “Deferrable Portion” ).

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to 85% of the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “Net Tax Benefit” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.01, excluding payments attributable to the Interest Amount; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any previously received Tax Benefit Payment under any circumstances. The “Interest Amount” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without regard to extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit to which such Interest Amount relates. For the avoidance of doubt, and without duplication, the Interest Amount with respect to a Deferrable Portion of a Tax Benefit Payment shall accrue from the due date of the relevant Tax Return until such Deferrable Portion is paid to the Applicable Member. The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing the assumptions in clauses (i) and (iii) of the definition of Valuation Assumptions.

(c) The “Payment Conditions” shall be satisfied with respect to any portion of a Tax Benefit Payment upon the earliest to occur of:

(i) the receipt by the Corporation of a Tax Ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporation, after consultation with the Advisory Firm and the Corporation’s auditors, confirms that the Realized Tax Benefit to which the portion of such Tax Benefit Payment relates is available for the applicable Taxable Year;

(ii) the receipt by the Corporation of (a) a written opinion issued by the Advisory Firm identifying any Exchange Assets that are amortizable without regard to the anti-churning rules of Section 1.197-2(h) of the Treasury Regulations, together with (if the opinion relates to less than all of the Exchange Assets) (b) a valuation report prepared by a nationally recognized appraiser or valuation expert setting forth the fair market value, as of the date of the relevant Exchange, of the Exchange Assets identified in such opinion, but only if the opinion and report are satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation’s auditors and/or tax preparers, as applicable, to conclude that the

 

11


Realized Tax Benefit to which the portion of such Tax Benefit Payment relates is available for the applicable Taxable Year without the filing of a Schedule UTP (with respect to such Realized Tax Benefit) with the Corporation’s Tax Returns and without taking any tax reserve for financial statement purposes (with respect to such Realized Tax Benefit); or

(iii) a final Determination with respect to the Corporation’s liability for Taxes for the relevant Taxable Year that conclusively determines the amount of Realized Tax Benefit.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Exchange Assets that are not, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporation, after consultation with the Advisory Firm and the Corporation’s auditors, section 197 intangible within the meaning of section 197(d)(1) of the Code, shall be treated as satisfying the requirement of Section 3.01(c)(ii)(a).

The Corporation shall make reasonable efforts to determine whether the Payment Conditions are satisfied with respect to an amount of any Tax Benefit Payment before delivering the Tax Benefit Schedule for a Taxable Year, and in any event as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

Section 3.02. No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Members pursuant to this Agreement upon and subject to the satisfaction of the Payment Conditions.

Section 3.03. Pro Rata Payments. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment are limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy or is prevented under any credit agreement or other arrangement from satisfying its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular Taxable Year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Applicable Member in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.03, as applicable.

ARTICLE 4

TERMINATION

Section 4.01. Early Termination and Breach of Agreement.

(a) The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and Exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate only upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation, neither the Members nor the

 

12


Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (i) Tax Benefit Payment agreed by the Corporation acting in good faith and the Applicable Member to be due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (ii) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Members, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to all Members under Section 4.03(a).

(b) In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code, Title 11, U.S.C., or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed by the Corporation acting in good faith and any Applicable Member to be due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.

(c) The Corporation, MNG and each of the Members hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for U.S. federal income Tax or other applicable Tax purposes.

Section 4.02. Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01 above, or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Corporation shall deliver to each present or former Member a notice of such intention to exercise such right ( “Early Termination Notice” ) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule” ) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment including that portion of the Early Termination Payment that has satisfied the Payment Conditions and that portion of the Early Termination Payment that has not, as of the Early Termination Date, satisfied a Payment Condition. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless an Applicable Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith ( “Material Objection Notice” ). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the relevant Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.

 

13


Section 4.03. Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within 30 calendar days of the Early Termination Conditions being satisfied with respect to an Early Termination Payment (or a portion thereof), the Corporation shall pay to each Applicable Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment (or the portion thereof for which the Early Termination Conditions have been satisfied), plus interest calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due Early Termination Date until the Payment Date of such Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Applicable Member. For the avoidance of doubt, after the initial Early Termination Payment, the Corporation will be required to make additional payments to the Member with respect to the Deferrable Portion of the Early Termination Payment if and when a Payment Conditions has been satisfied with respect to such Deferrable Portion. In addition, the Corporation shall pay the Member an amount equal to the Realized Tax Benefit resulting from the sale of a non amortizable asset. Such payment shall be due 30 calendar days after such sale has closed.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the Applicable Member the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Applicable Member beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

Section 4.04. Scheduled Termination. No Tax Benefit Payment shall accrue, or shall become due or payable with respect to any Exchange after the sixtieth anniversary (the “Scheduled Termination Date” ) of the effective date of such Exchange. For avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall continue to be in effect in periods after the Scheduled Termination Date with respect to Tax Benefit Payments that arise on or before such date, or any adjustment thereto, and shall terminate upon such time as when all Tax Benefit Payment due and payable hereunder have been paid and the Determinations have been with respect to all such payments.

ARTICLE 5

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.01. Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement (an “Exchange Payment” ) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries ( “Senior Obligations” ) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.02. Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Member when due (without regard to Section 5.01) under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.

 

14


ARTICLE 6

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.01. Member Participation in the Corporation and MNG’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and MNG, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify each relevant Member of, and keep such Member reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of the Corporation and MNG by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect such Member’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to such Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, MNG and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporation and MNG shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.

Section 6.02. Consistency. The Corporation and the Applicable Member agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement. In this regard, the Corporation and the Applicable Member agree to report any gain of the Member resulting from an Exchange as capital gain unless the Corporation is advised otherwise by an Advisory Firm. Any Dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.09. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced, such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless (a) otherwise required by law or (b) the Corporation and the Applicable Member agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.

Section 6.03. Cooperation. The Applicable Member shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials, or make such representations, as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter described in clause (a) above. The Corporation shall reimburse the Applicable Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.

 

15


ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, approval, consent, waiver or other communication required or permitted to be given to any party in connection with this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by facsimile transmission (with the original thereof also contemporaneously given by another method specified in this Section 7.01), (c) sent by a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, or (d) sent by certified or registered mail postage prepaid, return receipt requested), at the following locations (or at such other location for a party as shall be specified to the other parties by like Notice). Any Notice shall only be duly given and effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt).

If to the Corporation, to:

Manning & Napier, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

with a copy to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

  Irwin Kishner, Esq.

if to MNG, to:

Manning & Napier Group, LLC

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

with a copy to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

  Irwin Kishner, Esq.

if to M &N Group Holdings, LLC, to:

M &N Group Holdings, LLC

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

 

16


with a copy to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

  Irwin Kishner, Esq.

if to Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, to:

Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

with a copy to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

  Irwin Kishner, Esq.

Section 7.02. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall, taken together, be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

Section 7.03. Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies hereunder.

Section 7.04. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 7.05. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, all other terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.06. Successors; Assignment; Amendments; and Waivers.

 

17


(a) No Member may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided, however, that (i) to the extent Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Member shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Member pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanged Units may be assigned to any Person or Persons as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the terms of Section 7.06(b). For the avoidance of doubt, if a Member transfers Units but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Member shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Units.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and MNG and by Members who would be entitled to receive at least fifty one percent (51%) of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Members hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Principal pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, however, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Members will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Members disproportionately effected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.07. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.08. Resolution of Disputes.

 

18


(a) Any and all claims, disputes and other disagreements arising hereunder (each, a “Dispute” ) which are not governed by Section 7.09, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non- performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section 7.08 and Section 7.09) shall be governed by this Section 7.08. The parties hereto shall attempt in good faith to resolve all Disputes by negotiation. If a Dispute between the parties hereto cannot be resolved in such manner, such Dispute shall, at the request of any party, after providing written notice to the other party or parties to the Dispute, be submitted to arbitration in New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The proceeding shall be confidential. The party initially asserting the Dispute (the “Initiating Party” ) shall notify the other party (the “Responding Party” ) of the name and address of the arbitrator chosen by the Initiating Party and shall specifically describe the Dispute in issue to be submitted to arbitration. Within 30 days of receipt of such notification, the Responding Party shall notify the Initiating Party of its answer to the Dispute, any counterclaim which it wishes to assert in the arbitration and the name and address of the arbitrator chosen by the Responding Party. If the Responding Party does not appoint an arbitrator during such 30-day period, appointment of the second arbitrator shall be made by the American Arbitration Association upon request of the Initiating Party. The two arbitrators so chosen or appointed shall choose a third arbitrator, who shall serve as president of the panel of arbitrators (the “Panel” ) thus composed. If the two arbitrators so chosen or appointed fail to agree upon the choice of a third arbitrator within 30 days from the appointment of the second arbitrator, the third arbitrator will be appointed by the American Arbitration Association upon the request of the arbitrators or either of the parties. In all cases, the arbitrators must be persons who have substantial experience in tax matters. The arbitrators will act by majority decisions. Any decision of the arbitrators shall (i) be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of at least two arbitrators, and (ii) identify the members of the Panel, and the time and place of the award granted. Absent fraud or manifest error, any such decision of the Panel shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration and enforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction. The expenses of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties to the arbitration; provided, however, that each party shall pay for and bear the costs of its own experts, evidence and legal counsel, unless the arbitrator rules otherwise in the arbitration. The parties shall complete all discovery within 30 days after the Panel is composed, shall complete the presentation of evidence to the Panel within 15 days after the completion of discovery, and a final decision with respect to the matter submitted to arbitration shall be rendered within 15 days after the completion of presentation of evidence. The parties hereto shall cause to be kept a record of the proceedings of any matter submitted to arbitration hereunder. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. The award shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.

 

19


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.08(a), the Corporation may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.08(b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 7.08(c) to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporation as such Member’s agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member in writing of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Member in any such action or proceeding.

(c) The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby that is brought in accordance with Section 7.08(b) shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of the State of New York located in the County of New York. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to submit to the personal jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding in such courts may be served, and shall be effective, on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court, by any of the methods specified for the giving of Notices pursuant to Section 7.01. Each of the parties irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection or defense that it may now or hereafter have based on venue, inconvenience of forum, the lack of personal jurisdiction and the adequacy of service of process (as long as the party was provided Notice in accordance with the methods specified in Section 7.01) in any suit action or proceeding brought in such courts. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING SEEKING TO ENFORCE ANY PROVISION OF, OR BASED ON ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 7.09. Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and the relevant Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.04, 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement ( “Reconciliation Dispute” ), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert” ) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the relevant Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within 15 days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as

 

20


soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on such date and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. In the event that this reconciliation provision is utilized, the fees of the Expert shall be paid in proportion to the manner in which the dispute is resolved, such that, for example, if the entire dispute is resolved in favor of the Corporation, the relevant Member shall pay all of the fees, or if the items in dispute are resolved 50% in favor of the Corporation and 50% in favor of the relevant Member, each of the Corporation and the relevant Member shall pay 50% of the fees of the Expert. Any Dispute as to whether a Dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporation and the relevant Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10. Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Applicable Member.

Section 7.11. Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax return pursuant to Sections 1501, et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated Taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully Taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.

Section 7.12. Confidentiality.

 

21


(a) Each Member and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation and of its Affiliates is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning MNG and its Affiliates and successors or the other Members, learned by the Member heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12(a) shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Member in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Member to prepare and file his or her Tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Member and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporation, MNG, the Members and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the Members relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

(b) If a Member or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of Section 7.12(a), the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of Section 7.12(a) specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Members and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13. No Joint Venture. Parties hereto intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the Exchange Agreement be solely that of transferor and transferee of the Class A Units as determined herein. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between or among the parties nor to grant the exchanging Members any interest in the exchanged Class A Units other than that of a transferor.

Section 7.14. Partnerships. The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and such Person shall be treated as a “Partnership Subsidiary” for all purposes of this Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, MNG and each Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Manning & Napier, Inc.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Manning & Napier Group, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

M&N Group Holdings, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

23


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER

This JOINDER (this “Joinder” ) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), dated as of [                    ] by and among Manning & Napier, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation” ), Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “MNG” ), [M & N Group Holdings, LLC or Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC], a Delaware limited liability company (the “Transferor” )], and [                            ] ( “Permitted Transferee” ).

WHEREAS, on              the Permitted Transferee acquired (the “Acquisition”) Units in MNG and, together with all other Units hereinafter acquired by the Permitted Transferee from Transferor and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of [            ] 2011 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Tax Receivable Agreement” ), among the Corporation, MNG and the other parties thereto), the “Acquired Interests” ) from Transferor and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to [Section 7.06] of the Tax Receivable Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Permitted Transferee hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.1. Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2. Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, including but not limited to, being bound by [Sections 2.04, 4.02, 6.01, 6.02 and 7.12] of the Tax Receivable Agreement, with respect to the Acquired Interests, and any other Acquired Interests Permitted Transferee acquires hereafter. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges the terms of [Section 7.06(b)] of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.3. Notic e . Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.4. Governing Law. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF THAT WOULD MANDATE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

24


[Signature page follows.]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.

                                                                          [PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]

Name:
Address:
Address for Notices:

 

26

Exhibit 10.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                  , by and among Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“M&N”), and each of the holders of the Class A Units (the “Class A Units”) and the Class B Units (the “Class B Units” and, collectively with the Class A Units, the “Units”) of Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MN Group”), listed on the signature pages to this Agreement or to the Additional Party Signature Page in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “Holders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , pursuant to an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”), made and entered as of the      day of             , 2011, by and among M&N, M&N Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Manning & Napier Capital Company, LLC, a New York limited liability company, and any other holder of Units from time to time that are party thereto, each holder of Units may exchange each Unit for one share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of M&N (the “Class A Shares”) at the times and under the circumstances described in the Exchange Agreement; and

WHEREAS , M&N and the Holders desire to enter into an agreement relating to any and all Class A Shares that M&N may issue to the Holders upon exchange of their Units in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement, providing for (i) restrictions on the Transfer (as defined below) of such Class A Shares, which restrictions are intended to provide for the maintenance of an orderly market for the Class A Shares and the alignment of the interests of M&N with its stockholders who are Affiliated with it, and (ii) the Holders’ rights to have such Class A Shares registered for resale at certain times and under certain circumstances described herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1     Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. “ Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Class A Shares ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Class B Units ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Exchange ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Exchange Agreement.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Exchange Closing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to “Closing Date” in the Exchange Agreement.

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Free Writing Prospectus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(iii).


Form S-3 Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act.

Governmental Entity ” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Inspectors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(vii).

IPO ” means the initial offering of Class A Shares to the public, as described in the IPO Registration Statement.

IPO Registration Statement ” means M&N’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-175309), as amended to the date hereof.

Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).

M&N ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

MN Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

Proceeding ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(vii).

Registrable Securities ” shall mean any and all Class A Shares that M&N may issue to Holders upon Exchange of any and all Units currently owned or hereafter acquired by any Holder in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a registration statement registering such securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such securities have been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to such effective registration statement or (b) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Representative ” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, accountant, financial advisor, legal counsel or other representative of that Person.

Requested Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement ” means each Form S-3 Registration Statement filed by M&N pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of Section 2.1 hereof.

Suspension Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

2


A “ Transfer ” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, directly or indirectly, and to “ Transfer ” shall mean to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose, directly or indirectly.

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a sale of any Class A Shares of M&N to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

1.2     Gender . For the purposes of this Agreement, the words “he,” “his” or “himself” shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine and corporate, other entity or trust form.

ARTICLE II

SHELF REGISTRATION

2.1     Shelf Registration .

(a)     Initial Shelf Registration Statement . As soon as practicable after M&N becomes eligible to file a Form S-3 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a Form S-3 Registration Statement providing for an offering of all Registrable Securities then issued upon Exchange and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution proposed by the Holders. M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare such Form S-3 Registration Statement effective as soon as practicable thereafter. M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Form S-3 Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) two years after such Form S-3 Registration Statement has been declared effective and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement have been sold in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement, or otherwise.

(b)     Subsequent Shelf Registration Statements . As soon as practicable after the Exchange Closing Date occurring after the initial Exchange Closing Date and prior to the              anniversary of the IPO, M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a Form S-3 Registration Statement providing for an offering of all Registrable Securities then issued upon Exchange and not already registered pursuant to a Form S-3 Registration Statement and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution proposed by the Holders. M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare such Form S-3 Registration Statement effective as soon as practicable thereafter. M&N shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Form S-3 Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) two years after such Form S-3 Registration Statement has been declared effective and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement have been sold in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement, or otherwise.

(c)     Suspensions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, M&N shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to the Holders, to require such Holders to suspend the use of the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities under any Shelf Registration Statement for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 90 days in succession or 180 days in the aggregate in any 12 month period (a “Suspension Period”) if M&N shall determine that it is required to disclose in any such Shelf Registration Statement a financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction or other material event or circumstance affecting M&N or its securities, and that the disclosure of such information at such time would be detrimental to M&N or the holders of its equity securities. Immediately upon receipt of such notice, the Holders shall suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made as required below. Any Suspension Period shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made. After the expiration of any Suspension Period and without any further request from a Holder, M&N shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the applicable Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d)     Information Requested from Holders . Not less than ten business days before the expected filing date of each Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, M&N shall notify each Holder of the

 

3


information, documents and instruments from such Holder that M&N or any underwriter reasonably requests in order to include its Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement, including, but not limited to a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney and, if applicable, a lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (collectively, the “Requested Information”). If M&N has not received, on or before the second day before the expected filing date, the Requested Information from such Holder, M&N may file such Shelf Registration Statement without including the Registrable Securities of such Holder. The failure to include such Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement shall not in and of itself result in any liability on the part of M&N to such Holder.

(e)     No Grant of Future Registration Rights . M&N shall not grant any shelf, demand, piggyback or incidental registration rights that are senior to the rights granted to the Holders hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of Holders of at least a majority of the number of Registrable Securities as of the date that M&N requests such consent and such consent may be given in the sole discretion of each of the Holders.

2.2     Withdrawal Rights . Any Holder having notified or directed M&N to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to M&N prior to the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement. In the event of any such withdrawal, M&N shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement. No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of M&N with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn. If a Holder withdraws its notification or direction to M&N to include any of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.2, such Holder shall be required to promptly reimburse M&N for incremental expenses incurred by M&N in connection with preparing for the registration of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn.

2.3     Registration Procedures .

(a)    In connection with M&N’s obligations to use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Transfer of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, M&N shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i)    Before the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendment to any such Shelf Registration Statement, M&N will furnish to the Holders electing to include Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Selling Holders”), or counsel selected by the Selling Holders, a copy of such document for review, which review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness;

(ii)    Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to each Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of Section 2.1, and the prospectus(es) used in connection therewith, as may be necessary to (A) keep each such Shelf Registration Statement effective as required pursuant to such subsections hereof, and (B) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement;

(iii)    Furnish each Selling Holder and any underwriter of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder (A) a conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), (B) such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, a “Free Writing Prospectus”) utilized in connection therewith, and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (C) such other documents as such Selling Holder and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder;

(iv)    Use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder or underwriter of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder shall reasonably request, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such Selling

 

4


Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities, except that M&N shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (iv) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v)    Use reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to each such Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by M&N are then listed;

(vi)    Use reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to each such Shelf Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Selling Holder(s) thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(vii)    Promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, and any Representative retained by any such Selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of M&N (collectively, the “Records”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause M&N’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, M&N shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (vii) if (A) M&N believes, after consultation with counsel for M&N, that to do so would cause M&N to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (B) if either (1) M&N has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (2) M&N reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (A) or (B) such Selling Holder requesting such information agrees, and causes each of its Inspectors, to enter into a confidentiality agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to M&N; and provided , further , that each Selling Holder agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to M&N and allow M&N, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

(viii)    Promptly notify in writing each applicable Selling Holder and underwriter, if any, of the following events:

(A)    the filing of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;

(B)    any request by the SEC or any other Government Entity for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus or for additional information;

(C)    the issuance by the SEC or any other Government Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose; and

(D)    the receipt by M&N of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of applicable Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

5


(ix)    Notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating to the sale of its Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such prospectus, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any Selling Holder, promptly prepare and furnish to each such Selling Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(x)    Use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement then required to be effective pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of 2.1 hereof;

(xi)    Otherwise use reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to all Selling Holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of M&N covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first day of M&N’s first full quarter after the effective date of each Shelf Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xii)    Use its reasonable best efforts to assist Selling Holders who made a request to M&N to provide for a third party “market maker” for the Class A Shares; provided , however , that M&N shall not be required to serve as such “market maker”;

(xiii)    Cooperate with the Selling Holders and any underwriter of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under applicable law) representing the Registrable Securities being sold under each Shelf Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or such Selling Holders may request and keep available and make available to M&N’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of each such Shelf Registration Statement a supply of such certificates; and

(xiv)    M&N may require each Selling Holder and underwriter of Registrable Securities, if any, to furnish M&N in writing such information regarding each Selling Holder or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as M&N may from time to time reasonably request to complete or amend the information required by the applicable Shelf Registration Statement.

(b)    Each Selling Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from M&N of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in clauses (viii) or (ix) of Section 2.4(a), such Selling Holder shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Shelf Registration Statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(ix) and, if so directed by M&N, deliver to M&N, at M&N’s expense, all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Holder’s possession of the prospectus current at the time of receipt of such notice relating to such Registrable Securities. In the event M&N shall give such notice, any applicable period during which such Shelf Registration Statement must remain effective pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from the date of giving of a notice regarding the happening of an event of the kind described in clauses (viii) or (ix) of Section 2.4(a), as applicable, to the date when all such Selling Holders shall receive such a supplemented or amended prospectus and such prospectus shall have been filed with the SEC.

2.4     Registration Expenses . All expenses incident to M&N’s performance of, or compliance with, its obligations under this Agreement including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with FINRA (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in NASD Rule 2720), all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all printing (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested

 

6


by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, all messenger and delivery expenses and all fees and expenses of M&N’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including, without limitation, with respect to “comfort” letters and opinions) (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”) shall be borne by M&N; provided , however , that M&N shall not pay any Registration Expenses, or any other expenses, relating to underwriters’ discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities. Each Selling Holder shall bear and pay its portion of (a) all underwriting discounts and commissions, (b) transfer taxes and transfer fees, if any, and (c) any other expense of the Selling Holders not specifically allocated to M&N pursuant to this Section 2.4, in each case relating to the sale of such Selling Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement.

2.5     Registration Indemnification .

(a)     By M&N . M&N agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Selling Holder and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, partners and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Holder or such other indemnified Person from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, the “Losses”) caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by any information furnished in writing to M&N by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of M&N’s other obligations under this Agreement, M&N shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other indemnified Person to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of Selling Holders. Reimbursements payable pursuant to the indemnification contemplated by this Section 2.6(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

(b)     By the Selling Holders . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Selling Holder will furnish to M&N, in writing, information regarding such Selling Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify M&N, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) M&N or such other indemnified Person against all Losses caused by any untrue statement of material fact contained in the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is caused by and contained in such information so furnished in writing by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided , however , that each Selling Holder’s obligation to indemnify M&N hereunder shall, to the extent more than one Selling Holder is subject to the same indemnification obligation, be apportioned between each Selling Holder based upon the net amount received by each Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities, as compared to the total net amount received by all of the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder shall be liable to M&N for amounts in excess of the lesser of (i) such apportionment and (ii) the amount received by such holder in the offering giving rise to such liability.

(c)     Notice . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.

 

7


(d)     Defense of Actions . In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party or (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and the indemnified party is or is reasonably likely to be prejudiced by such delay, in either event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim effected without its consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail to diligently contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that the indemnified party shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding its consent if the proposed settlement imposes any obligation on the indemnified party).

(e)     Survival . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

(f)     Contribution . If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder or transferee thereof shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such holder from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

ARTICLE III

TERMINATION

3.1     Term . This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (a) the [ten (10)] year anniversary of the consummation of the IPO, or (b) the date that no Holder owns any Units that are entitled to be exchanged for Class A Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

3.2     Survival . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 3.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions set forth in Section 2.5 and Article IV.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1     Rights Limited By Exchange Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any Holder be permitted to register or sell any Registrable Securities hereunder except to the extent such Holder holds such Registrable Securities or is permitted by the Exchange Agreement to exchange Units for such Registrable Securities at such time.

 

8


4.2     Lockup . Each Holder shall, in connection with any registration of Registrable Securities, upon the request of M&N or the underwriters managing any Underwritten Offering, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, of any Registrable Securities (other than that included in the Form S-3 Registration Statement) without the prior written consent of M&N or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration of the Form S-3 Registration Statement as M&N or the underwriters may specify; provided , however , that all executive officers and directors of M&N shall also have agreed not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of any Registrable Securities under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section 4.2.

4.3     Transfer of Registration Rights . The registration rights of any Holder under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities may be Transferred to (a) any permitted transferee of such Registrable Securities who acquires the Registrable Securities or (b) an Affiliate of such Holder; provided , however , that (i) the Transferring Holder shall give M&N written notice at or prior to the time of such Transfer stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the securities with respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being Transferred, (ii) such transferee shall agree in writing, in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex A, to be bound as a Holder by the provisions of this Agreement and (iii) immediately following such Transfer the further disposition of such securities by such transferee is restricted under the Securities Act. Except as set forth in this Section 4.3, no Transfer of Registrable Securities shall cause such Registrable Securities to lose such status.

4.4     Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the Holders without the prior written consent of M&N. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.5     Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 4.5) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

If to M&N, to:

Manning & Napier, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, NY 14450-4217

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (585) 586-2898

with a copy to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 592-1500

If to any of the Holders, to:

The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of M&N.

4.6     Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “included”,

 

9


“includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

4.7     Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

4.8     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.

4.9     Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, except as provided in Section 2.5(a) and Section 2.5(b), any rights or remedies hereunder.

4.10     Further Assurances . Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

4.11     Governing Law; Equitable Remedies . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in the United States District Court for the          District of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

4.12 Consent To Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“Proceeding”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the          District of New York and waives any objection to venue being laid in such Court whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before such Court; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than such Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by such Court; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to M&N or the Holders at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.5 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c)  TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

 

10


PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY .

4.13     Amendments; Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by M&N and a majority of the Holders, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

[R EMAINDER OF P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ; S IGNATURE P AGES IN C OUNTERPARTS F OLLOW ]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

HOLDERS:
M&N GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

MANNING & NAPIER CAPITAL COMPANY, LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

12


ANNEX A

FORM OF ADDITIONAL PARTY SIGNATURE PAGE

THE UNDERSIGNED has caused this Additional Party Signature Page to be duly executed as of the date written below intending to become a party to, and be bound by, the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                  , 2011, as amended to date, by and among Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and each of the Holders party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not other defined shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Date:

 

 
Name:

 

13

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

MANNING & NAPIER, I NC .

2011 E QUITY C OMPENSATION P LAN

 

 


MANNING & NAPIER, INC.

2011 E QUITY C OMPENSATION P LAN

 

1. Purpose

Manning & Napier, Inc. and Manning & Napier Group, LLC hereby adopt this Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan effective as of             , 2011. This Plan is intended to encourage equity ownership of the Company and MN Group by persons providing services to the Company, MN Group and/or its subsidiaries, including directors, employees, advisers and consultants of the Company, MN Group and/or their subsidiaries, and to provide additional incentives for them to promote the success of the business of the Company and MN Group.

 

2. Definitions

As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 Accelerate , when used with respect to an Award (other than Restricted Stock or Restricted Units), means that as of the time of reference the Award will vest and, if applicable, will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the Class A Stock, Units or cash equivalent for which such Award was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms, and, when used with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, means that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to the Class A Stock or Units shall expire with respect to some or all of the Class A Stock or Units then otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture.

2.2 Affiliate means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used herein, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

2.3 Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Restricted Units, Restricted Stock, Unit Grants, other Unit-Based Awards or LTIP Units.

2.4 Award Agreement means an agreement, instrument or other document between the Company or MN Group, as the case may be, and the recipient of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

2.5 Beneficial Owner shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

2.6 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.7 Cause means, unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement, a termination of employment or service, based on a finding by the Committee, that the Participant engaged in conduct (a) which involves fraud, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, bad faith or commission of a crime that is classified as a felony under New York law and in the reasonable opinion of the Board is injurious to the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates, or (b) that constitutes grounds for termination for cause under the Participant’s employment, consulting or service agreement with the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates, to the extent applicable, or under any policies in effect applicable to the Participant and relating to his or her employment by, or association with, the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates.

2.8 Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 hereof.

2.9 Class A Stock means Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

2.10 Class A Unit means a “Class A Unit” in MN Group, as described in the Operating Agreement.

2.11 Class B Unit means a “Class B Unit” in MN Group, as described in the Operating Agreement.


2.12 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder. To the extent that reference is made to any particular section of the Code, such reference shall be, where the context so admits, to any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law.

2.13 Committee means any committee of the Board that is delegated responsibility for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 4; provided , that such committee shall be comprised solely of directors of the Company who are (a) “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, (b) “outside directors” under Code Section 162(m) and (c) “independent directors” pursuant to New York Stock Exchange requirements. For any period during which no such committee is in existence, “Committee” shall mean the Managing Member and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Managing Member.

2.14 Company means Manning & Napier, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.15 Covered Employee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

2.16 Effective Date means the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, on behalf of the Company, and the Managing Member, on behalf of MN Group.

2.17 Equity Units means either Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units.

2.18 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases.

2.19 Exercise Price means the price per share of Class A Stock or Unit, as applicable, at which a holder of an Award granted hereunder may purchase the Class A Stock or Units issuable upon exercise of such Award.

2.20 Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Stock or a Unit on any given date means: (i) if the Class A Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price per share of Class A Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price), (ii) if the Class A Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) as reported on that date in composite transactions for the principal national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Exchange Act on which the Class A Stock is listed, (iii) if the Class A Stock is not so listed on a national securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Class A Stock on that date in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization, or (iv) if the Class A Stock is not so quoted by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine in good faith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Fair Market Value of a Unit shall at all times equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Stock.

2.21 Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as determined under Section 6.1(a).

2.22 IPO means the initial public offering of Class A Stock, as contemplated in the registration statement on Form S-1 of the Company (No. 333-175309).

2.23 ISO means any Option to acquire Class A Stock intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. Options to acquire Units may not be designated as ISOs.

2.24 LTIP Unit means a certain class or classes of membership interests in the Company which, upon the occurrence of certain events, may convert into Units.

2.25 Managing Member means the Company, as the Managing Member of MN Group.

2.26 MN Group means Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.27 NQSO means any Option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.

 

2


2.28 Operating Agreement means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of MN Group, dated as of [ ] , 2011, as in effect from time to time.

2.29 Option means an option to purchase Class A Stock, in the form of an ISO or a NQSO, or an option to purchase Units.

2.30 Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan.

2.31 Participant means any holder of an outstanding Award under the Plan.

2.32 Performance Goals means performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings including operating income, economic income, economic net income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per common share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiv) operating margin or profit margin; (xv) common stock price or total stockholder return; (xvi) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xviii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long-term business goals, formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xix) any combination of any of the foregoing.

Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company, MN Group or an Affiliate, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company or MN Group, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, or other pre-established target or designated comparison group, all as determined by the Committee. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made (or no vesting will occur), levels of performance at which specified payments will be made (or specified vesting will occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made (or at which full vesting will occur). Each of the foregoing Performance Goals shall, as selected by the Committee, be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or non-GAAP financial measures, and shall be subject to certification by the Committee; provided that, to the extent an Award is intended to satisfy the performance-based compensation exception to the limits of Section 162(m) of the Code and then to the extent consistent with such exception, the Committee shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company MN Group or any Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company, MN Group or any Affiliate, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.

2.33 Person means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, or other entity.

2.34 Plan means this Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, and including any attachments or addenda hereto.

2.35 Restricted Stock means an Award of shares of Class A Stock to a Participant under Section 6.2 that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a Risk of Forfeiture.

2.36 Restricted Units means an Award of Units to a Participant under Section 6.2 that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a Risk of Forfeiture.

 

3


2.37 Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, during which such Restricted Stock or Restricted Units are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.

2.38 Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, including a right in the Company or MN Group, as the case may be, to reacquire the Restricted Stock or Restricted Units at less than their then Fair Market Value or for no consideration, arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.

2.39 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

2.40 Stock Appreciation Right or SAR means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 6.4 below to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the date of such SAR or portion thereof is surrendered, of the Class A Stock or Unit covered by such right or such portion thereof, over (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price of such right or portion thereof.

2.41 Stock-Based Award means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Class A Stock including but not limited to performance units and Stock Appreciation Rights, and which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms and conditions as permitted under the Plan.

2.42 Unit means a Class A Unit or a Class B Unit.

2.43 Unit Grant means a grant of Units not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

2.44 Unit-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan, that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Units including but not limited to performance units and Stock Appreciation Rights, and which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms and conditions as permitted under the Plan.

The definition of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth therein or herein), (ii) references to any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule or ordinance, including any section or other part thereof shall refer to it as amended from time to time and shall include any successor law, (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Plan in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (iv) all references herein to Sections shall be construed to refer to Sections to this Plan.

 

3. Term of the Plan

Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Company, Awards may be granted under this Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date of approval of the Plan by the Company and ending immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of such date. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan.

 

4. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however , that the Committee may delegate to one or more “executive officers” (as defined under applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act) the authority to grant Awards hereunder to employees who are not executive officers, and to consultants and advisers, in accordance with such guidelines as the Committee shall set forth at any time or from time to time. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company or MN Group under the Plan including the director, employee, adviser or consultant to receive the Award and the form of Award. In

 

4


making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such directors, employees, advisers and consultants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and/or MN Group, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

 

5. Authorization of Grants

5.1 Eligibility . The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any service provider to the Company, MN Group or any of their Affiliates, including directors, officers, employees, advisers and consultants of the Company, MN Group and/or their respective Affiliates.

5.2 General Terms of Awards . Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in Section 6 or in the Award Agreement), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. Restricted Units and Units Grants under the Plan shall at all times be subject to the terms of the Operating Agreement.

5.3 Non-Transferability of Awards . Awards shall not be transferable, and no Awards or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all of a Participant’s rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Unit Grants and, following lapse of the Restriction Period, Restricted Units may be transferred in accordance with the provisions of the Operating Agreement.

5.4 Conditions to Receipt of Awards .

(a) Unless otherwise waived by the Committee, no prospective Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award unless and until such Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award, delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Award of Options, Restricted Units, Unit Grants, other Unit-Based Awards or LTIP Units and no issuance of Class A Stock or Units upon exercise of an Option or the settlement of any Stock-Based or Unit-Based Award, may be made to an individual who has committed any act which could serve as a basis for (i) denial, suspension or revocation of the registration of any investment adviser, including Affiliates of the Company or MN Group, under Section 203(e) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or Rule 206(4)-4(b) thereunder, or for disqualification of any investment adviser, including Affiliates of the Company or MN Group, as an investment adviser to a registered investment company pursuant to Sections 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) precluding the Company, MN Group or their respective Affiliates from acting as a fiduciary by operation of Section 411 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or (iii) precluding the Company, MN Group or their respective Affiliates from qualifying as a “qualified professional asset manager” within the meaning of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14.

(c) Each Award of Restricted Units, Unit Grants, other Unit-Based Awards or LTIP Units and each issuance of Units to the recipient of an Award of Options exercisable into Units or upon settlement of a Unit-Based Award, shall be conditioned upon the recipient’s execution of the Operating Agreement or an agreement of accession thereto.

5.5 Equity Subject to Plan . The maximum number of Equity Units reserved for the grant or settlement of Awards (in the form of Class A Stock or Units) under the Plan shall be a number equal to                      and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein. If any shares of Class A Stock or Units subject to an Award are forfeited, canceled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of Equity Units to the Participant, the Class A Stock or Units with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Equity Units that are exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company or MN Group, in either case, as full or partial payment in connection with any Award under the Plan, as well as any Equity Units exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company or MN Group to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Award under the Plan, shall not be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan.

 

5


5.6 Covered Employees . From and after the date that the grant of an Award to a Covered Employee is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the aggregate Awards granted during any fiscal year to any single individual who is likely to be a Covered Employee shall not exceed             Equity Units. Determinations made in respect of the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

5.7 Authorized Shares . Shares of Class A Stock issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares of Class A Stock or shares that have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise.

 

6. Specific Terms of Awards

6.1 Options .

(a) Date of Grant . The granting of an Option shall take place at the time specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price . The price at which a share of Class A Stock or a Unit may be acquired under each Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Class A Stock or Unit on the Grant Date.

(c) Option Period . The exercise period with respect to each Option shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and specified in each Award Agreement; provided, however, that no Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

(d) Exercisability . An Option may be immediately exercisable or become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine and as set forth in each Award Agreement. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time.

(e) ISOs . No ISO shall be granted to any employee of the Company or MN Group, if such employee owns, or is deemed to own, immediately prior to the grant of the ISO, stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates, or more than 10% of the value of all classes of stock of the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates, unless the purchase price for the stock under such ISO shall be at least 110% of its Fair Market Value at the time such ISO is granted and the ISO, by its terms, shall not be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. In determining the stock ownership under this paragraph, the provisions of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.

(f) Termination of Association with the Company — Generally . Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise for any Award with respect to any Option as set forth in the Award Agreement for such Option, if the Optionee’s employment or other association with the Company ends for any reason, any outstanding Option of the Optionee shall cease to be exercisable in any respect and shall terminate not later than 90 days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event (and to the extent not then exercisable, shall terminate as of the date of such event). Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association, provided that it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Optionee’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

(g) Method of Exercise . An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 14 or as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, specifying the number of shares of Class A Stock or Units with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. Where the exercise of an Option is to be accompanied by payment, the Committee may determine the required or permitted forms of payment, subject to the following: (a) all payments will be by cash or check acceptable to the Committee; or (b) if so permitted by the Committee, (i) through the delivery of Class A Stock or Units that have a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, except where payment by delivery of Class A Stock or Units would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or where payment by delivery of Class A Stock or Units outstanding for less than six months would require application of securities laws relating to profit realized on such Class A Stock or Units, (ii) by other means acceptable to the Committee, or (iii) by means of withholding of Class A Stock or Units, with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price and (B) unless the Company or MN Group is precluded

 

6


or restricted from doing so under debt covenants, minimum statutory withholding taxes with respect to such exercise, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. The delivery of Class A Stock or Units in payment of the exercise price under clause (g)(i) above may be accomplished either by actual delivery or by constructive delivery through attestation of ownership, subject to such rules as the Committee may prescribe.

(h) No Certificates . Unless otherwise required under the Operating Agreement, Units are not represented by certificates. The “issuance” of Units pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall not require the creation or delivery of a certificate or other evidence of ownership, other than that provided by the applicable Award Agreement, but instead only the Company’s recognition of the Optionee on its books and records as the beneficial holder of such Units, unless otherwise required under the Operating Agreement.

(i) Rights Pending Exercise . No Participant holding an Option shall be deemed for any purpose to be (i) a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Class A Stock, or (ii) a member of MN Group with respect to any of the Units, in either case issuable pursuant to his or her Option, except to the extent that the Option shall have been exercised with respect thereto.

6.2 Restricted Stock and Restricted Units .

(a) Purchase Price Class A Stock, Restricted Stock, Units or Restricted Units may be issued under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.

(b) No Certificates . Units are not represented by certificates. The “issuance” of Units or Restricted Units under the Plan shall not require the creation or delivery of a certificate or other evidence of ownership, other than that provided by the applicable Award Agreement, but instead only the MN Group’s recognition of the Participant on its books and records as the beneficial holder of such Units or Restricted Units.

(c) Restrictions and Restriction Period . During the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, such Restricted Stock or Restricted Units shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, Company and/or MN Group performance or otherwise as the Committee may determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate. Certificates for shares issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. Such certificates may, if so determined by the Committee, be held in escrow by an escrow agent (which may be the Company or MN Group) appointed by the Committee, to be held for the benefit of the Participant for such period in the discretion of the Committee until the applicable Restriction Period lapses.

(d) Rights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture or Forfeiture of Award . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of Class A Stock or Units, as the case may be, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and the right to receive any dividends or distributions with respect to the Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, as applicable.

(e) Termination of Association with the Company . Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise in the applicable Award Agreement for any Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Units, upon termination of a Participant’s employment or other association with the Company, MN Group and their Affiliates for any reason during the Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock or Restricted Units still subject to Risk of Forfeiture shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to or repurchase by the Company or MN Group on the terms specified in the Award Agreement; provided, however , that military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association if it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

6.3 Class A Stock and Unit Grants . Class A Stock and Unit Grants may be awarded solely in recognition of significant contributions to the success of the Company, MN Group or their Affiliates in lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Class A Stock and Unit Grants shall be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind.

 

7


6.4 Stock-Based Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of phantom shares of Class A Stock, SARs and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Stock. Such Stock-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive shares of Class A Stock (or the equivalent cash value of such Class A Stock) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of Performance Goals. Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine: (a) the number of shares of Class A Stock to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Stock-Based Awards; (b) whether such Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, shares of Class A Stock or a combination of cash and Class A Stock; and (c) all other terms and conditions of such Stock-Based Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof).

6.5 Unit-Based Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of phantom Units, SARs and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of a Unit. Such Unit-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more Units (or the equivalent cash value of such Units) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of Performance Goals. Unit-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine: (a) the number of Units to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Unit-Based Awards; (b) whether such Unit-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Units or a combination of cash and Units; and (c) all other terms and conditions of such Unit-Based Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof).

6.6 LTIP Units . LTIP Units may be granted as free-standing awards or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, and may be valued by reference to the Units, and will be subject to such other conditions and restrictions as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine, including, but not limited to, continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established Performance Goals. LTIP Units, whether vested or unvested, may entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, distributions or distribution equivalent payments with respect to the number of Units corresponding to the LTIP Unit or other distributions from the Company and the Committee may provide in the applicable Award Agreement that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Units or LTIP Units. The LTIP Units granted under the Plan will be subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to the conversion ratio, if any, pursuant to which LTIP Units may be exchanged for Units in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement. LTIP Units may be structured as “profits interests,” “capital interests” or other types of interests for federal income tax purposes.

6.7 Awards to Participants Outside the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan granted to a Participant who is, at the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award, none of which shall require prior approval of the stockholders of the Company except for stockholder approval as may be necessary for the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law.

 

7. Adjustment Provisions

7.1 Adjustment for Company Actions . If subsequent to the adoption of the Plan by the Company and MN Group the outstanding Class A Stock or Units are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of stock, units or other securities, or if additional shares, units or new or different shares, units or other securities are distributed with respect to Class A stock or Units through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company or MN Group, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, dividend, stock or unit split, reverse stock or unit split, or other similar distribution with respect to such Class A Stock or Units, the Committee shall make an adjustment, to the extent appropriate and proportionate, in (i) the numbers and kinds of Class A Stock, Units or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, and (ii) the exercise price for each Class A Stock, Unit or other securities subject to then outstanding Options (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable).

 

8


7.2 Related Matters . Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this Section 7 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Exercise Prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture and applicable repurchase prices for Restricted Stock, Restricted Units, LTIP Units, Stock-Based Awards and Unit-Based Awards, which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and Company action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 7. No fraction of a shares of Class A Stock or Unit shall be issued or purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, but in the event any adjustment hereunder of the number of shares of Class A Stock or Units covered by an Award shall cause such number to include a fraction, such number of shares of Class A Stock or Units shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares of Class A Stock or Units.

 

8. Change in Control Provisions

8.1 Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or evidenced in an applicable Award Agreement or employment or other agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable either in advance of such Change in Control or at the time thereof, to provide for one or more of the following:

(a) the continuation of outstanding Awards after the Change in Control without change;

(b) the cash-out of outstanding Options as of the time of the transaction as part of the transaction for an amount equal to the difference between the price that would have been paid for the shares of Class A Stock or Units subject to such outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of such transaction and the exercise price of such outstanding Options; provided that if the exercise price of the Options exceeds the price that would have been paid for the shares of Class A Stock or Units subject to the outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of the transaction, then such Options may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionees;

(c) a requirement that the buyer in the transaction assume outstanding Awards;

(d) a requirement that the buyer in the transaction substitute outstanding Options with comparable options to purchase the equity interests of the buyer or its parent and/or substitute outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Units, LTIP Units, Stock-Based Awards, and/or Unit-Based Awards with comparable restricted stock or units of the buyer or its parent; and

(e) the Acceleration of outstanding Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Units, Stock-Based Awards, Unit-Based Awards and LTIP Units.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control in which the consideration paid to the holders of shares of Class A Stock and Units is solely cash, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that each Award shall, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, be canceled in exchange for a payment, in cash or Class A Stock, in an amount equal to (i) the excess of the consideration paid per share of Class A Stock and Units in the Change in Control over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per share of Class A Stock or Unit subject to the Award multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Class A Stock or Units granted under the Award.

8.2 A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(a) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (I) of paragraph (c) below;

(b) during any period of twelve (12) month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a majority vote of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

 

9


(c) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or MN Group with any other corporation or other entity, other than (I) a merger or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or MN Group, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constituting immediately thereafter at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (II) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company or MN Group (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(d) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or MN Group or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company or MN Group of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or MN Group, as the case may be (it being conclusively presumed that any sale or disposition is a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets if the consummation of the sale or disposition is contingent upon approval by the Company’s stockholders unless the Board expressly determines in writing that such approval is required solely by reason of any relationship between the Company and any other Person or an Affiliate of the Company and any other Person), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity (i) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition and (ii) the majority of whose board of directors immediately following such sale or disposition consists of individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto; or

(e) the Company ceases to be the Managing Member of MN Group.

8.3 Notwithstanding Section 8.2 to the contrary, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of (a) the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions, or (b) the loss of voting control of the Company by William Manning pursuant to the terms of the Company’s charter.

 

9. Settlement of Awards

9.1 Violation of Law . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, the issuance of Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units covered by an Award may constitute a violation of law, then the Company and/or MN Group, as the case may be, may delay such issuance and the delivery of such Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, until approval shall have been obtained from such governmental agencies as may be required under any applicable law, rule, or regulation, and the Company and MN Group shall take all reasonable efforts to obtain such approval.

9.2 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.

9.3 No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Class A Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

9.4 Investment Representations . Neither the Company nor MN Group shall be under any obligation to issue Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units covered by any Award unless the intended recipient has made such written representations to the Company or MN Group (upon which the Company or MN Group believe it may reasonably rely) as the Company or MN Group, as the case may be, may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, for his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units.

 

10


9.5 Registration . In the event that the disposition of Class A Stock or Units acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act, and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Class A Stock or Units shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations thereunder, and the Committee may require a Participant receiving Class A Stock or Units pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Class A Stock or Units, to represent to the Company or MN Group in writing that the Class A Stock or Units acquired by such Participant is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

9.6 Tax Withholding . Whenever Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company and MN Group shall (i) have the right to require the recipient to remit to the Company or MN Group in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company or MN Group an otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) coincident with the recipient’s exercise of such Option or receipt of Class A Stock or Units; or (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, withhold a number of Class A Stock, Units or LTIP Units having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local or other withholding requirements. The obligations of the Company and MN Group under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company and MN Group shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the recipient of an Award.

 

10. No Special Employment or Other Rights

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other association with the Company, MN Group or any of their Affiliates, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company, MN Group or any of their Affiliates, subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement, any provision of law, or the Operating Agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the recipient’s employment or other association with the Company, MN Group or any such Affiliate.

 

11. Nonexclusivity of the Plan

The adoption of the Plan by the Company and MN Group shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company or MN Group to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of options and restricted units other than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

12. Section 409A of the Code

This Plan is intended to comply and shall be administered in a manner that is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that an Award, issuance and/or payment is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be awarded and/or issued or paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award, issuance and/or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by applicable law).

 

13. Termination and Amendment of the Plan and Awards

The Company and MN Group may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable. Unless the Company and MN Group otherwise expressly provide, or may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect the rights of the recipient of an Award previously granted hereunder without the consent of the recipient of such Award.

 

11


The Plan shall take effect on the Effective Date but the Plan (and any grants of Awards made prior to the stockholder approval mentioned herein) shall be subject to the requisite approval of the stockholders of the Company, which approval must occur within twelve (12) months of the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board. In the event that the stockholders of the Company do not ratify the Plan at a meeting of the stockholders at which such issue is considered and voted upon, then upon such event the Plan and all rights hereunder shall immediately terminate and no Participant (or any permitted transferee thereof) shall have any remaining rights under the Plan or any Award Agreement entered into in connection herewith. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s consent, or that without the approval of the stockholders of the Company would, except as provided in Section 7, increase the total number of Awards reserved for the purpose of the Plan. In addition, approval by the stockholders of the Company shall be required with respect to any amendment that materially increases benefits provided under the Plan or materially alters the eligibility provisions of the Plan or with respect to which stockholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Class A Stock is then listed. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after such termination date. The Plan shall remain in effect with respect to Awards made under the Plan prior to the termination of the Plan until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements.

The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan, and further provided that, other than as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no amendment or modification of an outstanding Award may adversely affect the rights of the recipient of such Award without his or her consent. An amendment or modification to an Award that is necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or that does not adversely affect the rights of the recipient of such Award may be made without the consent of such recipient.

 

14. Notices and Other Communications

Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile with a confirmation copy by regular, certified or overnight mail, addressed or sent by facsimile, as the case may be, (i) if to the recipient of an Award, at his or her residence address last filed with the Company or MN Group, and (ii) if to the Company or MN Group, at their principal place of business, addressed to the attention of the Managing Member, or to such other address or facsimile number, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (x) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (y) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee, and (z) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report.

 

15. Governing Law

The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

Adopted by resolution of the Managing Member of MN Group and the Board of Directors of the Company as of [ ] , 2011.

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC

AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Participant:        

Number of Class [A/B] Units:

       

Reference is made to the Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”). Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Manning & Napier Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MN Group”) has granted to you as additional incentive compensation in connection with your services to MN Group or any of its Affiliates, the number of Class [A/B] Units of MN Group (the “ Units ”) set forth above (the “ Grant ”). Terms defined in the Plan and not otherwise defined in this agreement (“ Agreement ”) are used herein as therein defined. The terms and conditions of the Grant are set out below.

1. Grant Date . The Grant is granted to you as of                              .

2. Number of Class [A/B] Units .                              (      ) Class [A/B] Units are covered by this Grant.

3. Operating Agreement . As a condition to receiving the Units covered by the Grant, if you are not already a member of MN Group, you shall agree to be bound by the terms of the Operating Agreement by executing and delivering to the Committee a duly executed Joinder Agreement to the Operating Agreement annexed thereto as Exhibit A .

4. Exchange Agreement . In connection with the Grant, you shall become a party to that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of              , 2011, by and among the Company, MN Group and holders of Units of MN Group (as amended from time to time, the “ Exchange Agreement ”). Notwithstanding any provision of the Exchange Agreement to the contrary, you shall not be permitted to exchange the Units in accordance with the Exchange Agreement prior to the later of the date that: (i) the Units vest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) the Capital Account (as defined in the Operating Agreement) with respect to the Units equals or exceeds the aggregate Capital Accounts for all Units outstanding on the books of MN Group multiplied by the Sharing Percentage (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the Units.

5. Transferability of the Units . Neither the Units nor any rights or interests therein or hereunder shall or may be, directly or indirectly, assigned, transferred, sold, exchanged, encumbered, pledged, or otherwise hypothecated or disposed of by you prior to the later of (i) the date that the Units vest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) two (2) years from the Grant Date. Thereafter, except as otherwise permitted under the Operating Agreement, the Units and any rights or interests therein or hereunder may not be, directly or indirectly, assigned, transferred, sold, exchanged, encumbered, pledged, or otherwise hypothecated or disposed of without the prior written consent of the Managing Member.


6. Vesting . The Units shall vest ratably over a three (3) year period with one-third (1/3) of the number of Units vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”) and an additional one-third (1/3) of the number of Units vesting at the end of each one (1) year anniversary thereafter, provided that you continue to be employed or engaged with MN Group, or one of its Affiliates, as of the applicable vesting date, such that one hundred percent (100%) of the number of the Units will have vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date. 1

7. Termination of Relationship . In the event that your employment or consulting relationship with MN Group or any of its Affiliates is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the unvested portion of the Units shall immediately be forfeited and cancelled on the books of the Company and you shall have no further rights with respect to such forfeited Units.

8. Representation . You represent and warrant that you understand the Federal, state and local income tax consequences of the granting of the Units to you. To the extent that MN Group is required to withhold any such taxes, then, unless both you and the Committee have otherwise agreed upon alternate arrangements, you hereby agree that MN Group may deduct from any payments of any kind otherwise due to you the aggregate amount of such Federal, state and local taxes required to be so withheld, or if such payments are inadequate to satisfy such Federal, state and local taxes, or if no such payments are due or to become due to you, then, you agree to provide MN Group with cash funds or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding such payment. It is understood that all matters with respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld in respect of any such compensation income shall be determined by the Committee.

9. Noncompete Restriction . The duration of the Noncompete Period applicable to the noncompete restrictions under the Operating Agreement resulting from this Grant shall be determined as follows:

(a) If your employment with MN Group terminates for any reason prior to the date when the Units have fully vested under this Agreement, the Noncompete Period applicable to the Grant shall be zero (0) and the noncompete restrictions of the Operating Agreement shall not apply.

(b) If, at any time on or after the Units have fully vested under this Agreement, your employment with MN Group is terminated by MN Group for Cause or as a result of your voluntary resignation of employment from the Company, then the Noncompete Period applicable to the Grant shall be two (2) years, unless you are an “Opter” (as defined below) as of the date of your termination of employment, in which case, the Noncompete Period shall be zero and the noncompete restrictions of the Operating Agreement shall not apply. For purposes of this Agreement, you shall be an Opter if your average annual “Compensation” (as defined below) for the 24 months immediately preceding the date of your termination of employment is less than [$300,000 (Three Hundred Thousand Dollars)] (adjusted annually by the Gross Domestic Product Implicit Price Deflator (for such year) as published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis (or, in the event such index is no longer published, such other cost-of-living index as the Company may select); provided, however, that you shall not qualify as an Opter if you receive more than $1,000,000 (One Million Dollars) in exchange for your ownership interest

 

1   Terms set forth in this Section 5 are for illustrative purposes only. Actual terms of grants may vary.


in the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Compensation” shall mean the sum of (a) your wages (including any bonus or incentive payments of any kind, as reflected on your Form W-2 or otherwise), (b) the taxable income realized by you as a result of being a Member of the Company (as reflected on the Form K-1 received by you with respect to the Company), and (c) any other income received by you as a result of your ownership of the Company (as reflected on a Form 1099 or otherwise).

10. Continuation of Relationship . Neither this Agreement nor the Units shall alter the nature of your relationship with MN Group or any of its Affiliates or confer upon you any right to continue your employment or engagement with MN Group or any of its Affiliates or limit in any respect the right of MN Group, or its Affiliates, to terminate your employment or engagement with MN Group, or any Affiliate, at any time.

11. Rights as Member . You shall not be deemed to be a Member of MN Group or have any rights (including, without limitation, as to distributions) as such with respect to any of the Units covered by the Grant until you have taken all other necessary action to become a holder of such Units including, without limitation, if you were not a Member of MN Group prior to the grant of the Units, the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement appended to the Operating Agreement, whereby you agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement.

12. No Claim Against Members . You hereby acknowledge that the Units are granted to you hereunder solely by MN Group and that, in no event and under no circumstances, will you have any claim against any Member of MN Group with respect to any right or obligation created by this Agreement.

13. Administration .

(a) This Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Plan and the Operating Agreement, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

(b) The interpretation and construction by the Committee of this Agreement and the Units granted hereunder shall be final and binding upon you.

14. Legal Compliance . Units shall not be issued pursuant to the Grant unless the issuance and delivery of such Units shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for MN Group with respect to such compliance.

15. Incorporation of Plan by Reference . The Units are granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Units shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement, and their interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

16. Acknowledgement . You acknowledge receipt of the copy of the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A.


17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, for any reason, such determination shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any remaining provision, portion of provision or this Agreement overall, which shall remain in full force and effect as if the Agreement had been absent the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof.

18. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been received on the date of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight express, or three (3) days after the date of posting if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to MN Group, 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450, Attention:                              , and to you at your address as set forth herein (or such other address to which either party hereto in the future shall notify the other party hereto of to send such notices and communications). Such notices and other communications shall not be considered delivered until actually received or deemed received pursuant to this Section 18.

Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement by signing the enclosed copy of this Agreement in the space provided below and returning it promptly to MN Group.

 

MANNING & NAPIER GROUP, LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Accepted and agreed to

as of                      , 20      :

 

 
Participant
Address:    
 
 


Exhibit A

2011 Equity Compensation Plan

Exhibit 10.8

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.

2011 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, dated as of                      [      ], 20      , between Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                      (the “Participant”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company adopted the Manning & Napier, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), which Plan authorizes, among other things, the grant of options to purchase shares of Class A common stock, $.01 par value (“Class A Stock”), of the Company to directors, officers and employees of the Company and to other individuals; and

WHEREAS, the Company’s Compensation Committee, as administrator of the Plan, has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the option documented herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1 Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

2 Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and as set forth herein, the Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of date hereof, an option (the “Option”) to purchase from the Company all or any part of an aggregate number of          shares of Class A Stock (the “Optioned Shares”). The Option shall be treated as a [NQSO/ISO].

3 Exercise Price . The Option shall become exercisable at a per share price of $[              ] (“Exercise Price”).

4 Vesting . Subject to such further limitations as are provided in the Plan and as set forth herein, the Option shall vest ratably over a three (3) year period with one-third (1/3) of the number of Optioned Shares covered by the Option vesting on the one (1) year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”) and an additional one-third (1/3) of the number of Optioned Shares covered by the Option vesting at the end of each one (1) year anniversary thereafter, provided that the Participant continue to be employed or engaged with the Company, or one of its Affiliates, as of the applicable vesting date, such that one hundred percent (100%) of the number of the Optioned Shares covered by the Option will have vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date. 1

5 Termination of Option . (a) The Option, to the extent not previously exercised and subject to the remainder of this Section 5, shall terminate and become null and void at the close of business on                      [      ], 20      (the “Option Expiration Date”).

 

1   Terms set forth in this Section 4 are for illustrative purposes only. Actual terms of grants may vary.

 

1


(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, upon the Participant’s ceasing for any reason to provide services to or be in a service relationship with the Company or an Affiliate (such occurrence being a “termination of the Participant’s service”), the Option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate and become null and void ninety (90) days after such termination of the Participant’s service, or upon the Option Expiration Date, whichever occurs first.

(c) Upon a termination of the Participant’s service for Cause or if following the Participant’s termination of service, circumstances arise or are discovered with respect to the Participant that would have constituted Cause for termination of service, the Option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate and become null and void immediately upon such termination of the Participant’s service (or when such circumstances arise or are discovered).

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 (other than Section 5(b)), upon a termination of the Participant’s service by reason of Disability (as defined below) or by reason of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent not previously exercised, shall terminate and become null and void twelve (12) months after such termination of the Participant’s service, or upon the Option Expiration Date, whichever occurs first. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean (i) the inability of the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity on behalf of the Company by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 6 months, as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or, if applicable, (ii) a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

6 Exercisability . (a) Upon a termination of the Participant’s service, the Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Option is vested and is in effect on the date of such termination of the Participant’s service.

(b) To the extent exercisable, the Option may be exercised by a legal representative on behalf of the Participant in the event of such Disability, or, in the case of the death of the Participant, by the estate of the Participant or by any person or persons who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Participant.

7 Manner of Exercise . (a) The Option may be exercised in full at one time or in part from time to time for the number of Optioned Shares then exercisable by giving written notice, signed by the person exercising the Option, to the Company, stating the number of Optioned Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and the date of exercise thereof, which date shall be at least five days after the giving of such notice.

(b) Full payment by the Participant of the Exercise Price for the Optioned Shares purchased shall be made on or before the exercise date specified in the notice of exercise by delivery of (i) cash or a check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to such Exercise Price, (ii) shares of Class A Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal in amount to such Exercise Price, or (iii) any combination of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

2


(c) The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any Optioned Shares unless the person exercising the Option, in whole or in part, shall give a written representation and undertaking to the Company which is satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for the Company and upon which, in the opinion of such counsel, the Company may reasonably rely, that he or she is acquiring such Optioned Shares for his or her own account as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Optioned Shares, and that he or she will make no transfer of the same except in compliance with any rules and regulations in force at the time of such transfer under the Securities Act, or any other applicable law.

(d) Upon exercise of the Option in the manner prescribed by this Section 7, delivery of a certificate for the Optioned Shares then being purchased shall be made at the principal office of the Company to the person exercising the Option within a reasonable time after the date of exercise specified in the notice of exercise.

8 Non–Transferability of Option . The Option shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Option shall terminate and become null and void immediately upon the bankruptcy of the Participant, or upon any attempted assignment or transfer except as herein provided, including without limitation, any purported assignment, whether voluntary or by operation of law, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition, attachment, trustee process or similar process, whether legal or equitable, upon the Option.

9 No Special Rights . Neither the granting of the Option nor its exercise shall be construed to confer upon the Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his or her service with the Company (or any Affiliate of the Company) or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Affiliate of the Company), subject to the terms of any separate agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence as of the date hereof.

10 Representation . The Participant represents and warrants that he or she understands the Federal, state and local income tax consequences of the granting of the Option to the Participant and the exercise thereof. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any such taxes, then, unless both the Participant and the Committee have otherwise agreed upon alternate arrangements, the Participant hereby agrees that the Company may deduct from any payments of any kind otherwise due to the Participant the aggregate amount of such Federal, state and local taxes required to be so withheld, or if such payments are inadequate to satisfy such Federal, state and local taxes, or if no such payments are due or to become due to the Participant, then, the Participant agrees to provide the Company with cash funds or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding such payment. It is understood that all matters with respect to the total amount of taxes to be withheld in respect of any such compensation income shall be determined by the Committee.

11 No Rights of Stockholder . The Participant shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Option except to the extent that the Option shall have been exercised with respect thereto and, in addition, a stock certificate shall have been issued theretofore and delivered to the Participant.

 

3


12 Notices . Any communication or notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, and, if to the Company, to its principal place of business, Attention: Secretary, and, if to the Participant, to the address as appearing on the records of the Company. Such communication or notice shall be deemed given if and when (a) properly addressed and posted by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (b) delivered by hand.

13 Incorporation of Plan by Reference . The Option is granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and the Option shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance with the Plan. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern. The Committee shall interpret and construe the Plan and this Agreement, and their interpretations and determinations shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto and any other person claiming an interest hereunder, with respect to any issue arising hereunder or thereunder.

14 Acknowledgement . The Participant acknowledges receipt of the copy of the Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A.

15 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, for any reason, such determination shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any remaining provision, portion of provision or this Agreement overall, which shall remain in full force and effect as if the Agreement had been absent the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date above written.

 

MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
PARTICIPANT:
 

 

5


Exhibit A

2011 Equity Compensation Plan

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

  

FORM OF AMENDED AND

RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

     1   

ARTICLE 2. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

     4   

2.1.

 

General

     4   

2.2.

 

Related Shareholders Agreements

     4   

2.3.

 

Registration of Transfer by Company

     4   

2.4.

 

Effect of Non-Complying Transfers

     4   

2.5.

 

Definition of “Permitted Transfer” and “Permitted Transferee”

     4   

ARTICLE 3. CERTAIN PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF SHARES

     4   

3.1.

 

Generally

     4   

ARTICLE 4. CONDITIONS TO ALL TRANSFERS

     5   

4.1.

 

Party to this Agreement

     5   

4.2.

 

Maintenance of S Corporation Status

     5   

4.3.

 

Compliance with Applicable Laws

     5   

4.4.

 

Legend

     5   

ARTICLE 5. COMPANY’S SUBCHAPTER S ELECTION

     5   

5.1.

 

General

     5   

5.2.

 

Shareholders’ Acts

     6   

5.3.

 

Company’s Acts

     6   

5.4.

 

Revocation and Termination

     6   

ARTICLE 6. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     6   

6.1.

 

Board of Directors and Other Matters

     6   

6.2.

 

Officers

     9   

6.3.

 

Distributions and Allocations

     9   

6.4.

 

Performance Incentive Committee

     10   

6.5.

 

Interested Shareholders

     11   

ARTICLE 7. COMPANY OPTION TO PURCHASE SHARES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

     12   

7.1.

 

Company Option

     12   

7.2.

 

Purchase Price

     12   

7.3.

 

Terms of Payment

     12   

7.4.

 

Closing

     12   

ARTICLE 8. COMPANY OPTION TO PURCHASE UNVESTED SHARES OWNED BY AN EMPLOYEE UPON

                        CERTAIN EVENTS

     13   

8.1.

 

Company Purchase Option

     13   

8.2.

 

Purchase Price

     13   

8.3.

 

Terms of Payment

     13   

8.4.

 

The Closing

     13   

ARTICLE 9. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     13   

9.1.

 

Vested and Unvested Shares

     13   

9.2.

 

Disability or Disabled

     14   

9.3.

 

Personal Representative

     14   

 

2


ARTICLE 10. COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS TO PAY FOR SHARES

     14   

10.1.

 

Insufficient Surplus

     14   

10.2.

 

Default in Certain Payments by Company

     14   
ARTICLE 11. VOTING AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS      15   

11.1.

 

General

     15   

11.2.

 

Limited Authority

     15   

11.3.

 

Conditional Authority

     15   

11.4.

 

Votes in Contravention of the Agreement

     15   

11.5.

 

General

     15   

11.6.

 

Power of Attorney for Permitted Transfers; Stock Powers

     16   
ARTICLE 12. TERMINATION      16   

12.1.

 

Agreement

     16   

12.2.

 

Rights of Shareholder

     16   
ARTICLE 13. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE      16   

13.1.

 

Noncompete During Employment and Upon Termination for Cause or Voluntary Termination

     16   

13.2.

 

Noncompete Upon Other Termination of Employment

     19   

13.3.

 

Miscellaneous

     21   
ARTICLE 14. GENERAL CLOSING TERMS AND CONDITIONS      21   

14.1.

 

Closing

     21   

14.2.

 

Deliveries at Closing

     21   

14.3.

 

Agreement to Take All Necessary Steps

     21   

14.4.

 

Endorsement of Pledge Agreement

     21   
ARTICLE 15. OTHER PROVISIONS      22   

15.1.

 

Repurchase of Shares Agreement

     22   

15.2.

 

Confidentiality

     22   

15.3.

 

Return of Documents

     22   
ARTICLE 16. RELATED ARRANGEMENTS      22   
ARTICLE 17. AGREEMENT BY THE COMPANY      22   
ARTICLE 18. NOTICES      23   
ARTICLE 19. ARBITRATION      23   
ARTICLE 20. COMPANY REDEMPTIONS      23   

20.1.

 

Redemptions In General

     23   

20.2.

 

Additional Sale Rights

     24   

20.3.

 

Additional Provisions Related To Redemptions

     25   
ARTICLE 21. DEATH OF MANNING      25   
ARTICLE 22. MISCELLANEOUS      26   

22.1.

 

Section Headings

     26   

22.2.

 

Waivers and Amendments

     26   

22.3.

 

Entire Agreement

     26   

22.4.

 

Severability

     27   

22.5.

 

Counterparts

     27   

22.6.

 

Governing Law

     27   

22.7.

 

Successors and Assigns

     27   

22.8.

 

Further Assurances

     27   

22.9.

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     27   

22.10.

 

References

     27   

 

3


* * *

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Exhibit B    Amended and Restated By-Laws

 

4


AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT dated as of             , 2011, among Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (the “Company”) and those Persons who are individuals and whose signatures are attached hereto. Each such individual, other than William Manning (“Manning”), for so long as they own their Shares, is hereinafter referred to as an “Employee” and collectively as the “Employees”. The Employees and Manning for so long as they own Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Shareholders” and individually as a “Shareholder.”

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Shareholders wish to provide for certain restrictions on the transfer of their Shares, grant certain options with respect to the sale of their Shares, provide for the conduct of the business of the Company, and confirm certain other agreements among them.

NOW, THEREFORE, in furtherance of the foregoing, and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this Article 1:

“AAC” — Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation.

“Affiliate” — AAC, MNAO and MNCC..

“Agreement” — This Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement.

“Board” — See Section 6.1.1.

“Business Day” — Any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks located in New York, New York or in Rochester, New York are authorized or required to be closed.

“By-Laws” — The Company’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

“Cause” — See Section 13.1.1.

“CEO” — See Section 6.1.4.

“Certificate of Incorporation” — The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

“Code” — See Section 5.1.

“Company” — See the first paragraph of this Agreement.


“Compensation” — See Section 13.1.

“confidential information” — See Section 15.2.1.

“DDR Event” — See Section 8.1.

“DDR Selling Shareholder” — See Section 8.1.

“DDR Shares” — See Section 8.1.

“Distributable Amount” — See Section 6.3.

“Disability” or “Disabled” — See Section 9.2.

“Election” or “Elections” — See Section 5.1.

“Employee” or “Employees” — See the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“Employee-Owner Directors” — See Section 6.1.3.

“Encumbrance” — Any security interest, mortgage, lien, charge, adverse claim or restriction of any kind, including, but not limited to, any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other exercise of any attributes of ownership.

“General Limit” — See Section 20.1.

“Involuntary Sale Shareholder” — See Section 7.1.

“Involuntary Sale Shares” — See Section 7.1.

“Involuntary Termination” — See Section 13.1.

“Manning” — See the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“Manning Director” — See Section 6.1.1.

“Manning Heirs” — See Section 6.1.3.

“Meeting” — See Section 22.2.

“MNAO” — Manning & Napier Alternative Opportunities, Inc.

“MNCC” — Manning & Napier Capital Company, L.L.C.

“MNIS” — Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc.

“Opter” — See Section 13.1.

“Opt-Out Date” — See Section 13.1.

 

2


“Outstanding Shares” — The number of shares held of record and beneficially by all Shareholders as of the date hereof as such number may be increased or decreased from time to time pursuant to a stock dividend, stock split, redemption, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar transaction in which each Shareholder’s percentage interest in the Company remains constant.

“Performance Incentive Committee” or “PIC” — See Section 6.4.

“Permitted Transfer” — See Section 2.5.

“Permitted Transferee” — See Section 2.5.

“Person” — Any individual, corporation, partnership, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, government or any political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Personal Representative” — See Section 9.3.

“Prospect” — See Section 13.1.

“Quarter” — A three-month period ending on the last Business Day of each April, July, October and January.

“Related Shareholders Agreements” — See Section 2.2.

“Shareholder” or “Shareholders” — See the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“Shares” — The issued and Outstanding Shares of the Company on any particular date.

“Termination” — See Section 13.2.

“Termination Event” — See Section 13.1.

“TRA Agreement” — shall mean the tax receivable agreement, by and between Manning & Napier, Inc. and the M&N Group Holdings, LLC, to be entered into in connection with the initial public offering of Manning & Napier, Inc.

“Transfer” — Any direct or indirect sale, exchange, assignment, bequest, gift, the creation of any Encumbrance, and any other transfer or other disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, affecting title to or possession of any Shares.

“Unvested Performance Shares” — See Section 9.1.3.

“Unvested Shares” — Shall mean the Unvested Performance Shares and the Unvested Time Shares.

“Unvested Time Shares” — See Section 9.1.2.

 

3


“Vested Shares” — See Section 9.1.

“Voluntarily Terminate” — See Section 13.1.

“vote” — Any right or opportunity to vote for, consent to or otherwise approve or disapprove any matter, whether such right or opportunity is derived from applicable law or otherwise.

ARTICLE 2. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

2.1. General . No Shareholder may Transfer any Shares except as permitted by, and in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement.

2.2. Related Shareholders Agreements . The Shareholders are parties to other agreements listed on Schedule A attached hereto (such agreements are collectively referred to as the “Related Shareholders Agreements”). The Related Shareholders Agreements contain provisions similar to those contained in this Agreement, including without limitation, provisions granting purchase and sale options with respect to the shares of common stock or interests owned by the Shareholders in such other entities. The Shareholders agree that in the event a purchase or sale of shares or interests is to occur pursuant to a provision of a Related Shareholders Agreement, the Shareholders or the Company, as the case may be, shall simultaneously purchase or sell shares pursuant to the provision(s) of this Agreement most similar to the applicable provision(s) of such Related Shareholders Agreement.

2.3. Registration of Transfer by Company . The Company will not cause or permit the registration of Transfer of any Shares to be made on its books unless the Transfer is permitted by, and has been made in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement.

2.4. Effect of Non-Complying Transfers . Any purported Transfer in violation of this Agreement will be null and void and of no legal effect, and no purported transferee of such a Transfer will be a shareholder of the Company.

2.5. Definition of “Permitted Transfer” and “Permitted Transferee” . Any Transfer permitted by, and made in accordance with the terms of, this Agreement is referred to as a “Permitted Transfer”. Any Person to which Shares may be transferred pursuant to a Permitted Transfer is referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”. Any Permitted Transferee will be deemed to be a “Shareholder” for the purposes of this Agreement, effective as of the date of the Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE 3. CERTAIN PERMITTED TRANSFERS OF SHARES

3.1. Generally . Each Shareholder may Transfer any of his Shares with the express written consent of (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (ii) Manning and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date

 

4


hereof, and any such Transfer may be made without complying with the other provisions of this Agreement. Manning may Transfer his Shares without restriction. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement a Shareholder may Transfer Shares pursuant to and in accordance with any specific provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Transfers pursuant to Article 20) providing for such Transfer (without regard to any restrictions contained in the Agreement) and Shares may be Transferred pursuant to any pledge agreement authorized under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4. CONDITIONS TO ALL TRANSFERS

4.1. Party to this Agreement . Prior to any Transfer, each proposed transferee of Shares must agree to be bound by this Agreement by delivering a duly executed counterpart of this Agreement to the Company and each other remaining Shareholder and by executing and delivering such other documents as may be reasonably recommended by counsel for the Company.

4.2. Maintenance of S Corporation Status . No Transfer may be made in violation of Article 5.

4.3. Compliance with Applicable Laws . No Shareholder may Transfer any Shares in violation of the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state thereof or in violation of any other applicable law. As a condition to registration of any Transfer on the Company’s books, the Company may require a Shareholder to furnish to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company as to compliance with the foregoing.

4.4. Legend . All certificates representing Shares will bear the following legend:

“The shares represented by this certificate (the “Shares”) have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and may not be sold or transferred unless a registration statement under the Act is in effect or an exemption from such registration is available. The Shares are also subject to an Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated as of             , 2011 (the “Agreement”) , which contains provisions affecting the rights and obligations of the holder of the Shares and restrictions upon the transfer of the Shares. Any transfer of the Shares in violation of that Agreement is null and void. A copy of the Agreement is on file at the principal offices of the company. In addition, the powers of the board of directors of this company were restricted as set forth in the company’s certificate of incorporation.”

ARTICLE 5. COMPANY’S SUBCHAPTER S ELECTION

5.1. General . The Company and the Shareholders have elected to be taxed under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and have made a corresponding election under Section 660 of the New York Tax Law to be taxed as a New York

 

5


S corporation (collectively, the “Elections” and individually an “Election”). Subject to Section 5.4, the Company and each Shareholder agree to timely execute and deliver all documents and take all actions required to continue and maintain the Elections and to timely file all tax returns consistent therewith.

5.2. Shareholders’ Acts . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, at all times while an Election is effective, no Shareholder (other than Manning) may Transfer any of his Shares if such Transfer would cause the Company or the Shareholders to cease to meet the requirements then applicable for maintaining such Election.

5.3. Company’s Acts . At all times while the Elections are effective, the Company will take no action if such action would cause the Company or the Shareholders to cease to meet the requirements then applicable for maintaining the Elections.

5.4. Revocation and Termination . Upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares, the parties will take such steps as are necessary to revoke the Elections. The provisions of this Article 5 will terminate and be of no further force or effect from and after the date that the Elections are no longer effective under the Code and the New York Tax Law.

ARTICLE 6. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

6.1. Board of Directors and Other Matters .

6.1.1 The Shareholders shall vote their Shares, and shall otherwise use their best efforts, to:

(a) establish and maintain a board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) consisting of at least three, but not greater than six, directors. At least 50 percent of the Board shall consist of Persons, including Persons not employed by the Company, designated by Manning (each Person so designated is referred to as a “Manning Director”);

(b) remove any Manning Director if requested by Manning with or without cause; and

(c) cause any vacancy on the Board created by the death, resignation, incapacity or removal of a Manning Director to be filled by a replacement director designated by Manning.

6.1.2 In the event that Manning wishes to designate an Employee to be a director, the Shareholders and the Company shall use their best efforts to obtain any consents or other approvals required prior to such individual(s) becoming directors.

6.1.3 In the event that Manning becomes disabled or is otherwise unable or declines to serve as a director, is unable to designate his allotted designees to the Board, the Shareholders shall elect replacement directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company.

 

6


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event of the death of Manning (but only for so long as his heirs are shareholders of the Company), the Shareholders shall vote their shares and shall otherwise use their best efforts to:

(a) elect two directors designated by a majority in interest of the heirs or assigns of Manning (the “Manning Heirs”) as a Manning Director;

(b) remove any Manning Director if requested by a majority in interest of the Manning Heirs, with or without cause; and

(c) cause any vacancy on the Board caused by the death, resignation, incapacity or removal of a Manning Director to be filled by a replacement director designated by a majority in interest of the Manning Heirs.

(d) elect four directors who are the individuals who at such time are employees of Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or its subsidiaries) and hold the largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group, LLC (the “ Employee-Owner Directors ”); provided , however , in the event the fourth largest direct and indirect ownership interest in Manning & Napier Group, LLC is held by more than one individual, then the individual holding the most senior executive title shall be appointed as an Employee-Owner Director; provided, if such individuals hold identical or equal titles, then the individual with the highest total compensation shall be appointed as an Employee-Owner Director; provided further, if such individuals hold identical or equal titles and earn identical total compensation, then a majority of the remaining Board shall determine which of such individual shall be elected as an Employee-Owner Director.

(e) remove any Employee-Owner Director (i) if such Director has committed willful misconduct or gross negligence in a manner that materially impairs the Company’s financial condition or prospects, (ii) if such Director has continually refused or intentionally failed to perform his or her duties and obligations in some material respect after reasonable written notice (and reasonable time to cure) of any such refusal or failure to perform such duties or obligations, (iii) if such Director has been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, (iv) if such Director has breached a material obligation under this Agreement, (v) if such Employee-Owner Director is no longer an employee of the Company; or (vi) if such Employee-Owner Director does not hold one of the four largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group, LLC.

(f) cause any vacancy created by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or anything described in (e) above, of an Employee-Owner Director to be filled by an individual then employed by Manning & Napier Group, LLC and holding one of the four largest direct and indirect ownership interests in Manning & Napier Group, LLC.

 

7


6.1.4 The Shareholders shall cause the Certificate of Incorporation to provide that:

(a) Except as provided for in this Agreement no changes in the capital structure of the Company including, but not limited to, any increase or decrease in the authorized capital stock, or any issuance (including of treasury shares), redemption, purchase, retirement, conversion or exchange of shares of capital stock or grant of options shall be made without the (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, a written consent signed by (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (ii) Manning and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, a written consent signed (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof.

(b) All decisions regarding the management of the business of the Company other than those requiring the specific approval of the (x) Board as specified in (i) Section 6.1.6, (ii) other Sections of this Agreement or (iii) the Certificate of Incorporation, and/or (y) other committees established pursuant to this Agreement, shall require the approval only of the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). The CEO’s functions will include the (i) review and approval of annual (or other periodic) business, strategic and action plans, budgets, resource allocations and acquisition proposals, and (ii) recommendation to the Board of appointment of the officers for the Company.

(c) All decisions to require Shareholders to make additional capital contributions must be approved by (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (ii) Manning and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof.

6.1.5 Board Powers . The Shareholders shall cause the Certificate of Incorporation to provide that notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement any decisions regarding the following matters shall be made by the Board:

(a) any commitment of funds in excess of $10,000,000 on a cumulative non-discounted basis for any fiscal year or portion thereof;

(b) distribution of any property (other than taxable income which is governed by Section 6.3 of this Agreement and proceeds received pursuant to Article 20) to the Shareholders;

(c) adoption or change of the delegation of authority or fiscal procedures of the Company other than as provided in this Agreement;

 

8


(d) adoption of a general regulatory strategy or any substantial change therein;

(e) Appointment of the officers of the Company.

(f) creation, incurrence or assumption of any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $10,000,000;

(g) sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease, or other disposal of, any material portion of the assets of the Company (other then pursuant to Article 20), or any interest or estate in such material portion;

(h) approval of any independent public accountant for the Company;

(i) authorization of loans of money by the Company to any Shareholder in any amount or any other loan in excess of $1,000,000;

(j) donation of money or property in excess of amounts approved by the CEO;

(k) entering into or renewal of any collective bargaining agreement or amendment thereto;

(l) entering into any lease not necessary for the operations of the business; and

(m) making any other decision or taking any other action specified in this Agreement as one to be made or taken by the Board.

6.1.6 M&N Group Holdings, LLC Operating Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not act to amend the amended and restated operating agreement of M&N Group Holdings, LLC without a written consent signed by (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (ii) Manning and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof.

6.2. Officers . The Board shall appoint (i) a Chief Executive Officer, (ii) a President and (iii) an Executive Vice President.

6.3. Distributions and Allocations . Company distributions to Shareholders in respect of their Shares are intended to be made no less frequently than quarterly. The aggregate amount to be distributed in any Quarter (the “Distributable Amount”) will be an amount equal to the Company’s cash flow (excluding cash received pursuant to Article 20 which shall be used to redeem Shareholders and cash needed for purposes of Article 7) for the three month period

 

9


ending on the last Business Day of the month preceding the last month of such Quarter as reduced by any amounts which are necessary or appropriate for the Company to retain taking into account the Company’s intended business purpose of being a holding company for its interest in M&N Group Holdings, LLC. On or prior to the fifteenth Business Day of the last month of each Quarter, the CEO will provide a recommendation of the Distributable Amount to the Company. The Board shall cause the Company to immediately adopt CEO’s recommendation of the Distributable Amount unless the Board determines that such recommendation contains a clear error or would result in a contravention of applicable law. On or prior to the last Business Day of each Quarter, the Company shall distribute the Distributable Amount to its Shareholders. The Company shall attempt (to the extent such action is not burdensome on or inconvenient to the Company or any Shareholder, or adversely affect any Election) to make interim distributions to the Shareholders in proportion to their share ownership in an amount equal to the Shareholders’ estimated income tax liability resulting from their ownership of the Shares.

(b) Upon a sale of Shares by any Shareholder such Shareholder shall receive with respect to such Shares a pro rata allocation of the Company’s taxable income or loss for the year of sale based on the number of days such Shares have been held over 365.

(c) Upon a sale or redemption of Shares by any Shareholder, the Company shall prior to April 15 of the year following such sale distribute to such Shareholder the Shareholder’s allocable pro rata amount of any distributions made by the Company with respect to the period during which the Shareholder owned the Shares (to the extent not previously distributed to such Shareholder).

6.4. Performance Incentive Committee .

6.4.1 There shall be established PIC which shall comprise five members for each Shareholder (other than Manning). Manning, Cunningham and Auspitz shall be the “permanent members” of the PIC; provided, however, that Manning may replace Cunningham or Auspitz in his sole discretion; further provided, however, should Manning not desire or be able to serve on the PIC, then the “permanent members” shall select his replacement. Manning along with one of the two other permanent members (or the two “permanent members,” if Manning is no longer a member of the PIC) shall select the remaining two individuals who shall comprise the PIC for each Shareholder (other than Manning). Each member of the PIC shall have one vote and any action by the PIC shall require the affirmative vote of at least three (3) of its members.

6.4.2 The purpose of the PIC shall be to determine if a Shareholder has met his or her performance criteria for the calendar years 2012, 2013 and 2014 and therefore the Shareholder is eligible to vest as to one-third (1/3) of the Shareholder’s Unvested Performance Shares. In addition, should a Shareholder be determined by the PIC not to have met his or her performance criteria in either 2012 or 2013 then the PIC shall have the discretion at the end of 2013 or 2014 (as applicable) to determine that such Shareholder should vest with respect to some or all of such previously Unvested Performance Shares.

 

10


6.4.3 The process of the PIC shall be as follows:

(a) Prior to each calendar year for which a Shareholder is subject to evaluation by the PIC,

(i) Prior to November 30 the supervisor or area manager of the Shareholder shall propose criteria related to the performance expectations of such Shareholder to the PIC.

(ii) Prior to December 20 the PIC shall review the proposed criteria, modify the criteria as it deems appropriate and approves the final criteria for such Shareholder.

(iii) Prior to December 31 the final criteria shall be distributed to the Shareholder and his or her supervisor.

(b) After the calendar year for which a Shareholder is subject to evaluation by the PIC,

(i) Prior to January 15 the Shareholder’s supervisor shall submit to the PIC an evaluation of the Shareholder’s performance (as it pertains to the final criteria established by the PIC) and a recommendation as to whether the Shareholder has met such criteria.

(ii) Prior to February 15 the PIC shall vote on the supervisors recommendation with a majority of the PIC (3 votes) needed to approve or reject. If the PIC rejects the supervisor’s recommendation then the PIC shall, by majority vote, adopt its own recommendation. The supervisors recommendation and the votes of the individual members of the PIC shall be available for review by the affected Shareholder.

(iii) Prior to February 21 the Shareholder and his or her supervisor shall be informed of the PIC’s decision. If the PIC does not notify the Shareholder (taking into account (c) below) of its decision in a timely manner, then it will be assumed that the PIC has approved the vesting of such Shareholder’s Unvested Performance Shares that were subject to vesting for such calendar year.

(c) Notwithstanding any of the dates listed in (i) and (ii) above the PIC and the supervisor shall be afforded delays of up to two weeks and more time for circumstances beyond their control.

6.4.4 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the PIC determines in its review of the 2014 performance of the Shareholders that certain Shares shall remain Unvested Performance Shares, then such Shares are subject to purchase by a designee of the Company pursuant to Article 8 below. Before authorizing such purchase the PIC shall determine who (which may not be the Company) shall be entitled to purchase such Shares; provided, however, no member of that Shareholder’s PIC may be so designated.

6.5. Interested Shareholders . The Company shall not obtain debt financing in excess of $500,000 from any Shareholder or any Person related to or affiliated with a Shareholder without the prior written consent of all Shareholders.

 

11


ARTICLE 7. COMPANY OPTION TO PURCHASE SHARES UNDER

CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

7.1. Company Option . In the event that (i) voluntary proceedings by, or involuntary proceedings against, any Employee are commenced under any provisions of any federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) the Shares of any Employee are attached or garnished, (iii) any judgment is obtained in any action or proceeding against an Employee and the sale of such Employee’s Shares is contemplated under legal process as a result of such judgment, (iv) any execution or other legal process is issued against any Employee or against such Employee’s Shares, (v) any other form of legal proceedings or process is commenced by which the Shares of an Employee may be Transferred, the Company (or its designee) will have the right, exercisable upon written notice given to such Employee (the “Involuntary Sale Shareholder”), to purchase all but not less than all of the Involuntary Sale Shareholder’s Shares (the “Involuntary Sale Shares”). The closing of the purchase and sale of the Involuntary Sale Shares will occur in accordance with Article 14. At such closing, the Involuntary Sale Shareholder shall execute and deliver such instruments as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate such sale. The Company (or its designee; provided, however, if the payment obligations under the agreement whereby the Employee purchased such Shares have not been fully satisfied then the Company can not assign its rights to a designee) will pay the purchase price set forth in Section 7.2 to the Involuntary Sale Shareholder upon the payment terms set forth in Section 7.3.

7.2. Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Involuntary Sale Shares which are Unvested Shares will be the lesser of (i) the cost for such shares and (ii) the fair market value of such shares, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board. The purchase price for the Involuntary Sale Shares which are Vested Shares will be the fair market value of such shares, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

7.3. Terms of Payment . (a) The purchaser(s) will pay the purchase price for the Involuntary Sale Shares which are Unvested Shares to the Involuntary Sale Shareholder, at purchaser’s option (i) in cash at the Closing or (ii) over 12 payments, on each of the next 12 Payment Dates (as defined below), beginning on the next Payment Date after the closing of the sale. In addition, if purchaser elects to pay based on (ii) above, each such payment will include an amount of interest equal to the Stated Rate (prorated for the time the unpaid purchase amount remains unpaid) on the unpaid purchase price; and (b) the purchaser will pay the purchase price for the Involuntary Sale Shares which are Vested Shares by making 12 payments, on each of the next 12 Payment Dates, beginning on the next Payment Date after the closing of the sale. For purposes of this Agreement the term Payment Date shall mean the last Business Day of each April, July, October and January. For purposes of this Agreement the term Stated Rate shall mean the sum of (a) the Federal Reserve/Citibase prime rate quoted by Bloomberg L.P. at 11 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately preceding Payment Date plus (b) two percent (2%).

7.4. Closing . The closing with respect to any purchase and sale of Shares pursuant to this Article 7 shall be held in accordance with Article 14.

 

12


ARTICLE 8. COMPANY OPTION TO PURCHASE UNVESTED SHARES

OWNED BY AN EMPLOYEE UPON CERTAIN EVENTS

8.1. Company Purchase Option . In compliance with Section 6.4.4, a designee of the Company shall have the option to purchase all or a portion of the Unvested Shares (the “DDR Shares”) owned by each Employee (each a “DDR Selling Shareholder”) (a) on or after February 21, 2015 or (b) earlier, on the date the DDR Selling Shareholder’s employment is terminated for any reason other than death or Disability. The Company may exercise its option with respect to the DDR Shares by written notice given to the DDR Selling Shareholder or to his Personal Representative. The Company’s designee will pay the purchase price set forth in Section 8.2 to the DDR Selling Shareholder or to his Personal Representative upon the payment terms set forth in Section 8.3.

8.2. Purchase Price . The purchase price for the DDR Shares will be the lesser of (i) the cost for such shares and (ii) the fair market value of such shares, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

8.3. Terms of Payment . The purchaser(s) will pay the purchase price for the DDR Shares to the DDR Selling Shareholder, at purchaser’s option (i) in cash at the Closing or (ii) over 12 payments, on each of the next 12 Payment Dates, beginning on the next Payment Date after the closing of the sale. In addition, if purchaser elects to pay based on (ii) above, each such payment will include an amount of interest equal to the Stated Rate (prorated for the time the unpaid purchase amount remains unpaid) on the unpaid purchase price. Any sale contemplated by this Section 8.3 shall be pursuant to a purchase agreement reasonably satisfactory to the parties. If the purchase agreement provides for payment over 12 payments, such agreement shall contain language pursuant to which the purchaser shall pledge the Shares he or she purchases as security for the purchaser’s payment obligations under the purchase agreement.

8.4. The Closing . The closing with respect to any purchase and sale of Shares pursuant to this Article 8 shall be in accordance with Article 14.

ARTICLE 9. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

9.1. Vested and Unvested Shares . The term “Vested Shares” means Shares owned by the Employees which are vested pursuant to Sections 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3 and 9.1.4. The term “Unvested Shares” means Shares owned by the Employees which are not Vested Shares.

9.1.1 A percentage of the Shares of each Employee shall be Vested Shares upon execution of this Agreement. The percentage that shall vest shall equal the percentage that equals fifteen (15) multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is one hundred (100) and the denominator of which is one hundred less the sum of Manning & Napier Associates, LLC’s, Manning’s and Richard Goldberg’s initial percentage interest in M&N Group Holdings, LLC. For example, if Manning & Napier Associates, LLC’s, Manning’s and Richard Goldberg’s combined initial percentage interest in M&N Group Holdings, LLC is 10%, then the percentage of each Employee’s Shares that shall vest upon the execution of this Agreement shall be 15 x 100/90 = 16.6666666666%.

 

13


9.1.2 A percentage of each Employee’s Unvested Shares (the “Unvested Time Shares”) shall vest on each of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 provided such Employee is employed on such date by Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or any of its subsidiaries). The percentage that shall vest shall equal the percentage that equals five (5) multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is one hundred (100) and the denominator of which is one hundred less the sum of Manning & Napier Associates, LLC’s, Manning’s and Richard Goldberg’s initial percentage interest in M&N Group Holdings, LLC. For example, if Manning & Napier Associates, LLC’s, Manning’s and Richard Goldberg’s combined initial percentage interest in M&N Group Holdings, LLC is 10% then the percentage of each Employee’s Shares that shall vest upon December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 shall be 5 x 100/90 = 5.55555555555%.

9.1.3 Any Unvested Shares not vested under Section 9.1.1 or subject to vesting under 9.1.2 (the “Unvested Performance Shares”) shall vest or remain Unvested Shares pursuant to Section 6.4 above.

9.1.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of the death of any Shareholder all Shares owned by such Shareholder shall immediately become Vested Shares.

9.2. Disability or Disabled . The terms “Disability” and “Disabled” mean such physical or mental disability or incapacity of an individual as, in the sole opinion of the Board, prevents such individual from discharging his normal service obligations to the Company for an aggregate period of 90 Business Days during any 365-day period. The date of Disability will be the date on which the Board makes the determination set forth in the preceding sentence.

9.3. Personal Representative . The term “Personal Representative” means the executor or administrator of the estate of a deceased Shareholder, the guardian or other legal representative of a Disabled Shareholder and any other personal or legal representative (by operation of law or otherwise), as the case may be, of a Shareholder. The Personal Representative of any Shareholder will give the Company prompt notice of his appointment, stating the address at which notices under this Agreement may be given to him.

ARTICLE 10. COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS TO PAY FOR SHARES

10.1. Insufficient Surplus . If at the time the Company is required to make any payment for any Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement and the Company’s surplus is legally insufficient for that purpose, the entire available surplus of the Company shall be applied to the payment, and the Company and the Shareholders shall promptly take all action which may be permitted by law to increase the capital of the Company or revalue its assets so as to increase its surplus to the extent necessary to permit the payment to be made in full; provided, however, no Shareholder shall be required to make any capital contribution due to the provisions of this Section 10.1 (unless otherwise required by the Board).

10.2. Default in Certain Payments by Company . If the Company defaults in making any payment with respect to its purchase of Shares of any Shareholder, whether at any closing specified herein or under any promissory note issued hereunder, and such default is not in dispute and continues for 90 Business Days after notice thereof, the Shareholders shall cause the Company to be dissolved and liquidated, and distribution of the assets promptly made.

 

14


ARTICLE 11. VOTING AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

11.1. General . In consideration of the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement each Shareholder hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints each other Shareholder as his true and lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and proxy with respect to his Shares for a period coterminous with this Agreement to cause the Shares registered in such Shareholder’s name and any Shares with respect to which he has the power to vote to be voted in accordance with this Agreement at any and all meetings of the Shareholders or in any written consent in lieu thereof.

11.2. Limited Authority . The authority granted to the Shareholders pursuant to this Article 11 is limited. No Shareholder shall have the authority to vote the Shares of another Shareholder (i) with respect to any matter other than those matters contained in this Agreement and (ii) other than in the manner provided herein.

11.3. Conditional Authority . The authority granted to the Shareholders in this Article 11 is conditioned upon the failure of a Shareholder to vote his Shares in accordance with this Agreement. The proxy and the authority hereby conferred shall be irrevocable and shall be considered to be coupled with an interest.

11.4. Votes in Contravention of the Agreement . Any vote cast in contravention of the terms and provisions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto shall be of no force or effect.

11.5. General . Each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints each other Shareholder (including any successor to such Shareholder), as the case may be, the true and lawful attorney of such Shareholder, from time to time, to execute, acknowledge, swear to and file any of the following:

11.5.1 Any certificate, schedule or other instrument which may be required to be filed by the Company under the laws of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, or of any foreign nation or political subdivisions thereof, including, without limitation, any filing required to be made by the Company under the securities or antitrust laws of any such jurisdiction; and each Shareholder agrees to provide each other Shareholder with such information as may be necessary to enable any such filing to be made;

11.5.2 Any instrument, certificate or other document necessary and appropriate for carrying out the obligations of each such Shareholder set forth in Articles 7, and 8 (including without limitation the sale by any Shareholder of his or her interest in the Company pursuant to Articles 7 and 8); and

11.5.3 All documents which may be required to effectuate the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Company.

It is expressly acknowledged by each Shareholder that the foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

 

15


11.6. Power of Attorney for Permitted Transfers; Stock Powers . A certificate representing such Shareholder’s Shares in the Company has been issued to each such Shareholder upon his purchase of such Shares and such Certificate simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement shall be delivered by each such Shareholder to the Company along with a stock power signed by that Shareholder in blank.

Upon an event which would allow the Company to require a Shareholder to sell either all or a portion of his or her interest in the Company pursuant to, without limitation, Articles 7 and 8 of this Agreement, each of the Shareholders hereby irrevocably authorizes each of the other Shareholders, as his or her lawful attorney-in-fact, to complete his or her executed stock power(s) (whether held by the Company and/or the pledgee) and deliver his or her Shares certificate accompanied by the completed stock power(s) to a Permitted Transferee at the time of the closing of a Permitted Transfer under this Agreement.

It is expressly acknowledged by each Shareholder that the foregoing power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

ARTICLE 12. TERMINATION

12.1. Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation and/or dissolution of the Company, (ii) the acquisition of all of the Shares by a single Person, (iii) the completion of any sale of Shares, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization in which each of the Shareholders agrees to the sale or exchange of his Shares in a manner so that a third party becomes the owner of more than 50 percent of the Shares, or (iv) December 31, 2050; provided, however, the provisions of Article 4, 13, 15 and 20.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.2. Rights of Shareholder . This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Shareholder, and he shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, except those contained in Articles 4, 13 and 15 which expressly survive the sale, immediately upon his disposition of all of his Shares, provided that such disposition was completed in compliance with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13. COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE

13.1. Noncompete During Employment and Upon Termination for Cause or Voluntary Termination . In the event that a Shareholder Voluntarily Terminates (as defined below) his employment with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or such Shareholder’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) for “Cause” (a “Termination Event”) then such Shareholder agrees with each other Shareholder and with the Company that after ceasing to be an employee of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)), he will not, directly or indirectly, (i) for a period of two years engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with that of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its

 

16


Affiliates; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i) if such Shareholder is an Opter (as defined below) as of an Opt-Out Date (as defined below) then the provisions contained in this subsection (i) shall not apply. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Opter” shall mean (1) with respect to individuals who become Employees after December 31, 2001, any Employee whose average annualized Compensation (as defined below), while an Employee, is less than $300,000 (such amount shall be adjusted annually, beginning in 2003, by multiplying such amount (as previously adjusted) by the Gross Domestic Product Implicit Price Deflator (for such year) as published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis) tested over the 24 month period immediately preceding the Opt-Out Date (or shorter period if the individual was not an Employee for at least 24 months); provided, however, any Employee who receives (has received or is to receive) more than $1,000,000, in the aggregate, (including the fair market value of any property received in the transaction) in exchange for his or her ownership interest in the Company shall no longer qualify as an Opter (regardless of his or her Compensation) and (2) with respect to individuals who became Employees before January 1, 2002, any Employee whose average annualized Compensation (as defined below), while an Employee, is less than $300,000 (such amount shall be adjusted annually, beginning in 2003, by multiplying such amount (as previously adjusted) by the Gross Domestic Product Implicit Price Deflator (for such year) as published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis) tested over the 24 month period immediately preceding the Opt-Out Date; provided, however, any Employee who receives (has received or is to receive) more than $1,000,000, in the aggregate, (including the fair market value of any property received in the transaction) in exchange for his or her ownership interest in the Company shall no longer qualify as an Opter (regardless of his or her Compensation). For purposes of this Agreement the term “Compensation” shall mean the sum of (a) the Employee’s wages from the Company or Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or its subsidiaries) (including any bonus or incentive payments of any kind, all as reflected on the Employee’s W-2 form or otherwise), (b) the Employee’s taxable income realized as a result of being a Shareholder (or Member) of the Company or Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or its subsidiaries) (as reflected on the form K-1 or 1099 received by the Employee with respect to each of the Company or Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or its subsidiaries)). The following illustrates the concept of an Opter: (x) with respect to an Employee who has been an Employee for greater than 24 months, if such Employee’s employment with the Company or Manning & Napier Group, LLC (or its subsidiaries) ceases and during the 24 month period immediately preceding such Employee’s termination of employment such Employee’s average annual Compensation (during such 24 month period) is less than $300,000, the Employee at that time qualifies as an Opter (thus, for example, if an Employee, who has been an Employee for at least 24 months, resigns as of July 15, 2005, then the Employee’s aggregate Compensation between July 15, 2003 and July 14, 2005 is taken into account in determining whether the Employee qualifies as an Opter), and (y) with respect to an Employee who has not been an Employee for 24 months the Employee’s Compensation will be annualized based on the period that the individual was an Employee in order to determine whether the Employee’s average annual Compensation exceeds $300,000. Thus if the Employee’s Compensation, while an Employee for three months, is $75,000 or less for such three month period the Employee will at that time qualify as an Opter. If after six months as an Employee, the Employee’s Compensation exceeds $150,000 during such six month period, the Employee will no longer qualify as an Opter. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Opt-Out Date” shall mean the last date of employment of any Employee, (ii) for a period of three years (four years if the Termination Event occurs after five years of such person

 

17


becoming a Shareholder and five years if the Termination Event occurs after ten years of such person becoming a Shareholder) solicit, on behalf of himself or any Person, any Person that is as of the Termination Event, or has been within one year prior to the Termination Event, a client of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates to become an investment advisory, brokerage or similar client of the Shareholder or any other Person; (iii) for a period of five years solicit any Person who is as of the Termination Event, or has been within one year prior to the Termination Event, an employee of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates to become an employee of or consultant to the Shareholder or any other Person; or (iv) for a period of two years (three years if the Termination Event is after five years of such person becoming a Shareholder and five years if the Termination Event is after ten years of such person becoming a Shareholder), solicit any Person who is a “Prospect” of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates, to become an investment advisory, brokerage or similar client of the Shareholder or any other Person. For purposes of this Article 13, the term “Prospect” shall mean any Person (i) who is on the monthly marketing group meeting list of prospects issued during the twelve months prior to the Termination Event, (ii) who is on the monthly, quarterly or semiannual list of prospects submitted to the products group manager (or person fulfilling such function) issued in the twelve months prior to the Termination Event, (iii) who is on the semiannual forecast list of prospects that each sales representative or client consultant submits to the national sales manager (or person fulfilling such function) issued in the twelve months prior to the Termination Event or (iv) who has met with sales or marketing personnel (i.e., sales representatives, product management or sales support personnel) more than two times in the six months prior to the Termination Event regarding the services provided by the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) and its related entities. The provisions of this Section 13.1 shall also be applicable to any Shareholder while such Person is a Shareholder and Employee of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) without regard to the 2 year, 3 year and 5 year time periods referred to herein.

For purposes of this Article 13, “Voluntarily Terminate” shall mean any employee who resigns from the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)); provided, however, an employee shall not be deemed to “Voluntarily Terminate” his employment with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) if (x) such employee terminates his employment with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) within 4 months after the end of a calendar year in which such employee’s total compensation decreases by more than 20 percent from his compensation for the prior calendar year and if such reduction is solely as a result of sales management decisions by the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) taken without such employee’s consent and not of general application to all employees of a particular department or category (for example, reassignment of an employee’s client to another sales representative and that are not a consequence of a client’s written or oral request or (y) such employee is terminated as a result of a Disability and after such employee no

 

18


longer suffers such Disability offers his services to the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) and the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) refuses to employ such employee at a job of similar title and salary ((x) and (y) above referred to as “Involuntary Termination”).

13.1.1 Cause . Cause shall mean conduct by the Employee which involves fraud, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, bad faith or commission of a crime that is classified as a felony under New York law and in the reasonable opinion of the Board is injurious to the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)).

13.1.2 Permitted Activities . A Shareholder shall not be deemed to have breached Section 13.1 solely by reason of purchasing stock in a corporation whose shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, provided that the Shareholder’s beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any class of equity securities in any such corporation is less than 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of such class.

13.2. Noncompete Upon Other Termination of Employment . In the event that a Shareholder’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) for any reason (including an Involuntary Termination) other than a reason described in Section 13.1 (a “Termination”) then such Shareholder agrees with each other Shareholder and with the Company that, after ceasing to be an employee of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)), he will not, directly or indirectly, (i) for a period of three years (two years in the case of an Involuntary Termination prior to the fifth anniversary of such person becoming a Shareholder, four years if the Termination occurs after the fifth anniversary of such person becoming a shareholder and five years if the Termination is after the tenth anniversary of such person becoming a Shareholder) solicit, on behalf of himself or any Person, any Person that is as of the Termination, or has been within one year prior to the Termination, a client of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates to become an investment advisory, brokerage or similar client of the Shareholder or any other Person; (ii) for a period of five years solicit any Person who is as of the Termination, or has been within one year prior to the Termination, an employee of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates to become an employee of or consultant to the Shareholder or any other Person; or (iii) for a period of two years (three years if the Termination occurs after the fifth anniversary of such person becoming a Shareholder and five years if the Termination occurs after the tenth anniversary of such person becoming a Shareholder) solicit any Person who is a Prospect of the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates to become an investment advisory, brokerage or similar client of the Shareholder or any other Person; provided, however, that the two year period (and only the two year period) referred to in this subclause (iii) shall not apply in the case of an Involuntary Termination prior to the fifth anniversary of such person

 

19


becoming a Shareholder. In addition, if (A) such Shareholder’s employment is terminated after (i) one year after such Shareholder’s note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full and provided that (ii) ten million dollars (after any capital contributions required pursuant to this Agreement) has been distributed to the Shareholders after the note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full, then such employee shall not for a period of six (6) months, directly or indirectly engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates, (B) such Shareholder’s employment is terminated after (i) two years after such Shareholder’s note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full and provided that (ii) twenty million dollars (after any capital contributions required pursuant to this Agreement) has been distributed to the Shareholders after the note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full, then such employee shall not for a period of one (1) year, directly or indirectly engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates, (C) such Shareholder’s employment is terminated after (i) three years after such Shareholder’s note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full and provided that (ii) thirty million dollars (after any capital contributions required pursuant to this Agreement) has been distributed to the Shareholders after the note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full, then such employee shall not for a period of eighteen (18) months, directly or indirectly engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates, or (D) such Shareholder’s employment is terminated after (i) four years after such Shareholder’s note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full and provided that (ii) forty million dollars (after any capital contributions required pursuant to this Agreement) has been distributed to the Shareholders after the note issued to the person or entity from which he or she acquired his or her Shares is paid in full, then such employee shall not for a period of two (2) years, directly or indirectly engage in or become interested in, as owner, shareholder, partner, lender, investor, director, officer, employee, consultant, agent, representative or otherwise, any Person engaged in any business competitive with the Company (or its directly or indirectly held Affiliates which shall include Manning & Napier Group, LLC (and its subsidiaries)) or its Affiliates; provided, however, that for purposes of (A), (B), (C) and (D) above, if such Shareholder is an Opter as of an Opt-Out Date the provisions contained in those provisions shall not apply.

13.2.1 Permitted Activities . A Shareholder shall not be deemed to have breached Section 13.2 solely by reason of purchasing stock in a corporation whose shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, provided that the Shareholder’s beneficial

 

20


ownership (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any class of equity securities in any such corporation is less than 5% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of such class.

13.3. Miscellaneous . While the limitations and restrictions imposed by this Section 13 by the parties upon each other are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it is recognized that restrictions of the nature in question may fail to be enforceable for technical reasons unforeseen, and, accordingly, if any of such restrictions shall be adjudged to be void, but would be valid if part of the wording thereof were deleted or the period, if any thereof, reduced or the range of activities or area dealt with thereby reduced in scope, said restriction shall apply with such modifications as may be necessary to make it valid and effective, provided, however, that this Agreement is not thereby rendered fundamentally different in its content or effect.

ARTICLE 14. GENERAL CLOSING TERMS AND CONDITIONS

14.1. Closing . Unless otherwise specified, the closing of any purchase and sale pursuant to this Agreement will be held at the principal offices of the Company at 11:00 A.M. New York City time on the date specified in the notice of election to purchase or sell such Shares which date shall not be less than 10 Business Days or more than 60 Business Days after the date of delivery of such notice.

14.2. Deliveries at Closing . Unless otherwise specified, at the closing of any purchase and sale hereunder, the Transferring party will deliver to the acquiring party stock certificates representing the Shares Transferred free and clear of all Encumbrances, accompanied by duly executed stock powers and any other documents necessary or reasonably requested by the acquiring party to duly Transfer the Shares. If the seller is the Personal Representative of a Shareholder, such seller shall also deliver to the purchaser due evidence of his fiduciary authority. The acquiring party will deliver and pay the purchase price as provided in the purchase agreement pursuant to which such shares have been purchased. Except for attorney’s fees where each party will pay his own attorney and otherwise as provided herein, the acquiring party will pay all expenses and charges of the Transfer of such Shares.

14.3. Agreement to Take All Necessary Steps . Whenever Shareholders, pursuant to this Agreement, purchase Shares, each Transferring Shareholder and the Personal Representatives of any Shareholder shall do all things and execute and deliver all papers as may be reasonably necessary to consummate such purchase or as may be reasonably requested by the acquiring party and will reasonably cooperate during the period prior to the closing so that the Company’s business continues to function in substantially the same manner as it has been functioning prior to the closing.

14.4. Endorsement of Pledge Agreement . To the extent the purchase price for any Shares is paid in whole or in part by the assumption of a note the purchaser shall execute an endorsement to any existing pledge agreement issued to the seller of such Shares agreeing to be bound by the terms of such agreement.

 

21


ARTICLE 15. OTHER PROVISIONS

15.1. Repurchase of Shares Agreement . If the Shares of any Shareholder are purchased by any Person (other than Manning or the Company) such Person shall be deemed an Employee and a Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement.

15.2. Confidentiality . Each Shareholder shall keep confidential and not disclose to any other Person or use any confidential information (as defined in Section 15.2.1) while a Shareholder and thereafter. This Section 15.2 shall not be violated by disclosure pursuant to court order or as otherwise required by law, on condition that notice of the requirement for such disclosure is given to the Company prior to making any disclosure and the Shareholder cooperates as the Company may reasonably request in resisting such disclosure. In addition this Section 15.2 shall not be violated by disclosure of certain financial information as required in connection with and as a result of any sale of Shares contemplated by this Agreement.

15.2.1 Confidential Information . For purposes of this Agreement, “confidential information” means any information concerning or related to the Company or its Affiliates and the business conducted by them, except for such information which is a matter of public record. By way of example and not limitation, “confidential information” includes all trade secrets, customer lists, financial data, product information, forms of organization, procedures, computer software, investment strategies, screens and pricing disciplines, business or investment methodologies, source codes, prices or plans and includes the terms of the Related Shareholders Agreements, this Agreement and any other agreements related to the Company.

15.3. Return of Documents . All records, papers and other documents received or made by the Shareholder which concern or relate to the Company or its Affiliates or the business conducted by them are the property of the Company. At any time upon request, and in any event not later than the date on which the Shareholder is no longer an employee of the Company, the Shareholder will promptly deliver all copies of such records, papers and other documents to the Company.

ARTICLE 16. RELATED ARRANGEMENTS

The Shareholders are shareholders or members of the entities listed on Schedule B and are parties to the Related Shareholders Agreements. Reference is hereby made to the provisions of the Related Shareholders Agreements requiring a sale of shares or interests of the entities upon a sale of Shares by Manning or any Employee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 17. AGREEMENT BY THE COMPANY

The Company hereby agrees that (1) insofar as is proper or required, it consents to the provisions of this Agreement; (2) it will not transfer or reissue any of its shares in violation of this Agreement or without requiring proof of compliance with this Agreement; and (3) all share certificates issued by the Company while this Agreement remains in force shall contain the share legend set forth in Section 4.4.

 

22


ARTICLE 18. NOTICES

All notices, consents and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) delivered by hand, (b) when sent by telecopier (with receipt confirmed), provided that a copy is promptly thereafter mailed by first class prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (c) when received by the addressee, if sent by Express Mail, Federal Express or other express delivery service (receipt requested), or by such other means as the parties may agree from time to time or (d) five (5) Business Days after being mailed, by first class postage prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested; in each case to the appropriate addresses, and telecopier numbers set forth on the signature pages attached to this agreement (or to such other addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate as to itself by notice to the other parties).

ARTICLE 19. ARBITRATION

(a) Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration to be held in the City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1, et seq., and the parties to this Agreement consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. Any process or other papers under this provision may be served outside New York State in the same manner provided with respect to notices under this Agreement, provided a reasonable time for appearance or response is allowed. Each party to the arbitration shall appoint one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third arbitrator.

(b) The parties shall be afforded reasonable prehearing disclosure of relevant information.

(c) Each party to the arbitration shall have one day to present its case to the arbitrators and the arbitrators shall be instructed to make their award no later than 30 days after the date of the closing of the hearing.

(d) The arbitrators may provide that the costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the proceeding will be paid, in part or full, by the other party to the arbitration.

(e) The parties will be entitled to injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement pending the resolution of a dispute pursuant to this Article 19, and no bond or other security will be required in connection with such injunctive relief.

ARTICLE 20. COMPANY REDEMPTIONS

20.1. Redemptions In General . The Company’s primary asset shall be its ownership interest in M & N Group Holdings, LLC, whose primary asset shall be its ownership in the units of Manning and Napier Group, LLC. Each year beginning with the calendar year 2013 the

 

23


Shareholders (other than Manning) shall be entitled to have redeemed by the Company a portion of their Vested Shares. The mechanism for effectuating such redemption shall be that the Shareholders (other than Manning) shall have an annual subscription period in the first Quarter of each such calendar year, whereby each Shareholder (other than Manning) shall inform the Company of how many Vested Shares such Shareholder would like to have redeemed and if the total Vested Shares that the Shareholders (other than Manning) wish to have redeemed is in excess of what is allowed under the General Limit (as defined below), then each such Shareholder who wishes to be redeemed shall have his or her Vested Shares redeemed by the Company based on his or her pro rata percentage (based on Vested Shares) of the General Limit. The procedure of such annual subscription period shall be determined by the CEO. After the Company has determined the amount, if any, of Shares that are to be redeemed the Company shall direct M&N Group Holdings, LLC to cause there to be a Interim Capital Transaction (as such term is defined in the M&N Group Holdings, LLC operating agreement) in an amount sufficient to redeem a number of units of M&N Group Holdings, LLC that will allow the Company to redeem the Vested Shares that have been requested to be redeemed and that are within the General Limit. For purposes of this Agreement the “General Limit” shall be equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the outstanding number of units of Manning and Napier Group, LLC as of the time of the initial public offering of Manning & Napier, Inc.; provided, however, that the Board may increase the General Limit to allow for additional redemptions at its sole and absolute discretion; further provided, however, that if any Shareholder (other than Manning) shall die, his estate or heirs shall be entitled to request the Company to redeem all of such Shareholder’s Vested Shares (without reduction to the General Limit). For illustrative purposes only, if there is 100,000,000 units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC outstanding at the time of the initial public offering of Manning & Napier, Inc., then the General Limit shall be based on a sale 1,500,000 units of Manning & Napier Group, LLC. Therefore, if all of the Shareholders’ (other than Manning) indirect ownership in the Manning & Napier Group, LLC’s units is 30,000,000 units, then 5% of each Shareholder’s (other than Manning) Vested Shares may be redeemed annually. If any Shareholder (other than Manning) does not wish to have 5% of his or her Vested Shares redeemed in any year then the other Shareholders (other than Manning) shall be allowed to have redeemed additional Vested Shares pro rata.

The purchase price that the Company shall pay a Shareholder for his or her Vested Shares that are subject to redemption shall be equal to the amount the Company receives (less any ordinary and necessary expenses incurred by the Company to effectuate such redemption) from M&N Group Holdings, LLC as a result of the Interim Capital Transaction with respect to the Shares of such Shareholder that is the subject of the redemption.

20.2. Additional Sale Rights .

20.2.1 Manning, subject to the limitations contained in any other agreement, shall have the right, at any time, to cause the Company to direct M&N Group Holdings, LLC to cause there to be a Interim Capital Transaction in an amount sufficient to redeem a number of units of M&N Group Holdings, LLC that will allow the Company to redeem the Shares that Manning has requested to be redeemed.

20.2.2 In addition to the General Limit provided in Section 20.1 above, to the extent Manning shall sell any of his direct or indirect ownership interest in Manning and Napier Group, LLC the Shareholders shall have the right to have a similar percentage of their Shares redeemed by the Company by increasing the General Limit, for such year, contained in Section 20.1.

 

24


20.3. Additional Provisions Related To Redemptions and Certain Other Matters .

20.3.1 The Company shall not hypothecate, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations with respect to payments due under an Interim Capital Transaction until the Company’s liquidation.

20.3.2 The Company shall (i) except as otherwise required by the Code, use the cash method of accounting for federal income tax purposes and (ii) elect out of the installment sale treatment under Code Section 453(d) and Treasury Regulation Section 15A.453-1(c)(1) with respect to any redemption of units in M&N Group Holdings, LLC it owns.

20.3.3 Upon the redemption of a share of the Company stock (for avoidance of any doubt, excluding a purchase under Article 7 or 8 of this Agreement), as consideration for the stock redeemed, the Company shall pay to the redeeming shareholder at the end of each calendar quarter, beginning with the calendar quarter in which the redemption is effective, an amount equal to the sum of all payments received from M&N Group Holdings, LLC (including, without limitations, payments received by the Company under the TRA Agreement) during such calendar quarter, attributable to the related Interim Capital Transaction

20.3.4 The Company’s obligation to make the consideration described in Section 20.3.3 with respect to a redemption shall not be evidenced by a note or another instrument transferable by the redeeming shareholder.

20.3.5 The Company’s obligation to pay the consideration described in Section 20.3.3 shall not be secured by the Company’s right to payments from M&N Group Holdings, LLC, with respect to the related Interim Capital Transaction.

20.3.6 The shareholders agree, by requesting a redemption of shares of the Company stock, that they shall elect out of the installment sale treatment under Code Section 453(d) and Treasury Regulation Section 15A.453-1(c)(1) with respect to, if applicable, the redemption.

ARTICLE 21. DEATH OF MANNING

Upon the death of Manning, the Company, in consultation with Manning’s estate shall determine whether it is tax efficient to liquidate the Company and to distribute the remaining assets of the Company, pro rata, to the Shareholders. In the event it is determined that a liquidation of the Company is in the best interest of the Manning Estate then (i) the operating agreement of M&N Group Holdings, LLC shall be amended to contain provisions that are substantially similar to the provisions of this Agreement to effectuate the intent of this Agreement, (ii) the Company shall be liquidated and (iii) the General Limit for such year shall be increased to allow the Shareholders (other than Manning) the ability to have redeemed additional Vested Shares to afford such Shareholders the ability to pay all income taxes resulting for the liquidation of the Company.

 

25


ARTICLE 22. MISCELLANEOUS

22.1. Section Headings . The section and clause headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

22.2. Waivers and Amendments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement may be modified or amended by either (1) (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, a written consent signed by (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (ii) Manning and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, a written consent signed by (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof or (2) (a) for so long as Manning is a Shareholder, an oral resolution adopted by (x) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, whether such Shares are still owned by Manning) and (y) Manning, at a Meeting (as defined below) thereof and certified to by an officer of the Company and (b) if Manning is no longer a Shareholder, a oral resolution adopted by (i) Shareholders owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares (excluding the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof) and (ii) those Persons owning more than 50% of the Outstanding Shares owned by Manning as of the date hereof, at a Meeting (as defined below) thereof and certified to by an officer of the Company. The Company may, whenever desired, integrate into a single instrument all of the provisions of this Agreement as so amended or modified. For purposes of this Section 22.2, the term “Meeting” shall mean a meeting (which may be attended in person, by telephone or by written proxy) called by such Shareholder(s) who own at least 50% of the Outstanding Shares by written notice (which may include facsimile or e-mail) at least 3 Business Days before such meeting. No such modification or amendment shall require the consent or approval of the Company. The Shareholders shall to the extent necessary take any and all actions required to effectuate such modifications or amendments, including, without limitation, approving amendments or modifications to the Certificate of Incorporation The delay or failure on the part of any party hereto to insist, in any one instance or more, upon strict performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or privilege herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or privileges but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. All rights and remedies are cumulative.

22.3. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Related Shareholders Agreements supersede all prior agreements among the parties with respect to their subject matter and are intended, with the documents referred to herein and therein, as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

26


22.4. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the balance of the Agreement shall remain in effect and, if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances.

22.5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

22.6. Governing Law . This Agreement and (unless otherwise provided) all amendments hereof and waivers and consents hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

22.7. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective legal representatives, successors, heirs, distributees, testamentary beneficiaries and personal representatives. No party may assign any rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement.

22.8. Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree to do such further acts and things as are necessary or advisable to carry into effect the purposes of this Agreement to better assure and confirm unto the other parties hereto such parties’ rights hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement.

22.8.1 In furtherance of the foregoing, whenever the Shareholders shall, pursuant to this Agreement, purchase Shares, each transferring Shareholder and the Personal Representatives of any deceased or incompetent Shareholder shall do all things and execute and deliver all papers as may be reasonably necessary to consummate such purchase or as may be reasonably requested by the acquiring parties and shall reasonably cooperate during the period prior to the closing so that the Company’s business continues to function in substantially the same manner as it has been functioning prior to the closing.

22.9. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted Personal Representatives, successors and assigns, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any rights or benefits in or to any third party.

22.10. References . All references to “corporation(s)” shall be deemed to include “entity(ies)”, all references to “share(s)” or “stock” shall be deemed to include “interest(s)”, all references to “shareholder(s)” shall be deemed to include “member(s)” or “partner(s)” and all references to “shareholders agreement(s)” shall be deemed to include “operating agreement(s).”

SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW

 

27


Address for Notices under Article 18:

c/o Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

Telecopier No.: (585) 325-5143

Attention: William Manning

with copies to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

21st Floor

New York, New York 10016

Telecopier No.: 212-545-3410

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

 

MANNING & NAPIER ADVISORS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Address for Notices under Article 18:

William Manning

[address]

with copies to:

Herrick, Feinstein LLP

2 Park Avenue

21st Floor

New York, New York 10016

Telecopier No.: 212-545-3410

Attention: Harold Levine, Esq.

 

 

WILLIAM MANNING


Address for Notices under Article 18:

B. Reuben Auspitz

36 Buttermilk Hill Rd.

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Garvey Schubert Barer

1000 Potomac Street, N.W.

Fifth Floor

Washington, D.C. 20007-3501

Telecopier No.: 202-965-1729

Attention: William D. Simon, Esq.

 

 

B. REUBEN AUSPITZ


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Gary Henderson

40 Royale Drive

Fairport, New York 14450

with copies to:

Garvey Schubert Barer

1000 Potomac Street, N.W.

Fifth Floor

Washington, D.C. 20007-3501

Telecopier No.: 202-965-1729

Attention: William D. Simon, Esq.

 

 

GARY HENDERSON


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Patrick Cunningham

18 Parkview Manor Circle

Honeoye Falls, New York 14472

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

PATRICK CUNNINGHAM


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Jeffrey A. Herrmann

[address]

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14 th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

JEFFREY A. HERRMANN


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Jeffrey S. Coons

14 Whitestone Lane

Rochester, New York 14618

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14 th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

JEFFREY S. COONS


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Michael J. Magiera

7 Turnberry Lane

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

MICHAEL J. MAGIERA


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Beth H. Galusha

6 Carriage Court

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

BETH H. GALUSHA


Address for Notices under Article 18:

George J. Nobilski

417 French Road

Rochester, New York 14618

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

GEORGE J. NOBILSKI


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Jack W. Bauer

11 Pond Meadow

Rochester, New York 14624

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

JACK W. BAUER


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Charles H. Stamey

[address]

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

CHARLES H. STAMEY


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Marc D. Tommasi

36 Wenham Drive

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Phillips Lytle Hitchcock Blaine & Huber, LLP

1400 First Federal Plaza

Rochester, New York 14614

Attention: Lisa Powers, Esq

 

 

MARC D. TOMMASI


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Antony Desorbo

8114 Trillium Trail

Manilus, New York 13104

with copies to:

Joseph Getman, Esq.

Bond, Schoeneck & King LLP

One Lincoln Center

Syracuse, New York 13202

 

 

ANTONY DESORBO


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Brian Gambill

7 Royal Birkdale Court

Penfield, New York 14526

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

BRIAN GAMBILL


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Brian Lester

80 Deer Creek Road

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

BRIAN LESTER


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Christian Andreach

26 Trowbridge Trail

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Mr. Joseph A. Cullen, Esq.

Mellon, Webster & Shelly

87 North Broad Street

Doylestown, PA 18901

Telecopier No.: 215-348-0171

 

 

CHRISTIAN ANDREACH


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Christopher Cummings

5 Mendonshire Drive

Honeoye Falls, New York 14472

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

CHRISTOPHER CUMMINGS


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Kathryn Maurer

93 Country Down Circle

Fairport, New York 14450

with copies to:

Cavitch, Familo, Durkin & Futkin

14th Floor

The East Ohio Building

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Telecopier No.: 216-621-3415

Attention: Thomas M. Cawley, Esq

 

 

KATHRYN MAURER


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Virge Trotter

18 Mandalay Ridge

Pittsford, New York 14534

with copies to:

Tyler J. Savage, Esq.

Woods Oviatt Gilman

700 Crossroads Bldg

Two State Street

Rochester, New York 14614

Telecopier No.: 585-454-3968

 

 

VIRGE TROTTER


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Christine M. Glavin

30 Turning Leaf Lane

Rochester, New York 14612

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

CHRISTINE M. GLAVIN


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Michael Platania

331 Chelsea Meadows

W. Henrietta, New York 14586

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

MICHAEL PLATANIA


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Justin T. Goldman

[address]

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

JUSTIN T. GOLDMAN


Address for Notices under Article 18:

David C. Roewer

259 Longbranch Drive

Dublin, Ohio 43017

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

DAVID C. ROEWER


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Jeffrey W. Donlon

30 Brimfield Circle

Fairport, New York 14450

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

JEFFREY W. DONLON


Address for Notices under Article 18:

Scott Pilchard

3417 Clubland Drive

Marietta, Georgia 30068

with copies to:

George H. Gray, Esq.

Gray, Feldman & Rosenbaum, LLP

625 Panorama Trail

Rochester, New York 14625

 

 

SCOTT PILCHARD


SCHEDULE A

 

(1) A shareholders agreement dated as of December 31, 2002, as amended, among them and MNIS.

 

(2) A shareholders agreement dated as of December 31, 2002, as amended, among them and AAC.

 

(3) A shareholders agreement dated as of December 31, 2002, as amended, among them and MNAO.

 

(4) An operating agreement dated as of December 31, 2002, as amended, among them and MNCC.


Schedule B

AAC

MNIS

MNAO

MNCC


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of              by and between Manning & Napier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned individual (“Indemnitee”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate”) and the By-laws of the Company (the “By-laws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Certificate, the By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and the By-laws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate, the By-laws or insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director of the Company after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), liability and loss (including judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed on any such amounts, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement) (collectively, “Liabilities”) actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or any successor thereto, the “Delaware Court”) shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses and Liabilities, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold

 

2


harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 or 2 is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in Section 3(b), if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection

 

3


with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a), a determination, if required by law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3), if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Legal Counsel (as defined below) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Legal Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b), the Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Legal Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Legal Counsel” as defined in Section 13, and the objection shall

 

4


set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Legal Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Legal Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Legal Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a), no Independent Legal Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Legal Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Legal Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Legal Counsel under Section 6(b). The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel incurred by such Independent Legal Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b), and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Legal Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or Independent Legal Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or Independent Legal Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including, without limitation, financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to

 

5


indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Legal Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent

 

6


jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any court having jurisdiction over such proceeding that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation; No Presumption .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under law, the Certificate, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL or other law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, the By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties

 

7


hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the termination of any Proceeding, action, suit or claim, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the

 

8


Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under law.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), plus three (3) years thereafter, and shall continue in all events thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7) by reason of his Corporate Status, not matter when instituted, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter statute of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter statute of limitations shall govern.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company. For the

 

9


avoidance of doubt, “Corporate Status” does not include the status of a person described in the foregoing sentence in his or her role as a representative of any stockholder of the Company.

(b) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) “Expenses” shall include all attorneys’ fees, disbursements, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) “Independent Legal Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant Section 7 to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability . The invalidity of unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by law. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any law, such provision shall be

 

10


deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

  (a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

 

  (b) To the Company at:

Manning & Napier, Inc.

290 Woodcliff Drive

Fairport, New York 14450-4217

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (585) 586-2898

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought and maintained only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, unless the

 

11


Delaware Court is unable to adjudicate such action or proceeding, whereupon such action or proceeding may be brought and maintained in any court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, unless such action or proceeding is brought or maintained in another court as provided in clause (i) above, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably the Delaware Court as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, unless such action or proceeding is brought or maintained in another court as provided in clause (i) above, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, unless such action or proceeding is brought or maintained in another court as provided in clause (i) above.

[ remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
MANNING & NAPIER, INC.
By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

INDEMNITEE  
By:        
Name:    
Address:    
     
     
     
     
Phone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

Exhibit 10.14

AGREEMENT

In the course of developing its investment advisory business, Manning & Napier has developed forms of organization, procedures, computer software, investment strategies, screens and pricing disciplines, and other aspects of its business (collectively referred to as “procedures”) which it considers, and I acknowledge, to be proprietary and/or distinctive within the investment advisory business. Many of these procedures have been created and refined over a period of many years, at considerable cost, and in some cases may not change for a period of many years. Manning & Napier seeks to protect its distinctive and proprietary procedures from competitors by obtaining from me herein various noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements, which I acknowledge are reasonably necessary for the protection of Manning & Napier’s interests. Therefore, in consideration of my employment according to the terms specified in Exhibits II and III, and the knowledge and confidential relationships, information and data disclosed to me in the course of my employment with Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., with its principal office at One Lincoln First Square, Suite 1100, Rochester, New York 14604, its affiliates, successors or assigns, I, Patrick Cunningham, with residence at 18 Parkview Manor Circle, Honeoye Falls, N.Y. 14472, and Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., do hereby and freely agree that:

1. I will not disclose any nonpublic confidential information, knowledge or data of or regarding Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. or any affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (for convenience hereinafter referred to as “M&N”) including, without limitation, such information, knowledge or data regarding its or their business or investment methodologies, procedures, programs, source codes, clients, information relating to clients, prices, product strengths and weaknesses, or future developments or plans. I acknowledge and agree that such information, knowledge and data above will be confidential, not otherwise available and provided to me by virtue of my employment by M&N and solely to enable me to perform my duties as an employee. Upon my termination of employment with M&N, I will deliver to M&N all copies of investment strategy descriptions, screens, research procedures manuals, operations and/or marketing procedures manuals, Statements of Investment Objectives, marketing brochures, and other materials of M&N or of any of its affiliates which may be in my possession. I will not retain but will deliver to M&N any other documents, including copies, relating to the information, knowledge or data described above.

2. All inventions, discoveries, ideas, improvements, innovations or developments, and other intellectual property, whether patentable or not, relating to the existing business or products, or proposed business or products disclosed to me during my employment, of M&N, conceived, generated or reduced to practice by or worked on by me, alone or in combination with others, whether or not during working hours, during my employment by M&N, shall be the exclusive property of M&N. I shall execute and deliver to M&N all assignments and other documents, and take all other action reasonably requested by M&N, at M&N’s expense, during or subsequent to my employment, to vest title in any such inventions or other intellectual property in M&N and/or to obtain patents, trademarks or copyrights therefor.

3. For a two-year period after termination of my employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, engage in business activities which compete with M&N’s business, with regard to any person or entity known by me or who becomes known to me to have been a client of the investment products or services of M&N (including any client serviced by me) at the time my employment with M&N terminated or at any time within one year prior thereto, except for the ownership of less than 5% of the issued and outstanding securities of any publicly traded company, in compliance with M&N trading policies.


4. Following my termination of employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, hire, employ, retain, or contract any person who then is an employee of or consultant to M&N. In addition, following my termination of employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, hire, employ, retain, or contract any person who has within five years prior thereto been an employee of or consultant to M&N for a business endeavor that competes with the business of M&N. I acknowledge that the foregoing restriction is necessary since many of the strategies and other business plans and techniques of M&N have considerable ongoing value.

5. I confirm that I am generally familiar with the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, all as amended, applicable state securities laws, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended (“ERISA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and with M&N’s Code of Ethics and Professional Standards of Conduct (Exhibit I attached hereto). I further acknowledge that compliance with applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations — including, without limitation, applicable provisions of securities, antifraud, and ERISA statutes and/or regulations — is vital to the business of M&N. I will at all times (i) conduct myself in accordance with, and will not violate, such laws, rules, regulations, and Code of Ethics/Professional Standards of Conduct, (ii) not make any material statements to prospective or current customers of M&N without a reasonable factual basis therefor and (iii) not omit to make any material statement to prospective or current customers necessary to avoid causing any other statements made by me to be misleading. I agree that any violation of this provision, among others, shall be cause for termination under the terms of this Agreement.

6. I acknowledge that Paragraphs 1 through 5 of this Agreement — including property rights, confidentiality, non-compete provisions, and duties of care and conduct — are reasonably necessary to protect M&N, that any breach or threatened breach by me cannot be remedied solely by recovery of damages and that M&N shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any such breach or threatened breach and the recovery of damages.

7. Rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to M&N, and their successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon me, and my estate.

8. Any waiver of a breach of, or failure to enforce, any term hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach, or that of any other term of this Agreement.

9. The provisions of this Agreement are severable such that if any provision is held invalid, the other provisions will remain valid unless specifically held to the contrary.

10. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws. (b) Any claim by either party against the other in connection with any provision of this Agreement or any claim, dispute, or controversy arising from my employment as contemplated hereby, (including claims for injunctive relief), excluding claims described in subparagraph (c) below, may be prosecuted in the applicable court described below. The venue for any claim or action shall be in a court in Rochester, New York, in the Western District of New York (if in federal court) and in Monroe County, New York (if in state court). Each party hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in the preceding sentence for the claims or actions specified therein (including actions or claims by affiliates of


M&N) agrees that service of process shall be sufficient if sent to the applicable party at the address first specified above, or to such other address as either party shall have designated for such purpose pursuant to paragraph 12 hereof, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. (c) Any claim for damages by one party against the other attributable to a breach of a provision of this Agreement or to any dispute or controversy relating to this Agreement, or any claim, dispute, or controversy arising from my employment as contemplated hereby, excluding so-called third party claims related to a pending action, shall be finally resolved through arbitration under the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any such arbitration shall be held in Monroe County, New York, shall be arbitrated by one person who shall be a businessman not active in the investment business, and final judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall be entitled to limited discovery, including the deposition of no more than ten persons or firms. Arbitrable claims may be consolidated at the election of either party. In the event a final decision by the arbitrator is not rendered within nine months after commencement of arbitration proceedings, either party may at its election terminate the arbitration proceedings and elect to proceed through the applicable judicial system. In such case, paragraph (a) above shall also govern any such action. Any arbitration proceedings shall be private, and the parties shall maintain in confidence the fact of arbitration, the evidence presented and findings of the arbitration, except in each case (a) as may be required by law, or (b) to the extent necessary or desirable to prosecute, defend or enforce the arbitration proceedings or any other proceedings or actions which may be commenced or defended by one of the parties involving the other party or any other persons.

11. (a) I understand and acknowledge that M&N is an At-Will Employer, and that my employment under this Agreement may be terminated by M&N effective immediately with cause and by either M&N or me without cause. The terms outlined in Paragraphs 1 through 4 and 6 through 10 shall remain in force despite such termination of employment. Upon such termination, M&N shall have no obligation hereunder to me, including payment of any compensation, except for salary earned and commissions for sales and service due through the date of termination.

(b) In this Paragraph 11, “cause” shall be understood to mean an action or actions by me which constitute one or more of the following: a violation of Paragraph 5 of this Agreement or any other provision of this Agreement, or actions contrary to other policies, procedures and instructions of M&N or any of its affiliates under which I am required to operate; those acts committed in bad faith or which are the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, gross negligence, or willful or reckless conduct; or those which result in personal gain, financial profit or other advantage to which I am not legally entitled.

12. Notices hereunder shall be in writing to the other party and shall be given when delivered or mailed postpaid to the other party at the address first set forth above, or to such other address as each party shall have designated for such purpose.

13. I understand and acknowledge that I shall not own an interest in any outside business nor engage in expectation of compensation or profit in any other outside professional activities (including, but not limited to: investment research, advisory or banking services; the underwriting, offer or sale of securities; merchant banking or business consulting services), whether pre-existing to this Agreement or otherwise, without the prior written consent of M&N, except for ownership of less than 5% of the issued and outstanding securities of a publicly traded company, subject to M&N’s trading policies. Any and all licenses to conduct business shall be disclosed to M&N or an affiliate unless the prior written consent of M&N has been obtained to do otherwise.


14. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit or limit my employment at an investment firm other than M&N.

15. I acknowledge that this Agreement is a condition to being employed by M&N.

I do hereby freely enter into and agree with the provisions stipulated above on this eighth day of September, 1992.

Dated: September 8, 1992       /s/ Patrick Cunningham
      Signature

Exhibit 10.15

A G R E E M E N T

In the course of developing its investment advisory business, Manning & Napier has developed forms of organization, procedures, computer software, investment strategies, screens and pricing disciplines, and other aspects of its business (collectively referred to as “procedures”) which it considers, and I acknowledge, to be proprietary and/or distinctive within the investment advisory business. Many of these procedures have been created and refined over a period of many years, at considerable cost, and in some cases may not change for a period of many years. Manning & Napier seeks to protect its distinctive and proprietary procedures from competitors by obtaining from me herein various noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements, which I acknowledge are reasonably necessary for the protection of Manning & Napier’s interests. Therefore, in consideration of my employment, and the knowledge and confidential information and data disclosed to me in the course of my employment with Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., with its principal office at One Lincoln First Square, Suite 1100, Rochester, New York 14604, its affiliates, successors or assigns, I, Jeffrey S. Coons, with residence at 212 Carriage Court, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087, do hereby and freely agree that:

1. I will not disclose any nonpublic confidential information, knowledge or data of or regarding Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. or any affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (for convenience hereinafter collectively referred to as “M&N”) including, without limitation, its or their business or investment methodologies, investment technology, procedures, programs, source codes, client lists, all information and files relating to clients, prospect lists, transaction listings, shareholder information, contract forms, marketing information, prices, products, product strengths and weaknesses, future developments or plans, and books, records and files. I acknowledge and agree that the information, knowledge and data above are confidential, are not otherwise available and are provided to me by virtue of my employment by M&N and solely to enable me to perform my duties as an employee. Upon my termination of employment with M&N, I will deliver to M&N all copies thereof as well as any investment strategy descriptions, screens, research procedures manuals, operations and/or marketing procedures manuals, Statements of Investment Objectives, marketing brochures, and other materials of M&N which may be in my possession. I will not retain but will deliver to M&N any other documents, including copies, relating to the information, knowledge or data described above.

2. All inventions, discoveries, ideas, improvements, innovations or developments, and other intellectual property, whether patentable or not, relating to the existing or proposed business or products of M&N, conceived, generated or reduced to practice by or worked on by me, alone or in combination with others, whether or not during working hours, during my employment by M&N, shall be the exclusive property of M&N. I shall execute and deliver to M&N all assignments and other documents, and take all other action reasonably requested by M&N, at M&N’s expense, during or subsequent to my employment, to vest title in any such inventions or other intellectual property in M&N and/or to obtain patents, trademarks or copyrights therefor.


3. For a two-year period after termination of my employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, (a) solicit or canvass in competition with the business of M&N a person or entity known by me or who becomes known to me to have been a client of the investment products or services of M&N (including any client serviced by me) at the time my employment with M&N terminated or at any time within one year prior thereto; or (b) compete with M&N, in the territories covered by me, in its investment management and related business, or in any other business in which M&N is engaged at the time of termination of my employment.

4. Following my termination of employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, hire, employ, retain, contract, or otherwise engage in business association any person who then is, or has within five years prior thereto been, an employee of or consultant to M&N. I acknowledge that the foregoing restriction is necessary since many of the strategies and other business plans and techniques of M&N have considerable ongoing value.

5. I confirm that I am familiar with the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, all as amended, applicable state securities laws, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended (“ERISA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and with M&N’s Code of Ethics and Professional Standards of Conduct (Exhibit I attached hereto). I further acknowledge that compliance with applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations — including, without limitation, applicable provisions of securities, antifraud, and ERISA statutes and/or regulations — is vital to the business of M&N. I will at all times (i) conduct myself in accordance with, and will not violate, such laws, rules, regulations, and Code of Ethics/Professional Standards of Conduct, (ii) not make any statements to prospective or current customers of M&N without a reasonable factual basis therefor and (iii) not omit to make any statement to prospective or current customers necessary to avoid causing any other statements made by me to be misleading. I agree that any violation of this provision, among others, may result in my immediate termination under the terms of this Agreement.

6. I acknowledge that Paragraphs 1 through 5 of this Agreement — including property rights, confidentiality, non-compete provisions, and duties of care and conduct — are reasonably necessary to protect M&N, that any breach or threatened breach by me cannot be remedied solely by recovery of damages and that M&N shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach and the recovery of damages and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred as a result of any such breach or threatened breach by me of these provisions and in seeking any such injunctive relief or remedy.


7. Rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to M&N, and their successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon me, and my estate.

8. Any waiver of a breach of, or failure to enforce, any term hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach, or that of any other term of this Agreement.

9. The provisions of this Agreement are severable such that if any provision is held invalid, the other provisions will remain valid unless specifically held to the contrary. Any provision herein held in any respect to be unenforceable shall be deemed to extend over the maximum period of time, geographic area, or range of activities as to which they may be enforceable.

10. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws. (b) Any claim by either party against the other in connection with any provision of this Agreement (including claims for injunctive relief), excluding claims described in subparagraph (c) below, may be prosecuted in the applicable court described below. The venue for any claim or action shall be in a court in Rochester, New York, in the Western District of New York (if in federal court) and in Monroe County, New York (if in state court). I hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in the preceding sentence for the claims or actions specified therein (including actions or claims by affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.) and I agree that service of process shall be sufficient if sent to the applicable party at the address first specified above, or to such other address as either party shall have designated for such purpose pursuant to paragraph 12 hereof, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. (c) Any claim for damages by one party against the other attributable to a breach of a provision of this Agreement or to any dispute or controversy relating to this Agreement, excluding so-called third party claims related to a pending action, shall be finally resolved through arbitration under the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any such arbitration shall be held in Monroe County, New York, shall be arbitrated by one person who shall be a businessman not active in the investment business, and final judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall be entitled to limited discovery, i.e., the deposition of no more than ten persons or firms. Arbitrable claims may be consolidated at the election of either party. In the event a final decision by the arbitrator is not rendered within nine months after commencement of arbitration proceedings, either party may at its election terminate the arbitration proceedings and elect to proceed through the applicable judicial system. In such case, paragraph (a) above shall also govern any such action. Any arbitration proceedings shall be private, and the parties shall maintain in confidence the fact of arbitration, the evidence presented and findings of the arbitration, except in each case (a) as may be required by law, or (b) to the extent necessary or desirable to prosecute, defend or enforce the arbitration proceedings or any other proceedings or actions which may be commenced or defended by one of the parties involving the other party or any other persons.


11. I understand and acknowledge that my employment under this Agreement may be terminated by M&N at will under its “Employee Termination Policy” (Exhibit II) or by me under M&N’s “Resignation” policy (Exhibit III). The terms outlined in Paragraphs 1 through 10 shall remain in force despite such termination of employment. Upon such termination, M&N shall have no obligation to me, including payment of any compensation, except for salary earned to the date of termination.

12. Both during and following employment by M&N hereunder, I shall not in any way or manner disparage M&N or its affiliates, its or their products, results, or officers, directors or employees.

13. Notices hereunder shall be in writing to the other party and shall be given when delivered or mailed postpaid to the other party at the address first set forth above, or to such other address as each party shall have designated for such purpose.

14. I understand and acknowledge that I shall not own an interest in any outside business nor engage in expectation of compensation or profit in any other outside professional activities (including, but not limited to: investment research, advisory or banking services; the underwriting, offer or sale of securities; merchant banking or business consulting services), whether pre-existing to this Agreement or otherwise, without the prior written consent of M&N. Any and all licenses to conduct business shall be maintained with M&N or an affiliate unless the prior written consent of M&N has been obtained to do otherwise.

15. I represent and warrant that I am under no obligation nor am I subject to any restrictive covenant from any prior employer that would limit my ability to provide the services to M&N contemplated under the terms of this Agreement or under the terms of the offer letter dated July 29, 1993 and incorporated by reference herein as Exhibit IV, and further that my acceptance of such duties will not breach the provisions of any contract, agreement, or understanding to which I am party or any duty owed by me to any prior employer or other person.

16. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit or limit my employment at an investment firm other than M&N.

17. I acknowledge that this Agreement is a condition to being employed by M&N.

I do hereby freely enter into and agree with the provisions stipulated above of this first day of August, 1993.

 

Dated: August 1, 1993  

/s/    Jeffrey S. Coons

  Signature

Exhibit 10.16

AGREEMENT

In the course of developing its investment advisory business, Manning & Napier has developed forms of organization, procedures, computer software, investment strategies, screens and pricing disciplines, and other aspects of its business (collectively referred to as “procedures”) which it considers, and I acknowledge, to be proprietary and/or distinctive within the investment advisory business. Many of these procedures have been created and refined over a period of many years, at considerable cost, and in some cases may not change for a period of many years. Manning & Napier seeks to protect its distinctive and proprietary procedures from competitors by obtaining from me herein various noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements, which I acknowledge are reasonably necessary for the protection of Manning & Napier’s interests. Therefore, in consideration of my employment according to the guidelines described in Exhibits II and III, and the knowledge and confidential relationships, information and data disclosed to me in the course of my employment with Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., with its principal office at One Lincoln First Square, Suite 1100, Rochester, New York 14604, its affiliates, successors or assigns, I Charles Stamey, with residence at 828 Mohawk St. Columbus, Oh. 43206, do hereby and freely agree that:

1. I will not disclose any nonpublic confidential information, knowledge or data of or regarding Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. or any affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc. (for convenience hereinafter referred to as “M&N”) including, without limitation, its or their business or investment methodologies, procedures, programs, source codes, clients, all information relating to clients, prices, product strengths and weaknesses, or future developments or plans. I acknowledge and agree that the information, knowledge and data above are confidential, are not otherwise available and are provided to me by virtue of my employment by M&N and solely to enable me to perform my duties as an employee. Upon my termination of employment with M&N, I will deliver to M&N all copies of investment strategy descriptions, screens, research procedures manuals, operations and/or marketing procedures manuals, Statements of Investment Objectives, marketing brochures, and other materials of M&N or of any of its affiliates which may be in my possession. I will not retain but will deliver to M&N any other documents, including copies, relating to the information, knowledge or data described above.

2. All inventions, discoveries, ideas, improvements, innovations or developments, and other intellectual property, whether patentable or not, relating to the existing or proposed business or products of M&N, conceived, generated or reduced to practice by or worked on by me, alone or in combination with others, whether or not during working hours, during my employment by M&N, shall be the exclusive property of M&N. I shall execute and deliver to M&N all assignments and other documents, and take all other action reasonably requested by M&N, at M&N’s expense, during or subsequent to my employment, to vest title in any such inventions or other intellectual property in M&N and/or to obtain patents, trademarks or copyrights therefor.

3. For a two-year period after termination of my employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, engage in business activities which compete with the business of M&N, with regard to any person or entity known by me or who becomes known to me to have been a client of the investment products or services of M&N (including any client serviced by me) at the time my employment with M&N terminated or at any time within one year prior thereto.


4. Following my termination of employment with M&N, I will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, hire, employ, retain, contract, or otherwise engage in business association any person who then is, or has within five years prior thereto been, an employee of or consultant to M&N. I acknowledge that the foregoing restriction is necessary since many of the strategies and other business plans and techniques of M&N have considerable ongoing value.

5. I confirm that I am familiar with the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, all as amended, applicable state securities laws, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended (“ERISA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and with M&N’s Code of Ethics and Professional Standards of Conduct (Exhibit I attached hereto). I further acknowledge that compliance with applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations — including, without limitation, applicable provisions of securities, antifraud, and ERISA statutes and/or regulations — is vital to the business of M&N. I will at all times (i) conduct myself in accordance with, and will not violate, such laws, rules, regulations, and Code of Ethics/Professional Standards of Conduct, (ii) not make any statements to prospective or current customers of M&N without a reasonable factual basis therefor and (iii) not omit to make any statement to prospective or current customers necessary to avoid causing any other statements made by me to be misleading. I agree that any violation of this provision, among others, shall be cause for termination under the terms of this Agreement.

6. I acknowledge that Paragraphs 1 through 5 of this Agreement — including property rights, confidentiality, non-compete provisions, and duties of care and conduct — are reasonably necessary to protect M&N, that any breach or threatened breach by me cannot be remedied solely by recovery of damages and that M&N shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach and the recovery of damages and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs incurred as a result of any such breach or threatened breach by me of these provisions and in seeking any such injunctive relief or remedy.

7. Rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to M&N, and their successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon me, and my estate.

8. Any waiver of a breach of, or failure to enforce, any term hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach, or that of any other term of this Agreement.

9. The provisions of this Agreement are severable such that if any provision is held invalid, the other provisions will remain valid unless specifically held to the contrary.

10. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws. (b) Any claim by either party against the other in connection with any provision of this Agreement (including claims for injunctive relief), excluding claims described in subparagraph (c) below, may be prosecuted in the applicable court described below. The venue for any claim or action shall be in a court in Rochester, New York, in the Western District of New York (if in federal court) and in Monroe County, New York (if in state court). I hereby consent to the


exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in the preceding sentence for the claims or actions specified therein (including actions or claims by affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.) and I agree that service of process shall be sufficient if sent to the applicable party at the address first specified above, or to such other address as either party shall have designated for such purpose pursuant to paragraph 12 hereof, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. (c) Any claim for damages by one party against the other attributable to a breach of a provision of this Agreement or to any dispute or controversy relating to this Agreement, excluding so-called third party claims related to a pending action, shall be finally resolved through arbitration under the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any such arbitration shall be held in Monroe County, New York, shall be arbitrated by one person who shall be a businessman not active in the investment business, and final judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall be entitled to limited discovery, i.e., the deposition of no more than ten persons or firms. Arbitrable claims may be consolidated at the election of either party. In the event a final decision by the arbitrator is not rendered within nine months after commencement of arbitration proceedings, either party may at its election terminate the arbitration proceedings and elect to proceed through the applicable judicial system. In such case, paragraph (a) above shall also govern any such action. Any arbitration proceedings shall be private, and the parties shall maintain in confidence the fact of arbitration, the evidence presented and findings of the arbitration, except in each case (a) as may be required by law, or (b) to the extent necessary or desirable to prosecute, defend or enforce the arbitration proceedings or any other proceedings or actions which may be commenced or defended by one of the parties involving the other party or any other persons.

11. (a) I understand and acknowledge that my employment under this Agreement may be terminated by M&N effective immediately with cause and by either M&N or me without cause. The terms outlined in Paragraphs 1 through 10 shall remain in force despite such termination of employment. Upon such termination, M&N shall have no obligation to me, including payment of any compensation, except for salary earned to the date of termination.

(b) In this Paragraph 11, “cause” shall be understood to mean an action or actions by me which constitute one or more of the following: a violation of Paragraph 5 of this Agreement or any other provision of this Agreement, or actions contrary to other policies, procedures and instructions of M&N or any of its affiliates under which I am required to operate; those acts committed in bad faith or which are the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, gross negligence, or willful or reckless conduct; or those which result in personal gain, financial profit or other advantage to which I am not legally entitled.

12. Notices hereunder shall be in writing to the other party and shall be given when delivered or mailed postpaid to the other party at the address first set forth above, or to such other address as each party shall have designated for such purpose.

13. I understand and acknowledge that I shall not own an interest in any outside business nor engage in expectation of compensation or profit in any other outside professional activities (including, but not limited to: investment research, advisory or banking services; the underwriting, offer or sale of securities; merchant banking or business consulting services), whether pre-existing to this Agreement or otherwise, without the prior written consent of M&N. Any and all licenses to conduct business shall be maintained with M&N or an affiliate unless the prior written consent of M&N has been obtained to do otherwise.


14. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit or limit my employment at an investment firm other than M&N.

15. I acknowledge that this Agreement is a condition to being employed by M&N.

I do hereby freely enter into and agree with the provisions stipulated above on this 28th day of June, 1993.

 

Dated: June 1993       /s/   Charles Stamey
      Signature

Exhibit 10.17

A G R E E M E N T

AGREEMENT by and between Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc., a New York Corporation, with its principal office at 290 Woodcliff Drive, Fairport, New York 14450 (as defined in section 5 below, “M&N”) and James Mikolaichik residing at 15 Minuteman Rd. Medfield, MA 02052 (“EMPLOYEE”).

RECITALS

In the course of developing its investment advisory business, M&N and its affiliates have developed forms of organization, business processes, procedures, computer software, investment strategies, screens and pricing disciplines, and other aspects of its business (collectively referred to as “procedures”) which it considers, and EMPLOYEE acknowledges, to be proprietary and/or distinctive within its businesses. Many of these procedures have been created and refined over a period of many years, at considerable cost, and in some cases may not change for a period of many years. M&N seeks to protect its distinctive and proprietary procedures from competitors by obtaining from EMPLOYEE herein various noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements, which EMPLOYEE acknowledges are reasonably necessary for the protection of the interests of M&N and its affiliates. EMPLOYEE hereby and freely agrees that:

1. M&N employs EMPLOYEE, effective Sep. 12, 2011, in the capacity and upon the terms described in this Agreement. EMPLOYEE agrees to provide a professional and competitive effort in selling and servicing the present and future investment, trust and custody business services of M&N and its affiliates, subject to the control of M&N, in territories defined by M&N and to serve M&N diligently, according to the best of his/her ability, in all respects. EMPLOYEE shall devote his/her full efforts to marketing the services of M&N and its affiliates and shall not own any interest in any outside business (apart from interests representing less than 5% of the outstanding shares of any publicly traded company) nor engage in expectation of compensation or profit in any other professional activities outside of M&N or any of its affiliates (including, but not limited to: investment research, advice and discretionary management; custody and trust administration; wealth and risk management services), whether pre-existing to this Agreement or otherwise, without the prior written consent of M&N. Any and all licenses to conduct business shall be maintained with M&N or an affiliate unless the prior written consent of M&N has been obtained to do otherwise.

2. EMPLOYEE shall be entitled to participate in any M&N benefit program, subject to restrictions, waiting periods, etc. EMPLOYEE understands that M&N, in its sole discretion, may change the terms of the commission, bonus, draw, benefits, sales territory, and any other aspect of EMPLOYEE’S employment or may terminate the employee at will. The parties mutually and freely acknowledge that any future changes made by M&N to any portion of EMPLOYEE’S total compensation package or other terms of employment will not constitute a breach of the terms of this Agreement.


3. EMPLOYEE agrees to sell and service all products and services of M&N and its affiliates at fee rates fixed or authorized by M&N. All accounts obtained through the efforts of EMPLOYEE are subject to acceptance by M&N, as applicable.

4. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that M&N retains sole discretion and authority to establish and change sales or service policy — including the computation of bonuses, commissions or other forms of compensation — such matters within M&N’s sole discretion and authority to include, without limitation: the establishment of, and changes to, sales territories; minimum account size; minimum fees; relationships with consultants, brokers, and/or solicitors; relationships with custodians and/or trustees; fee priority assigned to specific sales or service activities. EMPLOYEE further acknowledges that, depending upon the objectives of M&N and the conditions of the marketplace, M&N may, in its sole discretion, change such sales or service policies for individual circumstance. The parties mutually and freely acknowledge that such changes as may be made in the future will not constitute a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. Changes to policies (including computations of bonuses, commissions or other forms of compensation) shall be effective upon M&N sending a memorandum to EMPLOYEE at his/her office or home address.

5. EMPLOYEE will not disclose or use for EMPLOYEE’S own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity any nonpublic confidential information, knowledge or data of or regarding M&N or any of its affiliates (for convenience hereinafter collectively referred to as “M&N” to include, but not limited to, Exeter Trust Company (“ETC”), Exeter Advisors, Inc. (“EA”), Manning & Napier Advisory Advantage Corporation (“AAC”), Manning & Napier Investor Services, Inc. (“MNBD”), Manning & Napier Fund, Inc. (“MNF”), and other affiliates existing or yet to be established) including, without limitation, its or their business or investment methodologies, investment technology, procedures, programs, source codes, client lists, all information and files relating to clients, prospect lists, transaction listings, shareholder information, contract forms, marketing information, prices, product strengths and weaknesses, future developments or plans, and books, records and files. EMPLOYEE acknowledges and agrees that the information, knowledge and data above are confidential, are not otherwise available and are provided to EMPLOYEE by virtue of his/her employment by M&N solely to enable him/her to perform his/her duties as an employee. Upon termination of his/her employment with M&N, EMPLOYEE will deliver to M&N all copies thereof as well as any investment strategy descriptions, screens, research procedures manuals, operations and/or marketing procedures manuals, Statements of Investment Objectives, marketing brochures, and other materials of M&N or of any of its affiliates which may be in his/her possession. EMPLOYEE will not retain but will deliver to M&N any other documents, including copies, relating to the information, knowledge or data described above.


6. All inventions, discoveries, trade secrets, ideas, improvements, innovations or developments, and other intellectual property, whether patentable or not, relating to the existing or proposed business or products of M&N, conceived, generated or reduced to practice by or worked on by EMPLOYEE, alone or in combination with others, whether or not during working hours, during his/her employment by M&N, shall be the exclusive property of M&N. EMPLOYEE shall execute and deliver to M&N all assignments and other documents, and take all other action reasonably requested by M&N, at M&N’s expense, during or subsequent to his/her employment with M&N, to vest title in any such inventions or other intellectual property in M&N and/or to obtain patents, trademarks or copyrights therefore. I understand that the theft of any such inventions, trade secrets or other intellectual property can result in termination of employment as well as criminal prosecution.

7. For a two-year period after termination of his/her employment with M&N, EMPLOYEE will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N: solicit or canvass, provide services to or do business with, in competition with the business of M&N, a person or entity known by him/her to be or have been a client of M&N (including any AAC Personal Financial Advisor or any of their clients) at the time of his/her employment with M&N.

8. EMPLOYEE shall for a two-year period after termination of his/her employment with M&N, notify M&N promptly of his acceptance of a position as a partner, owner, officer, director, employee, or consultant solely so as to enable M&N to evaluate his/her compliance with Paragraph 7.

9. For five years following the termination of EMPLOYEE’S employment with M&N, EMPLOYEE will not, either directly or indirectly, whether alone or as partner, owner, officer, director, employee, shareholder, consultant, or otherwise, without the express written consent of M&N, hire, employ, retain, contract, or otherwise engage in business association any person who then is, or has within two years prior thereto been, an employee of or consultant to M&N without the written consent of M&N. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that the foregoing restriction is necessary since many of the strategies and other business plans and techniques of M&N have considerable ongoing value.

10. EMPLOYEE confirms that he/she is familiar with the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, all as amended, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (including without limitation Regulation 9), applicable state securities laws, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended (“ERISA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and with the Code of Ethics (Attached hereto). EMPLOYEE further acknowledges that compliance with applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations — including, without limitation, applicable provisions of securities, antifraud, and ERISA statutes and/or regulations —


is vital to the business of M&N. EMPLOYEE will at all times (i) conduct himself/herself in accordance with, and will not violate, such laws, rules, regulations, and the Investment Advisor Code of Professional Conduct and Code of Ethics, (ii) not make any statements to prospective or current customers of M&N without a reasonable factual basis therefore and (iii) not omit to make any statement to prospective or current customers necessary to avoid causing any other statements made by him/her to be misleading. EMPLOYEE agrees that any violation of this provision, among others, shall be cause for termination under the terms of this Agreement.

11. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that Paragraphs 5 through 10 of this Agreement — including property rights, confidentiality, provisions, covenants concerning subsequent employment including the non-competition provision of paragraph 7, and duties of care and conduct — are reasonably necessary to protect M&N and its affiliates, that any breach or threatened breach by him/her cannot be remedied solely by recovery of damages and that M&N and its affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach or threatened breach and the recovery of damages and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred as a result of any such breach or threatened breach by EMPLOYEE of these provisions and in seeking any such injunctive relief or remedy. Should M&N commence such an action and not prevail, EMPLOYEE shall be entitled to recovery of his reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against such action.

12. Rights, benefits and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, any successors and assigns of M&N and/or its affiliates, and the estate and assigns of EMPLOYEE.

13. Any waiver of a breach of, or failure to enforce, any term hereunder shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach, or that of any other term of this Agreement.

14. The provisions of this Agreement are severable such that if any provision is held invalid, the other provisions will remain valid unless specifically held to the contrary. Any provision herein held in any respect to be unenforceable shall be deemed to extend over the maximum period of time, geographic area, or range of activities as to which they may be enforceable.

15. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws. (b) Any claim by either party against the other in connection with any provision of this Agreement (including claims for injunctive relief), excluding claims described in subparagraph (c) below, may be prosecuted in the applicable court described below. The venue for any claim or action shall be in a court in Rochester, New York, in the Western District of New York (if in federal court) and in Monroe County, New York (if in state court). Each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in the preceding sentence for the claims or actions specified therein (including


actions or claims by affiliates of Manning & Napier Advisors, Inc.) and each agrees that service of process shall be sufficient if sent to the applicable party at the address first specified above, or to such other address as either party shall have designated for such purpose pursuant to paragraph 10 hereof, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested. (c) Any claim for damages by one party against the other attributable to a breach of a provision of this Agreement or to any dispute or controversy relating to this Agreement, excluding so-called third party claims related to a pending action, shall be finally resolved through arbitration under the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any such arbitration shall be held in Monroe County, New York, shall be arbitrated by one person who shall be a businessman not active in the investment business, and final judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall be entitled to limited discovery, i.e., the deposition of no more than ten persons or firms. Arbitrable claims may be consolidated at the election of either party. In the event a final decision by the arbitrator is not rendered within nine months after commencement of arbitration proceedings, either party may at its election terminate the arbitration proceedings and elect to proceed through the applicable judicial system. In such case, paragraph (a) above shall also govern any such action. Any arbitration proceedings shall be private, and the parties shall maintain in confidence the fact of arbitration, the evidence presented and findings of the arbitration, except in each case (a) as may be required by law, or (b) to the extent necessary or desirable to prosecute, defend or enforce the arbitration proceedings or any other proceedings or actions which may be commenced or defended by one of the parties involving the other party or any other persons.

16. (a) EMPLOYEE understands and acknowledges that his/her employment under this Agreement may be terminated by M&N effective immediately without notice; or by EMPLOYEE, with or without cause, by giving thirty (30) days notice, in writing to M&N at the address first set forth above; provided, however, that the terms outlined in Paragraphs 5 through 15 shall remain in force, despite such termination of employment.

       (b) In the event that EMPLOYEE’S employment terminates, with or without cause, M&N shall have no obligation to EMPLOYEE, including payment of any compensation, except for salary earned to the date of termination. All unpaid commissions and other compensation will be forfeited.

17. Both during and following employment by M&N, EMPLOYEE shall not in any way or manner disparage M&N or its affiliates, its or their products, investment results or officers, directors or employees.

18. Notices hereunder shall be in writing to the other party and shall be given when delivered or mailed postpaid to the other party at the address first set forth above, or to such other address as each party shall have designated for such purpose.


19. EMPLOYEE represents and warrants that he/she is under no obligation nor subject to any restrictive covenant from any prior employer that would limit his/her ability to provide the services to M&N contemplated under the terms of this Agreement, and further that his/her acceptance of such duties will not breach the provisions of any contract, agreement, or understanding to which EMPLOYEE is a party or any duty owed by EMPLOYEE to any prior employer or other person.

20. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit or limit EMPLOYEE’S employment at an investment firm other than M&N, after termination.

21. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition to being employed by M&N.

22. This Agreement shall constitute the entire Agreement between the parties and any prior understanding or representation of any kind preceding the date of this Agreement shall not be binding upon either party except to the extent incorporated in this Agreement.

 

September 9, 2011

 

/s/ James Mikolaichik

Date   Employee Signature
 
   

/s/ Michelle Thomas

  Manning & Napier — Signature
  Michelle Thomas
  Corporate Secretary

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 30, 2011 relating to the combined consolidated financial statements of Manning & Napier Companies, and our report dated June 30, 2011 relating to the statement of financial condition of Manning & Napier, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

September 23, 2011

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF RICHARD M. HURWITZ

I consent to the use of my name as a director nominee in the section “Management” in Amendment No. 2 to Manning & Napier, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-175309) and the related Prospectus and any amendments thereto.

Dated: September 14, 2011

/s/ Richard M. Hurwitz
Richard M. Hurwitz

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF EDWARD J. PETTINELLA

I consent to the use of my name as a director nominee in the section “Management” in Amendment No. 2 to Manning & Napier, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-175309) and the related Prospectus and any amendments thereto.

Dated: September 14, 2011

/s/ Edward J. Pettinella
Edward J. Pettinella